es nat manened meee ae SATURDAY, JULY 6, 1935 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 25 Cents. A NOTE ON THE IMPORTANCE OF BIOLOGICAL APPARATUS REVIEWS Dr. E. C. McCLune Professor of Biology, University of Pennsylvania The advancement of science depends upon many factors, among which few have greater in- fluence than the tools with which investigators work. Indeed some branches could not possibly exist without their peculiar HOW DO ELECTROLYTES PENETRATE THE CELL? Dr. W. J. V. OstERHOUT Member of The Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research The problem is elusive and demands exact knowledge of conditions inside the cell. Baffled in reaching this with cells of ordinary dimensions we have turned to multinucleate plant cells, especially to that of the ma- instruments. It is therefore rather surprising that there are available no more conven- ient and available sources of information regarding new ap- paratus than at present exist. It would therefore seem to be a real service on the part of Tue CoLttectinG Net to sup- ply a digest of information con- cerning important new tools of interest to biologists. If this could be followed up by more detailed accounts about unusu- ally significant pieces of appa- ratus it would add to the value of the service. One cannot overlook the value of the infor- mation furnished by the man- ufacturers regarding their prod- ucts, but at the same time un- HW. KH. UY. Calendar TUESDAY, July 9, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. D. E. S. Brown: The liberation of energy during the simple twist of skeletal muscle. Dr. W. W. Wilbrandt: The effect of organic ion on the nerve membrane potential. Mr. C. Fisher and Dr. Laurence Irving: Respiratory poisons and the frequency of the embryonic fish heart. Dr. W. E. Garrey: Respiratory metabolism during cardiac inhi- bition. Dr. Laurence Irving: The respir- atory metabolism of the seal. FRIDAY, July 12, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Professor E. F. Adolph: Control of the rate of water ex- cretion in the frog kidney. rine alga Valonia which attains the size of a pigeon’s egg. As we have studied this more ful- ly than any other I will con- fine my remarks largely to it. The advantages of such a cell are manifold. Injury is easily detected and we have paid especial attention to avoiding it in our experiments. The sap can be obtained with little or no contamination in sufficient quantities for anal- ysis, without recourse to mi- crochemical methods. Sub- stances can be introduced into the cell without permanent in- jury by means of a capillary piercing the wall. Ina related form, Halicystis two such ca- pillaries were inserted by prejudiced statements by competent authorities if conveniently available would save the time of busy workers and would bring them greater assurance. Blinks and left permanently in the cell by which means the internal vacuole could be irrigated, e.g. the sap could be replaced by that of Valonia (of TABLE OF CONTENTS The Importance of Biological Apparatus Reviews, Professor E. C. McClung ................ iL How Do Electrolytes Penetrate the Cell, Dr. Wier enV OO SLORMOUE cesses eos casees scses sencessc ate esses 1 New and Improved Apparatus for Research Work in the Biological Sciences, Dr. Sastre a ecoreneacc te Apepee Herren eReona oor 8 Samuel E. Pond Editorial Announcements, Official and un- official class accounts 26, 27, 45, 46, 51,58 | Culture Methods for Invertebrate Animals, | Professor Pat S: (Galtsoft: ciiirc..nscs-cctcscumeresee= cs 27 Extra Curricular Activities .... # Departmental Reports Book Department The Woods Hole Log Photographed by M. Schalk “ATLANTIS” SETTING SAIL OFF MARTHA’S VINEYARD The research and exploration ketch of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution on an expedition to the Gulf of Maine. JuLy 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 3 very different composition) and the cell continued to live’. Another advantage of these cells is that an electric current can be sent through the capil- lary so as to pass only once through the living protoplasm. The protoplasm of Valonia forms a thin layer (not over 10 microns thick) outside of which is a ce tt te ea a, a cellulose wall and inside of which is a large vacuole filled with sap. The sap? contains 0.5 M KCI plus 0.1 M NaCl with possibly a trace of ‘calcium and a very small amount of organic mat- ter. By piercing the cell with a capillary the sap can be removed with practically no contamination. In studying these cells we have continually en- countered fresh problems and new points of view. As soon as we found what was going on inside the cell we were compelled to get rid of many preconceptions. Thus we soon learned that the higher concentration of potassium inside the cell is not due to the formation of insoluble coim- pounds or to the Donnan equilibrium ; in fact, we have not found a single case in which Donnan ratios prevail. We have found some puzzling facts which can perhaps not be interpreted until physical chemistry has made further progress, especially in relation to non-aqueous solvents. But certain principles have become increasingly clear, and I shall, with your permission, describe some of the most important of them. IXINETICS OF PENETRATION This appears to be conditioned by the fact that the protoplasm, though consisting largely of water, has at the surface a non-aqueous layer, immiscible with water, through which entering electrolytes must pass. This is shown by a vari- ety of evidence? including electrical measure- ments. An illustration of the latter is seen in the work of Fricke* which shows that the surface of the yeast cell is composed of a non-aqueous layer of little or no conductivity. Consequently a rapidly growing yeast cell takes up a large quan- tity of electrolyte which must pass through this layer in the form of undissociated molecules, or of undissociated neutral complexes which carry no current and which consequently, from our present point of view, are like molecules. For convenience we may therefore in the present dis- cussion call them molecules. It follows that the rate of entrance will be pro- portional to the concentration gradient of mole- cules in the non-aqueous surface layer of the pro- toplasm. At the start of an experiment we need 1For the method see Blinks, L. R. J. Gen. Phys., 18, 409, 1934-35. 2 Osterhout, W. J. V. Ergebn. Phys., 35, 967, 1933. 3 Fricke, H. and Curtis, H. J. Nature, 134, 102, 1934. consider only the concentration of molecules in the outer surface of this layer, which in the case of a weak acid, HA, will be proportional to the product (H) (A) in the external solution* (un- der the simplifying assumption that there is no dissociation in the non-aqueous layer and_ that concentrations are equal to activities in all cases). This can also be applied if HA is a strong acid, for when H+ and A~ collide at the surface they may form a molecule which can pass into the non-aqueous layer just as when HCl passes from water into air. The rate of entrance would be proportional to the number of collisions and hence to the product (H) (A), It follows that in the case of a strong acid (with no dissociation in the non-aqueous lay- er) multiplying H* and A~ by two would multi- ply the product (H) (A) and consequently the rate of entrance by four. This could not happen in the absence of a non-aqueous layer. This con- ception has not received an adequate test, but there is evidence that strong acids enter more rapidly at low pH?. On this basis the rate of entrance will be pro- portional to (H,)(A,) — (H:)(A:) where the subscripts o and 7 refer to outside and inside. Since the chemical potential is proportional to the product (H) (A) the rate of entrance will depend on the difference in chemical potential or on the driving force (when there is dissociation in the non-aqueous layer this will be only an approxi- mation ). It has been suggested’, especially by Michaelis and by Hober, that the entrance of electrolytes is determined by the charge on the surface of the protoplasm. In Valonia this concept meets with difficulties. For with KCl we should on this basis have to say that the surface is negatively charged (since the more dilute solution is electri- cally positive in the external circuit). But (as Damon has shown) with NaCl we should have to conclude that the surface has a positive charge (since the more dilute solution is negative) ®. This difficulty can be avoided by ignoring the effect of any possible charge on the surface. We can then calculate the apparent relative mobilities of K*, Cl~ and Nat in the non-aqueous surface 4The larger the product the greater the number of molecules in the external solution and in the non-aqueous layer and the greater the rate of entrance. For experiments on Valonia and Ni- tella see especially the work of Irwin cited in Osterhout, W. J. V., Ergebn. Phys., 35, 967, 1933. 5Cf. Hoagland, D. R. and Davis, A. R. J. Gen. Phys., 5, 629, 1922-23; 6, 47, 1923-24. Bases ap- pear to combine with the surface on entering as will be mentioned later. 6 Damon, E. B. J. Gen. Phys., 16, 375, 1932-33. 4 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 layer to be 20, 1 and 0.2 respectively; this is the order found in water and it seems reasonable for a non-aqueous layer. This would account for the electrical behavior on the basis of diffusion poten- tial without any assumption regarding a charge on the surface. If the surface charge determined the entrance of electrolytes it is difficult to see how both anions and cations could enter in equal numbers as happens in Valonia; for a negative charge would inhibit the entrance of anions and a posi- tive charge that of cations. There is no difficul- ty, however, when we ignore the effect of charge and suppose the protoplasmic surface to act like a non-aqueous layer (e.g., guaiacol plus quino- line) through which K* and Cl~ pass in equal numbers. ‘ The rate of entrance will depend on the per- meability of the protoplasm, which may be de- fined for HA as the number of moles entering under standard conditions’ when the value of (H,)(A.) — (Hi) (Ai) is unity. Owing to the variability of the protoplasm the safest method is to make all measurements comparative and always to use the same substance as a control. The variability of the protoplasm depends on its structure and chemical composition and on re- actions which occur within it. In the case of acids the entering electrolyte does not appear to undergo combination in the protoplasm, but this seems not to hold for bases®. This applies to ammonia® and to the strong base, guanidine’, and probably also to potassium which appears to enter Valonia chiefly as KOH. This is indicated by experiments carried out in collaboration with A. G. Jacques which show that raising the external pH increases the rate of en- trance! and when the product (K)(OH)_ be- comes lower outside than inside, potassium leaves the cell!*. This can be brought about by lower- 7Cf. Osterhout, W. J. V. Ergebn. Phys., 35, 990, 1933. 8In this respect the protoplasm behaves like mod- els in which the non-aqueous layer is composed of guaiacol. Cf. Osterhout, W. J. V. and Stan- ley, W. M. J. Gen. Phys., 15, 667, 1931-32. 9 Osterhout, W. J. V. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 21, 125, 1935. 10 Jacques, A. G. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (In press). 11 Jacques, A. G. and Osterhout, W. J. V. J. Gen. Phys., 17, 727, 1933-34. 12 The cells showed no appearance of injury. The external pH was not lowered beyond 6.8. The experiments where ammonia penetrated were carried out in winter (summer being unsuit- able) and the plants appeared to benefit by the added nitrogen. They were superior to the controls in appearance, growth and photosyn- thesis. The concentration of NH,+ inside be- came over one hundred times as great as out_ side. ing! the external or by raising! the internal pH (by allowing NHz3 to penetrate). We may picture the process as starting with a union of KOH with a constituent HX of the pro- toplasmic surface to form KX which reacts on reaching the vacuole to form! KHCOs._ If HCO;~ were exchanged for Cl~ the process would he complete; there is some evidence that this occurs", but future investigation must decide this point. It may be added that the entrance of electro- lytes raises the osmotic pressure and lowers the activity of water in the sap and in consequence water enters. The entrance of water is in a fixed ratio to that of electrolyte, so that as the volume of the sap increases and the cell grows the com- position of the sap remains approximately con- stant. This is the steady state. This also hap- pens in models!. ACCUMULATION It is customary to speak of accumulation when, for example, the concentration of potassium be- comes higher inside than outside and it is usually implied that energy is required to bring this about. But we know that in a system moving toward a Donnan equilibrium (i.e. while a run down of energy is taking place) potassium may be entering and reaching a much higher concen- tration inside than outside. It would seem more logical to reserve the term “accumulation” for those cases where an expendi- ture of energy is required and the chemical poten- tial of a compound rises to a higher level inside than outside. In that case we might speak of the accumulation of KCl but not of K*. In many living cells compounds of potassium reach a higher level of chemical potential inside than outside. In Valonia, for example, the prod- uct (K)(Cl) is (0.5)(0.6) = 0.3 inside and (0.012) (0.58) = 0.007 outside. But at the same time the product (K)(OH) is (0.5) (10°87) = 108° inside and (0.012)(10*%) = 10° outside. Hence it would seem that potassium would tend to enter in the form of KOH and to leave in the 13 Jacques, A. G. and Osterhout, W. J. V. J. Gen. Phys., 17, 727, 1933-34. 14 Cooper, W. C., Jr. and Osterhout, W. J. V. J. Gen. Phys., 14, 117, 1930-31. Jacques, A. G. and Osterhout, W. J. V., J. Gen. Phys., 14, 301, 1930-31. 15 This is precisely what happens in models. Cf. Os- terhout, W. J. V. and Stanley, W. M. J. Gen. Phys., 15, 667, 1931-32. 16 Osterhout, W. J. V. Ergebn. Phys., 35, 983, 1933. Jacques, A. G. J. Gen. Phys., 18, 235, 283, 1934-35. 17 Osterhout, W. J. V. J. Gen. Phys., 16, 529, 1932- 33. Osterhout, W. J. V. and Stanley, W. M. J. Gen Phys., 15, 667, 1931-32. Jury 6, 1935 } THE COLLECTING NET ; : 5 form of KCl. If the former process were the more rapid the net result would be the entrance of potassium, as is actually observed. A similar situation exists in models. We place outside a solution, A, consisting of 0.1 M LiCl + 0.05 M KOH. These substances pass through, B, a non-aqueous layer (representing the proto- plasm), consisting of guaiacol + p-cresol, into distilled water, C. To hasten the attainment of equilibrium we remove the solution from C and replace it by some solution taken from A. We then begin to bubble COs in the “artificial sap” in C to imitate its production by the living cell. Po- tassium then enters rapidly, forming KHCOg in C. Asa result, water also enters. ‘lhere is little or no movement of chloride through B; its total content in C remains approximately constant but its concentration falls off in consequence of the entrance of water into C. But the concentration of K* increases much more rapidly than that of Cl— decreases and in consequence the product (K)(Cl) becomes much greater inside (in C) than outside (in A). At the same time the prod- uct (K)(OH) remains higher in A than in C. This imitates the situation in Valonia except that in the latter the concentration of Cl~ is a little higher inside (0.6 M! inside, 0.58 M outside) *’. To raise the chemical potential of KCl to a higher level inside requires energy which is fur- nished by chemical reactions in the living cell and in the model. It may be added that in this matter Nitella ap- pears to differ from Valonia. In both cases the product (K) (Cl) becomes greater inside and our problem is to find the steps by which this comes to pass. In Valonia we have a clue because the effect of external pH indicates that potassium may enter chiefly’? as KOH, but in Nitella such a clue is lacking at present, though it may per- haps be found when lower concentrations are studied*°. At higher concentrations external pH appears to be without effect. SELECTIVE PERMEABILITY In Valonia potassium penetrates more rapidly than sodium. The difference is too great to be due to diffusion constants, but can be readily ex- plained by differences in partition coefficients. To see how this happens we may turn to the models. In the models KOH unites with HG (i.e. gua- iacol, representing the protoplasmic surface) to 18 Osterhout, W. J. V. and Kamerling, S. E. (In press). 19For flowering plants see Osterhout, W. J. V. Science, 36, 571, 1912. Jacques, A. G. J. Gen. Phys., 18, 235, 283, 1934-35. 20 Jacques, A. G. and Osterhout, W. J. V. J. Gen. Phys., 18, 967, 1934-35. form KG which has a higher partition coefficient than NaG.*!_ Hence the concentration gradient of KG 1s larger than that of NaG in the non-aque- ous layer and the rate of entrance is correspond- ingly greater. The order of penetration, both in Valonia and in the model, is K>Na>Mg, Ca and Cl>SO,. MopeELs Before going on, it may be useful to speak briefly about the use of models. These are modi- fications of those made by Irwin?*. Despite all the differences between the cell and the model it is obvious that in respect to the penetration of electrolytes they have much in common. Not only does the model bring about results like those observed with Valonia but it does so by a mech- anism which corresponds to that postulated for Valoma. As examples we may consider the fol- lowing. Aside from the resemblance in selective per- meability just mentioned, the mechanism of pene- tration is in general that postulated for Valonia. Thus KOH unites at the surface with an acid to form a salt which passes chiefly in the form of an undissociated neutral complex=" through the non-aqueous layer to the sap where it reacts to form KHCOs3. This will continue as long as the product (IK.)(OH) is greater outsile than inside. The concentration of OH™~ inside is kept down by bubbling COs and hence K* reaches a much higher concentration inside. In consequence water enters and eventually a steady state is reached in which water and electrolyte enter in a fixed pro- portion so that the artificial sap increases in vol- ume while maintaining its composition approxi- mately constant. This is the steady state. In the steady state the difference between in- side and outside in respect to pH and to the chemical potential of KOH is about the same in the model as in Valonia. It may be noted that in the models, as in Va- lonia, bases enter by combining chemically, but this is not true of acids. In electrical respects also the model resembles Valoma since in both cases the mobility?! of K+ is higher than of Na*. The model shows clearly that the rate of en- trance may follow the order of ionic mobilities 21 According to Shedlovsky and Uhlig (J. Gen. Phys., 17, 549, 563, 1933-34) the partition co- efficients are a function of the ionic radii. 22Trwin, M. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. & Med., 26, 125, 1928-29; J. Gen. Phys., 12, 407, 1928-29. 23 According to Shedlovsky and Uhlig (J. Gen. Phys. 17, 549, 563, 1933-34) the dissociation constant in guaiacol of KG is 5.08 (10-5). 24Cf. Shedlovsky, T. and Uhlig, H. H. J. Gen. Phys., 17, 549, 563, 1933-34; Damon, E. B. J. Gen. Phys., 16, 375, 1932-33. 6 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 although the electrolyte moves through the non- aqueous layer chiefly in the form of molecules or of undissociated neutral complexes*®. This is be- cause for the substances here considered both the mobilities and the partition coefficients increase as the ionic radius increases*?. As the rate of entrance depends chiefly on the concentration of molecules or of neutral aggre- gates in the non-aqueous phase (rather than on ions) it can vary independently of the potentials across the non-aqueous layer. (These potentials are produced in higher degree by potassium than by sodium compounds both in living cells and in the models). Thus when KOH begins to enter the model, there is an inwardly directed potential (as in Valonia) ; later on this is reversed and po- tassium then enters when the potential is out- wardly directed (as in Nitella and in Halicystis). This situation in the model results from the fact that a penetrating electrolyte may suffer a change in the vacuole so that it enters in one form and goes out in another and so produces less po- tential in entering than in leaving the cell. Such a change in form may occur in the living cell (e.g. with weak electrolytes, including dyes )*°. The penetration of chloride requires special consideration. In Valonia the chemical potential of KCl, ie. the product (K)(Cl), becomes greater inside than outside; this is also the case in the model but with the difference that in Va- lonia Cl~ reaches a higher concentration inside and in the model this is not the case. To raise the chemical potential to a higher level inside requires energy. This is supplied in the cell by metabolism and in the model by something analagous to metabolism. The models have performed a most useful service in clarifying our ideas and in showing what variables should be considered’. NATURE OF THE PROTOPLASMIC SURFACE 1. It behaves as a liquid. This is evident when it is squeezed out of the cell and comes into contact with water; it then rounds up like an oily liquid. In many cases the protoplasmic is nor- mally covered with a layer of something anala- gous to the cellulose wall of plants (e.g. chitin or cellulose) so that in experiments on cataphoresis or on wetting, we may be dealing with such ma- terials rather than with the true protoplasmic sur- 25 Osterhout, W. J. V., Kamerling, S. E. and Stan- ley, W: M. J. Gen. Phys., 17, 469, 1933_34. 26 For Valonia and Nitella see especially Irwin M. quoted in Osterhout, W. J. V. Ergebn. Phys., 35, 967, 1933). 27 Cf. Osterhout, W. J. V. Ergebn. Phys., 35, 988, 1933; Osterhout, W. J. V., Kamerling, S. E. and Stanley, W. M. J. Gen. Phys., 17, 445, 469, 1933-34; Osterhout, W. J. V. and Kamerling, S. E. J. Gen. Phys., 17, 507, 1933-34. face. The protoplasm in contact with the vacuole of the cell is probably not covered in this way; it acts like an oily liquid at all times. 2. It is non-aqueous. This is conclusively shown by a variety of evidence. For example, in leading off from 0.01 M KCI to 0.01 M NaCl on the surface of Nitella we obtain 85 millivolts. This would not be possible, for example, with an aqueous gel such as would be formed by protein. As previously stated, Fricke has shown that in yeast, erythrocytes and other cells the surface is non-aqueous with little or no conductivity. 3. It must be thick enough to account for the very slow inward diffusion of many substances which would enter rapidly in the absence of a non-aqueous layer. As this cannot be accounted for on the basis of diffusion constants it must depend on partition coefficients. It seems doubtful whether a layer only one or two molecules thick could account for this situa- tion. A layer of this thickness would not suffice in the case of rapid increase in cell surface nor of chemical combination between the surface and the entering electrolyte (which appears to happen in the case of penetrating bases). Nor would it account for the great changes which can be ex- perimentally produced in the surface layer. These will be considered more in detail in the next sec- tion. 4. It cannot be homogeneous when profound modifications of the surface are possible which are reversible in character. For example, in Ni- tella one of the most striking properties of the protoplasmic surface is the ability to distinguish between sodium and potassium; in this respect it acts almost like a potassium electrode (this is known as the potassium effect). When we lead off from 0.01 M KCI to 0.01 M NaCl on the sur- face of the cell we obtain 85 millivolts from which we calculate that the apparent mobility of K+ is about 40 times that of Nat. All this dis- appears when the cells are washed for two days in distilled water (as shown by experiments car- ried out in collaboration with S. E. Hill); we then find that the water contains substances which can be extracted from it with petroleum ether and which restore the potassium effect when redis- solved in water and applied to the surface. Hence it is evident that an organic substance is dissolved out by the distilled water which is responsible for the potassium effect. For convenience this sub- stance or group of substances may be called R. The nature of R is unknown but it has been found that the potassium effect can be restored by such substances as-NHg3 and adrenalin (this does not seem to be primarily a question of al- kalinity for such bases as aniline, toluidine and alkaloids do not restore the potassium effect). Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET NS For Your CriricaL Rescearncn Work ite Spencer No. 8 Master Microscope has been de- veloped to meet the most exacting research requirements, and at the same time, provide a maximum of comfort and ease of manipulation for the investigator. Write for our folder which gives complete description of the micro- scope and its features that make it the finest, most precise micro- scope offered for research work today. Please address Dept. J-71. VISIT OUR EXHIBIT From July 8 thru July 19 in the Exhibit Room, nearly across the street from the Oceanographic Laboratory. NEW YORK There is no Substitute for the Finer Resolution Afforded by the Spencer Optical Systems 8 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. X, No. 82 It would seem that we might make a model of the non-aqueous protoplasmic surface by taking an indifferent substance and dissolving guaiacol in it. The guaiacol would enable it to distinguish electrically between potassium and _ sodium (though not to such an extent as the Nitella cell). In contact with distilled water the guaiacol would come out and leave the indifferent substance which would be unable to distinguish between them. A layer one or two molecules thick does not seem adequate to account for such facts. This may be further illustrated by some experiments on anesthesia carried out in collaboration with S. Ey Aull: Cells of Nitella behave very much like nerve fibers in that they can be stimulated electrically to give action currents. The irritability disap- pears after exposure to distilled water: it thus acts like the potassium effect and can be restored in much the same way so that it probably depends on the presence of a substance or a group of sub- stances. If such substances are necessary for nerves they must be widely distributed. We have therefore examined animals for such substances. We find that?* irritability can be restored in Ni- tella in a few seconds by human blood, saliva, or urine, by white of egg and by milk. On this basis we might suppose that the substances in question may be very important in ontogeny and in phylogeny. It seems possible that they are also concerned in the partial failure of nervous func- tions which can produce such distressing results in human life. This brief outline of some phases of work on large cells indicates progress in dealing with some highly interesting variables and gives a hint of the host of new problems now awaiting solution. 28 The experiments indicate that only organic sub- stances are concerned here. (Note: This article is based upon an evening lecture presented at the Marine Biological Labora- tory on June 28). NEW AND IMPROVED APPARATUS FOR RESEARCH WORK IN THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Dr. SAMUEL E. Ponp Technical Manager, Marine Biological Laboratory The following brief statements concerning new and improved apparatus for research in the biological sciences is not an attempt to describe all, or even the most important equipment avail- able. It is, rather, an augmentation of notices and technical descriptions to be found in techni- cal publications inaccessible to some readers. The comments arise from the use and technical dis- cussions of apparatus recently come into promi- nence and perfected after the original designs have been tested. The information is arranged, arbitrarily, by a somewhat antiquated but still customary method, viz. 1, Chemical apparatus; 2, Clinical laboratory devices ; 3, Microscopes and auxiliaries ; 4+, Photo- graphic accessories; 5, Physical and _physico- chemical instruments; 6, Teaching models. A list of apparatus makers is appended, with reference numbers from the notes. This is far from complete but it is suggestive of sources of materials and information. I. CHemicaL Apparatus, INTENDED FOR THE More Strictly CHEMICAL ANALYSES, UTI- LIZED IN TEACHING AND RESEARCH Balances and scales: Improvements in the an- alytical, equal-arm type of ‘“‘balance’’, consist chief- ly in additions, by way of damping devices, to the generally conservative construction. A. A small, inexpensive, portable device (5) is available for those who already have balances on hand. It is adjustable for a variety of bal- ances, and set behind one pan. Damping is by means of a permanent magnet. B. Built-in equipment either air-damped (30) or magnetic (33) has been adapted to both the ordinary analytical and the micro-balances. These devices shorten the time required for the deter- mination of the point of equilibrium, and avoid the rather laborious arithmetical calculations when the “method of swings” is employed. C. A laboratory-type of scale for less accur- ate work, of the rugged and portable variety, has appeared with triple beam and a single pan (41). This may be procured either with or without a protective coating. The latter has been found durable in so far as salt water corrosion is con- cerned and in general chemical laboratory condi- tions. Buret “readers”. Developments in the interest of research and routine work in this class of ap- paratus have lagged behind for some time. Two “readers” which greatly facilitate the determina- tion of the critical meniscus have been recently perfected, and should reduce the “‘spread” of data, due to poor optics, variable lighting, paral- lax, etc. One is an improvement of an earlier model after the suggestions of E. Q, Adams Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET NON-CORROSIVE MICROSCOPE SLIDES These slides are individually selected and offered as the best slide now available. They are cut from non-corrosive, practic- ally colorless glass; are remarkably uni- form in thickness (averaging slightly over 1.1mm); carefully cut to size, and have bevel-ground edges. They are entirely of American manufacture from the glass out of which they are made through all the steps of cutting, grinding, selecting and packing. Special precautions are taken to prevent mechanical abrasions to the surface of the slide during the process of grinding the edges. Each finished slide is individually selected for freedom from bubbles, scratches, and striae. They are then “pa- per packed,” a piece of paper being placed between each two slides to prevent scratches in transportation or handling and to insure against corrosion in humid climate. 11762—Micro Slides. Select Grade Per Gross $1.20 10 gross lots, per gross 1.00 25 gross lots, per gross -90 50 gross lots, per gross -80 100 gross lots, per gross 75 200 gross lots, per gross 72 ILL NESE et ba yg RO > ion wy st cert pe ‘ if e bass Ee These Clinical Slides will be found com- pletely satisfactory for all work where it is not absolutely essential to employ our first quality selected slide No. 11762. They are of American manufacture and made from a special glass which, accord- ing to tests recently conducted by a na- tionally known testing laboratory, is ex- ceeded in stability and resistance to corro- sion only by our Select Grade. The same care is taken in manufacturing these Clinical Slides as with our Selected Grade. However, they are not individually inspected or “paper packed” and occasional small defects occur which seldom interfere with the utility of the slide. In uniformity of thickness, freedom from color, and stability of glass they are superior to even the highest quality available only a few years ago. 11764—Micro Slides. Clinical Grade Per Gross $0.75 10 gross lots, per gross 68 25 gross lots, per gross 64 50 gross lots, per gross 60 100 gross lots, per gross .50 200 gross lots, per gross 48 CORPORATION LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS FOR CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, METALLURGICAL AND CLINICAL LABORATORIES ROCHESTER, IN. YW. 10 THE COLEECRING NED [ Vou. X. No. 82 (10) but the other is more completely a new de- vice. The smaller, by Adams, reduces vertical parallax and can be employed for either burets or thermometers. The larger unit is particularly adaptible to the standard, fine-line buret, provides its own translucent background for uniform light- ing, and has an optical system with sufficient depth to bring images of front and back lines in- to a suitable plane, (40). Together with im- proved buret stands (18) (40), rapid reading of burets and more accurate calibrations are possible for the average worker. Colored graduations in glassware: For less accurate work and where naked-eye examination of the meniscus is adequate, the “colored line” for burets and other volumetric glassware, has made satisfactory progress. This development may be considered an extension of the Schell- bach principle which originally formed a menis- cus “point” at the air-liquid level by means of a blue vertical line in the glass-ware proper. The arrangement now offered differs, in that the blue (or red) lines are the horizontal graduations (23) and (29). Concentrator for alcohol: This device (3) is primarily for laboratories requiring 100% alcohol to be made economically from 95%. It operates on an efficient principle, viz., redistilling from lime. For biological laboratories the “used” of “wash” alcohol may be thus reclaimed to its original state. Convenient sizes are available, heated by electricity, gas or steam. Electric Stoves, having heating elements en- closed in rustless, “Ambrac’”’ tops. They are especially adapted to avoid heating of the sup- porting table or bench. The new series (6) is available in convenient sizes for connection to wall” receptacles, and vary in sizes from 400 watts to 1200 watts, in two diameters viz. 6.5 inches and 8 inches; either three heat or one heat. These are especially desirable for ether distillations, and for the fluids used in biochemi- cal and histological laboratories. Extraction Outfits: For ether, benzol, carbon tetrachloride, etc. when employed as solvents in fat extractions, these units have undergone some fundamental changes. Two different devices have been perfected. One of these is the Goldfisch extraction apparatus (25) permitting extractions in about 1/5 the time of official and soxhlet methods, with almost identical results. The ap- paratus consists of an ether-tight chamber with automatic release valves, arranged for higher temperatures, as well as rapid condensations and extraction with a greater amount of solvent. Re- claiming of the solvent is arranged for by an accessory tube inserted in place of the sample container. As supplied, it is electrically equipped, with durable metal work, for 2, 4 or 6 units. Soxhlet extractor for general laboratory serv- ice, combining complete evaporation, extraction and recovery chambers in one unit. This has been adapted for solids and semi-solids, like liver, fats, animal foods and samples for analysis. An economic means of continuously extracting oils and recovering both oil and solvent separately is provided. The evaporating chamber may be heated by electricity, gas or steam. The extrac- tion section is fitted with racks adapted to pre- vent loss, as well as thorough defatting, (3). Gas analyzers and accessories. Added improve- ments and accessories have been provided for the more complete analysis of mixed gases. The newer and more comprehensive assemblies are those designed by Carpenter, and by Shepherd. These analyzers are equipped with novel gas trains, absorption towers and combustion burets, (8), (17), (18), (20), (29), and (40). In the Shepherd outfits an ingenious stopcock for con- trolled flow has been incorporated. A distinct addition to the Van Slyke form of gas analyzer is the Irving-Ferguson model (20) for the simultaneous analysis of “control” and activated tissues. In this modification the buret chamber has a ground joint for the insertion of the tissues, Further refinement in one make is the Francis levelling bulb (8). This may be employed in- stead of the standard or conventional form of levelling bulb and enables the operator to control the flow of mercury in adjusting the level of solutions in the pipettes, taking in gas samples, etc. The control is by means of a plunger with rubber-seat which slides in a perforated glass tube. The device may be operated by one hand. A new gas sampler with mercury piston is the Brody bottle which may replace the Bailey bottle where the amount of mercury must be reduced and where loss in filling must be avoided. As used at the University of Toronto and the M. B. L. the Brody gas bottle is a gain over the present devices for sampling, (20). Porcelain ware in permanent colors. A uni- formly colored surface in a porcelain crucible has been found of considerable assistance in the con- trol of evaporations, prior to leeching and igni- tion. This is particularly true where substances are prone to “creep” during early evaporations. If the first crystallization ring is observed and the heat is controlled at this period further creep- ing may be avoided. The colored surface is an aid in the rapid detection of the first surface crystallization. Subsequently, complete evapora- tion, drying, baking and incineration may be carried out in the same vessel. The colored porcelain is as durable as is the white or natural porcelain of the highest grade and withstands (in absence of alkalis) repeated Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET Jena Fritted Glass Filters | Royal Berlin Porcelain FILTERING SUCH CRUCIBLES LABORATORY MICRO SPECIALTIES FILTERS AS: IMMERSION ADVANTAGES: FILTERS 1. Insoluble (except to hydrofiuoric acid and hot concentrated Al- kalies). 2. Complete _ visibility Utensils for Ultra-Fil- during filtration and tration, such as Crucibles extraction. . : and Balloons — according 3. Not affected by filtra- to Bechhold-Koenig — are tion of liquids, such ee : as Fehling solution intended to be used with ammonia, concentra- collodion film for ultra- ted Hydroxide and ot fear Set Eee Banceniratedeculeniic filtration, but they can Acid, which attack also be used for ordinary filter paper. : and analytical filtration in Immersion Tube 4, Convenient and exact biological laboratories, weighing. : eae particularly for amor- 5. Complete drying — phous precipitates, such constant weight at ae ail . ih 110° C. as iron or aluminum hy- droxide, etc. 6. Large filtering sur- = face. Aereation Immersion 7. Can be easily cleaned. ate ape Tube Tube Filtering Balloon HOEPPLER VISCOSIMETER UTILIZING FALLING BALL RESULTS CONSISTENT PRINCIPLE AND REPRODUCIBLE Accuracy: + 0.1% between 10 For determining the absolute and 600 centipoises, + 0.27% at extreme ranges. viscosity of gases, fluids and viscous tars. Direct readings in centipoises. Only small sample (30 cc) re- quired. Difference in viscosity between distilled and tap water can even be measured. ANY ANN Model B EXCLUSIVE U.S. AGENTS: FISH-SCHURMAN CORPORATION 230 EAST 45th STREET, NEW YORK CITY AVAILABLE AT ALL LEADING LABORATORY SUPPLY DEALERS bs 12 LHe COLLECRING NED [ Vout. X. No. 82 ignition without sensible loss. The exterior sur- faces may be numbered serially at the factory in any combinations, or clear areas may be left in the exterior coat for the indelible crayons ordi- narily employed on white porcelain, (14). Precision-bore tubing is now marketed in vari- ous shapes, such as circular, square and octagonal (17A). The order of variation from any speci- fied diameter is about 0.01 mm. Special (but short) lengths may be made to within a variation of 0.001 mm. The methods in use allow diame- ters as small as 0.5 mm. up to 50 mm. This will permit adapting of glass tubing to many devices where interchangeability is requisite. This should be especially helpful for those who are using cells requiring a change in volume such as the plunger type particularly used in some colorimeters. A Solvent Still has been developed for the re- covery of solvents used in extractions, grease removal, etc. This line of devices is available for either continuous or batch operation, in vary- ing capacities, (3). Straight, jacketed condensers with easily re- placeable parts, have been introduced by one con- cern (41) to meet the increasing demand for apparatus to be assembled or repaired from us- ual stocks of glass tubing. Molded rubber caps, fitted with metal inlet and outlet tubes, may be used with standard size glass tubing. The as- sembly is convenient and permits adjustment of inlet and outlet tubes to any convenient angle. II. Crrnicat Lasoratory DEVICES Centrifuges and accessories: The introduction of several attachments and the application of two new principles to centrifuges have greatly broadened the field. A line of high-speed units for glass tubes of small capacity so as to achieve relative centrifugal forces of about 25,000 x gravity was introduced by Mr. Arthur H. Kend- rick just prior to his death in 1933 (22). The devices are essentially attachments to standard motorized units in the “International” series of centrifuges. In addition, refrigeration outfits (22) were improved for general laboratory use and are now sold complete. These permit the use of regular equipment for holding the centri- fuge tubes. It is thus possible in one and the same general installation to adapt readily for maintaining a given temperature with capillary tubes at very high speeds (18,000 to 21,000) or with large laboratory bottles at slower speeds. In cases where the higher speeds are likely to be used an all-welded steel guard is installed in place of the cast-iron guard regularly supplied with this type of equipment. An angular head for a fixed position, instead of free swinging trunnions, is also supplied with the same line of centrifuges. It is a symmetrical disc holding eight or more metal tubes at 51° with respect to the axis of rotation, (i. e. 39° from horizontal), (22). In the “SB” centrifuge this may be rotated at 5000 rpm (about 4800 x gravity). The head is of duralumin and com- bines size with stream-line. A small “angle” centrifuge, essentially of Swedish design and manufacture, provides a shorter mean path and therefore relatively quicker separation for a given volume of material. These units are sold by several dealers, e. g. (17). The tubes have capacities of about 20 and 40 cc., but those which have been used are frail and have been poorly annealed. They are thus a liability at the higher speeds. Centrifugal separations in continuous or in batch proportions are aided by a small high speed unit in the cylindrical bowl type of motor driven unit, (34). In this, the separating force is equivalent to 15,500 x gravity, the motor drive operating at 25,000 rpm. It has a 1/8 HP motor for use at the usual voltages. A larger but turbine driven unit operates at 62,000 x gravity. Colorimeters have been changed but slightly in construction details. The application of a top- reading device in a hollow upright (24) has been noted, and another model has a new actuating mechanism so that when one cup is lowered the other is simultaneously raised (21). Generally, the Duboseq principle has been adhered to, with improvement in external appearances and in ac- cessories. Grinding devices for homogenization and for grinding-mixing of samples: A, The Schultz Grinder is intended primarily to duplicate the mortar and pestle grinding, working automati- cally by an electric drive. The mortar is enclosed to avoid contamination but may be observed dur- ing operations (31). B. The Wiley Mill and the small Laboratory- Wiley-Food Research Institute miniature grinder both operate on the plan of a cutting-mill. Each requires adjustment for the particular grade of work and maintenance of the cutting edges of the steel blades, (40). Both are satisfactory for bones, shell, leather, seeds, etc. The blades are readily ground and sharpened, and exceedingly durable for heavy duty. Direct-connected, elec- tric motors in these models have advantages over belt-driven units. C. Colloid Mills, of the Eppenbach type (17) designed for making emulsions, colloidal medici- nals for intravenous injections, etc. are supplied in stainless steel (Allegheny metal) or bronze. One model for experimental work, operates at 10,000 rpm, and is not intended for continuous duty. A larger type driven by a 34 hp motor is capable of heavy- “continuous duty. Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 13 o A REFERENCE BOOK of the thousands of appliances used in the m0: OP OOS OE OSS 0D 0 EO SED-0 OED 076 6 “Modern Laboratory Appliances” Published by Fisher MORE THAN A CATALOGUE many ramifications of laboratory work. 1,050 pages—10,602 articles—4,270 illustrations. A GUIDE to the new and very latest improvements in laboratory tools, hundreds of which are not to be found in any other book of its kind. A BOOK OF SPECIFICATIONS of laboratory apparatus, in which each article is described very definitely, in detail and with meticulous care. No superlatives, generalities or platitudes are employed. OS EEO EEE GEESE) SD) DO OO Oe ee <> 0) ee) AN INDEX by means of which the specific laboratory appliance best suited to each particular need can be selected with the mini- mum of time and effort. Replete with helpful references. Indexed on each page and in two places in the rear. FISHER SCIENTIFIC COMPANY Manufacturers of Modern Apparatus for Chemistry and Biology 717 FORBES STREET PITTSBURGH, PA. 20D 0D 0 ee 0D 0-0 0 ee 0-0 OD OED Oe 20, een an elem enemcenrem caren oan, Cm cemcems% 14 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 A Hemolipokrit, described by Herrmann, Ames and Tapke (Jour. Lab. & Clin. Med. vol. xix, 411, 1934) and patterned after one by Rtickert (Klin. Woch. 10:1853:1931) is available thru American dealers (12). The device is an aid to the volu- metric, micro-determination of the lipoid content of blood serum. A new type of Hemoglobinometer after the original patterns of Sheard and Sanford (Mayo Clinic) is now available under the trade name of “Photelemoter”. This device is calibrated against a standard solution, and is an aid in determining transmission values, subsequently converted to the weight of substance per unit volume of solution in the unknown (10). Paraffin embedding bath wth a thermostat and accessories. One model improved by Huettner, follows the general line of the “Columbia model” made earlier by Mertins. It possesses a separate drying chamber, and a removable filter device for cleaning the paraffin. The latest patterns are made of Monel (36). Petri dish holders for stacking, carrying and sterilizing the assembled glass-ware without re- handling are novel (17). A research Polygraph to record simultaneously 1) the word-reaction time, 2) respiration, 3) pulse, 4) systolic pressure, 5) psycho-galvanic reflex, 6) Luria phenomena indicating the dis- sociation of the vocal and manual response, has been developed for certain behavior studies. The clinical use has been extended to psychological and penal laboratories. In service, as the Dar- row Behavior Photopolygraph, it has been used for the study of emotions. The unit incorporates a complete photographic set-up for use with nar- row bromide paper, with speed-change adjust- ment from 2 to + mm per sec. Simultaneous photographic records are made without distortion. Ink and smoked records are thus avoided in re- cording. Without the accessories, attached to the subject under test, the unit weighs a little over 20 pounds, built for portability (37). An enclosed inductorium developed two years ago (30A) has been improved considerably. It has several advantages for clinical and for labor- atory use. Two switches and two push-buttons are available on the surface plate, and also a slide wire knob, A primary circuit is subject to in- dependent control by switches which have three positions: either through the vibrator, through the vibrator under key control, or single contacts under key control. The voltage range is varied by means of the slide wire and permits extremely low voltages. Exposure and rough usage of this inductorium in marine laboratories has led to some corrosion of the exposed metal parts. It is quite possible, however, to protect against this, as may be easily done by a simple cover. Such an inductorium has advantages over the open and exposed type where experiments are likely to con- tinue over a long period of time and where one desires to avoid variation in the electric circuits due to oxidation or poor contacts. Recording Plethysmograph, A device for re- cording deflections in a small system. The records, of cardiac origin, are made by means of the finger placed in the plethysmographic vessel; effecting the movement of a colored drop, the track of which is recorded on sensitized photographic paper. A simple light source is employed and standard bromide paper used otherwise in elec- trocardiography. For the study of mobility of structures such as the ear drum, the plethysmo- graphic finger-capsule is displaced by a rubber tube, located in the external auditory meatus. Other applications are practical, (41). j The use of sintered glass in plate form, fused to glass tubing, has been greatly extended. Gas washing bottles (17A), where the filter plate is permanently fused to the intake tube, are avail- able in several forms, between 100 cc. to appro- ximately a liter. The velocity of gas movement allowed may be up to 120 liters per minute, at a pressure of less than 40 cm. of water. For those who are particularly interested in the Shepherd gas analyser, there is an Orsat type of absorption pipette. These devices are now listed under the term “fritted” glass. Glass Filters adapted chiefly to specific tech- niques or methods. Those who have adopted the Pregl, Emich, Chamot and other microchemical methods will find a number of additions in micro- filters (17A). For approximate analysis, the Syringe Gas Analyzer for oxygen and carbon dioxide is con- venient, (17). This device was described by Yandell Henderson in the Jour. Amer. Med. Assn. May 2, 1931. It is useful in laboratory work to within 1% of the actual oxygen content and 0.5% of the carbon dioxide. Syringes incorporating percision-bore tubing permit the fabrication of interchangeable parts. This type has many advantages, particularly where metal tips are fused into injection lines. Under such conditions the barrel or piston may be replaced with the least inconvenience. So long as the factory methods permit continuance of precision-bore instruments, it will be of value to employ such devices as this for more or less per- manent set-ups or automatic injection machines, (17A). Improvements in the aneroid sphygmomano- meter (38) consist in a better element for trans- forming the pressure changes into needle move- ment. Methods of manufacturing have been changed to eliminate the variable capsules and to supply units with less hysteresis. A uniformity Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET lon LABORATORY SUPER CENTRIFUGE. OUTPULLS GRAVITY 62,000 TO 1 SHARPLES MACHINE BREAKS CLARIFICATION AND SEPARATION RECORDS. OPENS UP NEW POSSIBILITIES IN RESEARCH 1001 Jobs For It! The Sharples Laboratory Super Centrifuge is unusually fast and efficient for (1) sedimentation of solids from liquids, (2) clarifica- tion of liquids and (3) the separa- tion of immiscible liquids occur- ring as mixtures and emulsions. It is in use daily by outstanding la- boratories for: Laboratory Control Work for Plant Operation Research Work in Developing New Products or Processes Pathological and Pharmaceu- tical Work Clarification of Agars, Broths and Albumen Sedimentation of Bacteria Regular Model (Motor Drive) Preparation of Serums and Vaccines Paint and Enamel Analysis Earth and Clay Analysis Recovery of Semi - Precious ‘Solids Breaking extremely tenacious emulsions, especially those Stabilized by finely divided solids. Treats Continuously or in Batch: Unlike tube and bottle ma- chines, the Super Centrifuge operates continuously as a clar- ifier or separator. A Batch Bowl is available for batch treatment. Separator Clarifier CHOICE OF THREE BOWLS-- all 1%” inside diameter, 8” long, holding 300 milliliters. Separator: Two outlets. For separating mixtures or emul- sions. Adjustable for specific gravity ratios. Clarifier: One outlet. For re- moving solids in suspension. Batch: No discharge outlets. For small amounts of liquids and collecting small quanti- ties of solids. The bowl of the Sharples Laboratory Super Centrifuge (turbine driven model) rotates at the almost incredible speed of 50,000 R.P.M., generating a force of 62,000 times gravity, unequalled for laboratory sep- arations. Liquid is fed continuously in- to the bottom of the rotating bowl, subjected to the separat- ing force, and passes upward and out through the discharge covers and spouts. Sharples Specialty Company 2388 WESTMORELAND STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PENNA. — CENTRIFUGAL HEADQUARTERS — Two Drives ane Twa Mode Turbine Drive: Operates at maxi- mum speed of 50,000 r.p.m. (c.f. 62,000 times gravity). Requires steam or air at 30 lbs. /sq. in. pres- sure. This machine is primarily for achieving separations impossi_ ble at any capacity on the larger machines. Motor Drive: Maximum speed 25,- 000 r.p.m. 4% H.P. Universal motor for 110 volt A.C. or D.C. Operates from light socket. The centrifu- gal force of this machine (15,500 times gravity) approximates that of the commercial size Super Cen- trifuges. The Laboratory Super Centrifuge is 30” high with a base of 8” x 12”. Net weight 65 lbs. Packed weight 125 lbs. Hither type of drive can be furnished in the REGULAR Model—finished in green enamel with tinned steel parts, or the MEDICAL Model — finished in white enamel with nickel plated parts. Medical Model (Turbine Drive) Prices f.o.b. Philadelphia (Turbine or Motor Drive) Regular Model . Extra Bowls . Medical Model . Extra Bowls . Either Model, monel metal parts 485. 00 Extra Monel Bowl ............. 180.00 Prices covering machines with special Platings issued on request. 16 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 over some years to within 1 mm. has been achieved. Temperature measurements where clinical thermometers are unreliable may be made with a “Thermelometer”, (10). A portable model is available, sensitive between 95° and 110° F. by 0.2 degree. This may be used in connection with high frequency and diathermy apparatus. The heat-sensitive element is included in a metal in- sert, and is part of a separable circuit. Test sets, employing the colorimetric indicators continue to be multiplied. New ones have been added for portable and for general laboratory use: including determination of pH, and the more limited ranges for soil, blood, and bacterio- logical media. Commercial sets for determination of blood-Ca and -P; for chlorine; for the de- termination of the sterile condition of glassware ; and for testing the viability of aquaria have been assembled for convenience, (26) (39). Zsigmondy ultrafiltration membranes are now available in various sizes and with porosities fine enough to retain albumen, or coarse enough for gross precipitation. A range of “funnels” accom- panies the membranes for pressures up to 120 atmospheres pressure, (30). IIT. A drawing device combining microscope, pro- jector, etc. with adjustable devices for photo- micrography has been marketed in this country under the name of “Promi” and “Promar” (13). For the worker whose needs are varied and only one instrument can be secured, such a combina- tion may be selected. The Harvey-Loomis Optical Centrifuge, opens up new research paths, (4). It permits contin- uous observation while centrifugation is proceed- ing at 10,000 rpm. (or up to 41,000 x gravity). At present only a few drops of liquid (generally isopycnotic) may be used for study. In this medium the various parts of the cell may be re- distributed. The device is complete with built- in microscope. Optical sectioning, described by F. F. Lucas (cf. Bell Technical Publications, vol B-792, 1934) is a special application of photography by ultra violet light. An improved microscope for work by means of a monochromatic band, e.g. 2748- 2750 A. U. is the essential equipment (43). The inherent possibility of sectioning by light rests upon the fact that the plane of focus in this ultra violet region is one of “inappreciable depth.”’ Photographs may be taken, upward and down- ward on different planes about 0.25 micron apart. For this work unstained material is employed, (cf. Jour. Morph. 52, No. 1, 1931; Jour. Frank- lin Inst. 217, 661, 1934; 218, 701, 1934). Microscorpes AND AUXILIARIES Microdissection and microinjection in studies of cells has been accompanied by the perfection of several “manipulators,” of which the Chamb- ers (Leitz), Peterfi (Zeiss), Taylor, Emerson and the Fitz are examples. The last has been im- proved and parts are standardized to make a com- pletely versatile unit (4). The Chambers models are continually being changed, sometimes to a fault, because of a failure to make parts inter- changeable, and have now become a_ veritable fleet of mobile elements in micrurgy, (28). The instruments as a whole provide a considerable range of methods for research with living cells. Microphotometry of a living cell by an indirect method has been advanced considerably by Lucas and Staud with the aid of the ultra violet micro- scope and the Moll recording micro-photometer. Quite accurate measurements of minute details of structure can be made from them. Variations in detail not readily apparent to the naked eye may be detected in the measurements. In the study of chromosomes to which the ultra violet microscope lends itself, these methods are of value (43). Microscopes have been improved in design and in protective coatings. One maker has made use of rhodium (35) for resisting corrosion, particu- larly for objectives, on the ground that this re- sists chemical action better than chromium, ete. There has also been a relocation of the fine ad- justment, at the base of the body arm, low enough to be adjusted without inconvenience when the hand is resting on the table (35). Sev- eral makers have taken advantage of the inclined principle in the construction of the oculars (28) (35) (43). Research microscopes by two makers have been reversed from the older convential pat- terns (4) and (35) providing, chiefly, very free access to the stage and all adjustments without reaching around the microscope proper. Replacement of the “vertical illuminator” is pro- ceeding in biological work through the introduc- tion of Ring Condensers and off-center lighting. Better study of living material by reflected light is thereby effected. A wide variety of magnifi- cations is now supplied, and many adaptations have been made for biological studies (28) and (43). The mtkro-polychromar attachment makes pos- sible the study of unstained vital tissues in mono- chromatic or ultra violet light. This device (43) makes for further improvement in those fields of biology where stains or chemically active sub- stances are a handicap. The new accessory in reality provides optical “staining” and may be fitted to the substage of the compound micro- scope. Jury 6, 1935] ik COLLECTING NET 17 FOR PURE WATER Use the New STOKES Laboratory Water Still GAS WELL Gases escape from hot feed water before lentering boiling chamber PYREX COVER Interior visible while operating TRIPLE VAPOR BAFFLE ELIMINATES ENTRAINMENT] Visible overflow for hot water from condenser Automatic Entrainment Return Water Sealed DECONCENTRATOR Reduces concentration| of foaming and scaling impurities Copper shield for gas burners Crackle finish Bracket for convenient mounting on wall or stand SOLID BLOCK TIN CONDENSER TUBE Heavy copper condenser casing my Chromium plated Tinned copper basin - Extra heavy metal Improved gas burners adjustable for variable pressure Brief instructions Needle valve for operating iY Adjustment for attached to still raw water Water sealed cover Solid block tin No gasket-No leaks funnel and pipe J for distillate Sold Through Dealers or Direct WRITE FOR BULLETIN No. 171 (Capacity 1 Gallon per Hour) In this still, several unique features safeguard the exceptional purity of the distillate as well as increase convenience and automatic operation. SPECIAL FEATURES *PYREX GLASS COVER—amakes operation visible and cleaning easy. **TRIPLE VAPOR BAFFLE—prevents en- trainment. *SOLID BLOCK -TIN CONDENSER TUBE—not merely block-tin lined. **kGAS ELIMINATOR—(Hot Well)—where temperature—practically boiling — releases dissolved gases before distillation. **DECONCENTRATOR — reduces. foaming and scaling tendencies; vital in hard water districts. *PATENTED HEATING UNIT—in electric models; dual-purpose safety device pre- vents burning out from a shutting off of the water supply or from overheating due to the elements becoming heavily scaled. *Found solely in the new Stokes Still. **Standard Equipment in the new Stokes Still. Gas, Steam or Electrically-heated. Wall-bracket or Floor-stand Type. *Typical Analysis of Distillate Parts per 100,000 Total Solids . 0.28 Volatile Solids . 0.16 Inorganic Solids 0.12 Nitrogen as Free Ammonia .. 0.0035 Albuminoid Ammo Nitrites ...-...%.--- 0.0000 Nitrates . 0.0000 Chlorine Sere, CECT) Dissolved Oxygen .....-..sseceeeeceeres 0.05 Free Carbon Dioxide .............s.6e+- 0.12 pH Value at 20° C 5.7 Total Bacterid per Cc... 2 2.052.262. cen None ll *Made and certified by Arthur D. Little, Inc. || FISToKES MACHINE COMPANY Chemical Equipment Since 1895 6002 Tabor Road Olney P. O. Philadelphia, Pa. 18 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 82 IV. PHoroGRApHIc ACCESSORIES: PHOTOMI- CROGRAPHY, Morion PHOTOMICROGRA- PHY, ETC. Infra-red photography to record details in the external skin covering of animals, the skin circu- lation of man, etc., is made possible with the new sensitive emulsions, (16). New “infra-red” plates are employed, like the type 1-R, with the Wratten filter, like No. 25, and moderately flat lighting. Most of the development (dark room) process requires completely darkened work rooms. Otherwise regular photographic methods are em- ployed. Light Filters comprising a new series, for pho- tomicrography, to increase the contrast in the re- cording emulsion, have been perfected, (43). These “screens” are made of optical glass, col- ored uniformly, not built-up from cemented and glass combinations. Some of the new filters are intended for infra-red photography, while others are adapted to visible light. With these filters, greater detail may be brought out than with un- filtered light. Leica and other Miniature Cameras have been increasingly applied to biology. For hand work, laboratory set-ups and attached to the micro- scope they are assets, (16) (28) and (43). The Leica and Contax cameras employ standard mo- tion picture film (35 mm) while the Hawkeye for the microscope uses the amateur roll film as sold for kodaks. Both the Leica and Contax use the focal plane principle in their shutter mechan- isms. The focussing in the former is by helix, set to graduations from visual determinations with range finder; while the latter has a built-in mech- anism to adjust focus while sighting the object. For the more strictly microscopic work the minia- ture cameras require accessories like the “micro- ibso” and the “contax-phoku” or separate units like “Mifilmea’’ or “Phoku.” One Laboratory Camera is a considerable stride from the older models, comprising now a highly technical device, (43). The present perfected unit combines a built-in microscope and camera on a tubular frame, the whole assembly mounted on eight shock absorbers. Structures to be pho- tographed at magnifications of 4000 to 6000 di- ameters require the greatest stability, with free- dom from outside vibrations, as well as superior optics. The illuminations are by means of arc or mercury vapor beams, mounted on_ separate stands, providing a system of controlled illumina- tion. This improves the records with the best of apochromatic objectives, adjusted to exclude all wave lengths other than those for which the ob- jectives are corrected. The objectives are now corrected for “infinity” tube length. This recent development operates to produce a real image at infinity, but by means of a telescope objective (Keppler, telescope objective and a low power ocular) the rays are brought to focus within the ocular. A mono-brom naphthalene objective, with num- erical aperture of 1.60 has been corrected for the blue of the spectrum, (43). This lens with mono- chlor-naphthalene as an immersion fluid when re- quired, avoids former handicaps. Motion photonicrography has been advanced by several camera improvements. These comprise the reflex finder, with a set of six lenses on the front board and a conveniently operated variable shutter, (16). Some of the added features in cameras of this sort include motors arranged with speeds for taking pictures from 8 to 64 per sec. New lenses with extension tubes also per- mit pictures of objects 1/10 inch wide at 10 feet, up to above 25 inches, at 35 feet, from the cam- era. Radiography in biology permits “dissection” with intact animals, plants or organisms. While much of the progress in this branch of photo- graphy will depend upon the perfection of radio- paque media, a considerable advance has already been made, (16) (19). At present sifted lead- oxide in olive- or cotton seed-oil, with xylene, may be injected without rupturing the finer capil- laries. For bones, injection of lead nitrate per- mits the photography of the embryonic bones, and developing epiphyses. Insects and their circula- tions are photographed by aid of “soft” rays. Fine grained plates may be used to bring out greater detail of the smaller biological specimens. Some of this work requires the use of “Grenz” rays, employing small tubes, with thin windows and potentials from 2 to 20 kilovolts at peak. V. PHysICAL AND PHYSICO-CHEMICAL INSTRU- MENTS, ADAPTED AND APPLIED TO BIo- LOGICAL RESEARCH Christiansen filter cells (7) made for the pur- pose of supplying small animal or plant enclos- ures with monochromatic radiation, may be used for visible and for ultra violet regions of the spectrum, to as short as 3020 A. U. This matches the sun’s limit in the ultraviolet at our higher al- titudes. The aperture of the Christiansen filter is apparently unlimited. It is built up after the plan of Fragstein (Ann. d. Physik 5, 17, and 22, 1933). Dosimeters for the ultra violet to indicate the minimum perceptible erythema have previously been of the complicated type and with unstand- ardized devices. One which has been greatly simplified, comprises a filter scale, time chart and solution tube to match the human skin. An ex- posure of the tube to ultra violet changes the color of the solution, which may then be matched to a Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 19 aPYREX Petri Dish PREVENTS CHIPPING Chipping around the edges is a common cause of Petri dish breakage. Rims are constantly exposed to chipping in transporta- tion, storage, and in actual service. The new “PYREX” Petri dish is designed to resist breakage. A strong, reinforcing bead of glass around the rims strengthens the dish at its weakest point and en- ables it to withstand repeated mechanical shocks with little danger of chipping. The many other advantages of “PYREX” Petri Dishes are: Chemical stability which permits repeated sterilization by hot air or steam pressure without clouding... Heat resistance which reduces breakages during sterilization ... Transparency better than fine plate glass—improving vision and focusing... Harder than ordinary glass . . . Surfaces remain unmarred after long service ... Tops and bottoms are interchangeable. NEW LOW PRICE “PYREX” Petri Dishes that formerly sold at 50c per pair are now priced at 38c, with corresponding reductions for quantities, as follows: Quantity Net pate Price Per Package Catalog Item No. 1345 Be ice 35 50 100 Code Word Size mm. Package Each Phe. Pkgs. Pkegs. Pkgs. BEDOZ 100x10 (Complete) 72 $.38 $24.62 $23.39 $22.16 $20.93 BEDIM 100x15 (Complete) 72 -38 24.62 23.39 22.16 20.93 “PYREX” is a trade-mark and indicates manufacture by CORNING GLASS WORKS - CORNING, NEW YORK PYRE X sranD LABORATORY GLASSWARE cae CHIPPING is prevented by special reinforced rims on thisnew design of “PYREX”’ Petri Dish. BE SAFE See that this trade-mark is reproduced on every piece of apparatus you buy! 20 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 gray field by a filter, which is used as a guide in the estimation of the time required to effect ery- thema of the skin, (10). Lenses for use in the study of the ultra violet have been perfected, (7) employing fluorite, fused quartz-fluorite, and crystal-quartz-fluorite in combinations. ‘These are suitable beyond the visible range into the Schumann region, previous- ly explored as to biological effects by Bovie and others. Fortunately also the fluorite transmits in the infra-red so that a spectrum between 9 mi- crons and 0.13 micron (1300 A. U.) may be ex- amined. The adoption of the mercury arc has required modification of the lamp or “burner” so as to avoid unsteadiness and wandering of the arc. One particular unit (17A) which incorporates the capillary arc seems to offer a solution of many difficulties. An automatic heater connected in series with the burner accelerates starting. With this small bore lamp, equilibrium is reached in a shorter time than with a lamp of larger di- ameter, and may be effected in or near five min- utes. Quartz fluorite lenses for experimental use have been introduced for monochromators. One of these (7) has a 22 mm. aperture and a 55 mm. focal length. It is especially adapted to the exit side of a quartz monochromator. The main pur- pose is to provide a parallel or slightly conver- gent type of monochromatic radiation. This pro- jection lens is achromatic for both the visible and ultra-violet, and therefore requires no adjustment if the wave length is varied. The fluorite is pro- tected by being enclosed in the crystal quartz and is corrected for spherical aberration and coma. A Quartz Spectrograph which has been con- structed on the Littrow principle has become available for study between 2000 A. U. and 7000 A. U. This device is intended primarily for photographic recording in the ultra violet, and has a dispersion of 150 millimeters. It is not in- tended to displace the larger spectrographs for work with highly complex spectra. The biologi- cal solutions of a simple type where the absorp- tion occurs in bands may be studied readily. A single lens of crystal quartz and a prism with metallic reflecting back are employed. Records are made on a plate of 5 x 7 inches, (4). Nephelometry by means of a photoelectric ne- flection meter and two reflection blocks is made possible by a greatly improved instrument, (17). The suspension or solution in a standardized ves- sel is interposed in a light-beam which is then reflected from a reference white (and later from a reference black) surface, acting finally upon a rugged photoelectric cell. These results are really opacity determinations. Calibrated, standardized suspensions are used in the same system to con- struct tables relating the raw data to concentra- tion of the “unknown” substance. The instru- ment proper operates on either 110 volts a. c. or dic An application of the Photronic Cell (42) to nephelometry by Richards and Jahn (cf. Jour. Bact. vol. 26, p. 385, 1933) uses an inexpensive photoelectric cell which is an almost linear fune- tion of the illumination. This is used to measure the light absorbed (or scattered) by a suspension of micro-organisms. ‘The set-up involves the use of a 100 watt projection lamp, photronic cell in a socket, a volume tube for the suspension, and a microammeter of the conventional type used in simpler radio switchboards, model 301, (42). For greater steadiness and improved accuracy a stor- age battery and automobile headlight lamp are preferably employed. The apparatus must be calibrated for the conditions under which it is to be used. The Photronic cell adapted for sunlight and under water measurement extends the range of this handy instrument. This is useful as a foot- candle meter for portable direct readings. The ranges may be extended from 10 to 10,000 foot candles. The cell proper is stable and therefore does not require recalibration at all frequencies. It has been available in one or another form for some time (42) and appears to have an unlimited life. For sunlight work it is furnished with a quartz window. Where it is used under water the cell has a “light collector” housed in a special waterproof cell and is so connected that water- proof leads extend to the indicating instrument. pH meters by several manufacturers have been standardized and but slightly changed in the last few years. Those for hydrogen gas chain have been somewhat displaced in routine work by the simpler devices for quinhydrone (27) (41), more or less because of convenience in manipula- tion, altho obviously limited, in the range of measurement between the acid and less alkaline ranges. Glass electrodes in a variety of circuits and ar- rangements have been described in the literature but few have been made for commercial sale. Three have recently been adopted in special and general laboratories, (9) (27) and (41), for use up to about pH-10.5. These are not particularly adapted to minute amounts of liquid, altho vol- umes in the neighborhood of 10 cc. may give good values. One of these employs a glass electrode devised by Morton (9) in which the fluid may be drawn up and flushed out by means of stop-cocks. Electrodes after the pattern of W.'C. Stadie (20) are more adapted for very small volumes. Two of the devices have been adapted to elec- trical recording for continuous work, with an ac- curacy to +0.1 pH (9) and (27). One of the Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET “Tas forty speed Kymograph is especially de- signed for research work but serves admirably for student demonstration. The motor which drives the kymograph is placed within the large drum, thus doing away with all troublesome belts and making it possible to mount the complete kymograph on a pedestal, the base of which is 20 inches in diameter and is equipped with castors and leveling screws so that the appara- tus may be moved to any convenient place. Forty changes of speed are available, ranging from 50 milli- meters per hour to 110 millimeters per second. All changes can be made rapidly. The kymograph may be raised or low- ered through a distance of 18 inches. It is equipped with three adjustable rodholders and fine adjusting screw. One of these holders moves with the writing surface when the kymo- graph is raised or lowered. By means of an idle drum a flat writing surface is obtained. The rear drum is adjustable so that papers varying be- tween eight to fifteen feet may be used. The paper is tightened by a rack and pinion. An additional drum, not shown in this picture, is provided for the use of paper from two to three feet in length. This drum may be adjusted on the upper arm by removing the adjustable rodholder. Price $675.00 JOSEPH BECKER Manufacturer of INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION Used in S 5 : . LABORATORIES OF PHARMACOLOGY eee z 4 AND PHYSIOLOGY 630 WEST 168th STREET, NEW YORK CITY 22 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 simpler types employs the glass bubble, holding about 10 cc. minimum, in connection with a rugged enclosed lamp and scale galvanometer (27). In the portable potentiometer type satis- factory for use in laboratories it is not so neces- sary to take special precautions against moisture in the laboratory generally, as is the case with the models using electrometer valve (9) and the Lindemann electrometer (41). Recording photometers on the photoelectric principle have not been particularly adapted to biological problems, but the numerous records on photographic films or plates requiring these aids may bring about this application. One device for measuring the depth of blackening on plates or film, arranged so that it can be operated in day- light is particularly ingenious (43). A Wulff single-fiber electrometer is affected by change in potential of a photoelectric cell. The image of the electrometer is adjusted so that it records upon a moving photographic plate, the curve of which may be calibrated subsequently. The in- strument as a whole is designed to operate with the simplest steps, and throughout the recording the electrometer thread may be observed on the ground glass, with the naked eye. Spectrum analysis to detect the presence or ab- sence of small impurities and traces of chemicals has been improved to augment chemical analysis. In some cases this method may replace chemical analysis entirely. Material under investigation is heated in an electric arc, vaporized in a flame or in a condensed electric spark (43). The powders or liquids to be analyzed may be placed in pits in carbon electrodes. Qualitative analysis is then effected by recording the spectrum lines on a photographic plate and comparing the patterns with one which is known. The relative intensities of*the lines may be compared by the effects upon the photographic plates, the densities of which are determined by the micro-photometer (21A) (40). A series of colored optical glass filters (17A) extends the range of biological investigations in the field of radiant energy. A few permit ex- ploration of the near ultra-violet, but most of them have transmissions for working in the in- fra-red and visible spectrum. These can be used in combinations, aided by the transmission and reflection details which are supplied. Thermoregulators continue to appear in new settings and after new designs. One, which pro- vides a ready means of adjustment for particular ranges is employed with a supersensitive relay (2). The thermal element itself can be reset in a moment, is sensitive to 0.05° C. or better and has a range from below zero C. to 300° C. With the relays, about 4 milamperes at 3 volts may be consumed so that only a minimum of energy passes through the thermometer proper. Further improvements in thermostats involve a new unit of the “mercury-in-glass” type (32), possessing an inherent sensitivity of 1/200 degree accompanying a relay so sensitive that a minimum load is put upon the delicate contacts, and the mercury thread. The thermostat is small, about 8 inches or less in length, and adjusted to tem- peratures between minus 40 and 600° F. The mercury is under a pressure of 5 atmospheres. For observing the fluctuations a Beckmann type thermometer is available indicating about 1° per inch, of a simple design and nominal cost. With refractory glass this type of thermometer may be used for temperatures up to 500° C. and above. A Martens Polarization Photometer adapted to the measurement of skin color has been marketed after the application by Dr. George D. Williams (cf. Science September 1933) and with improve- ments by A. C. Hardy (1). The instrument is based upon the reflecting power of the skin in re- lation to a standard magnesium carbonate surface. X-rays, hot cathode rays and high voltage cath- ode rays in biological research are more readily applied within the limits of laboratory problems through recent improvements. Both tubes and control devices have been perfected in the last few years. Most notable is the compact construc- tion of the new tubes, which for X-rays are of the water cooled type. In particular, the study of the effect of X-rays and cathode rays upon heredity and the creation of new varieties in plant and animals is made possible. Analytical biology is a field which may therefore be devel- oped by the application of what, a short time ago, were models of the physics laboratory. The pres- ent devices (19) are not limited to 200 kv. peak tungsten radiation but are manufactured with 100 to 350 kv. peak, direct cathode radiation, at sev- eral milliamperes. For cathode rays, outside of the tubes, windows of 0.013 mm. of aluminum are employed. VI. TracninG Mopets, Etc. A disarticulated turtle skull is available for teaching in osteology. This approximates a six inch skull with bones spaced apart and held by wires, sustaining the original contour and relative size (15). The dogfish skull is available in conjoint crania. These present dorsal, ventral, lateral and sagittal sections of Squalus. There are twenty-eight labeled structures identified by key (15). A durable torso for more accurate teaching of general anatomy has been recently assembled, sex- less and with head (15). The parts are colored and properly identified. For schools, a manual is also provided. The composition of the torso is Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 23 Just off the Press: Second Revised and Enlarged Edition | FILTRATIONS chemical - | laboratories A handbook for the chemist A copy of this useful handbook will be sent, free of charge, upon request to every chemist, chemical engineer, teacher of chemistry and purchasing agent. cant JecuHLeEIcHeR & “/CHULL Co, 169 East 33rd Street New York, N. Y. 24 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 82 Fibrine, (combining plaster, fiber and reinforc- ing material) with a hollow core, to effect light- ness of weight and maximum strength. Mold, temperature changes and humidity are apparently without effect upon the general composition. Dis- section of the model permits study of the inter- relationships of the organs and tissues of the ab- domen, chest, neck and head. Arms and hands are not included. Models of Chick embryos after Patten’s “Early Embryology of the Chick” at 50 times the actual size are available in seven steps. The embryonic ages are equivalent to 18, 25, 30, 36, 44 and 60 hrs. and 4 days. Each is durably made, colored, and mounted on a substantial base. The models include two or three views of each age, such as the dorsal, ventral, extral or sinistral (11). REFERENCE LIST OF MAKERS AND DEALERS NUMBERS REFER TO TEXT (1) Akatos, Inc., 55 Van Dam St., New York City. (2) American Instrument Co., 774 Girard St., N. W., Washington, D. C. (3) Barnstead, Still & Sterilizer Co., 2 Lanesville Terrace. Forest Hills, Boston, Mass. (4) Bausch & Lomb Optical Company, Rochester, IND Ys (5) Becker, Christian, Inc., 92 Reade St. New York City. (6) Boston Electric Heating Corp., South Ave- nue, Whitman, Mass. (7) Bryden Co., 96 Church Street, Waltham, Mass. (8) Burrell Technical Supply Co., Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa. (9) Cambridge Instrument Co., Inc., Grand Cen- tral Terminal, New York City. 1936 Fifth (10) Central Scientific Company, 460 E. Ohio St., Chicago, Ill. (11) Chicago Apparatus Company, 1735 Ashland Ave., Chicago, Ill. (12) Cincinnati Scientific Company, 224 Main St., Cincinnati, O. (13) Clay-Adams Company, 25 East 26th St., New York City. (14) Coors Porcelain Company, Golden, Colorado. (15) Denoyer-Geppert Company, 5235 Ravens- wood Ave., Chicago, Ill. (16) Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N. Y. (17) Eimer & Amend, Third Avenue, New York City. Fish-Schurman Corporation, St., New York City. Fisher Scientific Company, 709 Forbes St., Pittsburgh, Pa. General Electric Company, Schenectady, N. nYs (17a) 230 East 45th (18) (19) Graham, James D., 11 Mountwell Avenue, Haddonfield, N. J. (21) Hellige, Inc., 179 E. 87th St., New York City. (21a) Hilger, Adam, Ltd., London, Eng. (22) International Equipment Co., 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. Kimble Glass Company, Vineland, N. J. Klett Mfg. Co., Inc., 179 East 87th St., New York City. Laboratory Construction Co., St., Kansas City, Mo. La Motte Chemical Products Co., McCormick Bldg., Baltimore, Md. Leeds & Northrup Co., 4901 Stenton Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. E. Leitz, Inc., 60 East 10th St., New York City. (20) (23) (24) (25) 1113 Holmes (26) (27) (28) (29) Macalaster- Bicknell Co., Washington & Moore Sts., Cambridge, Mass. (30) Pfaltz & Bauer, Inc., 300 Pearl St., New York City. s Precision Scientific Company, 1736 N. Spring- field Ave., Chicago. Precision Thermometer and Instrument Co., 1434 Brandywine St., Philadelphia, Pa. Seederer-Kohlbusch, Inc., 149 New York Ave., Jersey City, N. J. Sharples Specialty Co., 2382 Westmoreland St., Philadelphia, Pa. Spencer Lens Co., Buffalo, N. Y. Standard Scientific Supply Corp., 34 West 4th St., New York City. Stoelting Co., C. H.; 424 North Homan Ave., Chicago, Ill. (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) Taylor Instrument Companies, Rochester, IN: '¥ (39) Taylor & Co., Inc., W. A.; 872 Linen Ave., Baltimore, Md. Thomas Company, Arthur H.; West Wash- ington Square, Philadelphia, Pa. Welch Mfg. Company, W. M.; 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, Ill. Weston Electrical Instrument Corp., Newark, N. J. Zeiss Works, Jena. Carl Zeiss, Fifth Ave., New York City. (40) (41) (42) (43) Inc., 485 Dr. WarRREN H. Lewis, professor of anatomy at Johns Hopkins University and research asso- ciate at the Carnegie Institution, Mrs. Lewis, also research associate at the Carnegie Institution, and their daughter, Margaret, stopped at Woods Hole on Wednesday, June 26, on their way to the Mount Desert Island Biological Laboratory, Maine, where they will spend the summer. Mr. AND Mrs. RicHarp J. PumMpPHREY of Cambridge, England, who are visiting Woods Hole during June, are sailing for England on the S. S. Georgic, on July 13. An organization which is to be called the Woods Hole Improvement Association is in the process of formation. The following individuals have consented to serve on the nominating com- mittee to choose officers: Mr. Robert Goffin, Dr. H. B. Goodrich, Mr. George Griffin, Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn, Mr. Thomas Larkin, and Dr. James P. Warbasse. A meeting will be called some- time this month. Dr. Oriver S. STRONG, professor of neurology and neurohistology at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University, has returned to Woods Hole from a trip to Virginia. Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 7) ULTROPAK MICROSCOPY How the new illumination method by “Ultropak” (U.S. Patents Nos. 1,840,448, 1,935,444) has opened many fields to microscopic research where older methods failed is most impressively described in a new Leitz publication: “What Scientists Say of Leitz Ultropack” Many scientists, in nineteen different fields of microscopic research, describe how they use the “Ultropak” and what it does for them. Richly illustrated with photo-micrographs. A new, complete catlog, listing the entire line of instruments and auxiliary devices for ““Ultropak” microscopy is likewise available. er d f E. LEITZ, Inc. ae nae rls Say of Leitz 60 E. 10th ST. : CEE See ; NEW YORK CITY ooklet : eitz Ultropak. Nair ie ee eee eck eee Ere H BRANCHES: A f ' te Sinstituite eestor secre ees ee eeeere renee ee ‘ WASHINGTON, D. C. ' t CHICAGO, ILL. tS tivande NO ccscices ss teccyeactccets sescerse es ores ree noes ‘ SAN FRANCISCO, CALIF. LOS ANGELES, CALIF. 26 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Cattell, Mary L. Goodson, Rita Guttman. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Charlotte Griffin, Manton Copeland, Margaret Mast. Scholarship Fund: Ann Janney. (Second-class mailing privileges pending.) Printed by The Darwin Press, New Bedford THE COLLECTING NET IN 1935 Tenth Year: This issue of THE COLLECTING NE? initiates its tenth year of publication, for the first volume began in 1926. Together its numbers form a comprehensive story of biological work and workers during the past ten years at Woods Hole; the diary of events that they have preserved will become increasingly valuable as time passes. How interesting it would be if we could now turn to some such record of the days of Agassiz on Penikese! Reasons for its Initiation: There were three outstanding reasons for beginning THE CoLLEctT- ING Net: (1) to acquaint people with the work and other activities of their fellow biologists in Woods Hole. This need was created by the in- creased size of the Marine Biological Laboratory, and the greater specialization in biological re- search. (2) To assist in the activities of the community by voicing the opinion of the major- ity. (3) To collect, by various means, small sums of money which together might be a sub- stantial factor in assisting selected students to meet their financial obligations without working at the “Mess.’’ Beginning in 1927 scholarships have been given each year; in all, thirty seven one-hundred-dollar scholarships have been award- ed. A Statement of Policy: (1) THE CoLLEecTING NET is an independent journal; no institution or society controls its policies. (2) It wishes to remain a distinctly informal journal of biology; it does not at any time expect authors to give it credit for the material that it prints. (3) It will increase the amount of material that it publishes from biological stations outside of Woods Hole; this will necessarily restrict the amount from Woods Hole, but it will increase the value of the journal by becoming more representative of the various biological laboratories. Contributions Welcome: THE CoLLectinG Net will appreciate unsolicited contributions from its readers in the form of suggestions and criticisms concerning its conduct, letters, news notes and, in certain cases, more substantial material. The journal will now not only report the things that happen in Woods Hole, but will bring to those in Woods Hole relevent material from outside. THE COLLECTING NET SCHOLARSHIP FUND During the winter THE CoLLectinec Net took steps to plan a series of conservative functions— two lectures and two concerts—to be presented for its Scholarship Fund. A week or two ago it made application to the executive committee of the Marine Biological Laboratory for use of the auditorium. On June 29 the following motion was adopted by the executive committee: MOVED that the one evening made available for a lecture in support of THE COLLECTING NET Scholarship Fund is all that the committee feels advisable to allow for the project. IT IS FURTHER MOVED that no additional commit- ments for the further use of the auditorium be made at this time. Since this action did not seem to definitely ex- clude any specific function on a given date, a second memorandum was addressed to the execu- tive committee petitioning them for the use of the auditorium for a lecture entitled “The New Order of Things” by Dr. Swann*, to be presented during one of the “non-lecture” evenings in July. This morning the request was denied. We are naturally very sorry that the privileges of the auditorium can not be granted to the Scholarship Fund for more than one function “at this time; we are, however, under obligations to the Marine Biological Laboratory for allowing us to present “Diving in Coral Gardens” in their auditorium next Thusrday evening. Although we should, of course, have liked to have had further privileges extended to us we can realize that there are certain disadvantages in reserving too many “evenings” for a single organization. Fortunately other facilities are available to us for a small charge, and we are confident that the decision will not limit our program. Zoologists to Meet at Princeton The American Society of Zoologists and a re- gional section of the Genetics Society of America will hold a joint meeting this winter at Princeton University on December 30, 31 and January 1. Arrangements have been made to open the grad- uate college for rooms and the annual dinner will be held in Proctor Hall of the Graduate College. Rooms will also be available at moderate rates at the Princeton Inn and the Nassau Inn. The pro- gram will, in addition to the usual features, pro- vide opportunities to visit the laboratories of the Rockefeller Institute located at Princeton. *Dr. W. F. G. Swann, Director of the Bartol Re- search Foundation of the Franklin Institute; in charge of cosmic ray research for the National Geo- graphic Society, U. S. Army Stratosphere Flight; author of “Architecture of the Universe.” Jury 6, 1935 J THE COLLECTING NET 27 CULTURE METHODS FOR INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS The committee appointed by Section F of the A. A. A. S. for the preparation of a compendium on laboratory culture methods for marine, fresh water and terrestrial invertebrate animals, has assembled a large amount of material which will soon be ready for the printer. The “Last Call for Culture Methods” made by Dr. James G. Needham, chairman of the committee, and printed in Science, resulted in a very satisfac- tory response. Many new contributions have been received and others are on their way. There are, however, several gaps that should be filled up before the book goes to the publisher. For instance, in spite of many appeals, the committee was unable to secure articles on the method of rearing such important forms as Cerebratulus or other nemerteans, Arbacia, Crepidula, Cynthia, Styela or other ascidiae. It is hoped that zoolog- ists who have had experience in rearing or main- taining various forms in the laboratory will send their contributions as soon as possible, to the chairman or to one of the members of the com- mittee. Each article will appear in the com- pendium under the name of its author. In order to make available some of the material which has been already accumulated, advance ab- stracts pertaining to the forms occuring at Woods Hole will be published during the summer by Tue CoLvectine NET. A more detailed information regarding the compendium can be obtained from Dr. J. G. Needham, Chairman, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.; Dr. Paul S. Welch, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Mich.; and Dr. Paul S. Galts- off, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. PauL S. GALTSOFF THE COURSE IN PHYSIOLOGY Dr. LAURENCE IRVING Director of the Course and Professor of Experimental Biology, University of Toronto The course in physiology began to operate on June 19. The material which is presented de- pends upon the interests of the staff of instruc- tion and is indicated by the lecture and laboratory subjects which are announced. In the order of presentation the following lists of subjects are considered : (1) The permeability of membranes and meth- ods of studying secretion by the kidney and liver, by Dr. Hober. (2) The application of potentio- metric methods to the analysis of biological oxi- dation-reduction systems, by Dr. Michaelis. (3) The acid-base equilibrium in sea water and its re- lation to respiration, by Dr. Irving. (4) The common methods of study of respiration and the kinetics of the transport of Oz and COz by the respiratory pigments, by Dr. Ferguson. (5) The technique of micromanipulation and its ap- plication in cellular physiology, by Dr. Chambers and Dr. Sichel. (6) Excitation, rhythmical ex- citatory processes, and the central nervous corre- lations, by Dr. Prosser. (7) Observations on the respiratory processes supporting the embryonic heart frequency, by Mr. Fisher. While these subjects are varied, there is no suggestion that they cover the field of the physi- ology of marine animals. But each subject is so developed that it will present a view of the re- search methods which are pertinent, and so that it will provide a background which is adequate for the critical examination of results. In this way there is an opportunity for a student to see both the limitations and possibilities of a variety of physiological methods. Physiological methods deal with apparatus, with organisms, and with the logic of plan and criticism. Definite examples of the study of physiological processes to give a better example of physiological methods than mere practice with the isolated operations of measurement and analy- sis. In the course of the work, which is at first rather formally outlined, questions develop which are often worth more intensive study. These questions can be further investigated during the period after the first four weeks of work. For this work it is necessary that a student attach himself to a member of the staff. As this can only with profit be a voluntary arrangement, it is left to the option of both student and instructor. Previous experience has shown that the advan- tages of such free associations outweigh the dis- advantage of indefinite plans. From the standpoint of the staff there is also much to be gained from the association with students who have had training in other labora- tories. In fact, the entire basis of the course is the expectation that the students and staff will benefit mutually from the association. The advice and comments of many members of the community have also contributed to form the physiology course up to the present time, and it is quite desirable that such comments be constant- ly received in order to keep the course in line with the rapid developments in physiology. 28 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES M. B. L. CLUB The M. B. L. Club is again functioning in its prime purpose “to promote social intercourse among the scientific workers of the Woods Hole community and their friends.” The executive committee has noted the use of the clubhouse dur- ing the week following the opening of the courses by informal groups engaged in dancing, playing bridge (and other card games), ping-pong (a favorite), and various other games (some en- tirely new to the executive committee). During the rainy week earlier in June the fireplace was a popular center. It is hoped that, as in past sea- sons, the number using the clubhouse will include still more of the students in the various courses and of the investigators. At the annual meeting of the Club, held on Wednesday evening, June 26, the following offi- cers were elected for the current year: president, Dr. C. E. McClung; vice-president, Dr. Roberts Rugh; secretary-treasurer, Dr. F. J. M. Sichel. The officers and executive committee are again expecting a successful season. The extent of the Club’s activities depends in large part upon the number of its members. Those eligible to mem- bership are urged to pay their dues promptly either to Miss Crowell in the M. B. L. office, or to Dr. Sichel. All the scientific workers of the community are eligible to active membership upon payment of the dues of $1.50. The families of members are entitled to the use of the clubhouse without further payment of dues. The by-laws of the club permit other persons to be elected to associate membership by the executive committee upon nomination by two active members. The fee for associate membership is three dollars. The M. B. L. Club announces that its famous whale boat is now ready for use on beach parties. Arrangements may be made by applying to Mr. M. W. Bosworth in Room 110 in the Brick Building. The rental fee is fifty cents plus ten cents for each non-member in the party. The club also owns beach party equipment, such as coffee pots, kettles, frying pans, grills, cups and saucers, etc. These may be borrowed after consulting Mrs. Floyd Moser of the House Committee. There is no rental charge but the house committee appreciates small voluntary do- nations to help replace articles lost or broken. The club offers kitchen facilities for private afternoon teas and bridge parties held in the club- house. Application for such facilities should be turned in to Mrs. Moser. THE TENNIS CLUB The M. B. L. Tennis Club has anticipated the recreational needs of scientific workers at Woods Hole by having the three Beach Courts and the Clay Mess Court completely resurfaced. The Clay Court is ready for heavy duty, having re- ceived 20 yards of dirt to fill depressions and to create a 3-inch pitch toward the net for drainage, and 12 yards of the best clay available for sur- facing. The Beach courts have had a coating of more than an inch of new asphalt and the Con- tractor, Mr. H. V. Lawrence of Falmouth, is awaiting favorable weather during which he will add 800 gallons of Colas and several tons of slate granules to give the courts a very fast playing surface. The pitch on these courts is away from the net, giving turtle-back drainage. THE CHORAL CLUB The Choral Club begins its ninth season Tues- day evening, July 9, under the direction of Ivan Gorokhoff. The rehearsals are held at the Club House Tuesday evening at 9 P. M. after the Seminar, and Thursday evening at 8 P. M. This year the music includes old English songs, music of Tschaikovsky, Brahm, Luoff, and Gilbert and Sullivan. The club will give a concert sometime in August for the benefit of THE CoLLECTING Net Scholarship Fund. All who like to sing good music and are willing to attend the rehearsal are asked to join. THE COURSE IN EMBRYOLOGY The embryology course opened on Thursday, June 20 with an enrollment of thirty-three stu- dents. The program is essentially the same as that of last year. The work starts with the em- bryology of the teleost fish, Fundulus and with such pelagic fish eggs as are available. This is followed successively by studies on the embryol- ogy of the squid, coelenterates, echinoderms, crustacea, molluscs, annelids and tunicates. Cell lineage is illustrated by the development of Nereis and of Crepidula. Nereis offers the best material for observation of fertilization, and the tunicates best illustrate the pro-morphology of the egg. Echinoderms are utilized for various experiment- al studies. The regular schedule is supplemented by lectures given by investigators on the subject of their own researches. Last year the list of such special lectures included those given by Charles Stockard, C. C. Spiedel, B. H. Willier, E. R. Clark, L. V. Heilbrunn, John Runnstrom, E. G. Conklin and Robert Chambers. The chance to hear these specialists adds materially to the op- portunities offered by the course and a debt of gratitude is owed to all who have helped the course in this way. Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 29 The Macmillan Company announces, with the pub- lication of the first volume, a new series of monographs in experi- mental biology. These monographs, under the editorship of a dis- tinguished group of scientists, will present syntheses of experimental work and original hypotheses by active workers in the experimental biological sciences. Experimental Biology Monoer aghs ieee Ghiasiee of PHILIP BARD, L. R. BLINKS, W. B. CANNON, J. B. COLLIP, W. J. CROZIER, HALLOWELL DAVIS, S. R. DETWILER, SELIG HECHT, HUDSON HOAG- LAND, J. H. NORTHROP, G. H. PARKER, GREGORY PINCUS, L. J. STADLER, SEWALL WRIGHT. Vole SeEMAKERS IN RELAII@N HOT ASPECTS: OF BEHAVIOR By Hudson Hoagland This volume deals with the applications of the conception of the dynamic steady state to a variety of problems of plant and animal behavior. Certain examples of the behavior of protoplasmic systems are selected and discussed in detail to illustrate how physicochemical master reactions involved in the maintenance of the steady state, may determine as pacemakers the velocities of complex behavioral events. The method of approach is especially inter- esting since it furnishes a relation between aspects of the behavior of organ- isms and their underlying physicochemical determinants. Fully illustrated $3.00 In preparations: The Mechanism of Hearing, by Hallowell Davis; Bioelectric Phenomena in Plants, by L. R. Blinks; Periodicity in Animal Behavior, by T. J. B. Stier; Temperature Characteristics, by W. J. Crozier; Cyto-Genetics and Plant Phylogeny, by Ernest B. Babcock; The Eggs of Mammals, by Gregory Pin- cus; The Receptor Process in Vision, by Selig Hecht; Phytohormones, by F. W. Went and K. V. Thimann; Biological Oxidations, by E. S. Guzman Bar- ron; Autonomic Neuro-Effector Systems, by W. 6B. Cannon and Arturo Rosenblueth; The Biology and Chemistry of Ovarian Hormones, by George W. Corner and Willard M. Allen; Geotropism: A Study of Determinism in Behavior, by W. J. Crozier and Gregory Pincus. THE MACMILLAN COMPANY _ 60 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK 30 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 *« * B. WESTERMANN COMPANY, INC. 13 WEST 46th STREET, NEW YORK Importers of Foreign Scientific Books since 1848 RECENT BIOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS Berichte ueber die gesamte Biologie A about 4 vols.) Mk. 68.00 B about 5 vols.) per volume Ergebnisse der Biologie Bd. 10 1934 Mk. 68.80 Bd. 11 1935 Mk. 46.60 ‘Tabulae biologicae periodicae volume IV (1934) Mk. 55.00 per year Zeitschrift fuer Biologie Mk. 42.00 per year Graupner—Taschenbuch der biologischen Untersuchungsmethoden Mk. 5.80 Hartmann—Allgemeine Biologie. Einfuehrung in die Lehre vom Leben 2nd edition Mk. 40.00 Bios—Abhandlungen zur theoretischen Biologie und ihrer Geschichte vol. I Mk. ~9:75 Jaensch—Neue Wege der menschlichen Lichtbiologie Mk. 24.00 Jelgersma, G. Das Gehirn der Wassersaeugetiere Mk. 30.00 Deutsches Biologen Handbuch, edited by Prof. E. Lehmann first annual Mk. 5.00 Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmethoden, edited by Abderhalden The most important publication for every research worker. Special offer: A set of 68 volumes issued to date DOUNG..............:cceeeee eres $825.00 Complete sections available at very advantageous prices. Quota- tions cheerfully given. LARGE STOCK OF GERMAN AND FRENCH BOOKS IN ALL BRANCHES OF SCIENCE Original European Prices Charged at the Current Rate of Exchange THE UNIVERSE AND LIFE By H. S. Jennings “A strikingly sincere, frank, and logically thought-out presentation. ... When he gets through he has neither ‘popularized’, emasculated, nor cheapened his account of a biologist’s outlook on the world. He has presented it with simple dignity, and yet . . . with an interest that grows more absorbing as one advances into his thought.” New York Times. “The book, to a biologically-minded reviewer at least, has the attribute of being clear and understandable when compared to the frequent and often enigmatical writings of physical scientists. ... A stimulating book.” Quarterly Review of Biology. $1.50 THE DOCTOR IN HISTORY By Howard W. Haggard Tells in a vivid, entertaining manner the story of medicine as seen through the lives and achievements of some of its principal exponents. ... The story unrolls with a compelling inter- est and yet without the inaccuracy that one often finds in such works.” American Journal of the Medical Sciences. RESPIRATION By J. S. Haldane and J. G. Priestley This is a revised and enlarged edition of the previous work in which J. S. Haldane discussed the physiology of breathing not from the standpoint of the physical sciences, but from that of biology regarded as an independent science. $6.00 ieee WNIVERSITY. PRESS New Haven, Connecticut Illustrated $3.75 Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 31 Ge Tee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eT TST eT ST TTT TTT e TUTTI TELL LLL NEW ATOMIC ARRANGEMENTS A Supplement to the Second Edition of THE STRUCTURE OF CRYSTALS by RALPH W. G. WYCKOFF Period 1930-1934 Inclusive nytt so many workers now active in the field of crystal structure, experimental data are ac- cumulating at a rapid and increasing rate. In the four years since the publication of the second edi- tion of “The Structure of Crystals,’ new X-ray measurements have appeared on more than a thou- sand crystalline compounds. The results of these studies are critically evaluated and summarized in this Supplement. Since this information has not been collected in any other place, the Supplement will be of interest both to specialists in crystals and to chemists, physicists, biologists, mineralogists, metallographers and all others concerned with the results of structure studies. To this wide group the 130 drawings il- lustrating new atomic arrangements should be par- ticularly welcome. The bibliography which will be helpful alike to the specialist and the general reader contains titles of more than 2,000 X-ray papers. As the following table of contents implies, the mode of description follows closely that adopted in the previous volume. CHAPTERS The chapters in this supplement are all lettered A and correspond in content to the similarly numbered chapters in Part II of the book—second edition. XA. Structures of the Elements XIA. Structures of the Type RX XIIA. Structures of the Type RX,, XIIIA. Structures of the Type RX, XVIA. Structure of the Type RX,, of Higher Compounds R,X,, and of New Compounds of the Type R, (MX), XVA. Structures of "the Type R,(MX,) XVIA. Structures of the Type R,(MX,), XVIIA. Structures of the Type R,(MX,), XVIIIA. Structures of Hydrates and Ammoni- ates and of Miscellaneous Inorganic Com- pounds XIXA. Structures of the Silicates XXA. Structures of Organic Compounds Appendix. A Bibliography of Crystal Structure Data A. C. S. MONOGRAPH No. 19A (Supplement to Monograph No. 19) About 256 Pages 134 Drawings $6.00 FUNDAMENTALS OF DAIRY SCIENCE Associates of LORE A. ROGERS in the PERSE laboratories of the Bureau of Dairy Industry, United States Department of Agriculture SECOND EDITION JUST OUT NOWLEDGE of the fundamentals of dairy science has grown so greatly during the past few years that there is today a very great need for a new book on the subject. Thoroughly revised, ex- panded and illustrated, this monograph has now been brought down to date with the intention of making it distinctly the outstanding book in this field. CONTENTS Part I—The Constituents of Milk Composition of Milk and Milk Products: position of milk. Composition of milk products. Proteins of Milk: Introduction. Chemistry of casein. Preparation of casein, Uses of casein. Proteins of milk other than casein. MiJk fat: Composition. Fatty acids. Methods of exam- ination of milk fat. Deterioration of milk fat. Pigments of Milk: General discussion. Fat soluble pig- ments. Water soluble pigments. Lactose: Chemistry of lactose. Manufacture. Part II—The Physical Chemistry of Milk and Milk Products Acid-Base and Oxidation-Reduction Equilibria 1-base equilibria, Oxidation-reduction equilibria. Equilibria of Milk: Introduction. Protein Colloidal phosphates. General considerations. Physical properties. Fat phase. Coagulation of Milk: Heat coagulation. Alcohol coagula- tion, Rennet coagulation. Cheese manufacture. Freezing of Milk and Milk Products: Temperatures of freezing. Effects of freezing. Ice cream. Part I1I—The Microbiology of Milk and Milk Products Sources and Distribution of Bacteria Found in Milk: In- troduction. Bacteria from the environment. Bacteria fvom the milking animal. Milk-borne epidemics. Metabolism and Growth of Bacteria in Milk and Milk Products: Introduction. Nutrition of bacteria. Oxygen requirements and reducing abilities of bacteria. Phases of growth. Spore formation and germination. Products of bacterial metabolism. Influence of Physical and Chemical Factors on Bacterial Growth: Hydrogen-ion concentration. Temperature Pressure. South waves. Wlectricity. Ultraviolet light. Osmotic pressure. Salts. Surface tension. Desiccation. Carbon dioxide. Preservatives. Yeasts and Molds of Milk and Milk Products: tory. Yeasts. Actinomycetes. Molds. Sources. Factors affecting activities of yeas and molds. Mold preven- tion. Molds as affecting specific dairy products. Key to aid in the identification of yeasts and molds. Part IV—The Nutritional Value of Milk and Milk Products. The Physiology of Milk Secretion. Nutritional Value of Milk and Milk Products: Nutri- tional requirements of mammals. Initial consideration regarding the nutritive properties of milk. Colostrum and its importance in nutrition. General biological ex- periments on the nutritive properties of milk. Part played by milk in the development of the modern knowledge of nutrition. General considerations in regard to the use of milk as a food, particularly for infants and young children. Effects of manufacturing process- es on the nutritive value of milk and milk products. Physiology of Milk Secretion. Introduction. Functional factors affecting miik secretion, Food factors and milk secretion. Pathological conditions and milk secretion. Summary. INDEX. A. C. S. MONOGRAPH No. 41 2300 References Historical Com- Uses, of Milk: Introduc- 616 Pages $6.00 REINHOLD PUBLISHING CORPORATION Successor to The Chemical Catalog Company, Inc. © 330 WEST 42nd ST., NEW YORK, U. S. A. De STS TTT SIT STS ITT STITT SLL S HULLS ILLUS ILLUS UUM LULU SLUMS TOUT TUETTUNUU UD TEOTOOOTTTIDT U1 w bo THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 Modernize Your Laboratory with “PRECISION” EQUIPMENT verizing of fibrous 1 grasses, animal tissues—virtually any sub- stance capable of being ground by hand. Adjustable, adaptable, easy to clean. Com- plete information on request. OR more than twelve years we have been building hundreds of standard laboratory devices and special equipment built to order for prominent biological laboratories all over the United States and Canada. “Precision” laboratory metalware, sold by every recog- nized laboratory supply dealer, has come to be known as a standard of excellence be- cause it is constructed for long life, helps save valuable time, and promotes the suc- cess of those investigations r in which it is used. Water Stills fs ~ - Kjeldahl If you are not already famil- Equipment iar with the extensive line of Water paths “Precision” metalware, be Hot Plates Laat eres a & = Burners sure to write us at once, so Stirrers, that we may send you inter- traction F Aon 7, Ps Apparatus esting and informative liter- speciai Equip- : re coverins ¢ ‘ -OC ~te ment Built iture Covering our pro lucts. conandee No obligation. a “Precision” Scientific Co. HUMBOLT PARK STATION CHICAGO, ILL. For Your Laboratory Use CHRISTIAN BECKER “CHAINOMATIC” BALANCES With Graduated Notched Beam All weights from 1/10 mg. to 1.1 gram entirely eliminated The greatest development in balance construction. Accurate and de- pendable weighings in one- quarter of the time. Send for Bulletins Nos. 372, 366, 392, 394 crise Beer Sales Offices 92 Reade Street, New York City 228 North La Salle Street, Chicago 576 Mission Street, San Francisco Factory: 147-153 Eighth Street, Jersey City. N. J. (BB _______ottfH Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 33 JUST OFF THE PRESS! CENCO 1935 CATALOG of ° SCIENTIFIC APPARATUS ° INSTRUMENTS and ° SUPPLIES for the Teaching of PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY and the NATURAL SCIENCES WE Write Today for Your Copy of CATALOG H 351 PE CENTRAL, SCIENTIFIC: COMPANY LABORATORY CENCO SUPPLIES Apparatus wer Chemicals New York - Boston - CHICAG O-ToronTo-LOS ANGELES VVUVVVVVVVVVVIVVVVVVVVIVVITVVVVVTVVVVCIG 34 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 @ BETTER LETTERING AT LOWER COST witt WRICO LETTERING GUIDES Save 50 to 75% in Lettering CHARTS — GRAPHS MANUSCRIPTS — LANTERN SLIDES MOTION PICTURE TITLES — STAMP ALBUMS ETC. Available in seven styles—eighteen sizes. Write for complete informa- tion and catalogue CNW97 For Accurate Plastic Reproduction at Low Cost Use American Made PLASTICO MOULAGE MATERIALS Scientists find Plastico useful in making copies of animate or in- animate objects, living subjects, museum specimens, pathological con- ditions, botanical, zoological and geological specimens, face masks, etc. The cost is low—the technique simple—the results marvelous. Write for information and special introductory offer—CNP 96. WARREN-KNIGHT CO. 136 N. 12th STREET, 2 PHILADELPHIA, PENNA., U. S. A. CREATE A COLLECTION OF YOUR OWN with NEGOCOLL and HOMINIT RETAIN your scientific FACTS in three-dimen- sional, permanent reproductions wherever possible. Make copies of pathological cases; moulages of the progress of operations, of the progress of illnesses, for evidence, studying, planning, teaching. Write for our free illustrated booklet. KERN COMPANY No, Wo Se REPRODUCE ANYTHING ALIVE OR DEAD WITH NEGOCOLL Juty 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 35 THE STANDARD WHITE RAT Mus Norvegicus Albinus We maintain the largest commercial colony of White Rats in the United States, confining our efforts solely to the breeding, raising and selling of a Standard Albino Rat. A standard animal en- ables biologists in different sections to obtain comparable results. Same strain maintained 15 years. 25 AND LESS LESS 50 OR MORE| THAN 50 THAN 25 per animal per animal per animal BREEDING STOCK—GRADE A—M & F 100-200 Gm........... $1.25 $1.50 $2.00 BREEDING STOCK—GRADE A PREGNANT UNTIMED 2.00 2.50 3.00 (Shipment made within 5 days after receipt of order) EXTRA LARGE rockK— M & F 200-500 Gm........... .65 .65 .75 (This stock consists principally of animals which we have used for breeding) LARGE SIZE—'TOXICITY”’ M & F 100-150 Gm... 70 +85 1.00 MEDIUM SIZE— M&F 80-100 Gm... ie .65 z .80 95 SMALL SIZH— M&F 50-80 Gm... 0 .60 75 -90 “VITAMINE”’ SIZE AY (oa) BER (ern Sapoomonndd +50 -65 80 5 LITTERS LESS THAN OR MORE 5 LITTERS LITTERS WITH MOTHERS—KNOWN AGE—8-16 TO A LIT- per animal per animal TER, YOUNG AND MOTHER COUNTED ALIKE........... -80 1.00 (Shipment made 5-10 days after receipt of order) ALL SHIPMENTS VIA EXPRESS PREPAID—Orders of less than 25 animals, express charges will be at the expense of consignee and will be charged on invoice. BEBINO SUPPLY, INC. *=c= Carotene (Pro-Vitamin A) 8 For experimental purposes we offer crystalline carotene. 100 milligram demonstration tubes 75c. Also available in larger containers. ® For pharmaceutical and therapeutic use we have available in prescription pharmacies throughout the country, Smaco Carotene-in-Oil, in liquid and capsule form. ® For commercial use we have carotene (Pro-vitamin A) available, to increase or standardize the Vitamin A content of certain foods, or to incorporate Vitamin A in suitable foods which do not naturally contain Vitamin A. For further details write S.M. A. CORPORATION CLEVELAND, OHIO 36 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 LEA & FEBIGER PUBLICATIONS NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS ON EXHIBIT JULY 8-18 Mr. R. W. Foster, of the College Department, will be in personal charge. Biological and Chemical Laboratory Apparatus Special attention is directed to the new Angle Centrifuges and the Van Slyke Apparatus for Blood Gas Analysis. Appleton on Bacterial Infection, 2nd edition Bell’s Text-Book of Pathology, 2nd edition Boyd’s Text-Book of Pathology, 2nd edition Berglund and Medes on the Kidney in Health and Disease Bridges’ Dietetics for the Clinician, 2nd edition Calkins’ Biology of the Protozoa, 2nd edition Cowdry’s Histology Fishberg on Hypertension and Nephritis, 8rd edition Kuntz on The Autonomic Nervous System, 2nd edition Musser’s Internal Medicine, 2nd edition Nicholson’s Laboratory Medicine, 2nd edition Starling’s Physiology, 6th edition Weil’s Text-Book of Neuropathology Wiggers’ Physiology in Health and Disease AND OTHER STANDARD TEXT-BOOKS Our stock of chemical and_ biological solutions is most comprehensive. Write for further details stating in full your requirements. EIMER & AMEND Est. 1851 Inc. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents Third Ave., 18th to 19th St., New York, N. Y. LEA & FEBIGER 600 Washington Square Philadelphia, Pa. COMPLETE GLASSWARE AND ACCESSORY APPARATUS For Micro-Respiration Studies by the Warburg, Barcroft, or Fenn Techniques We can supply glassware, constant temperature baths, shaking mechanism, and all necessary apparatus for micro-respiration studies by the techniques mentioned above. All glassware of Pyrex glass. All joints standard taper, interchangeable. Write for Bulletins 800 and 801 AMERICAN INSTRUMENT COMPANY, INC. 774-776 GIRARD STREET, N. W. WASHINGTON, D. C. Juty 6, 1935] DHE COLLECTING NET 37 REINFORCED for HIGH SPEED High speed and large capacities demanded by many centrifuge users today, call for greater strength in heads, cups and protective guards. Proper rein- forcement of our Size 1, Type SB and Size 2 Cen- trifuges permits fifty per cent more speed with con- tainers up to 250 ml. in capacity. REINFORCED Size 1, Type SB Centrifuge with Stand Higher speed, with the resulting increase of two and a half times the relative centrifugal force, affords a tremendous advantage in the modern laboratory. THE MULTISPEED ATTACHMENT has a maximum speed of 18,000 R.P.M. and can be used in the Type SB and Size 2 Centrifuges, when equipped with welded steel guard. Relative Cen- trifugal Force, about nine times greater than that of the ordi- nary centrifuge, can be obtained with the Mul- tispeed Attachment for samples of material up to 40 ml. capacity. Bulletins by mail or at your Dealer’s INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass. Makers of Fine Centrifuges “We Serve the Cause of Science” RODENTIA Laboratory Animals RABBITS TROPICAL FISH MICE POULTRY GUINEA PIGS PIGEONS WHITE RATS FROGS MONKEYS PROTOZOA CULTURES ANIMAL CAGES ANIMAL ROOM ACCESSORIES Irwin J. Wachtel, Ph. G. Curator Breeding and Laboratory Institute 567 THIRD AVENUE, New York City, N. Y. — Send for Our NEW Catalogue — rd tad Valuable for Reference ™ Pay BLOOD GAS APPARATUS VAN SLYKE Warburg Monometers Haldanes Various made from PYREX BRAND GLASS by Macalaster-Bicknell Co. Glass Blowing—Laboratory Supplies Corner WASHINGTON and MOORE STS. CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 38 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 SPECIAL OPTICS for BIOLOGICAL EXPERIMENTATION FLUORITE ACHROMATIC LENSES The outstanding features of these lenses (1) High transmission. over a wide spectre range including ultraviolet, visible and the near infrared from 1850A to 30,000A; (2) Achromatic, no change of focus required in passing from visible to ultraviolet, ete.; (3) Permanent; (4) Available in various focal hs and in diameters up to 50 mm.; (5) Tspecially useful in biological experi- mentation whenever it is desirable to focus both the visible and the ultraviolet on the same spot, also as a condensing and projection lens for use with spectrographs and monochromatic illumina- tors. CHRISTIANSEN FILTERS For producing monochromatic light from a con- centrated light source where the wavelength does not have to be changed frequently. Less expensive than a monochromator and available for visible and ultraviolet. CUSTOM-BUILT SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Keenly designed and expertly built. BRYDEN COMPANY Scientific Instruments and Optics 96 Church Street Waltham, Mass. 4 ff The Standard of Excellence for 95 Years No. 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSAY—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION HENRY TROEMNER SINCE 1840 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. CATALOG NO. 1929-N Living and Preserved Biological Specimens That Will Please the Most Discriminating Users General Catalogue Sent On Request CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY COMPANY ELON COLLEGE, NORTH CAROLINA Juty 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 39 THE MEASUREMENT KAHLBAUM of SKIN COLOR* Reagents and Analytic Chemicals Rare Metals Indicators SED EEE OD a Oo Buffer Substances and Solutions is efficiently obtained by means of a MARTENS POLARIZATION PHOTOMETER with an INTEGRATING SPHERE for illumination, and THREE COLOR FILTERS for tri-chromatic analysis *George De Williams, Science 78, 1933. Write for detailed description of the above illustrated equipment Dr. G. Gruebler & Co. i (Prop. J. Schmidt, Apoth. & A. Schmid, Chemist) FRANZ SCHMIDT & HAENSCH Microscopical Stains PHOTOMETERS - SPECTROPHOTOMETERS POLARISCOPES - SPECTROSCOPES Shee OGBARHS Physiological Preparations COLORIMETERS - NEPHELOMETERS ‘ Staining Solutions Sole American Distributors AKATOS, Inc. 55 Van Dam Street New York City > 9 % % & 40 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 @ E Present our Motor-Driven Kymograph for student use. This Kymograph is induction motor driven from the regular 110-volt, 60 cycle, alternating current lighting lines, and, therefore, operates at substantially constant speed. A gear box in the base allows for four changes in speed. The low- est speed gives just sufficient paper travel to distinguish intervals of one second. The highest speed makes possible the use of a 100 vibration per second tuning fork. A slow motion support rod is provided for attachment to the base on special order. PRICES Motor-Driven Kymograph, each - - - - ~- $56.00 Lots of six or more—discount - - - - - - 9% Slow Motion Support Rod - - - - - = - 10.00 — Write for Information Concerning Our Complete Line of Physiology Apparatus — PHIPPS & BIRD, INC. RICHMOND, VIRGINIA e 1885 FIFTY-YEARS SERVICE 1935 SUPPLY ENG STANDARD LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES MICROSCOPES AND MICROTOMES LABORATORY GLASSWARE AND PORCELAIN WARE — PYREX — KIMBEL — COORS — LABORATORY EQUIPMENT, BALANCES, OVENS REAGENTS AND MICROSCOPE DYES WE HAVE BUILT OUR BUSINESS ON QUALITY AND SERVICE WILLIAMS, BROWN & EARLE, INC. 918 CHESTNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET . 41 Now you can have a fool-proof Reliable LABORATORY STIRRER! Not a gadget—but a sturdy well-built mixer. J Shaded pole type motor and a highgrade rheostat. YOU CAN USE IT FOR: fa Emulsification “Dissolving”— fa Dyes, gums and resins, waxes and bitumens, pyroxy- : ——___— line, cellulose, ethers, casein, glue, gelatine, starch salts and other solids. Dispersing— Pigments and colors, metallic powders, clays and minerals. Extracting— Crude drugs and herbs, oil seeds, complex organic materials. Rapid Stirring in— Titrations, electro-analysis, syntheses. The special rheostat will change the speed to suit your need. Runs on alternating current only; will run 24 hours daily without damage; no sparks; vapors will not injure it; fits ordinary clamp holder; weighs 1 pound, 13 ounces. PRICE COMPLETE, with Monel agitator and variable speed rheostat, support tube, 6 ft. cord and plug $9.00 Price, as above, but without rheostat (F.0.B., New York) “Lab-Mix” Here is what you have always needed ! l A MORE ACCURATE BALANCE AT A LOWER PRICE! It took seven years to do it! It’s here now! Large scale production and modern manufac- turing methods bring it within your reach. Save time and footsteps by having several about—at convenient places! Never Before—So Much for So Little—Finest Materials—Latest and Best Design “Bennett Balance” (U-carry-It) for Laboratory, Factory and Field inches; inches; Overall Dimensions: Length, 10% Height, 2% inches; Width, 3% Weight, 14 ounces. Capacity 100 grams. gram. Ruggedly built. Compact. Slips into your pocket. No loose weights. Agate bear- ing; alloy steel knife edge. Bakelite base and pan. Die cast light alloy beam. Weighs quickly and accurately. Nothing to get out of order. Accurate to 1/100th (Delivery Sept. 1st — F.0.B. New York) SPECIAL OFFER (Good for 30 Days Only) 1 Bennett Balance and 1 Lab-Mix $13. (Postage Prepaid by Us) Don't fill out this coupon unless you feel that these tools will save you time, energy, and money. Your money will be refunded if you find them not as represented. Chemical Publishing Co. of N. Y., Inc. 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York. Please send: G@ DEE emelose: Fixe wie receivereralie= () Send C.O.D. () Charge our account nastin dead ce Bennett Balance at ayia ne OUNOAE Lab-Mix with ogagadondKNe Both for Name: Address: City: Rheostat CHEMICAL PUBLISHING CO. of N. Y. 175 FIFTH AVENUE, N. Y., U.S. A. 42 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 oo om MORE THAN 400 UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES are using WELCH Hydrogen Ion Apparatus © No Standard Cell Required © Low Cost and High Precision © Simple and Rapid Manipulation Advantage of Quinhydrone Reference. The pH of potassium acid phthalate (3.98) is very close to center of working range of quinhydrone electrode. The phthalate is easily prepared. Reversing Polarity Not Usually Necessary. The great bulk ef measurements is on solutions whose pH is greater than 4. Hence terminals do not often need reversing because of too No. 5275 Portable Type of YOUDEN eat acaitee ie & Hydrogen lon Concentration Apparatus Rapid Manipulation—30 to 40 observations per hour. Only one ALSO Industrial and electrode tube need have the solution changed in checking Go t Instituti different solutions. veromen DS tLULIOns Low Cost. A 300 millivoltmeter is adequate because of the use of quinhy- in all parts of the world drone, thus avoiding expensive potentiometers. are using WELCH Hy- Sensitivity equivalent to .03 pH. As high as is necessary in all practical work drogen Ion High Preci- as millivoltmeter readings are not accurate to a greater percentage than this equivalent. Portability. Laboratory sets are light in weight. Field sets supplied in a sion Apparatus. ot earrying case to be used ‘“‘on location.’’ Our No. 5270 outfits are perfectly Write for Special portable, while sets using standard cells will not stand rough handling. ae Simplicity. Component parts e simplest types of instruments contributing Literature to low cost, ease of manipulation, and durability. 1515 SEDGWICK STREET CHICAGO, ILL., U. Cable Address: WELMANCO Physiology, Health and Biology More Effectively with This New TORSO and HEAD MODEER Durable Complete Accurate Lifesize Dissectible Write for circular S6c which gives full information i and price. Y9 New Lifesize Sexless Torso and Head Model 5235 RAVENSWOOD AVENUE Denoyer-Geppert Company Giese tino Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET TRIARCH BOTANICAL PRODUCTS ACCURACY--DEPENDABILITY--SERVICE BOTANISTS: Do you know all the special services which Triarch is prepared to render for your benefit ? TRIARCH BOTANICAL PRODUCTS comprise the following items: 1. Over 200 preserved plant items, covering all botanical branches. Specimens are expertly selected to show all desired stages, well preserved (permanent green where possible), and neatly packed in lots of 10, 25, 50 and 100 student units in screw-cap jars. 2. Over 800 prepared slide items for general botany. 3. Over 200 prepared slides for plant pathology. 4. A set of 32 prepared slides of commercial woods, cross, radial and tangential sections of mature wood in celloidin, brilliantly stained. 5. Nearly 100 prepared slides for cytology, including mitoses, meioses, special chromosome structures and a wide range of chromosome numbers. 6. A set of 50 special slides of crude drugs. 7. Over 200 original photomicrographs of plant structures from Triarch slides, and 150 photographs of native plants, available as prints, lantern slides, or half-tone plates. This list is constantly growing. 8. All types of plant materials in fixative or in paraffin for your his- tology courses. 9. Research service, including paraffin, celloidin and Venetian Turpen- tine technic, photographic, photomicrographic and other illustrative methods. 10. An exchange service on technical information through personal cor- respondence, or through our monthly publication “TRIARCH TOPICS”. We have no secret methods; all our new technics are shared with botanists, and we solicit any new technical information which you can give us so that we may improve our materials and thus give better service to botanists. TRIARCH BOTANICAL PRODUCTS are now used by nearly 500 colleges, universities and other institutions in all parts of the world. If you are not familiar with our materials, send for catalogs, samples or for further information of any kind. Address your requests to: GEO. H. CONANT, RIPON, WISCONSIN df THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 82 My 4 4a 4 fy fn fy fy fy fy fy fn hoy fan hin hi hin hn hi, hn Si Lr, ir, Li rn, Lon, Lm, rn, Ltn, Mn, re Mra Ln. rm. Lr. A. PROMAR (Patent Applied For) Microscopic Projection and Drawing Apparatus For all table and wall projection work except large lecture rooms Excellent for e Laboratory demonstrations Small lecture groups Research workers Scientific drawings Wax reconstructions office or classroom to another and can be supplied with built-in mechanical stage for 3x] or 3x2 Slides. PROSPECTUS AND OTHER CATALOGS SENT ON REQUEST CLAY=“ADAMS COMBPARY, INC. 25 EAST 26th STREET | i i. e e e The apparatus can readily be shifted from one research i ay i | ! ! 1 ! : | ' ! | ! NEW YORK WHEN IN NEW YORK VISIT OUR DISPLAY ROOM eran, ~ MICRO SLIDES COVER GLASSES “DO NOT. FOG -. Ask your dealer—or write (giving dealers name) to Ciay- ADAMS COMPANY 25 East 26th Street NEW YORK aX VVUVVVVFVVVVVVVVVVVFIVV VV VV VV VVIVT IVI VVTVG RECTANGULAR MUSEUM JARS Made of clear white glass, free from bub- bles, stria or sand- blows., The glass is triple annealled to pre- vent breakage result- ing from temperature | changes or _ internal strain when jars are on display or stored. Cor- responding numbers are etched on covers and jars, thus insuring per- fect fit and sealing. Complete Range of Sizes in Stock Write for Circular CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY 25 East 26th Street New York é Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 45 EMBRYO EMBRYOLOGISTS The official opening of the embryology class was slated for June 20, 1935 at 9:00 A. M. But because of previous advice, the embryologists ar- rived a day or two before in order to “get set- tled.” These days on which we all counted for swimming, boating, etc. out of doors, had to be spent inside because of rain, fog, and cold. The lab. although not yet opened, was full of students all day and evening, bemoaning the weather, de- ploring the cold and just being as miserable as possible. Although the lab. served as a haven from the storm, it also served as a grand place to get acquainted. We found there were 33 people en- rolled in our group, representing many different institutions. Class work opened as scheduled, with Dr. H. B. Goodrich of Wesleyan lecturing on embryol- ogy of fish. We were introduced to various tra- ditions of the course and laboratory, including a request, that if we spilled a bucket of water on the floor, to spread it around so that it would go through the floor as rain instead of a waterfall. The lectures started out with a history of embry- ology, divided into the descriptive phase, evolu- tionary phase, and experimental or analytical phase. There was a discussion of old and new techniques used in embryology. The phases of development were divided into formation of germ cells, fertilization, formation of the primitive pat- tern or segregation, primary organization of the embryo, histogenesis, period of integrating sys- tems, functional systems, and the action of the gene in development. The first lecture closed with a discussion of spawning habits of fish. The laboratory work started with fertilization of Fundulus eggs. The successive stages were fol- lowed through, day and night! This night, we were literally in a fog, because a typical north- easterner came up, so it was impossible to get out and drown our troubles, and it was more im- possible to stay inside and solve them. The next morning, still in the rain, we assem- bled for the second lecture. This time it was en- tirely about fish eggs and development of the em- bryos. The lab work was a continuation of the night’s work before, and much to our disgust, older embryos were produced from the assistant’s lab. Fortunately, the weather cleared up and the entire class left early to go swimming. And much to our surprise, we hardly beat Dr. Goodrich to the beach, who joined our party. After that, we knew better than to leave early to go swimming. This beach party was at the Breakwater, and we found out who were the sissies and thought the water was too cold. This same Saturday, the lab was in a fury of excitement with plans for a real beach party on Sunday. There was a committee to get food, col- lect thirty-five cents, and find a beach. After the plans were all made, a beautiful storm came up and we were sure that we would have to get out Bunsen burners and roast our weiners over them. After holding our breath all night Saturday, Sunday dawned a perfect day. At 2:30 the class assembled in bathing suits ‘‘plus,” and started for Little Beach. There were about 35 at the party, which included Dr. Goodrich and Dr. Grave, both on the staff. The early part of the afternoon was spent in sending scouting parties up the rocky shore, then scouting parties to look for the ones which had just gone out. This turned out to be quite a merry chase, and ended in a free for all swim. The sun was optimum for a good sun- burn, and quite a few were blessed with this beneficent gift. Then came the food! And was there food! We started with weiners, pickles, mustard, rolls, cheese, butter, potato chips, and watermelon. When we arrived there was no butter to be found, so after searching in vain, we decided to forego the butter. The rest of our dinner was excellent (we infer this from the groans which came after the meal from eating too much). After again getting “settled down,’ Monday morning, the lecture was well attended. This dis- cussion was on the inheritance of genetic charac- ters in fish, with special emphasis on the embry- onic development of these inherited characters. The lab work caused some excitement among other members of the laboratory. Scup eggs were obtained at the pier, fertilized and washed. Then the class made one mad rush to the lab to see the polar body formation, which occurred about 10 minutes after fertilization. Microscopes were placed in a horizontal position, so that the polar bodies would be given off at the animal pole and we could have a profile view. With the ’scopes in this position, they were reported to look like machine guns, and members of other laboratories hung back from the windows until they under- stood what was going on. For the time being, the embryologists were “Kings of the mountain.” Tuesday, we were surprised with a lecture by Dr. Roberts Rugh. He gave a very interesting talk on ovulation in Amphibia, emphasizing the frog and toad. The facts which he explained were so interesting they made us all marvel at the work which had been done in that field. In lab, we studied live dogfish embryos, toadfish eggs, frog eggs, and cunner eggs. And to round out our study of development of fish eggs, we 46 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X, No. 82 had a motion picture film that evening at 8:30 showing this in motion. June 26, our lecture was by Dr. Grave on Squid. We continued the Squid in laboratory for the next two days. Dr. Weiss lectured to the class on June 27 on his work dealing with “Ori- enting factors in Nerve Development.” We were very interested in this material, and admired the scholarly work it embodied. Our next unit consisted of Embryology of Co- elenterates, under the direction of Dr. Barth, of Columbia University. After working so hard together, the class or- ganized into a baseball team for play together. Saturday, June 29, the Embryology class played the Physiologists and Protozoologists, and came out on top with a score of 16-0. (They said I couldn’t even mention the game if we didn’t win). Then after the game, the class attended the M. B. L. mixer. The rivalry between the classes ceased, when cutting at the dance began. And for once, the embryology lab was dark, so we hope they have more dances. EvizaBETH M. REEDER PHYSIOLOGY NOTES On June 19, 1935, the Physiology course of the Marine Biological Laboratory made known its existance at Woods Hole. Upon physical analysis, it was found to be composed of a goodly number of instructors, assistants, and students, many of which came from the University of Toronto and other universities in Canada. The remainder of the class was made up of representatives of the vari- ous universities in the United States. It was quite evident during the first week of the course that our Toronto visitors had come well equipped with a sample of Canadian weather. However, by the time this had blown over, the class was well launched upon various physiological projects and the students had discovered that there was much that they were to learn concerning the life func- tions and physiological reactions of the marine fauna so abundant at hand. Doctors Irving and Ferguson led the class to many new facts to be found in the field of respir- ation. Within a few short days, our cannulation technique had improved so much under Doctor Hober’s patient guidance, that the students ceased wishing, like the proverbial beggars, for horses and were content to work on frogs. With Doc- tor Chamber’s micromanipulator, some diligent ones became almost skillful enough to skin bac- teria and hang the skins out to dry. Hearing Doctor Michaelis’ illuminating lectures is like reading the next to the last chapter in the book, in which practically all the questions are an- swered Doctor Prosser’s enthusiasm for finding out what makes creatures tick is an antidote for those who otherwise might be prone to fall asleep in the laboratory. And it might be stated here that in the field of individual research, one ad- vanced student undertook to work on the problem of the distendibility of rubber tubing. That extra loud retort you heard might have been his discoy- ery of the ultimate answer to that problem. How- ever, the work in the course continues, and in the remaining weeks, the class expects to add greatly to its knowledge of the physiology of marine fauna. R. D. Hotcruxktiss AnD R. R. EARL ee Dr. FraAnK R. LILtiz, president of the cor- poration of the Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory and dean of the division of biological sciences at the University of Chicago, was elected president of the National Academy of Sciences for a four year term at the end of April. Dr. Lillie was also elected chairman of the National Research Council. The two positions have not hitherto been held by the same person. Among the new members of the National Aca- demy of Sciences are Dr. C. M. Child, professor of zoology, University of Chicago; Dr. G. E. Coghill, member of the Wistar Institute, who spent the summer in Woods Hole two summers ago; Dr. James Ewing of Memorial Hospital, New York City, and Dr. M. L. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium, of Harvard University. Dr. J. H. McGrecor, professor of zoology at Columbia University, left for a trip to Europe on the Europa on June 8. He plans to tour the zool- ogical gardens abroad and hopes to obtain moving pictures of “Bobby,” the largest gorilla in cap- tivity. This gorilla is a male, weighing 577 pounds and is in residence at the Berlin zoo. Mr. Rogsert GorFin, formerly collector, and for many years connected with the fisheries, was recently appointed Acting Superintendent of the Woods Hole Station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. Dr. J. K. W. Fercuson has been promoted to an assistant professorship of physiology at the University of Western Ontario Medical School. Dr. Ferguson is now teaching in the physiology course at Woods Hole. Dr. Hucu M. Smiru, formerly U. S. Fish Commissioner and also formerly Commissioner of Fisheries of Siam, has arrived at Woods Hole. His home will be on Millfield Street during the summer, and his laboratory is located at the Fish- eries. Juty 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 47 i Look Thru This List---The Equipment You Need May Be Here. REICHERT oo TeINTS MICROSCOPES AND MICROTOMES The famous Original Gruebler-Hollborn Stains and Preparations. Combinations for OF ALL TYPES Multiple Staining. I. G. F, Standardized Stains. a mao" ‘ ~ s oe Apparatus for Fluorescence Microscopy. =_—— FILTER MEMBRANES ANALYTICAL ac ee BALANCES embranes made of cellulose esters, grad- uated according to porosity. For filtrations —by Sartorius. All types—world’s most of bacteria, proteins, colloids, etc. Differ- accurate balances. ential ultra-filtration. Air-damped — Oil-damped Projection Reader — Optical Reader é . Automatic Weighing —Series Weighing pH Testing by Indicator Semi-Micro and Micro Models Strip Method FIXANAL METHOD A method for testing highly colored turbid, Ft : viscous solutions, containing suspended —for preparing standard solutions. All the usual solutions, as well as others for special matter such as colloids, soil, semi-solids, work. milk, etc. TABLETS. OOPEER PHOTO-ELECTRIC One tablet dissolved in 20 cc. of distilled epee cone water gives a buffer solution ready for use. Sarasa Range pH 3.0 to 11.0. ts May we send you descriptive material? If what you want is not listed—inquire PFALTZ & BAUER, Inc., 300 PEARL STREET, NEW YORK. Hleasemsendmiiterattinenas minGicatedipheneiecc.c,,.ccerc-saceeesececserss--auctcouceasessatecar «ss teunencvacrunest:easeoraarsne ro] p ioe) THE COLLECTING NET HA ws MAN AND THE VERTEBRATES By ALFRED S. ROMER [ Vor. X, No. 82 LUNA “Written in an interesting non-technical style this text is one of the best of the recent books on the evolution of the vertebrates ... From the standpoint of comparative anatomy, pa- leontology, and embryology, it gives a com- plete and comprehensive survey of their or- ganic evolution. There is a good general ac- count of the anatomy, origin, and development of man ... The author has expressed this very clearly and succinctly. The book is highly recommended for college students’ reading in the biological sciences or for the general reader who wishes a well-written ac- count of his human origin.” American Journal of Science “The author displays a most enviable mastery of all three of the major disciplines concerned in a correct understanding of evolution: phy- logeny, ontogeny, and comparative morphol- ogy; in this book he weaves them into a single coherent fabric with a skill that has been equalled very seldom (if indeed at all). He also takes advantage of the newest data, par- ticularly the recent finds in human paleontol- ogy and the equally important recent revalu- ations of earlier discoveries. Add to that a wealth of well-chosen illustrations, and you have a book admirably fitted either for a uni- versity course on evolution or for the leisurely digestion of the solitary student.” Science News Letter 427 pages, 277 illustrations, $3.00 THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS (gr nnn nn THE ALGAE AND THEIR DJFE RELATIONS FUNDAMENTALS OF FHYC@LOGY ; By JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN Professor of Botany in the University of Minnesota and author of MyxopHyceaE OF NorTH AMERICA AND ADJACENT REGIONS Professor Tilden has embodied in this text for advanced students the experience of a lifetime of teaching and research. The five algal groups are fully and systematically described and illustrated with hundreds of original drawings; terminology has been simplified; a series of life cycle diagrams clarify many relationships which students have had difficulty in understanding; much at- the biblio- $5.00 J. ARTHUR HARRIS, BOTANIST AND BIOMETRICIAN C. Orro RosENDAHL, Ross A. GorRTNER, AND GEORGE A. Burr, editors tention has been given to the distribution and economic uses of algal forms; graphy is complete and up-to-date. Colleagues of the late Professor Harris have collected in this volume his hitherto un- published papers and have contributed informal essays on the personality and work of this $2.50 THE UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA PRESS distinguished scientist. WESBROOK HALL UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA MINNEAPOLIS “Ss Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 49 CAMBRIDGE pH METER This self-contained instrument, incorporating an electrometer tube, is a simple, direct-reading unit for the hydrogen-ion determination of liquids or paste materials—either opaque or clear. It is particularly adapted to measurements on physiological media. It employs the glass electrode and eliminates danger of contaminating solutions under test. The range is 0-14 pH units with readings possible to .01 pH. Send for further information. OTHER CAMBRIDGE PRODUCTS Moisture Indicators and Recorders Physical Testing Instruments Surface Pyrometers Laboratory Instruments for A.C. and D.C. Galvanometers Engineering Instruments Gas Analysis Equipment Physiological Instruments and other Mechanical and Electrical Instruments CAMBRIDGE INSTRUMENT CO., INC. 3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York < H Od a “ Hunter and Whitman’s THE MARCH OF SCIENCE A New Three-Book Series for Junior High Schools My Own Science Problems Science in Our World Progress Science in Our Social Life 445 pp. List price, $1.20 596 pp. List price, $1.60 468 pp. List price, $1.28 N accord with the newer science curricula, these books present objectives which are attainable. The series is built on the terrace plan; it grows with the pupil, keeps pace with his social and mental development. The seventh year book, MY OWN SCIENCE PROBLEMS, has for its objective simple knowledge about environmental science; the eighth year book, SCIENCE IN OUR SOCIAL LIFE, is devoted to the explanation and understanding of science; the ninth year book, SC/ENCE IN OUR WORLD OF PROGRESS, to the interpretation and application of science. Emphasis throughout the series is placed on thinking rather than on the reproduc- tion of facts. Through such teaching, the egocentric pupil who enters junior high school becomes a social-minded young citizen by the time he leaves school. “In my opinion, they are the best junior high school series that have been published to date, modern in tone, unexcelled in illustrations and experiments, psychologically and pedagogically sound, and unsurpassed in teachability.” AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY New York Cincinnati Chicago Boston Atlanta Dallas San Francisco *, xe 50 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 DEPARTMENTAL REPORTS WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY The list of members of the Department of Biology of Western Reserve University with a brief statement of their present research work is as follows: Dr. Lloyd Ackerman (physiology and hygiene) who has contributed to the physiology of wing production in aphids is at present en- gaged in writing a textbook of Hygiene. Dr. B. G. Anderson (general physiology) is studying certain aspects of regeneration, growth and rela- tive growth in Daphnis magna. Dr. S. Prentiss Baldwin (ornithology) who is research associate in the department and Director of the Baldwin Bird Research Laboratory near Cleveland is pur- suing an extensive program of work on the ecol- ogy, physiology, and embryology of birds, espec- ially the house wren. Dr. F. J. Bacon (botany, plant physiology) is working on alkaloids and essential oils of plants, raising the plants at The Squire Valleevue Farm, a large tract of land which has come under the control of the Univer- sity by reason of bequest by Mr. Andrew Squire. Dr. Mary Collett (physiology) is obtaining fur- ther data on the basal metabolism during the menstrual cycle and at the time of the menopause. Dr. J. C. Gray (cytology, embryology) is finish- ing his study on the origin of the tubuli efferentia in the domestic fowl and is beginning experi- ments on the early developmental stages of the three spotted goraumi. Dr. A. H. Hersh (gene- tics) is at present gathering data to determine the quantitative relationship between the number of red and white facets in mosaic eyes involving various members of the bar series of Drosophila. Dr. Robert N. Hoyt (parasitology, hygiene) is doing experiments in connection with blood para- sites of the canary. Dr. S. Charles Kendeigh (ecology) is associated with Dr. Baldwin in his program of research on the house wren and is especially engaged this summer in obtaining fur- ther data on the basal metabolism of the wren. Dr. Addie Piehl (botany, bacteriology) is inter- ested in the moulds. Dr. D. P. Quiring (anat- omy, invertebrate zoology) is engaged at present in doing endocrine research in association with the Cleveland Clinic Research Foundation. The Chairman of the Department, Dr. J. Paul Viss- cher (general biology) is special investigator for the U. S. Navy and is located for the summer at Honolulu. He is continuing his researches on the taxonomy, behavior, and life history studies of barnacles. Miss Grace Wertenberger (physiology ) is associated with Miss Collett in certain aspects of her experiments. The combined enrollment for both first and second semesters in all undergraduate courses was 1447 students. In graduate courses in the department the combined enrollment of both the first and second semesters for 1934-35 was 88 students. At the recent commencement exercises two doctors degrees and eleven master degrees in biology were conferred. WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY There are three types of biological research in progress in the Shanklin Laboratory of Biology at Wesleyan University. Dr. E. C. Schneider is conducting a research program dealing with prob- lems of physical fitness, the effects of low oxy- gen and with related problems of human and mammalian physiology. Dr. H. B. Goodrich is primarily interested in studies on the develop- ment of color patterns in fish as a means of at- tack on problems of embryonic differentiation. For this purpose various well known breeds of tropical fancy fish have been utilized. Dr. Good- rich plans to visit the Tortugas Laboratory this summer to study coral reef fishes in the hope that advantageous material for further studies may be obtained. Dr. G. W. Hunter, 3rd is engaged in various studies in parasitology. These include work on life cycles of trematode fish parasites. Material has largely been secured in certain watersheds of the Adirondack region in New York State. The research programs of the la- boratory are made possible by grants from the Charles Himrod Denison Foundation for Biolog- ical Research at Wesleyan University. Dr. AND Mrs. RuporpH Hoser and _ their daughter, UrsuLa, who arrived in Woods Hole early in June, sailed for Germany on the S. S. Columbus on the 29th of June. Dr. Hober will return to the University of Pennsylvania as visit- ing professor of general physiology in the au- tumn. He will be assisted in the laboratory by Mrs. Hober; Miss Hober will continue as a third year student at the Medical School of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania. Pror. SAMUEL W. GEISER, professor and head of the department of biology of Southern Meth- odist University, Dallas, Texas, was visiting at the home of Dr. and Mrs. S. O. Mast on Minot Road on the week-end of June 22. Dr. Geiser, who is making a study of the history of the biol- ogy and biologists of Texas, is touring the libra- ries of the East for research material. While here he consulted the library of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Jury 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET 51 PROTOZOOLOGY NOTES No protozoon in the vicinity of Woods Hole can consider its life private, now that the course in Protozoology is under way; for not only will the native animalcules be spied upon at all hours of the day and night, but they will, in some cases, be segregated from all their relatives, to live a life of confinement with only their immediate families, whose daily increase shall be carefully recorded. All this, and more, goes on in the Old Main Building that the future Protozoologists may learn the principles and methods of research of their chosen field. All is not sober work, how- ever, for the informal atmosphere of the Labora- tory is such, that in spite of the heavy schedule which is, of course, necessary, the lighter side of life is not entirely neglected. Already many choice remarks, breaking upon the quiet quest for genera and species, have be- come famous. For instance, Pete Carpenter pre- faces his frequent questions with the phrase “Purely as a matter of academic interest.” Father Fronczak, upon leaving the Laboratory as the evening wanes, bids the remaining students ““Good Morning, everybody.” Ritchie and Koonz intend to settle down to serious business next week after loafing along the first week. Friday, they were seen forsaking their work at the unreasonable hour of 11:00 P. M. An impromptu baseball game was arranged last Saturday between the men of the Protozoology: and Embryology courses. “Killer” Koonz starred for Protozoology by collecting all outfield flies. Unfortunately, however, other comparable players were not in evidence. Because this was not a scheduled game, and for other reasons, we omit the score. Members of the class were guests of Professor and Mrs. Calkins Sunday afternoon at the Cal- kins’ home. Tea was served by Mrs. Calkins, after which the students inspected the grounds, with obvious interest in what the Professor does there after working hours. The men engaged in a horseshoe pitching contest, where they made a better appearance than on the baseball diamond. When time for leave taking came, all realized that such a social relationship between professor and student, unfortunately rare elsewhere, is but one delightful manifestation of the spirit of informal- ity and true friendship that characterizes Woods Hole. D. M. Litty The first meeting of the Woods Hole Camera Club took place at the Old Lecture Hall, Monday evening, July Ist, at 7:30. The officers for 1935 (elected at the end of last summer) are Elbert Little, president ; Tom Goffin, secretary, and Con- stantine G. Grand, treasurer. WE HAVE SERVED NEW ENGLAND FOR 100 YEARS — WE SHOULD SERVE YOU Blackstone Microscope Slides A non-corrosive slide of the same quality as our specially selected H & F Brand Slide. Packed 72 to the box at 85c gross. Discount of 10% in 12 gross lots. Larger quantities at a substantial discount. We will gladly mail you samples. We believe the Blackstone Slide to be the best value offered today. If you do not agree, tell us. If you agree, send in your order. HOWE AND FRENCH INCORPORATED 99 BROAD STREET “New England’s Laboratory Supply House” BOSTON, MASS. 52 THE COLLECTING NET THE WISTAR INSTITUTE STYLE BRIEF Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the codper- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. Due attention has been given to the relative costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the subject as is possible within reasonable limits. It will save authors much time and expense in preparing papers for publication and tend to expedite the publication of research. Address Price $2.00 The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. 5 aaa We seunacnsmmmnauaiieseaailaaitiaiitia ae | _L YY YY f fy Yy ISG. EBD£. > 0» WH SS SS IS \IUSSQSSS Voland No. 1006F Analytical Balance SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your Sets, or an Important Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. 29 East 21 Street New York City FRESH WATER FORMS materials, mon forms is at your disposal. means of advertising our service. CHARLES OTTO MASTERS 3155 West 11th Street AMERICAN TYPE CULTURE COLLECTION Third Edition of Catalogue Completely Revised Listing 1300 pure cultures of bacteria, 350 of yeasts, and 400 of fungi, sent upon request Special efforts made to secure cultures not in the collection. Curator American Type Culture Collection, John McCormick Institute for Infectious Diseases, 629 South Wood Street, Chicago, Illinois lier popular analytical balance was designed particularly for routine analytical work in educational, industrial and every type of research laboratory. It is sensitive and accurate, has a capacity of 200 grams, and can be furnished sensitive to 1/19 or 1/20 milli- gram. It was this balance which was used in the research work carried on by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition II at Little America. Repairing balances and weights of all manufactures is a specialty with us. SEND FOR COMPLETE COPY OF OUR CATALOG K Manufactured by VOLAND & SONS, INC. (Established 1888) NEW ROCHELLE, N. Y. Manufacturers of Precision Balances and Weights [ Vor. X. No. 82 We carry a full line of living and preserved biological Our service of collecting and furnishing rather uncom- We will send a set of ten eight ounce jars of living forms such as: Lophodella, Spongilla, Leptodora, Nais, Colonial Rotifers, ete., representing at least ten beau- tiful specimens for $3.00. We will assure you that you will find this collection of unuSual interest and guar- antee that you will be completely satisfied with this Cleveland, Ohio Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET Hat 53 She CARVER LABORATORY PRESS CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL LABORATORIES Some of its many uses are: Dehydrating — Separating Liquids and Solids — Pressure Filtering of Thick Fluids—Pressing out Oils, Stearines and Waxes— Splitting of Oils, Stearines and Waxes—Fatty Acid Determina- tions—Pressing Wax from Mineral Oils+Press- ing Oil and Moisture from Wax—Pressing out Plant and Fruit Saps, Juices, and Extracts — Pressing out Concentrated Extracts — Pressing out Spent Extractions — Pressing Mother Liquids from Crystals — Pressing out Fluids from Animal Tissue—Pressing Bacteria — Pressing out Vaccines and Viruses—Pressing of Plas- tics and numerous Mechan_ ical Applications. Standard Press Acces- sories provided for these and many other appli- cations. Our catalog gives full details. May we send it to you? FRED S. CARVER Est. 1912 Hydraulic Engineering and Equipment 341A Hudson St. New York THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 WILEY BOOKS TEXTBOOK OF GENERAL ZOOLOGY By Winterton C. Curtis, Professor of Zoology, and Mary J. Guthrie, Associate Professor of Zoology; with the collaboration of Katharine R. Jeffers, In- structor in Zoology; all at the University of Mis- souri. A widely-used college textbook now available in a thoroughly revised and rewritten Second Edition. 588 pages 6 by 9 $3.75 LABORATORY DIRECTIONS IN GENERAL ZOOLOGY By Winterton C. Curtis, Mary J. Guthrie, and Far- ris H. Woods, Assistant Professor of Zoology, Uni- versity of Missouri. Second Edition 164 pages 6 by 9 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE VERTEBRATES By Leverett A. Adams, Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Illinois. This text has three purposes. First, it provides an outline of the characteristics on which the modern system of classification of chorfates is based; sec- ond, it gives a general view of each of the five classes—fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mam- mals, with particular reference to representatives used in the laboratory; third, it gives a comparative analysis of anatomical systems and specialized struc- tures. 414 pages 6 by 9 $3.50 THE DEVELOPMENT OF PHYSICAL THOUGHT By Leonard B. Loeb, Professor of Physies, Uni- versity of California, and Arthur S. Adams, Pro- fessor of Mechanics, Colorado School of Mines. For undergraduate courses in introductory physics, this book gives the student the manner in which the concepts of physics have gradually evolved and developed into the inspiring structure which is the modern physical science of today. 51% by 8144 = $3.75 TEXTBOOK OF GENERAL BOTANY By Richard M. Holman, late Associate Professor of Botany, College of Letters and Science, and W. W. Robbins, Professor of Botany, College of Ag- vriculture; both at the University of California, The Third Edition of an up-to-date college textbook giving a thorough study of the major aspects of botany. Certain additions and changes have been made due to the natural enlargement of botanical knowledge during the seven years since the publi- cation of the last edition. $4.00 6 by 9 $1.50 648 pages 626 pages A LABORATORY GUIDE FOR A COURSE IN GENERAL BOTANY By Lee Bonar, the late Richard M. Holman and Lucile Roush, all of the Department of Botany of the University of California. Third Edition 112 pages 6 by 9 ELEMENTS OF BOTANY By the late Richard M. Holman and W. W. Rob- bins This Second Edition, as the first, is a one-semester textbook and is patterned after the Holman and Robbins ‘‘Textbook of General Botany.’’ An ele- mentary survey of the whole field of botany. 404 pages 514 by 81% = $2.75 A MANUAL OF BIOCHEMISTRY By J. F. McClendon, Professor of Physiological Chemistry, University of Minnesota Medical School. This book, besides being the only book of its kind in the English language, contains many substances not listed in chemical handbooks. It gives more complete data of physical and chemical properties, as well as physiological and pharmacological prop- erties and their significance in nutrition. 381 pages 6 by 9 $5.00 AN INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY By Elbert C. Cole, Professor of Biology, Williams College. Teachers of biology in secondary schools, prepara- tory schools, and normal schools will find that this text offers essential material for a full year’s course emphasizing the use of living things. $1.75 518 pages 53% by 8 A TEXTBOOK OF GENERAL BIOLOGY By Waldo Shumway, Professor of Zoology, Uni- versity of Illinois. The author presents this book especially for students who desire a general knowledge of biological princi- ples. The many excellent illustrations, especially the fully labeled drawings, should make this book partic- ularly valuable to all students of biology and of social sciences in general. $3.00 6 by 9 OUTLINE OF COMPARATIVE EMBRYOLOGY By Aute Richards, Professor of Zoology and Head of the Department; Director of Biological Survey, University of Oklahoma. Intended primarily for college-of-arts courses in em- bryology as distinguished from medical courses. 444 pages 6 by 9 $5.00 $1.25 361 pages JOHN WILEY and SONS, Inc. 440 Fourth Avenue, New York, N. Y. ur on Juty 6. 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET A thoroughly up-to-date third edition, containing the most recent data--- Shumway’s INTRODUCTION TO VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY By WALDO SHUMWAY, Ph.D. Professor of Zoology, University of Illinois 4 Completely modern The third edition of “Shumway” is essentially a new book. At least two-thirds of the text is entirely rewritten, and over one-half of the illustrations are new to the text, or so exten- sively revised as to be practically new. New chapters on the chromosome and gene theory, and on experimental vertebrate embryology, have been added. The sections deal- ing with the early development of amphioxus and amphibia are brought into conformity with the most recently published investigations. Treatment simplified The terminology has been greatly reduced and now conforms with current American usage. A glossary is added. A new introductory chapter on the study of embryology, and one giv- ing a preview of the life histories of amphioxus, the frog, chick and man preface the com- parative treatment. Profusely illustrated All new material is fully illustrated, and new figures of frog embryos and the 48-hour chick have been substituted for those found in earlier editions. Pedagogically sound The modern physiological approach to problems of embryology is given equal place with the classical morphological treatment. Altogether, Professor Shumway has made every effort to meet the suggestions of the many teachers who have used this book in its earlier editions. This book is intended to serve as an introduction to the study of Vertebrate Embryology for undergraduate stu- dents in colleges and universities. For this study they are assumed to have had introduc- tory courses in the principles of biology and the anatomy of the vertebrates. 390 pages 6 by 9 $4.00 Sd John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 440 - 4th Avenue, New York 56 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X, No. 82 BOOK REVIEW TEACHING HISTOLOGY A TEXTBOOK OF HISTOLOGY, Cowary, E. V., 503 pp., 242 engravings; few in color. 1934. $5.50. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. Histology as a subject of microscopic anatomy has been for long treated so strictly from the point of view of mere morphology that this book comes as a refreshing relief. This is because the author has emphasized the functional significance of the various tissues and tissue elements as they are taken up throughout the book. In discussing the morphological and physiologi- cal aspects, the author has admirably steered a midway course and his exposition is a good proof that histology today can be understood far better by constantly correlating structure with function. Histology is no longer merely microscopic anat- omy. In general a text book, even when not intended as a laboratory guide, should have its subject matter arranged to fit in as far as possible with the sequence which for practical purposes is car- ried out in the laboratory. The argument pre- sented by the author of not having an introduc- tory chapter to include all the simple tissues is very good since there is no sense, for example, in describing individual epithelial cells outside of their normal places and associations. The au- thor starts with blood which he terms “the great integrator of the body.” This is splendid not only because of its functional significance but also be- cause its structural elements can be studied mi- croscopically without reference to any other issue. The author might then have followed with the areolar tissue which morphologically is even more universally present and contains cellular elements which should be closely compared with the blood cellular elements. Then would logically follow the author’s sequence in which the next subject taken up deals with blood vessels and blood or- gans which morphologically are integrations of tissues already made familiar to the student. The criticism raised by the author in the preface regarding the illogicality of starting with a detailed description of a generalized cell is well taken for, as he states, such a cell is but a figment of the imagination. How- ever it might have been well to group to- gether certain physiological properties of the cells in general instead of treating them spasmodically in scattered paragraphs throughout the book. Certain known physiological properties of the nucleus seem to be ignored and the discussion on the plasma membranes is too brief. The author does well to point out that the visible membranes of cells are not to be considered as the plasma membranes, but are, in all probability, supple- mentary membranes which are stiff enough to serve as mechanical supports. However, the ar- gument which he raises in support of this con- clusion, viz., that a malarial parasite may indent the surface of a red blood cell without entering, is not necessarily valid. Monomolecular films can show surprisingly high degrees of rigidity and elasticity. Matters of rather small consequence are the rather summary treatment of the subject of blood capillary contractility in relation to the Rou- get cells, the unlikelihood of significant collateral circulation in the kidney and the rather isolated position of the description of the olfactory nerves. The primitive state of the relation be- tween the olfactory epithelium and nerve in which the cell body of the nerve is the actual sen- sory cell of the epithelium gives to this special sense organ a peculiar significance when com- pared with the epithelia of other sense organs. A possible general criticism of the book is the considerable amount of space given to descrip- tions of Golgi bodies, and other cytoplasmic in- clusions which are generally visible only after treatment with rather special techniques. The variations in the positions and even in the exis- tence of these bodies and the possible changes in their shape and size in relation to the functional activity of cells are so problematical and open to controversy that a discussion of them in a text- book without cautious reservations is bound to be confusing. However, no one in this country is better fitted to present a critical review of these structures than the author, whose splendid work they have been the subject of for so long. It may be rather unkind to be reminded of the com- ment made to an American anatomist by the au- thor of a German textbook of histology which he had translated. The American had added to al- most every section of his translation his own studies of the nervous system. The German author said he did not object to the translation per se but he did object to having the book in- terspersed with the translator’s love letters! The practical aspects of teaching histology in a medical school and the very small amount of time given to it in our present curriculum would make one hesitate to recommend this volume as a class textbook. It is decidedly not a laboratory manual.’ There are comparatively few illustrations that the student would recognize from the routine sections he is given in a laboratory course. Moreover, the wealth of detailed information presented would be difficult for a student to digest in the few months at his disposal. The oft heard criticism Juty 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET “Magnificent” Classic’ Vast? “Cyclopaedic” An Entirely New Work by SIR J. ARTHUR THOMSON M.A., F.R.C.S., L.L.D., D.C.L. e BIOLOGY FOR EVERYMAN is the crowning work of one of the world’s most distinguished biologists—the fruit of a half century of study and research, of teaching and editing. Volume I is a survey of the main divisions of the animal world, from protozoa to mammals, and gives detailed and comprehensive material concerning every class and division. The examples which are woven into the text clarify every statement. Volume II is in three parts: animal life in general; the plant world; and man. There is likewise a thorough study of all the great problems of modern biology—heredity, evolution, Mendelianism, sex. Recommended by the Scientifle Book Club. Highly praised by biol- ogists, teachers and critics. Dr. H. M. Parshley of Smith College: “A masterpiece in the field of popular science.” Dr. Robert H. Woodworth of Harvard University: “A rich storehouse for thoucht and study.” Dr. Harry A. Charipper of N. Y. University: “The simplicity with which scientific data is presented has gone a long way in removing the cloak of mystery from the intricacies of biological phenomena. I feel free to recommend the book highly.” BIOLOGY FOR EVERYMAN is a triumph of book-production, and unique among biological books in scope, in treatment and ar- rangement. It is both a fascinating connected account and a book for quick and easy reference, with key-words in black type, the main sections divided into systematic sub-sections for the benefit of students, and a vast and efficient index of more than 100 pages, with approximately 7,000 subject references and cross-references. BIOLOGY FOR EVERYMAN is published in two volumes, con- tains over 1,600 pages, over 650,000 words, 500 illustrations, and is priced at only $5.00 a set. Liberal discount to teachers and libra- rians. Write the publishers for a set on approval so that you may consider the book for immediate use or for next term’s work. Educational Department E. P. DUTTON & CO., INC., 300 4th Ave., New York BIOLOGY FOR EVERYMAN 58 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X, No. 82 of medical students is that histology is a subject in which one must imagine a great deal. This point of view is partly due to the deplorable un- familiarity of the average student regarding the proper use of the compound microscope. The present volume does not pretend to be a labora- tory guide. Its analytical presentation of prin- ciples and relationships offers to the reader vistas of approach to the real significance of histology. This book may well serve to raise the question whether histology thus treated should not be given more serious consideration in our medical cur- ricula. ROBERT CHAMBERS. THE “BEST” BOOKS Books selected by vote of 75 members of the Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory as the best ten books published in biology in America between September 1, 1933 and Septem- ber 1, 1934. Barcrort, JosepH. Features in the Architecture of Function. Macmillan. Cavkins, G. N. Siology of the Protozoa. and Febiger. Harris, R. G. (Editor). tative Biology. Vol. I. HARROW AND SHERWIN. Chemistry of Hor- mones. Williams and Wilkins. Hux ey and DEBEER. The Elements of Exper- imental Embryology. Macmillan. Jennincs, H.S. The Universe and Life. Yale. Maximow, A. A. AnD W. BLoom. A Textbook of Histology. Saunders. Morcan, T. H. Embryology and Genetics. lumbia. Suarp, LEesTER W. McGraw-Hill. SHERRINGTON, C. ism.. Macmillan. Lea Symposia on Quanti- Co- Introduction to Cytology. The Brain and Its Mechan- Biologists Available for Positions Position desired in biology department of col- lege, university, or normal school. Eleven years teaching experience in biology in college and_uni- versity. M. A. (Smith College). Two years work toward Ph. D. Address enquiries to W. Z., % THE COLLEcTING NET. Position desired as research, teaching or liter- ary assistant. M. A. in Zoology (Columbia). Thorough grounding in science and pedagogy. Experience in medical research in hospital, trans- lating scientific French and German, and editing scientific manuscripts. Some typing. G. L., % Tue CotLectine NEt. THE COURSE IN MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF THE ALGAE Dr. WILLIAM RANDOLPH TAYLOR Director of the Course and Professor of Botany, University of Michigan The course in the Morphology and Taxonomy of the Algae treats some eleven classes of algae. The sequence of lectures deals with each of these in turn, discussing their peculiar biological fea- tures and the principal lines of variation on which the classification of the individual groups is based. As it is impossible to develop all classes equally, and in a few difficult to obtain material, special attention is given to the six better known classes. Each of these features of general interest, such as economic importance, ecological relations, geo- graphic distribution and possible evolutionary trend are developed in considerable detail. In all groups the discussions and laboratory work are based upon the morphology and life history of a number of distinctive types generally selected from the New England flora, although a suffi- cient number of tropical, arctic and Pacific types are available in the laboratory collections to give some idea of those floras. Regular field trips to points of special productiveness are taken weekly, and are supplemented by informal collecting near the laboratory. These serve to familiarize the student with the algae as they grow, the physical nature of the shore line, water conditions, and bathymetric sequence as they affect distribution, and the ecological associations the algae form on our coast. The collections secured are studied in the laboratory during the evening after they are brought in, and with the commoner manuals the student gets an introduction into the detailed classification and taxonomy of the algae such as cannot be afforded during the formal laboratory sessions. A particular effort is made to familiar- ize students with all the commoner marine genera of our coast, and many secure collections of over one hundred of the larger macroscopic species. Evening meetings in the nature of seminars are occasionally arranged to present special topics not suitable either for class lectures or evening lecture series at the Marine Biological Laboratory; the research and biological travel of the staff and visitors are presented at these times. The mater- ial offered is ordinarily too specialized to interest a general audience, but the meetings are always open to all who may care to attend. Dr. GrorcE B. JENKINS, professor of anatomy at George Washington University, has bought the house of Dr. W. H. F. Addison on Gosnold Road. Dr. and Mrs. Jenkins and their daughter, Betty, are now living there. Juty 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 59 —— Qutstanding Science Texts —— AN INTRODUCTION TO PLANT LIFE By Carl L. Wilson, Dartmouth College and Julia M. Haber, Pennsylvania State College This new text, modern in attitude and highly teachable, is excellently adapted to the one-semester course in botany which aims to give the student a general cultural grounding in the science of plant life. While the theoretical aspects of the science are treated ade- quately, stress is laid throughout on the practical and pertinent relationship between human and plant life—thus presenting botany as a subject of personal importance to the student. Written in a simple and engaging style, comprehensive and practical, excellently illustrated, the book is certain to become a standard and popular text in elementary botany courses. A First Comment: “The book seems to me to be a very excellent introduction to the subject, which should catch and hold a student’s interest.”—Asa C. Chandler; The Rice Institute. $3.00 GENERAL ZOOLOGY By Frederick H. Krecker, Ohio University “T have examined the work and believe it ranks well up in the scale with other texts of this sort which have appeared during the past several years.”” — H. D. Reed, Cornell University. “An interesting, well-written and well-illustrated book.”—H. B. Fantham, McGill Uni- versity. $3.50 ELEMENTS OF MODERN BIOLOGY By Charles R. Plunkett “The book is a splendid one, of the dynamic type, exceedingly useful as an introduction to the basic problems of biology.”—Charles A. Kofoid, University of Califorma. “The subjects are so well chosen and so clearly presented that the reader should have no difficulty in acquiring a broad conception of the vital processes and the interrelations of living things.’—American Journal of Science. $3.00 Reighard and Jennings’ ANATOMY OF THE CAT Revised by Rush Elliott, Ohio University “This is a book which I am proud to own and ever ready to recommend to my students.” —D. P. Quiring, Western Reserve University. $4.75 DIssECTION OF THE CAT, the laboratory manual at the end of the text, may also be had separately. $1.25 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY ONE PARK AVENUE NEW YORK 60 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 ZEISS MICROSCOPE LCG 636 MODERN BINOCULAR RESEARCH MICROSCOPE L JENA J MAGNIFICATIONS 75x TO 1500x Price $535.50 ENTIRELY NEW STAND ALL MOTIONS BELOW STAGE LEVEL 485 FIFTH AVE., 728 SO. HILL ST., NEW YORK ) Inc. Los Angeles, Cal. THE NEW IMPROVED 16mm. PARAGON CAMERA! For better movies you'll need a better camera. You will need the many new features, the extra operating efficiency that this new Paragon gives you. It is Pre-eminent in the 16mm. field, Designed by experts and engineered with a watch-like precision to a new high standard of mechanical per- fection. It offers you three operating speeds: slow motion, normal, and high speed. With high power motor and the finest optical equipment. BETTER MOVIES New Sixty Page Sales You will get better movies with Bulletin Now Ready a Paragon. Its heavy duty, silent operating motor will drive ap- A new bulletin describing the proximately 20 feet of film at one | Paragon Camera in detail is now winding. The three operating ready. Write for a copy. speeds, telescopic finder and fine ens seaipment assure good off the press lists hundreds of ex- P pies ceptional values in all types of MODEL 3-S 15 MODEL 3-S 35 cine and still equipment, lenses, With F1.5 Lens With F3.5 Lens | accessories and sundries. Its 60 A new 60 page sales bulletin just New Features The new Paragon is equipped with 1) (1) pages are chock full of bargains. $54°5 $42°5 Write for your copy Today. a powerful three speed motor, tele- scopic finder, exposure guide, wrist strap, etc. It offers everything you need for taking good movies. Dealers! BURKE & JAMES, I A special proposition awaits you 9 nc. with this new improved Paragon EST. 1897 e CABLE ADDRESS “INGENTO" 16mm. Camera and its many ac- ? cessories, | Write us on your Ti+ WA) MB. EV PCY. My a CHICAGO, ILL. letterhead for full details. Juty 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET Gre otechert G Co. 31 EAST TENTH STREET NEW YORK ° FOREIGN and ° New Books DOMESTIC Secondhand Periodicals Offices in London, Books Leipzig, Paris A large stock of foreign books maintained in New York FRENCH — GERMAN — ITALIAN — SPANISH The following books are some of the more recent importations: ALVERDES, F. Grundziige der Vererbung- slehre. 143 pages, ill. $1.85. BELEHRADEK, J. Temperature and Living Matter. (Protoplasma-Monographien.) 277 pages, ill. bd. $6.66. BIBLIOGRAPHICA GENETICA. Volume XI. Ed. Tammes-Sirks and Goddijn. 489 pages, ill. bd. $17.00. BOHN, G. Reproduction, sexualité héréditeé. $1.05. BOHN, G. Les Invertébrés (Coelentérés et Vers). $1.05. BOHN, G. La cellule et les protozoaires. $1.26. BOHN, G. Vertebrés inferieurs. (Poissons Batraciens, Reptiles). $1.05. BOHN, G. Associations fonctionnelles et mi- lieu intérieur. $1.05. BOHN, G. Les vertébrés supérieurs. (Oi- seaux et mammiféres. $1.26. DALCY, A. Organisation de l’oeuf chez les chordés. (Etude d’embryologie cansale). 322 pages, ill. $4.55. GAUTHERET. Recherches sur la culture des tissus végétaux. Essais de culture de quel- ques tissus méristématiques. 280 pages, ill. $4.20. GEITLER, L. Grundriss der Cytologie. 295 pages, ill. bd. $7.77. GENETICA. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor Erfelijkheids—en Afstammingsleer. Ed. Lotsy—Kooiman, vol. 16. $16.32. GOLDSTEIN. Der Aufbau des Organismus. Einfiihrung in die Biologie unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Erfahrungen am kranken Menschen. 363 pages, bd. $5.44. _ JOYET-LAVERGNE, PH. La physicochimie de la sexualité. (Protoplasma Monograph- ien.) 457 pages, ill., bd. $11.84. KOETSCHAU, K. Zum Aufbau einer Biolo- gischen Medizin. I. Teil. Biologischen Den- ken—Homoopathie. 158 pages, ill., bd. $2.31. LEHMANN - HAERLE - HOSS - MILTMANN. Deutsches Biologen Handbuch. 227 pages. $1.85. POLITZER, G. Pathologie der Mitose. (Pro- toplasma-Monographien). 238 pages, ill., bd. $5.99. PONDER, E. The Mammalian red cell and the properties of haemolytic systems. (Pro- toplasma-Monographien). 311 pages, ill., bd. $8.32. SCHMIDT, H. Ernst Haeckel. Denkmal eines Lebens. 118 pages, ill., bd. $1.40. All orders or inquiries receive our careful attention 62 ; THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 HARVEY’S HARDWARE STORE Harvey M. Martin, Prop. Sporting Goods Camp & Picnic Supplies — Fishing Tackle Tom Thumb 10c Paints — — Garden Seeds & Tools Kitchen Furnishings — BENJAMIN MOORE & CO. PAINTS — VARNISHES — MURESCO MAIN ST. Tel. 481-M FALMOUTH Menu a la Carte and Special Dinners Rooms with Bath THE ELM ARCH INN Open the Year Round A. B. Richardson, Proprietress Tel. 133 FALMOUTH, MASS. FALMOUTH COAL COMPANY COAL —— woop Distributors Gulf Refining Co. — When In Falmouth Shop At — ISSOKSON’S WALK-OVER SHOES, BATHING SUITS SPORT CLOTHES Shoe Repairing While You Wait Park Tailoring & Cleansing Shop WEEKS BUILDING FALMOUTH Phone 907-M Free Delivery WE PRESS WHILE YOU WAIT Woods Hole Agency at Rowes Pharmacy ALBION B. STONE JEWELER EXPERT WATCH AND JEWELRY REPAIRING ANTIQUE SILVER SPOONS Highest Prices for Old Gold and Silver Room 19, Bristol Bldg., 758 PURCHASE STREET, Cor. Union ANGELUS SWEETS — Featuring — Home Made Candies and Ice Cream Luncheonette Catering A Specialty NEW MALCHMAN BLDG. opp. Town Hall TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Rates W. T. Grabiec, Prop. Shoes for every member of the family Sneakers and Beach Sandals BEALE’S Formerly the Leather Shop MAIN STREET FALMOUTH REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. EXPERT WATCH, JEWELRY AND OPTICAL REPAIRING Oculist in Attendance FALMOUTH JEWELRY SHOP MAIN ST. Phone 567-J FALMOUTH THE SHOP WHICH FEATURES :— Templeton’s Imported Yarns and Scotch Tweeds. Bernat’s Yarns — East Yarn Hardblocking of Knitted Garments Dresses — Sunsuits — Pajamas — Shorts Bathing Suits for Kiddies — D. M. C. Stamped Goods — Needlepoint — Art- eraft Net and Yarns MARGARET WHITE, Knitting Instructor SAMPSON’S FALMOUTH opp. P. O. Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 63 — Sy Barcroft-Warburg | Glassware and | Accessory Equipment We specialize in the | construction of all types of respirometer vessels and manome- ters, guaranteeing uniferm capacities and highest quality work- manship. Special glass apparatus of any design blown to order E. MACHLETT & SON | Est. 1897 220 EAST 23rd STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. | I am in need of a large quantity of marine mater- ial such as: Starfish, Squids, Nereis, etc., for pre- serving purposes. Please write to me if you are able to supply me with any. CHARLES MASTERS, Student Western Reserve University Biology Dept. Cleveland, Ohio MICROSCOPES AND SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Second Hand and New — For Sale —Repairs Made— ALLAN UHLER OPTICAL WORKS 200 B. E. 22nd Street, Baltimore, Md. WATERPROOF PIGMENT DRAWING INK WEBER PIGMENT DRAWING INKS are OPAQUE. They are offered in four- teen contrasting colors and black and white. PURE, BRILLIANT and RELIABLE these inks dry with a waterproof mat finish, which will not chip or crack in handling. They are ideal for use in line, or wash drawings, with crowquill pen, ruling pen, lettering pen, brush or air-brush. F. WEBER CO. Established 1853 Philadelphia, Pa. Branches: St. Louis and Baltimore. COLOR CARD ON REQUEST: P. O. Box 1085, Philadelphia, Pa. At Dealers Everywhere Je For the BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES MODELS SKELETONS CHEMICALS LANTERN SLIDES DISPLAY MATERIAL PRESERVED MATERIAL NATURALISTS’ SUPPLIES STAINS AND REAGENTS MUSEUM PREPARATIONS LABORATORY GLASSWARE BIRD SKINS AND MOUNTS DISSECTING INSTRU MENTS BACTERIOLOGICAL SUPPLIES MICROSCOPE SLIDE PREPARATIONS CHARTS, BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL INSECT LIFE HISTORIES and COLLECTIONS MICROSCOPES, MICROTOMES and ACCESSORIES Prompt Service Guaranteed Quality CATALOGUE No, 7 Ask for a copy of our 300-page illustrated catalogue. New York Biological Supply Co. General Supplies for the Biological Sciences 111-113 East 22nd Street New York City °, SS eatkeeatineeal fe Have You Seen It? ‘THIS BOOK gives analyses, com- Position and feeding costs of the Purina ready-mixed rations for almost every kind of laboratory animal. Already hundreds of scientists have requested a copy. Between 300 and 400 of them have found the ready- mixed feeds more satisfactory than their old rations. May we send you the book? Write for it. PURINA MILLS i 861 Checkerboard Square, St. Louis, Mo. 64 THE COLLECTING NET (eee en ene ae eee cena: [ Vou. X, No. 82 | THE WOODS HOLE LoG Smee amcemvamoen: can cmiemcemoen NEW CAPE COD BRIDGES The new Bourne and Sagamore Highway Bridges were opened on June 22, with what was locally termed perhaps the largest and most gala celebration in the history of Cape Cod. The bridges are considered by many a monument to the progress of Cape Cod, linking Cape Cod Pen- insula even closer to the mainland. Charles L. Gifford, Congressman from Massa- chusetts, sponsored a bill as a result of which the Federal Government purchased the Canal. He also was instrumental in having the two new highway bridge built. U. S. Army engineers rec- ommended to Congress in 1931 a $23,500,000 ap- propriation for improving Cape Cod Canal and building new bridges across it. The appropria- tion was delayed, however, until 1933, when the National Industrial Recovery Act authorized the expenditure. Mr. and Mrs. John Crane and their daughter Francesca will arrive this month from their home in Rome, Italy, to spend the season at the Anita Cottage on Juniper Point. Dr. and Mrs. Harold Bradley of Madison, Wisconsin, have arrived at their summer home on Juniper Point for the summer. Mr. Charles R. Crane, who has been staying at Carlsbad, is now on his way to Nice, and is expected to return to his Juniper Point home the end of this month. Mr. Louis Persinger, violinist, has rented Mr. Frost’s house on Penzance Road. Mr. Persinger, who is in the violin department of the Juillard School of Music during the winter, will teach there during the summer as well, and will spend his free time here at Woods Hole. Robert McKenzie, Jr. left Saturday, June 29, for Franconia, New Hampshire, where he will play in the orchestra of the Forest Hill Hotel this summer. Mr. McKenzie, a recent graduate of the Lawrence High School, Falmouth, is a student at the New England Conservatory of Music in Boston, and also plays in the Boston University Orchestra under the direction of Ar- thur Fiedler, of the Boston Symphony Orchestra. YACHT CLUB RACES The 1935 Racing Schedule of the Quisset Yacht Club has been announced by George H. A. Clowes, Jr., Secretary, of Woods Hole. There will be four types of races: series races, special races, Outside races and junior races. Races of the first series will take place on July 6, July 13, July 20 and August 3. Races of the second series will take place August 10, August 17, August 24 and August 31. Among the special races was the Harbor Chal- lenge Cup race which took place July 4. On July 27 there will be a race for boats not going to Edgartown. On September 2, the McCurdy and Au Revoir Cup races will be held. Perhaps the most outstanding of the Outside Races will be the Edgartown Annual Regatta on July 27. The Junior Races will consist of the usual week-day races for cat-boats of the Sea Class to be held at dates and times to be announced later. A separate class for Herreshoff 1214-foot knock- abouts will be provided, if sufficient entries war- rant it. The two classes of the coming season will be the “S” Class and the Handicap Class. The scoring system, racing instructions and list of courses have been announced in a folder put out by the Club. Mr. and Mrs. Richard Leatherbee of Baltimore are the guests of Mrs. Frances Crane, at her home on Gardiner Road overlooking Buzzards Bay. Mr. and Mrs. Walter O. Luscombe, Jr., and their youngest daughter, Helen Louise, arrived July 3 from Fitchburg, Mass., to spend the sum- mer at their home overlooking Little Harbor. They will be joined there by the Misses Anita and Betsy Luscombe, who have been the guests of their grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Walter O. Luc- combe, for several days. The Woods Hole Golf Club is planning a series of summer subscription dances for members and their guests. The dances will be held at the Club- house. The orchestra will be Jack Marchard’s. Members of the committee in charge of the dances are Doris Draper, Priscilla Janney, Jean Keith and Benjamin Goodale. Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 65 ly Mn Me Mi Mn Min, Min Ml, Mm thir, Lr, Mi Mir, Mr, Mr Mr Mr. Mm, Ms Mn, Mr Mr, Mr, Mr, Mr Lr hire hi, Mr Mr, Mr, Mr, Mr, Mn Mr Ahn, Mr | 1S TRE BARCLAY NC. At West Falmouth, Route 28 Ly) OPENS JUNE 28 Delicious Food Cocktail Service JACK MARSHARD AND HIS MUSIC Seiler’s 1812 House, Framingham, Route 9 Ten Acres at Wayland, Route 20 VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVFVVFTVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVG 66 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 82 PENZANCE GARAGE Coal — Oil — Wood WATER ST. WOODS HOLE A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 FALMOUTH NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE el. 704-J Emergency Service BRACKETT’S GARAGE GENERAL REPAIRS J. W. Brackett - E. S. Peoples Sunoco Gas Goodrich Tires DEPOT AVE., Falmouth, Mass. ALEX’S BARBER SHOP If you are a customer we thank you—If you are not we invite you to try our skilled workman- ship and sanitary method. We Use Sterilized Tools for Each Customer SAVERY’S GARAGE AUTOMOBILE & MARINE REPAIRING Taxi and General Trucking Day and Night Service Tel. 696-R Woods Hole, Mass. ENTERPRISE STATIONERY STORE —OFFICE SUPPLIES —FINE PAPERS —ARTISTS’ SUPPLIES —DENNISON GOODS —MOST EVERYTHING IN THE LINE OF PAPER Telephone Falmouth 412-M 412-J NOAH M. GEDIMAN ATTORNEY AT LAW Iris Pharmacy Building MAIN ST. FALMOUTH, MASS. FALMOUTH PRIVATE TUTORING SCHOOL H. A. ALLENBY - P. O. Box 604 Specialty Latin and Sciences Tel. 187-J3 Falmouth, Mass. Visit Malchman’s THE LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE ON CAPE COD FALMOUTH PHONE 116 ee Woods Hole Cape Cod Massachusetts DONNELLY’S Specializes in WOMEN’S Hairdressing Barber Beauty Shop Shop opp. Public Library Tel. 211 FALMOUTH, MASS. MME. CURE Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé Tears, Burns, Cuts, Moth EES Reweaving by Textile Weavers. CLEANING, DYEING, REPAIRING M. DOLINSKI CO. MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE, MASS. THE DARWIN PRESS —Printers of “The Collecting Net’’ would be pleased to quote prices on printing books or commercial work—at reasonable rates. Tel. 5150 69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford sale... of all jax shoes price $3.95—$4.95—$5.95 beautiful spring and summer footwear from jax falmouth our wellesley and pough- keepsie college shops. Juty 6, 1935] THE COLLECTING NET __ 67 THE OASIS LUNCH Falmouth, Mass. Northampton, Mass. QUALITY LUNCH and QUALITY SERVICE THE FLYING DRAGON Stationery and Sick Room Supplies UNUSUAL GIFTS FROM BALLINTINE’S ALE and BEER MANY LANDS On Draught in the New Room Come in and “Browse Around” IDEAL RESTAURANT THE BELLOWS (Mrs. Hedlund) MEALS BY THE WEEK IF DESIRED LUNCHEONS - - - DINNERS HOME COOKING Falmouth Heights Road FALMOUTH Tel. Falmouth 271 SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in J ACQUELINE’S FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660—661 HAIRDRESSING SHOP WOODS HOLE, MASS. SPECIALIZING IN — TEXACO PRODUCTS — Permanent Waves Facials GOODRICH TIRES Hair Cutting WOODS HOLE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Tel. Fal. 606-M Mr. C. E. L. Gifford SAVE Money on Tennis Discriminating Clientele iecinee a Catering to a KENT, BANCROFT, VINES, VINCENT RICHARD LUNCHEON $1.00 andD& M Also All Popular Brands of Tennis Balls We WHOLESALE and RETAIL The BREAKWATER HOTEL Woops Hore, MAssACHUSETTS Come in and find out about our sport plan. EASTMAN HARDWARE Tel. Fal. 407 68 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X, No. 82 THE GABLES RESTAURANT Overlooking Vineyard Sound at Falmouth Hgts. — | Heatures)/— Terrace Gables Quality Food at Popular Prices Under Same Management as Terrace Gables RUTH E. THOMPSON WOODS HOLE, MASS. DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY School Supplies—Kodaks and Films Printing—Developing—Enlarging EDWARD E. SWIFT HARDWARE, PAINTS, GLASS, CORDAGE THE SCHICK DRY SHAVER No Blades — No Lather Ask for Demonstration SCHOOL STREET WOODS HOLE LET THE BAND BOX Keep You in Readiness for All the Summer Parties It'll add a lot of enjoyment to your summer to always have your wardrobe spic-and-span—fresh- ly cleaned and ready to go anywhere at a mo- ment’s notice! Our prices are reasonable—and the quality of our cleaning the most satisfactory you can find. Send your cleaning with your laundry; it will be returned at the same time, or call Falmouth 137. Again we emphasize the fact that our laundry and cleansing work is done in our own plants by skilled local operators. THE BAND BOX CLEANSERS A Division of Robbins Laundry Cayadeta Again Rides the Waves EXCURSION PARTIES MOONLIGHT SAILS PICNIC TRIPS to TARPAULIN COVE CUTTYHUNK NO MANS LAND GAY HEAD and other points on Marthas Vineyard e Owned and completely overhauled by H. D. SMITH Telephone Falmouth 758 WOODS HOLE, MASS. SWIMMING CLASSES FOR CHILDREN Tennis JULY 4 — JULY 31 (If Sufficient Enrollment) JANE SHAFFER Graduate and Experienced in Physical Education Telephone Falmouth 1233-R P. O. Box 84 — Woods Hole LAWRENCE’S SANDWICH DEPOT FALMOUTH HEIGHTS A really complete menu of sandwiches and drinks that are different. Open 7:30 A. M. to 1:00 A. M. KNITTING YARNS — LINENS Fine Toilet Goods — Lingerie — Chintz MRS. WEEKS SHOP FALMOUTH, MASS. PILGRIM LAUNDRY TWO NEW FAMILY SERVICES F — MINIMUM — $1.49 D — MINIMUM — $2.00 QUALITY DRY CLEANSING AT REASONABLE PRICES Telephone Hyannis 152-J-4 Jury 6, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 69 Blakist on Books ENTOMOLOGY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO ITS ECOLOGI- CAL ASPECTS. 4th Edition. A comprehensive and concise account of Many important advances are presented. By Justus Watson Folsom, Se. D. Revised by R. A, Wardle, Professor of Zoology, University of Manitoba. 313 Illustrations(5 Plates)605 Pages. Cloth $4.00 RECENT ADVANCES IN ENTOMOLOGY It presents certain aspects in which recent ad- vances have been fertile in new facts and _ ideas. Bibliographies are provided after each chapter. By A. D. Imms, D. Se. Chief Entomologist, Roth- amsted Experimental Station, Harpenden. 84 Illustrations. 374 Pages. Cloth $3.50 PLANT VIRUSES, RECENT ADVANCES IN THE STUDY OF A study of the present state of knowledge of this subject. Comparisons of plant and animal viruses are made, technic and trend of investigation are covered. By K. M. Smith, Foreword by F. T. bridge). 68 Illustrations (Colored Plate). 423 Pages. Cloth $4.00 THE NEMATODE PARASITES OF VERTEBRATES A description and classification of the genera and lists of species hosts, ete. Type species are illus- trated, By Warrington Yorke, M.D. (School of Tropical Medicine, Liverpool), and P. A. Maplestone, D.S.O. Foreword by C. W. Stiles, U.S. P. H. Service. 307 Illustrations. 536 Pages. Cloth $9.00 insects. Ph.D. (Univ. of Cambridge). Brooks, F.R.S. (Univ. of Cam- ANNOUNCEMENT— Mr. Robert F. Just Published! An Introduction to Compar- ative Zoology. 141 Illustrations. Cloth $5.00. By F. G. S. Whitfield, F. R. M. S., and A. H. Wood, M.A. Foreword by Maj. Robert Archibald, M. D. Human Physiology. 2d Edition. 221 Illus. $4.50. By F. R. Winton and L. E. Bayliss. Foreword by C. Lovatt Evans. and SHS: Bowman will have charge of the Blakis- ton exhibit to be installed from July 20th to August 3rd. THE PHYSIOLOGY OF BACTERIA It gives a conception of the life mechanism of the simplest organisms dealing with those aspects of biology that can be treated from the physico-chem- ical viewpoint. By Prof. Otto Rahn, Cornell University. 42 Illustrations. Many Tables. 438 Pages. Cloth $6.00 BACTERIOLOGY AND THE STUDY OF INFECTIONS, RECENT ADVANCES IN, 2nd Edition. It presents the more recent advances and indicates the lines upon which the subject is evolving. By J. Henry Dible, F.R.C.P., University of Liver- pool. 29 Illustrations. 476 Pages. Cloth $3.50 PLANT GENETICS, RECENT ADVANCES IN The book covers a wide range of subjects giving a perspective of modern plant genetics and the man- ner in which it has developed and is developing. By F. W. Sansome, F.R.S.E., and J. Philp, F.L.S., Research Workers. Foreword by Sir Daniel Hall, Director, John Innes Hort. Inst. (Eng.). 56 Illustrations. 42 Tables. 414 Pages. Cloth $4.00 CYTOLOGY, RECENT ADVANCES IN It is a study of the nucleus and chromosomes _ in plants and animals for the student, research worker and general biologist. By C. D. Darlington, D.Se., Cytologist, John Innes Hort. Inst. (Eng.). 117 Illustrations. (8 Plates.) 66 Tables. 559 Pages. Cloth $4.00 A Textbook of Mycology. 139 Illus. $4.00. By Ernst Athearn Bessey State College). Cloth (Mich. Manual of the Common Invertebrate Ani- mals. Revised Edition. 975 Illus. Cloth $7.50. By Henry S. Pratt, Ph.D. Manual of the’ Vertebrate Animals of the United States. 2d Ed. 184 Illus. Glossary. Cloth $6.00. By Henry S. Pratt, Ph. D. P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO.,INC. - - - - - 1012 WALNUT STREET qe IAL Publishers PHILADELPHIA VV VV VV VV VV VV VV VV VV VV VIG 70 Th COLL: CRING INET [ Vor. XS Nome Turtox Products for Biology Because our staff devotes its entire time to one end—the preparation of dependable biological materials—we are able to serve you just a bit better than the company which maintains a Biology Department merely as one division of its business. Founded twenty years ago, the General Biological Supply House is now by far the largest commercial laboratory in the United States dealing exclusively in biological supplies. @ If you have not already done so, write now for your copy of catalog No. 36. This new and entirely revised catalog of Turtox Bio- logical Supplies is now being printed and will be ready to mail to you on September first. BOLOGicsy SE Cs The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE Incorporated 761-763 East SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO Jury 6, 1935 | * a= Ee COLEECRING NET 4 This is set No. A-195, one of the ten dissecting sets illustrated in our catalog No. 37, from the simplest to the most com- plete. Also largest variety of dissecting instruments, as well as_ laboratory materials such as Micro Slides and Cover Glasses Slide Boxes---Magnifters--Centrifuges Insect Pins---Riker Mounts Museum Jars--Petri Dishes--Rubber Tubing Hemacytometers and Hemometers We have separate catalogs, gladly sent on request, of Charts, Models, Specimens and Preparations in the following fields: Human and Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Neurology, Zoology, Botany, Embryology, Entomology, Ecology, etc. CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Inc. PopaAS 26th STREET NEW YORK NI bo _THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 82 } E saat . a Binocular Microscope GGBE with integral mechanical stage and centering substage. AS YOU WOULD CHOOSE A FRIEND The finest instrument available is none too good for the person engaged in work as meticulous as microscopy. For that reason you should use the utmost care in selecting your microscope. All B & L Microscopes are constructed with the same care as the DDE Research Model (above), which has been so enthusiastically welcomed by research scientists. Rigidity, stability and balance are characteristics of the G type B & L Research Microscope design. These features add mater- ially to the precision of the instrument. The G Stand is the fundamental stand for any type of research microscopy you may be required to do. For complete details write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. Bausch s Lomb WE MAKE OUR OWN GLASS TO Z INSURE STANDARDIZED PRODUCTION FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST ON B&L ORTHOGON LENSES AND B & L_ FRAMES Annual Subscription, $2.00 SATURDAY, "JULY 13, 1935 Sing le Copies, 30 Cents. Vol. X, No. 2 NEREIS FOR BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH THE EFFECTS OF ALCOHOL ON NERVES Dr. B Dr. CARL CASKEY SPEIDEL Professor of Zoology, DePauw University, Professor of ENJAMIN H. GRAVE Anatomy, University of Virginia Medical School Crawfordsville, Indiana Nereis limbata which occurs abundantly in Eel Pond at Woods Hole, is the one species in this vicinity which is known to have unmistakable lunar periodicity in spawning. Eggs may usually be had in great abundance roughly from the full moon until new moon during all of the summer months and not to any considerable extent at any other time. The eggs and spermatozoa are extruded at night from 9 to 10 P. M. as the sexually mature worms swim at the surface of the sea. As the males and females come into contact with each other, they are stimulated to expel their gametes vigorously. The stim- ulus, however, is chiefly chem- ical rather than physical. At this time in the month the body cavities of the worms are distended with eggs or spermatozoa and after they are expelled nothing but the ghost of a worm remains. Method of Collecting limbata A small dip net needed in collecting. Caskey Speidel ... Book Review Editorial Page Practically a distinct and of time. WW. H. LH, Calendar TUESDAY, July 16, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. Ethel Browne Har- vey: Some surface phenomena in centrifuged sea urchin eggs. | Dr. D. P. Costello: The effects of centrifuging the eggs of nudi- branchs. Dr. L. Monné: The permeability of the nucleus of Amoeba to dye- stuffs. Dr. Robert Chambers: changes in cell division. FRIDAY, July 19, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. T. H. Bissonnette: Sexual Photoperiodicity. Members of the M. B. L. Club are urged to attend the Smoker at the clubhouse following the lecture. Cortical and a lantern or flashlight are (Continued on page 76) Nereis limbata, Dr. Benjamin H. Grave.................. 73 The Effects of Alcohol on Nerves, Dr. Carl Introducing: Dr. James D. Boyd ... Items of Interest ............0005 TABLE OF CONTENTS Student Reports of Class Work and Play.... Directory for 1935 os MhHewAS BiG KOfmVWiOOdS HELOlG wen careaieeteceenreteerten aes O15 || The Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring VELEN AONE coeenscrconce ments of a fiber. any degree of neuritis may be in- duced in living frog tadpoles if these are immersed in dilute solutions of alcohol for suitable periods The structural changes in single nerve fibers have been directly observed in the living animals in minute detail dur- ing both irritation and re- covery. Myelinated fibres irritated by alcohol exhibit vacuolation, fibrillation, swelling, globule formation, and in extreme cases complete degeneration of some myelin segments. The node of Ranvier, however, re- sists swelling. | Neurofibril- like structures become visible during the early stages of neuritis, as well as during the process of reduction and re- covery of swollen fibers fol- lowing irritation. Myelin globules cut off during irrita- tion are readily re-incorpor- ated into the myelin sheath during recovery. Prolonged irritation causes complete degenera- tive metamorphosis of the more distal myelin seg- Attempts to induce degenera- Y & (2) H oo (e) Q < 4 4 < ie} — eo) (e} J) (e) = FQ ca Z i= font < THE M — eS Se iotw3.01935) | THE COLLECTING NET 73) tion of the more proximal segments as well were unsucessful. Death of the animal always ensued. Mild daily intoxication of brief duration, even though continued for many weeks, causes little damage to nerves. The slight irritative changes that appear each day during treatments are quick- ly repaired. Under these conditions nerve growth continues, including myelin ensheathment of fibers and the origin and extension of new nerve branches. The terminal ameboid growth cones at the tips of regenerating nerve fibers react quickly and con- spicuously to alcohol treatment. Marked retrac- tion takes place, characterized by thickening of the fiber, reverse flow of outer neuroplasm, leav- ing a fine axial filament, and finally, a sporadic re- traction of the axial filament. Quick recovery follows replacement of the animal in pond water. A new growth cone develops at the tip and ex- tension follows, either along the former path or along a new route. Irritated myelin-emergent fibers lacking a neu- rilemma may become greatly swollen. Rapid reduction follows restoration of normal conditions. Irritated cutaneous nerve endings may exhibit swelling, retraction, and occasionally autotomy. A retracting nerve ending recovers quickly after re- placement of the tadpole in water. The processes of retraction and recovery of irritated nerve end- ings are essentially like those of irritated growth cones, though they are less conspicuous. Somewhat similar changes during irritation and recovery may be discerned in the nerve endings associated with the lateral line organ (a special sensory organ). Unmyelinated fibers ensheathed with neurilem- ma and sheath cells of Schwann, except for the presence of an occasional vacuole, exhibit little change during irritation. Sheath cells may divide mitotically without injury in animals under treat- ment with alcohol of sufficient strength to cause marked irritation of myelinated fibers. Motion Pictures Cine-photomicrographs of the fast motion type are especially effective in revealing slow movements of nerve fibers during irritation and recovery. The subjects of some of the pictures selected for exhibi- tion follow. Early changes in myelinated fibers following alcohol treatment, showing the development of va- cuoles, fibrils, myelin globules and ovoids; several examples of swollen myelin segments after various periods of treatment with 2% alcohol, together with the process of recovery after one to three days; successive irritation and recovery of the same mye- lin segment; mitosis of a sheath cell during strong alcohol treatment; retraction of actively regenerat- ing nerve tips (ameboid growth cones) in alcohol- ized tadpoles, followed by resumption of growth as normal conditions are restored; examples of irritat- ed cutaneous nerve endings showing swelling, auto- tomy, and retraction. InJuRY AND RECOVERY oF STRIATED MuSCLE With suitable electrical stimulation any degree of injury may be induced in a fiber of striated muscle in a living frog tadpole. A single fiber was successively injured several times and the process of repair observed after each injury. Motion pictures, taken daily, record in minute detail the various structural changes in the fiber during its entire history of injury and recovery, as follows: April 3: moderate injury with conspicuous “re- traction cap” and loss of cross striae at one end, liquefaction of retraction cap, elongation, and de- velopment of new cross striae. April 5: severe injury with retraction, fibrillation, Swelling, loss of all cross striae, and ultimate phagocytosis of everything except a few muscle nuclei, stages in regeneration including myoblast mitosis, myotube formation without cross striae, origin and growth of myofibrils, cross striae, and of the fiber as a whole. April 17: slight injury with some fibrillation, swelling, and loss of a few cross striae at one end. April 18: moderate injury with conspicuous re- traction cap, loss of some cross striae, fibrillation, differential slipping of groups of myofibrils with loss of perfect alignment of cross striae, followed by recovery during the next two days with restora- tion of normal conditions. April 20: injury during treatment of the tadpole with hypertonic solution of sodium chloride. An abnormal type of muscle contraction re- sembling that of arthropods is caused by suitable treatment with solutions of sodium chloride or calcium chloride. This type of contraction ex- hibits two striking features: (1) the zone of con- traction is sharply localized covering only about a dozen striation units; (2) the node of contrac- tion advances relatively slowly along the fiber. It may proceed in either direction. THE COLLECTING NET is devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. published from Woods Hole and printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford. situated on the third floor of the Woods Hole station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. June 1 and October 1 communications should be addressed to Woods Hole, times they should be directed to THE COLLECTING NET, Garrison, N. Y. Subscription (iten issues containing not less than 280 pages) costs $2.00. It is Its editorial offices are Between Massachusetts; at other Single copies cost 30c; a 76 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 METHODS OF OBSERVING EGGS AND REARING LARVAE OF NEREIS LIMBATA (EHLERS) (Continued from Page 73) The worms are attracted to light and may be dipped up and placed in suitable dishes of sea water. Females should be kept separate from males, otherwise they spawn at once. Method of Securing Eggs Select a distended female, place her in a clean dish of sea water, and with scissors cut across her body to allow the eggs to escape. In the same way cut a male in two in a dish containing twenty-five or fifty cc. of sea water. After wash- ing the eggs once or twice by pouring off the water and refilling the dish with fresh sea water, add three or four drops of spermatozoa and agi- tate gently. Within five minutes after insemina- tion the eggs extrude a jelly in which they lie embedded. The eggs are thus readily fertilized artificially and development proceeds. Usually one hundred per cent of the eggs cleave and bar- ring accidents nearly all develop into normal em- bryos. Care of Cleaving Eggs The cleaving eggs require no further attention except that the water should be changed several times during the next twelve or fifteen hours. In the meantime the eggs cleave and acquire cilia. After twenty-four hours the embryos can be sep- arated from the jelly and transferred to a clean dish of sea water either by pouring or by using a large mouthed pipette. Care should be exer- cised to get rid of all decaying organic matter as soon as possible, and this must be accomplished within thirty-six hours after insemination or be- fore. Cleaving eggs that are allowed to develop without frequent change of water usually develop abnormally or die. Schedule of Development Twelve or fifteen hours after fertilization the embryo becomes an early gastrula with the four large macromeres constituting the principal part of the endoderm. It is ciliated and rotates in the jelly. It is a late gastrula after twenty-four to thirty hours, the rate of development depending upon the temperature. Between thirty-six and forty-eight hours the larva is a trochophore at first quite spherical but later elongated somewhat. On the third day the first three segments of the worm body are completed and no additional seg- ments are added for several days although the embryo increases in size. It is possible to keep the embryos until other segments grow, but to do so requires special feeding methods. The Nereis larva is unusually hardy and easily cared for. The trochophores and early segmented larvae are ac- tive swimmers but as the ciliary mechanism be- comes inadequate they depend more and more upon wiggling and creeping. Care of Larvae The egg of Nereis is large and well stored with yolk and oil so that the larvae require no feeding during the first five or even seven days of devel- opment. They are easily cared for because after two days they have a tendency to settle to the bottom on one side of the dish and may be trans- ferred to a clean dish of sea water with a wide mouthed pipette. This should be done once per day or more frequently in hot weather. After five days they may be fed upon diatoms, but if it is desired to keep them for several weeks it is best to transfer them to a large cylindrical bal- anced aquarium, containing a dense culture of de- veloping diatoms which adhere to its sides. E. E. Just reared Nereis megalops to maturity in such a jar of diatoms. The original stock of dia- toms came from the Fisheries Laboratory at Beaufort, N. C. NOTE: This article is the first one in a series edited by Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff which will appear under the general head of “Live Material for the Marine Biologist.” REFERENCES Lillie and Just. Breeding habits of Nereis limbata at Woods Hole, Mass. Biol. Bull., vol. 24, 1913. Just, E. E. On rearing sexually mature Platynereis megalops from eggs. Am. Nat., vol. 56, 1922. Wilson, E. B. Cell lineage of Nereis. Jour. Morph., vol. 6, 1892. GENETICS SOCIETY AT WOODS HOLE The Genetics Society of America will hold a summer meeting at the Marine Biological Labor- atory on Friday and Saturday, August 23 and 24. Round table conferences are planned for the fore- noons. A. M. Sturtevant will lead the Friday conference on ‘‘How far genetics can explain on- togeny.” The discussion will be introduced by Curt Stern and J. L. Cartledge. On Saturday a conference on “Chromosomes and their relation to genes” will be led by E. M. East and the dis- cussion will be introduced by C. B. Bridges and Barbara McClintock. d One afternoon will be devoted to demonstra- tion papers and exhibits by members of the So- ciety and others. M. Demerec, ‘Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, is Sec- retary-Treasurer of the Society. P. W. Whiting is local representative at Woods Hole. , Jury 13, 1935 ] iE COLERCRINGIN ET 77 BOOK REVIEWS INTRODUCTION TO CYTOLOGY, by Lester W. Sharp. McGraw Hill Book Co., N. Y., 1934. The preparation of a thoroughly good text book may be a real contribution to the advance- ment of any subject—and such is the contribution of Dr. Sharp’s book to cytology. Although ad- mittedly founded on plant material, it does not neglect the large service rendered by the workers with animal cells. The present, third edition is “much changed. Chapters X, “Individuality of the chromosomes,’ XX, “Linkage,” and XXI, “Weismannism and other theories,” are omitted as separate subdivisions. Chapter III, “Cells” becomes Chapter I, ‘Cells and tissues.’ Chapter XI is divided into Chapter XI “The achromatic figure” and Chapter XII, “Cytokinesis and the cell wall.” The chapter on ‘“‘gametogenesis’’ has added to it “sporogenesis.” Chapter XVII on “Mendelism, mutation and hybridization” becomes “Chromosomes and Mendelian heredity.” The title of Chapter XVIII “Embryonic characters and cytoplasmic inheritance” is shortened by the omission of the first two words. ‘Chapter XIX, “Sex,” becomes more specific in the form ‘“Chro- mosomes and Sex.” Besides these changes there are added new chapters with the titles: Fragmen- tation and Translocation, Reciprocal transloca- tion, Heteroploidy, The cytogenetics of autohet- eroploid plants, and The cytogenetics of hybrids. The number of pages is reduced from 581 to 567; the number of illustrations increased from 210 to 230 and the number of chapters from 21 to 26. In the revision the apparent purpose of the au- thor is to bring forward as fully as possible the recent work which has a bearing upon genetics, as is clearly indicated by the titles of the new chap- ters. To accomplish this there has been a sacri- fice of space devoted in previous editions to his- torical and theoretical discussions, This change in emphasis is shown by the transfer of the ‘‘His- torical Sketch” from its position as the first chap- ter to that of the last, and by the omission of the chapter on ‘““Weismannism and other Theories.” Besides these general alterations there have been extensive rearrangements and revisions within chapters. For example, Chapter II] of the second edition had eight subdivisions, while in fewer pages, the 3rd edition, with a broader title, treats of but six general topics. Chapter 1X on “Smoatic mitosis” runs through 28 pages in the earlier edition, but in the later, under the title “Somatic cell-division” there are but nine pages. There have been numerous changes in the illus- trations designed to present newer and fuller in- formation. The preface of the first edition is reprinted in the last but not that of the second edition. In this there appeared a very peculiar statement for a text dealing with the structural units of organ- isms, which ran as follows: “We have according- ly regarded cells, not as elementary organisms primarily responsible for the development and evolution of the Metazoa and Metaphyta, but as subordinate parts of varying morphological rank which are results, rather than causes, of organi- zation.” The “organismal theory” in the present edition is introduced to the student in a very dif- ferent light in the following words: “Although not of the first importance to the student begin- ning work in cytology, the following discussion is added because of its theoretical interest.’’ Not only is the amount of space devoted to the sub- ject much reduced, but many of the statements that would minimise the importance of cells in organic structure have been elided. Fortunately the factual presentation has always been so fair and good in this book that it is likely that the author’s excursion into theoretical bypaths has done little harm. Finally, it is very safe to say that Sharp's hock has had a most excellent influence upon the de- velopment of cytology, and that the present edi- tion with its clear and penetrating exposition of the present state of the subject, is sure to con- tinue this service in a worthy manner. Dr. ARNoLD WELCH, who received his doctor's degree in pharmacology at the University of Toronto last year, is visiting here this week-end. Dr. Welch will be a member of the pharmacology staff of the Washington University School of Medicine at St. Louis during the coming year. ComMaANnpbeER E, H. Smiru of the United States Coast Guard and the Oceanographic Institution and Mrs. Smith have as their guest at their home in Falmouth Richard Best, son of Mr. and Mrs. _ Chester Best of New Bedford. ; Dr. WALTER WILBRANDT, Rockefeller Fellow in physiology at the University of Pennsylvania, was married to Miss Renate Rosenberg, student at the Chicago University Medical School, in Falmouth on July.5. Dr. and Mrs. Wilbrandt are at Woods Hole at present and intend to leave for Basle, Switzerland, later in the summer. Dr. Grorce W. Keit of the College of Physi- cians and Surgeons, Columbus, Ohio, spent a few days at Woods Hole visiting his sister, Dr. Elsa M. Keil, assistant professor of zoology at the New Jersey College for Women. 78 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. X, No. 83 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Catiell, Mary L. Goodson, Rita Guttman. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Charlotte Griffin, Manton Copeland, Margaret Mast. Scholarship Fund: Ann Janney. Second class mail application pending. Printed by The Darwin Press, New Bedford THE TOOLS OF SCIENCE In an introductory note to Dr. Pond’s exten- sive article on apparatus last week Professor C. E. McClung wrote: “The advancement of science depends upon many factors, among which few have greater influence than the tools with which investigators work. Indeed some branches could not possibly exist without their peculiar instru- ments.” He continued with the statement that it would seem to be a real service on the part of Tue CoLttectinc Net to supply unpredjudiced statements by competent individuals concerning new and improved appartus. A good book review is of acknowledged value to the research worker and teacher; a competent review of a new piece of apparatus, although it may not always concern as many individuals, is still more important. A new book is important, but a new piece of apparatus is more important. The fundamental ideas in a book, especially in an American book, usually can be found before its publication in various special periodicals, and they are therefore readily available to students of the field. Apparatus for scientific research may em- body the new ideas of a research worker which have perhaps become known through publication, but one of the very fundamental contributions to its development is made by the designer and the -manufacturer whose knowledge and ideas are Yarely conveyed in advance to the investigator. We do not wish to under value the import- ant work of the publisher of scientific books; but it is true that his function is relatively stereotyped compared to that of the designer of scientific apparatus; the latter is really the co-au- thor of the tool; the former is a tool for the author. Of course the physical characteristics of a book are important, but science would lose little if publishers would adopt the most satis- factory design and format and henceforth issue their books according to the accepted standard. If makers of apparatus did the same thing the progress of science would halt. Therefore might not any magazine devoted to the biological sciences consider publishing apparatus reviews if it is now its policy to print book reviews. As a matter of fact the standardization of the physical characteristics of scientific books would — be of service to science. The cost of manufac- ture would not be so great and they could be sold for less, and the uniform format would be of con- venience to the user. Would it be unfair to com- pare an American publisher with a French dress- maker? Each supports a designer which makes a necessary article more attractive to the eye at the expense of the pocketbook; both increase the cost of the product without increasing its intrinsic usefulness. We hope that these remarks will catalyze criti- cal comments among our readers as well as among the makers of books and apparatus; we should like to print some of them. Introducing Dr. JAmEs Drxon Boyp, Rockefeller Fellow from Queens University, Belfast, Ireland. Dr. Boyd was born in New York City in 1906 of Irish- American parentage, his mother being American and his father Irish. He attended elementary school in this country, travelling to Ireland at the age of fourteen. After attending secondary schools in Ireland he entered Queens University at Belfast, receiving his bachelor of medicine de- gree in 1930. After an internship in surgery at the Royal Victoria Hospital of Belfast, Dr. Boyd became demonstrator in anatomy at Queens Uni- versity, working under Dr. T. Walmsley, the human anatomist. While there he wrote his the- sis for the Master of Science degree, entitled, “The Comparative Anatomy of the Upper Lip” and later his M.D. thesis, “The Comparative An- atomy and Embryology of the Carotid Body and Carotid Sinus.” He received the Gold Medal of Queens University with his M.D. degree. Dr. Boyd came here as a Rockefeller Fellow in the Fall of 1934 and has been doing research with Dr. G. L. Streeter at the Carnegie Institute of Embryology at Baltimore on the development of the human carotid body. Mrs. Boyd, who is also a graduate of medicine of Queens Univer- sity, did research on the tissue culture of tumors under Dr. Warren Lewis at the Carnegie Insti- tute at Baltimore during the past year. This summer Dr. James Boyd is investigating the distribution of nerves in the branchial arches of fish. In the Fall he will return to Cambridge University, England, where he will be lecturer in anatomy in the department of Dr. H. A. Harris. Recent publications on the classification of the upper lip, the absence of a common carotid artery and the carotid sinus mechanism appear in the Journal of Anatomy and the Ulster Medical Journal. Jury 13, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 79 EWS: OF GOLDEN WEDDING ANNIVERSARY Dr. AND Mrs. Epwin Linton celebrated their fiftieth wedding anniversary on Tuesday, July 9. A small surprise reception was tendered them at their home on West Street by Dr. and Mrs. EI- liot R. Clarke. Mrs. Clarke is the daughter of Dr. and Mrs. Linton. This year also marks the fiftieth year that Dr. and Mrs. Linton have spent in Woods Hole, Mrs. Linton having come here as a bride in the summer of 1885. In point of service, Dr. Linton has the distinction of being the scientist who has been longest in Woods Hole. He first came as a graduate student and worked at the Fisheries under Spencer F. Baird, first United States fish commissioner here. Dr. Lin- ton is a graduate of Washington and Jefferson College. He did graduate work at Yale where he received his doctor’s degree in zoology.. He has also been on the staffs of the Universities of Missouri and Pennsylvania. The engagement of Miss Eva MicHae tis, daughter of Dr. and Mrs. Leonor Michaelis, to Dr. Gustav Jacoby of New York and Berlin is announced. Dr. Jacoby, a graduate of the Uni- versity of Berlin, is practising as a consultant in German law. He is also studying at the Law School of New York University. The marriage will take place in the late fall. Mr. Eart Hoover, graduate assistant in zool- ogy at Johns Hopkins, who has been assisting Dr. S. O. Mast of Johns Hopkins at Woods Hole, left for Springfield, Mass. Eviior F. Beacw who formerly did research at the Oceanographic Institution arrived on July 12 for a short visit in Woods Hole. INTERE Sa TENNIS CLUB TOURNAMENT Dr. Lois TE WINKEL has been appointed to take charge of the women’s singles tennis tourna- ment starting about July 15. According to Dr. Roberts Rugh, president of the Tennis Club, there seems to be much more tennis talent among the women this year than any year heretofore and the tournament should therefore be of great in- terest. Those who are not members of the Tennis Club but wish to enter the tournament may join the club for the period of the duration of the tournament at rates lower than those for a full season by getting in touch with Dr. Te Winkel. Following the women’s singles there will prob- ably be a mixed doubles and a men’s doubles tournament. The chairmen and details of the tournament will be announced later. Dr. WALTER GarRREY, JR., Senior Resident in Surgery at the Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston, is visiting his parents Dr. H. E. Gar- rey, professor of physiology at Vanderbilt Medi- cal School, and Mrs. Garrey at their home on Gardiner Road. A son, Ropert LAWRENCE, was born to Dr. AND Mrs. L. G. BartH on May 28. Dr. Barth was recently appointed assistant professor of em- bryology at Columbia University. Owing to the fact that the directory utilizes eight out of the twenty-eight pages of this num- ber, it has been necessary to hold over one page of “Items of Interest.’ It is our plan to print two pages in each issue. The cooperation of our readers in keeping these pages timely will be ap- preciated. THE COURSE IN PROTOZOOLOGY AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY The course in Protozoology has been fully re- organized this year and its scope enlarged. The faithful services of Dr. Bowling and Dr. Stabler terminated last August and a reconstruction of the course was imperative. For this we were for- tunate in persuading Dr. George W. Kidder to come in as instructor and Miss Elizabeth Drum- tra as assistant—both well trained protozoolo- gists. The changes involve a lightening of the load of instruction which has been carried heretofore by the senior member of the staff. Instead of twenty-eight lectures he will give only eighteen while Dr. Kidder will give ten seminars and lec- tures covering the literature; use of the Library ; preparation of scientific papers for publication; and special technical methods. Training of the powers of observation will con- tinue as before with the identification of sixty species of living forms and cytological study of stained preparations made by the students, to- gether with experience gained in making isolation and mass cultures. An excellent class of sixteen chosen from twen- ty-six applicants fills the laboratory and carries on the tradition of intense but enthusiastic work, which has developed in connection with this course. Gary N. CALKINS 80 THE COLERCRING INE [ Vout. X, No. 83 STUDENT REPORTS OF CLASS WORK AND PLAY EMBRYO EMBRYOLOGISTS The most important event of the week was our class picnic, so I'll start with that. This occurred on Saturday, July 13. There were 60 people, in- cluding members of the class, the instructors, guest lecturers, and their families, and a few per- sonal guests. The day was ideal, a little cloudy, so that we wouldn't all get sunburned, but clear, so that the three hour cruise we took in the Cayadetta around Nonamesset, Uncatena, Wee- pecket, Naushon, and Pasque Islands up through Quick’s Hole between Pasque and Nashawena to Tarpaulin Cove was perfect. A number of good swimmers were so anxious to get wet that they dove off the boat and swam ashore, and the rest soon followed. After a good swim, a high pow- ered base ball game got under way and helped the players work up a.good appetite. Then we mustn't omit the food, or the quanti- ty. The main treat was steamed lobsters, clams, potatoes and pork sausages with all the mustard, catsup, pickles, melted butter, rolls, etc., to go with them. We supplemented this with cheese and jam sandwiches, tomatoes, coffee, cake and watermelons. [Everyone ate to their heart’s con- tent, and then stretched out on the beach, with the excuse that they wanted a good tan. A few energetic ones did some collecting, while others played ball and swam. Then at five, the Cayadetta returned with all but a group of about 12 of the picnickers who walked through the Islands to the end of Nona- messet where a boat loaded with food and sup- plies had been left. This group had a_ second picnic and then rowed over to Devil's Foot Is- land and spent the night on the beach, fighting mosquitoes and wood ticks. They reported a beautiful sunset, and a full moon on the Hole. In fact, it was an ideal picnic all the way ‘round. As I said, this was the most important event of the week for our class, and in reporting our week’s activities, | can only mention the numer- ous committees, reports, meetings, plans and ideas which we all put into making this our one big day. Our lecture Monday, was given by Dr. Schotté on “Transplantation Experiments in Echino- derms.” He reviewed the work of Rtinnstrom and his students Horstadius and Lindahl. Tues- day, Dr. Packard lectured on Crustacea. The lab. work was on Balanus eburneus, the barnacle, and Libinia, the spider crab. We studied these forms from early stages through the nauplius larva. Thursday and Friday, we studied spiral cleavage in Crepidula, and discussed the cell line- age in annelids and molluscs. The lecture on Friday, was one of topics from the history of embryology. Our guest lecturer this week was Dr. Willier from the University of Rochester who reported his work on the location of organ forming sub- stances in the chick blastoderm, The hour was very interesting and we enjoyed the thrill of the localized areas which he obtained by his trans- plantation technique. EvizABeTH M, REEDER. PROTOZOOLOGY NOTES The hunt for forms of microscopic life goes on as usual in the Protozoology Laboratory, with the added attraction of microscopical technique offered as a diversion. Tuesday afternoon, how- ever, the boys took time out to engage in a second baseball game with the boys of the Embryology course. Both sides were strengthened by the re- cruiting of other players, Protozoology beneliting considerably by the services of Dr. Barth, who pitched against his own Embryologists. Taking an early lead Protozoology forged ahead in the first few innings, but Embryology rallied toward the close of the game, which resulted in the final score of 10-9 in favor of Protozoology. On the whole, the microscopists were well satished at the improvement since the previous Saturday’s debacle. At the seminar Tuesday morning, the students took the floor and demonstrated their ability in explaining Protozoology at great length. After two hours had passed, most of the students were glad enough to leave lecturing for the rest of the course to the professors, who, at least, have some conception of the lapse of time. Rachel Mirsky is back in our midst after an exciting trip from the metropolis on a boat which became disabled at sea. Ann Schoefer distri- buted parts of a delicious cake to members of the class, but has not yet become expert at carving with a scalpel. Joe Jailer attained his majority Sunday and celebrated appropriately with cake, candles and a party. Edwina Crowen arrives at the Laboratory before sunrise, and we suspect she meets Ritchie, Koonz & Co. on their way out. Saturday afternoon, a quorum was lacking for a bona fide ball game, but sides were chosen at random to include all players on the field. The Protozoologists, as individual players, were far from brilliant, but the let-down was ascribed to the absence of some players and to the lack of team work on the part of those present. Better playing toward the end of the one-sided game, however, gave the boys hope for a more success- ful encounter in the near future. Ds Mera omy, 13; 1935) THE COLLECTING NET 81 DIRECTORY FOR 1935 KEY Laboratories Residence Botany Building ........ Bot Apartment .......0.....0..... Dormitory .. Brick Building Drew House.. Fisheries Residence Wecture Hall ..........4...... L Main Room in Fisheries ee Ciutat es WEUDOTALOLY ..cccecscesscies M TERDURIGYE doco car caeuenceud® Old Main Building...OM iqder .. 5 Rockefeller Bldg....Rock Whitman ..........0000. WwW In the case of those individuals not living on laboratory property, the name of the landlord and the street are given. In the case of individuals living outside of Woods Hole, the place of residence is given in parentheses. MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY THE STAFF Jacobs, M. H. director. prof. gen. phys. Pennsyl- vania. ZOOLOGY Investigation Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Conklin, E. G. prof. zool. Princeton. Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington. Jennings, H. 8S. prof. zool. Hopkins. Lillie, F. R. prof. emb. Chicago. McClung, C. E. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Morgan. T. H. dir. biol. lab. California Inst. Tech. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Wilson, E. B. prof. zool. Columbia. Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Instruction Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity. Cole, E. C. prof. biol. Williams. - Hadley, C. E. assoc. prof. biol. N. J. State Teachers. Kille, F. R. instr. zool. Swarthmore. Matthews, S. A. assoc. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Nelsen, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Sayles, L. P. asst. prof. biol. City of New York. Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. Woods, F. H. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. EMBRYOLOGY Investigation (See Zoology) Instruction Barth, L. G. instr. expt. zool. Columbia. Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Grave, B. H. prof. biol. De Pauw. Hoadley, L. prof. zool. Harvard. (Absent 1935). Packard C. asst. prof. zool. Inst. of Cancer Re- search, Columbia. Schotte, O. asst. prof. biol. Amherst. PROTOZOOLOGY Investigation (See Zoology) Instruction Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Drumtra, Elizabeth asst. zool. Barnard. Kidder, G. W. instr. zool. City of New York. PHYSIOLOGY Investigation Amberson, W. R. prof. phys. Tennessee. Bradley, H. C. prof. phys. chem. Wisconsin. Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Instruction Chambers, R. prof. biol. New York. Ferguson, J. K. W. lect. phys. Western Ontario Med. Fisher, K. C. fel. phys. Toronto. Irving, L. prof. expt. biol. Toronto. Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. phys. Clark. Sichel, F. J. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. BOTANY Investigation Allen, C. E. prof. bot. Wisconsin. Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. California. Duggar, B. M. prof. phys. & econ. bot. Wisconsin. Lewis, I. F. prof. biol. Virginia. Robbins, W. J. prof. bot. Missouri. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Instruction Drouet, F. res. fel. Missouri. Prescott, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Albion. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. INVESTIGATORS Adams, J. A. instr. biol. Iowa State. Br 123. D 112. Adolph, E. F. assoc. prof. phys. Rochester. Br 108. Glendon. Alvey, C. H. asst. prof. paras. Purdue. Br 126. D 107. Amberson, W. R. prof. phys. Tennessee. Br 109. Gansett. Anderson, hi. L. prof. biol. Johnson C. Smith (N. Carolina) Rock 7. K 14. Angerer, C. A. fel. biol. Pennsylvania. Br 111. Fer- ris, Glendon. Appel, F. W. assoc. prof. biol. St. John’s (Ind.). OM 5. A 107. Baker, 8. instr. zool. Wabash. L 217. F. R. Lillie, Gardiner. Barth. L. G. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 210. D 101. Bigelow, R. P. emer. prof. zool. Mass. Inst. Tech. Cross. Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity (Conn.). OM 26. D 108. Bozler, E. fel. med. physics. Pennsylvania. Br 223. Bosworth, M. W. res. asst. phys. Wesleyan. Br 110. K 6. Bowen, R. E. asst. prof. biol. Long Island. Br 311. D 315 B. Boyd, J. D. Rockefeller fel. Carnegie Lab. (Balti- more). Br 118. D 208. Bradley, H. C. Wisconsin. Br 122a. (Juniper Pt.). Brandwein, P. F. asst. biol. New York. Br 340. Brinley, F. J. asst. prof. zool. North Dakota State. OM 38. D 202. Brower. Helen P. res. asst. zool. Harvard. Br 213. Grinnell, Bar Neck. 82 _ THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. X, No. 83 Brown, D. E. S. asst. prof. phys. Bellevue Med. (N. Y.). Br 214. Hyatt. Budington, R. A. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. Or- chard. Cable, R. M. assoc. prof. biol. Berea. (K 4) L 24. D 107. Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Br 331. Buz- zards Bay. Carlson, J. G. instr. biol. Bryn Mawr. Br 122d. A 105. Carlson, S. P. physician. Lund (Sweden). Br 114. Pond, Gansett. Carpenter, Esther instr. zool. Smith. Br 217g. K. Carpenter, R. L. asst. prof. anat. Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). Br 106. A 201. Cattell, W. assoc. ed. “Scientific Mo.’’ OM 3. North. Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. Gardiner. Cheney, R. H. prof. biol. Long Island. Br 311. A 302. Churney, L. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 111. Cowey, School. Clark, Elinor L. invest. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. West. Clark, E. R. prof. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. West. Clark, Frances sec. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328 B. D 103. Clark, Jean M. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217 h. Edwards, School. Clark, J. K. Trinity. OM 26. Ka 1. Clowes, G. H. A. dir. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328. Nob- ska. Coe, W. R. prof. biol. Yale. Br 323. A 201. Cohen, A. A. Harvard. Bot 2. Ka 4. Cole, E. C. prof. biol. Williams. OM 28. D 215. Conklin, E. G. emer. prof. biol. Princeton. Br 321. High. Coonficid, B. R. asst. prof. biol. Brooklyn. OM 39. D 204. Copeland, M. prof. biol. Bowdoin. Br 334. Gardiner. Corey, Irene res. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. D 308. Costello, D. P. Nat. Res. fel. zool. Hopkins Marine Station. Br 217 n. A 106. Cowles, R. P. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 336. Br 211. Croasdale, Hannah I. grad. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot 22. W G. Danforth, Louise grad. biol. Columbia. Br 314. W E. Denny, Martha grad. zool. Radcliffe. Br 217 f. Grin- nell, Bar Neck. Derrickson, Mary B. asst. zool. Vassar. Br 8. W F. Dieter, C. D. prof. biol. Washington & Jefferson. L 2. Oro: Diller. W. F. instr. biol. Dartmouth. OM 44. Conk- lin, High. Donaldson, H. H. mem. Wistar Inst. Br 115. Buz- zards Bay. Donnellon, J. A. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Rock 6 a. Nicholson, Millfield. Dordick, I. grad. biol. Pennsylvania. Rock 6 A. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Dreyer, W. A. instr. zool. Cincinnati. Br 334. D 214. Drumtra, Elizabeth asst. zool. Barnard. OM 22. A 307. DuBois, E. F. prof. med. Cornell Med. Br 301. Pen- zance. du Buy, H. G. fel. physiol. Harvard. Br 223. Gifford, Government. du Buy, H. G. fel. physiol. Harvard. Br 223. Edwards, D. J. assoc. prof. phys. Cornell Med. Br 214. Gosnold. Fenn, W. O. prof. phys. Rochester Med. (West Fal- mouth). Fennell, R. A. res. asst. phys. Hopkins. Br. 329 a. Malstead, Depot. Ferguson, J. K. W. lect. phys. Western Ont. Med. Br 107. Savery, Main. Fischer, E. assoc. phys. Rochester Med. Br 312. El- liot, Center. Fisher, K. C. fel. phys. Toronto. OM 7. Ka 1. Fleisher, M. 8S. prof. bact. St. Louis. Br 304. D 112a. Flynn, C. M. instr. zool. Maine. OM 41. Dr 1. Friedman, 8S. grad. physiol. New York. Br 328. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Fry, H. J. invest. cyt. Cornell Med. OM Base. Pur- dum, Woods Hole. Fuchs, W. B. teach. Eastern High School (Wash- ington; D.C) L232. Drai. Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br 215. Gardiner. Glassman, H. N. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. Ka 21. Godrich, J. photographer. Columbia. Leish, Millfield. Goffin, Catherine res. asst. cyt. Lilly Res. Labs. OM Base. Church. Gojdics, Mary asst. prof. biol. Duchesne (Omaha). L 27. A 206. Goldin, A. lab. asst. biol. Brooklyn. OM 39. Ka 21. Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D 314. Gottschall, Gertrude Y. res. asst. biochem. Cornell Med. Br 110. D 306. Grand, C. G. res. assoc. New York. Br 328. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Grave, B. H. prof. zool. DePauw. Br 234. Guttman, Rita M. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Cat- tell, North. Guttman, S. A. asst. instr. phys. Cornell. OM 4. Clough, Millfield. Hall, J. F. res. asst. phys. Princeton. Br 127. K 7. Hanstroem, B. prof. zool. Lund (Sweden). Br 114. Pond, Gansett. Harniy, M. H. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 340. A 102. Harnly, Marie L. asst. biol. New York. Br 340. A 102. Harvey, Ethel B. invest. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Gosnold. Haywood, Charlotte res. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 233. A 207. Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Edwards, School. Hess, W. N. prof. biol. Hamilton. Br 122 C. Mavor, Bar Neck. Hibbard, Hope assoc. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. K 12 Br 210. Mc- Hibbard, Jeanne Missouri Med. Br 218. K 12. Hill, E. S. res. asst. biochem. Washington (St. Louis). Br 207. D 216. Hober, R. prof. phys. Pennsylvania. (Left June 27). Hollingsworth, Josephine grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 6. H 9. Holter, H. res. biochem. Carlsberg Lab. Copenha_ gen. Br 310. D 310. Hook, Sabra J. asst. prof. zool. Rochester. Br 217d. K 2. Hoover, E. E. grad. asst. zool. Malstead, Depot. Hornor, Helen B. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. WC. Hunter, F. R. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 231. Ka 24. Hunter, Laura N. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217. WI. Hursch, J. B. fel. phys. Rochester Med. Br 113. Dr 2. Irving, L. prof. expt. biol. Toronto. Br 107. A 208, Itoh, H. grad. cyt. Pennsylvania. Br 220. D 208. Hopkins. Br 329. mjuny 13, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET _ 83 Jacobs, M. H. prof. gen. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 102. Sippewissett. Jenkins, G. B. prof. anat. George Washington. OM 46. Gardiner. Johlin, J. M. assoc. prof. biochem. Vanderbilt Med. Br 309. Park. Jones, N. instr. sci. drawing. Swarthmore. Br 211. Clapp, Gardiner. Jones, Ruth M. instr. biol. Swarthmore. Br 9. Clapp, Gardiner. Kaiser, S. tutor biol. Brooklyn. lib. K 15. Keil, Elsa M. asst. prof. zool. N. J. Women. Br 8. W OD. Keltch, Anna K. res. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. Howe, School. Kershaw, Margaret A. Wheaton. Br 231. Young, West. i Kidder, G. W. instr. biol. City N. Y. OM 21. D 201 b. Kille, F. R. instr. zool. Swarthmore. Br 9. Cowey, School. Kilpatrick, M. asst. prof. chem. Pennsylvania. Br 327. Nickerson, Millfield. Kilpatrick, Mary L. res. 327. Nickerson, Millfield. Kindred, J. assoc. prof. emb. Virginia Med. Br 106. Kintner, K. E. asst. biol. Purdue. Br 126. Buzzards Bay. Kleinholz, L. H. K. grad. zool. Wilde, Gardiner. Knower, H. M. res. assoc. biol. Yale. Br 323. Buz- Harvard. Br 315. zards Bay. Knowlton, F. P. prof. physiol. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Gardiner. Koppelman, S. Temple Med. Br 122. McLeish, Mill- field. Kraatz, C. P. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 26. Ka 22. Krahl, M. E. res. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 333. Howes, Main. Kuyper, A. C. instr. bio-chem. Iowa State. Br 313. Dr 14. Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 335. Baitsell, Brooks. Lancefield, Rebecca C. assoc. bact. Rockefeller Inst. Br 208. Baitsell, Brooks. Laug, E. P. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 8. D 317. Lehman, Eleanor M. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 43. H 7. Levey, F. Rockefeller fel. phys. Hopkins. Br 312. D 210. Lillie, F. R. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 101. Gardiner. Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br 326. Gar- diner. Magruder, S. R. lab. instr. zool. Cincinnati. L 31. Neal, Bar Neck. Marquette, W. G. grad. bot. Columbia. Bot al. Marsland, D. A. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 340. A 102, Martin, E. A. prof. biol. Brooklyn. OM 39. Newman, Prospect. Martin, W. E. instr. zool. Purdue. Br 126. Mast, Elisabeth T. grad. psych. Hopkins. Br 329a. Minot. Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Minot. Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Buzzards Bay. chem. Pennsylvania. Br’ Mazia, D. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 122. McLeish, Millfield. McClung, C. E. prof. zool. G@ fdiner. McKinnis, Mary EB. Pittsburg Med. Br 115. H 3. Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Gan- sett. Monné, L. res. assoc. cell. phys. New York. Br 310. A 206. Morgan, Lillian V. independ. invest. gen. Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 320. Buzzards Bay. Morgan, T. H. prof. biol. Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 320. Buzzards Bay. Morrill, C. V. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 301. Cape Codder. Moser, F. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. D 209. Muratori, G. Rockefeller fel. anat. Carnegie Lab. (Baltimore). Br 118. D 318. Nonidez, J. F. asst. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. Whitman. Novikoff, A. B. tutor biol. Brooklyn. Br 314. K 15. Pennsylvania. Br 219. Northrop, J. H. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 206. High. Orr, P. R. instr. biol. Brooklyn. OM 44. Conklin, High. Osterhout, W. J. V. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Whitman. Packard, C. asst. prof. zool. Columbia Inst. Cancer Res. OM 2. North. Palmer, A. Louise ° instr. Cassidy, Millfield. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 213. A 308. Parpart, A. K. asst. prof. phys. Princeton. Br 231. Minot. Peabody, Elizabeth B. grad. zool. Radcliffe. Br 217 b. D 203. Piercy, R. L. Rochester Med. Br 108. Dr 2. Pinson, E. A. grad. zool. DePauw. Br 234. Dr. Podolnick, N. Pennsylvania. Rock 6a. K. Prescott, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Albion. Bot 5. D 201. Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. phys. Clark. Br 228. Cowie, School. Puckett, W. O. instr. biol. Princeton. Br 344. Sylvia, Quisset. Pumphrey, R. J. Rockefeller fel. biol. Johnson Foundation for Med. Physics (Pa.). (Left in June). Rice, K. S. OM Base. Gansett. Richards, O. W. instr. biol. Yale. Br 8. A 101. Richardson, Margaret S. Brearley School, N. Y. Br 106. W I. Robertson, C. W. asst. instr. biol. New York. OM Base. Savery, Main. Robertson, Lola E. res. asst. biol. New York. Br 232. Root, W. S. assoc. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Whitman. Rose, S. M. grad. asst. biol. Amherst. Br 204. Robin- son, Quisset. Rugh, R. instr. zool. Hunter. Br 111. Hubbard, East. Sampson, Myra M. prof. zool. Smith. Br 305. D 313. Sanders, E. K. Vanderbilt Med. Br 309. Molstead, Depot. ‘ Sasaki, Y. grad. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Sayles. L. P. asst. prof. biol. City of New York. OM 25. D 304. Schmidt, Ida G. instr. anat. Cincinnati Med. Br 342. Metz, Hyatt. Schmidt, L. H. res. fel. biochem. Cincinnati Med. Br 342. Metz, Hyatt. zool. Wellesley. L 25. 84 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. X, No. 83 Schotté, O. E. asst. prof. comp. anat. & emb. Am- herst. Br 204. Lehy, Millfield. Schrader, F. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 330. War- basse, Penzance. Schrader, Sally H. prof. zool. Sarah Lawrence. Br 330. Warbasse, Penzance. Seott, A. C. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ballon, Buzzards Bay. Shapiro, H. Nat. Res. fel. phys. Br 110. Broderick, North. Shaw, I. tech. asst. biol. Long Island. Br 311. Bos- worth, North. Shaw, Myrtle A. sr. bact. N. Y. State Dept. Health. Br 122 b. D 303. Shoup, ©. S. asst. prof. biol. Vanderbilt. Br 110. D 307. Sichel, F. J. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 228. Dr. Smythe, C. V. res. asst. biochem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Robbins, Woods Hole. Solberg, A. N. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. K 9. Speicher, B. R. res. asst. cyt. Amherst. Br 204. D 311. Speicher, Kathryn G. instr. Women. OM 43. D 311. Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia Med. Br 106. D 315 A. Spoffard, W. R. grad. expt. emb. Yale. Br 217j. Ka 1. Stanbury, J. Duke. Br 109. McLéish, Millfield. Steinbach, H. B. Nat. Res. fel. biol. Br 111. Ed- wards, School. Stern, C. asst. prof. gen. Rochester. Br 332. A 108. Stewart, Dorothy R. asst. prof. biol. Skidmore. Br 233. Stokey, Gardiner. Stix, Helen D. teach. asst. Cincinnati. Br 341. Evans, Gardiner. Stockard, C. R. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. Buzzards Bay. Strong, O. S. prof. neur. and. neurohist. Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). Br 308. Center. Stunkard, H. W. prof. biol. New York. Br 232. Buz- zards Bay. Sturtevant, A. H. prof. gen. Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 332. Agassiz. Summers, F. M. instr. biol. Bard (Columbia). Br 217 k. A 104. Tashiro, S. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Park. Taylor, J. F. grad. phys. chem. Hopkins. Br 325. Johlin, Gardiner. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot 24. Whitman. Teorell, E. T. Rockefeller fel. biochem. Br 209. Danchakoff, Minot. TeWinkel, Lois E. asst. prof. zool. Smith. Br 217. K 2. Thornton, C. S. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 344. Sylvia, Quisset. Trager, W. fel. anim. path. Rockfeller Inst. Br 208. Grinnell, West. Vicari, Emelia M. assoc. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. A 307. Warren, M. R. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 26. Ka 22. Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. OM 31. D 104. Weiss, P. A. asst. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 222. Cen- her. Wentsler, N. E. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. Ka 24. Whedon, A. D. prof. zool. North Dakota. OM 38. A 202. Wichterman, R. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217. Leihy, Millfield. bot. Pennsylvania Whiting, Anna R. prof. biol. Pennsylvania Women. OM 43. Minot. Whiting, P. W. lect. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 43. Minot. Wichterman, R. grad. Pennsylvania. Br 2170. Neal, Bar Neck. Wilbrandt, W. Rockefeller fel. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 313. D 308. Willier, B. H. prof. zool. Rochester. Br 324, A 301. Wilson, E. B. emer. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 322. Buzzards Bay. Wohnus, J. F. asst. instr. biol. Williams. OM 33. Dr 10. Wolf, E. A. assoc. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Elliot, Center. Young, Roger A. asst. prof. biol. Howard. Br 315. A 304. Young, S. B. tech. gen. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. D 213. THE BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN Boyden, Louise E. ed. asst. Br 120. Keltch, School. Redfield, A. C. mgr. editor Br 120. Millfield. THE JOURNAL OF INDUSTRIAL AND ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Anderson, Stella B. sec. Br 203. A 204. Gordon, Gladys sec. Br 203. Nickerson, Millfield. Howe, H. E. editor. Br 203. West. Newton, Helen K. manuscr. ed. Br 203. Schramm, Gardiner. Parkinson, Nellie A. asst. ed. Young, West. STUDENTS. Albaum, H. G. tutor biol. Brooklyn. proto. Ka 21. Aplington, H. W. grad. biol. Wesleyan. emb. K 5. Balamuth, W. City N. Y. proto. Dr 6. Bazoll, Ida B. asst. gen. sci. Hyde School (Boston). bot. K 10. Beckett, R. S. Amherst. emb. Dr 1. Bridgman, Jane Smith. emb. H 1. Brill, E. Harvard. emb. Neal, West. Bullowa, Elizabeth Phys. & Surg. (Columbia) phys. H 2. Burton, A. C. grad. biophys. Pennsylvania. phys. D 302. Carpenter, P. L. Clark, proto. Ka 2. Copeland, D. E. Rochester. emb. Dr. Crowen, Edwina L. grad. zool. Columbia. proto. WC. Dalton, H. C. undergrad. asst. emb. Wesleyan. emb. K 6. Danserau, A. prof. biol. Montreal. emb. Young, West. DeBoer, B. grad. asst. zool. Missouri. phys. Dr 6. Dickerson, Virginia C. asst. phys. Mount Holyoke. phys. D 205. Earl, Ruth R. lab. asst. biol. Brooklyn. phys. W A. Engel, Jean L. Pennsylvania Women. emb. K 8. Evans, Eleanor M. Toronto. phys. H 8. Frank, Rhoda D. grad. emb. Hunter. emb. McLeish, Millfield. Fronezak, M. I. Seton Hall. proto. White, Millfield. Frothingham, Margaret Sarah Lawrence. emb. D 106. Gnanadikam, Gnanambal grad. biol. Radcliffe. emb. A 306. Granick, S. res. fel. plant phys. Michigan. phys. Ka 23. fommals, 1935]. = THE COLLECTING NET Dark Field Illumination for the study of living, unstained bacteria SEE THE BAUSCH & LOMB) The 2B & L Cardioid Condenser might well be called an EXHIBIT aplanatic dark-field illuminator. It is recommended for R. G. THOMSON, those who want to obtain the finest results from their efforts Main Street, and equipment. Because of its numerical aperture, 1.20 - Woods Hole, Mass. 1.40, the high resolving power of high N. A. objectives may be completely utilized. As the above illustration shows, two parallel rays are in- ternally reflected and brought together in practically a point focus with a minimum depth. This, combined with the f] \ freedom from spherical aberration and a constant focal MN Hay vues Re : cee eM length for all active zones, accounts for the excellent con- densing power of the Cardioid Condenser. For further details write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, New York. Bausch s Lomb FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST ON B&L ORTHOGON LENSES AND B & L_ FRAMES 86 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 PROMAR (Patent Applied For) Microscopic Projection and Drawing Apparatus For all table and wall projection work except large lecture rooms Excellent for Laboratory demonstrations Small lecture groups Research workers Scientific drawings Wax reconstructions The apparatus can readily be shifted from one research office or classroom to another and can be supplied with built-in mechanical stage for 3x1 or 3x2 Slides. PROSPECTUS AND OTHER CATALOGS SENT ON REQUEST CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Ine. 25 EAST 26th STREET NEW YORK SD ED) (cD 0 *s ore = [——— = 2 — EE ———— iv Carotene (Pro-Vitamin A) ® For experimental purposes we offer crystalline carotene. 100 milligram demonstration tubes 75c. Also available in larger containers. @ For pharmaceutical and therapeutic use we have available in prescription pharmacies throughout the country, Smaco Carotene-in-Oil, in liquid and capsule form. ® For commercial use we have carotene (Pro-vitamin A) available, to increase or standardize the Vitamin A content of certain foods, or to incorporate Vitamin A in suitable foods which do not naturally contain Vitamin A. For further details write S. M.A. CORPORATION CLEVELAND, OHIO Jury 13, 1935 ] —— nt SS THE COLLECTING NET une ee the Soumamen: owed May Resin! REICHERT MICROSCOPES AND MICROTOMES OF ALL TYPES Apparatus for Fluorescence Microscopy. — ——o ANALYTICAL BALANCES —by Sartorius. accurate balances. All types—world’s most Air-damped — Oil-damped Projection Reader — Optical Reader Automatic Weighing —Series Weighing Semi-Micro and Micro Models FIXANAL METHOD —for preparing standard solutions. All the usual solutions, as well as others for special work. KOLTHOFF BUFFER TABLETS One tablet dissolved in 20 ce. of distilled water gives a buffer solution ready for use. Range pH 3.0 to 11.0. you Should Know Know Ab STAINS The famous Original Stains and Preparations. Gruebler-Hollborn Combinations for Multiple Staining. I. G. F. Standardized Stains. —— Sa a , About gern ee | FILTER MEMBRANES Membranes made of cellulose esters, grad- For filtrations Difter- uated according to porosity. of bacteria, proteins, colloids, etc. ential ultra-filtration. pH Testing by Indicator Strip Method A method for testing highly colored turbid, viscous solutions, containing suspended matter such as colloids, soil, semi-solids, milk, ete. PHOTO-ELECTRIC REFLECTION METERS COLORIMETERS LIGHT METERS May we send you descriptive material? If what you want is not listed—inquire PFALTZ & BAUER, Inc., Please send literature as indicated here Institution Department 300 PEARL STREET, NEW YORK. eye, ; ) HE COLLECIING NET _[ Vou, X, No. 83 | | i | ! > ea a ee ee eee em oe PHOTO MICROGRAPHY OF BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS LEITZ _ Microscope with Ultropack Illuminator, Arclamp and | Photo-Micrographic Attachment Camera “MIFILMCA” Microscopic observation of biological materials with opaque and low reflecting surface, requires special illumination devices. This important field of study could be invaded successfully only through the invention of the Leitz Ultropak [luminator. Photo-micrographs of these materials, especially if they are living or- ganisms which are moving around in the field require instantaneous ex- posures. The Leitz “MIFILMCA” Attachment Camera or the Leica Camera with Micro Ibso Attachment are ideal instruments for this purpose. Their great film carrying capacity and the small negative size are of great advantage. The side telescope permits observation of the object even during exposure. This arrangement also serves in a simple manner for accurate te focusing. E. LEITZ, INC. een oe ICAGO, ILL. 60 EAST TENTH STREET ae BE iNcisoel CALIF. NEW YORK CITY LOS ANGELES, CALIF. > Jury 13, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET VS es Gravett, H. L. asst. zool. Illinois. emb. North. Woodward, H. E. res. asst. phys. Toronto. phys. D Greey, Elizabeth L. Toronto. phys. H 8. ata. Hadley, Ruth G. teach. biol. Jenkintown High Zahl, P. A. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. Wilde, Gardi- School (Pa.) emb. W E. ner. Hathaway, C. O. grad. biol. Virginia. phys. K 7. Hawkins, Thelma E. asst. prof. biol. Lincoln. (Iowa) bot. A 305. Hotchkiss, R. D. grad. org. chem. Yale. phys. Ham- blin, Gout. Howes, S. A. instr. sci. Groton School (Mass.) bot. Johlin, Gardiner. Hughes, R. D. asst. zool. Columbia. proto. Ka 23. Jailer, J. W. grad. zool. Columbia. proto. Dr 6. Johnson, J. B. DePauw. emb. Dr 2. Jones, E. Elizabeth instr. biol. Wellesley. emb. K 3. Kadushin, Miriam Hunter. proto. McLeish, Millfield. Karolyi, E. J. asst. emb. Western Reserve. emb. Dri Keister, Margaret L. Wheaton. emb. H 9. Kilburn, Virginia T. Wellesley. phys. H 7. Knight, Betty L. grad. hist. Cornell Med. phys. H 6. Koonz, C. H. grad. asst. paras. Northwestern. proto. K7 Lieneman, Catharine assoc. prof. biol. Woman's Col. (N. C.) phys. Evans, Gardiner. Lillie, Emily A. Chicago. emb. Gardiner. Lilly, D. M. instr. biol. Providence. proto. Dr 14. Lippman, R. W. Yale. phys. Breakwater, Spencer Baird. Mapp, F. E. teach. biol. Washington High School (Atlanta) emb. Dr. Marquette, W. G. grad. bot. Columbia. bot. Mirsky, Rachel grad. zool. Columbia. proto. H 4. Morholt, Evelyn L. grad. zool. Columbia. proto. W H. Mowry, Helen A. assoc. prof. biol. Skidmore. emb. D 207. Nunnemacher, R. F. grad. emb. Harvard. emb. Ka 2. Orange, Jeanette grad. zool. Columbia. proto. W B. Pappenheimer, J. R. Harvard. phys. Young, Middle. Pease, Eleanor F. Wellesley. bot. H 3. Potsubay, S. F. Amherst. emb. Dr 10. Radi, M. H. mem. Egyptian Educat. Mission. emb. D 110. Reeder, Elizabeth M. instr. zool. Missouri. emb. D 102. . Reinhard, E. G. assoc. prof. biol. St. Thomas (Pa.) emb. D 112B. Ritchie, L. S. instr. zool. Northwestern. proto. K 7. Robertson, Kathleen M. res. asst. phys. Toronto. phys. H 6. Rogers, Lotta M. instr. biol. Albion. proto. D 102. Schofer, Anne Goucher, proto. H 2. Schultz, Helen H. asst. prof. biol. State Teach. Col. (Va.) emb. A 205. Shaw, R. C. teach. asst. Rochester. emb. Dr, Smith, J. A. DePauw. emb. Dr 2. Smith, C. G. Toronto Med. phys. D 111. Stewart, W. A. asst. genet. Dartmouth. emb. Dr 2. Stone, Winona E. instr. bot. Vermont. bot. K 10. Surrarrer, T. C. asst. prof. zool. Wallace (Ohio) phys. Cowey, School. Taylor, Sarah P. Sarah Lawrence. emb. D 106. Todd, R. E. teach. fel. Harvard. emb. Wilde, Gardi- ner. Valenstein, A. F. Cornell Med. phys. Thompson, Water. Wagner, P. R. instr. biol. Ursinus (Pa.) phys. Rob- inson, Quisset. Wall, L. A. St. John’s (Md.) emb. Dr 5. Zuck, R. K. Oberlin. bot. K 5. ADMINISTRATION OFFICE Billings, Edith sec. Millfield. Crowell, Polly L. asst. to bus. mgr. Main. MacNaught, F. M. bus. mgr. School. Sepulveda, Bessie D. sec. K 8. Small, Winifred sec. Simmons. W H. LIBRARY Endrejat, Doris assistant. W H. Lawrence, Deborah sec. Locust (Falmouth). Montgomery, Priscilla B. librarian. Whitman. Rohan, Mary A. assistant. Millfield. RESEARCH SERVICE AND GENERAL MAINTENANCE Pond, 8. E. tech. mgr. Queen (Falmouth). APPARATUS AND TECHNICAL SERVICE Boss, L. F. res. tech. Glendon. Graham, J. D. Pennsylvania. glass blower. Millfield. Liljestrand, P. H. Harvard Med. Br 216. Dr 3. Little, E. P. instr. physics Harvard. photographer. Br 211. Dr 15. Sander, M. Philco Radio Co. X-ray tech. Br 308. Dr 15. CHEMICAL ROOM Derrickson, Mary asst. zool. Vassar. W F. Frew, Pauline teach. biol. Rumford High (Maine). W F. Goffin, R. T. Millfield. Hawley, Katherine Smith. H 1. Keil, Elsa asst. prof. zool. N. J. Women. W D. Laug, E. P. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. D 317. Richards, O. W. instr. biol. Yale. A 101. School MAINTENANCE Hemenway, W. carpenter. Quisset. Kahler, R. W. asst. machinist. Main. Larkin, T. E. machinist. Woods Hole. Liljestrand, R. S. Hamline. night watchman. Dr. Look, G. C. janitor. Quisset. Meier, O. Jr. tech. Prospect. Neal, E. janitor. North. Steele, N. A. fireman. Hilton. Tawell, T. E. head janitor. Millfield. Travis, R. mail. Taylor. SUPPLY DEPARTMENT Berson, R. C. Vanderbilt Med. collector. Dr 3. Crowell, Ruth S. sec. Main. Gray, M. B. collector. Falmouth. Hall, Anna N. sec. Quisset. Hilton, A. M. collector. Millfield. Kahler, W. E. collector. Hilton, (Cherry Valley). Leathers, A. W. head shipper. Minot. Lefevre, G. Jr. Missouri. collector. Dr 3. Lehy, C. collector. Millfield. Lillie, D. W. collector. McInnis, J. mgr. Quisset. Noble, K. Oberlin. collector. Dr 3. Peck, L. collector. Main. 90 THE COLLECTING NET _ [ Vor. X, No. 83 Poole, Margery Radcliffe. botany collector. W G. Pratt, M. collector. Dr 3. Riggs, L. Harvard. collector. Juniper Pt. Schwartz, C. W. Missouri. collector. Dr 3. Spinnler, W. C. Providence. collector. Supply Dept. Bldg. Wamsley, F. W. supervisor schools. (Charleston) preparator. Supply Dept. Bldg. MUSEUM Gray, G. M. curator emer. Buzzards Bay. WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION Bigelow, H. B. prof. zool. curator oceanog. Harvard. 114. Gates, Shore. Buch, K. K. W. prof. chem. oceanog. Helsingfors (Finland). 105. D 316. Burrows, W. res. asst. bact. Chicago. 310. Young, Middle. Carey, Cornelia L. asst. prof. bot. Barnard. 202. Quisset. Clarke, G. L. instr. biol. Harvard. 108. Gigger, Gar- diner. Cobb, S. Harvard. 108. Yacht “Pamaho.” Cordon, T. C. grad. asst. microbiol. Rutgers. 201. Nicholson, Water. Emmel, V. M. Brown. 109. Veeder, Millfield. Fish, C. J. Rhode Island State. 309.* Fuller, J. L. teach. fel. biol. Mass. Inst. Tech. 107. Veeder, West. Hotchkiss, Margaret instr. bact. N. Y. Hom. Med. Col. & Flower Hosp. Wilde, Gardiner. Hough, J. L. grad. geol. Chicago. 212. Yacht ‘“Pa- maho,.” Iselin, C. physical oceanog. W. H. O. I. 206. (Vine- yard Haven). Johnson, F. H. grad. biol. Princeton. 310. Nicholson, Water. Ketchum, B. H. grad. phys. Harvard. 101. Higgin, Depot. Leavitt, B. B. teach. biol. Berkshire School (Mass.). 301. (Cataumet). Lillick, Lois C. asst. bot. Cincinnati. 314. Hilton, Water. Mahncke, H. E. fel. chem. brown. 109. Higgins, Depot. Maynard, F. L. grad. physiol. Brown. 109. Cassidy, Millfield. Mitchell, P. H. prof. phys. Brown. 109. Orchard. Montgomery, R. B. Mass. Inst. Tech. 209. Whitman. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. 110. A 308. Powell, W. M. instr. physics. Harvard. 106. Stuart, School. Rakestraw, N. W. assoc. prof. chem. Brown. 109. Orchard. Redfield, A. C. dir. biol. labs. Harvard. 315. Millfield. Renn, C. E. res. fel. marine bact. W. H. O. I. & Rut- gers. 201. Nicholson, Main. Roos, S. E. phys. oceanog. Byrd Antarctic Exped. II. 207. Eldridge, Water. Schalk, M. instr. geol. Smith, 212. Yacht ‘“‘Pamaho.” Seiwell, H. R. oceanog. W. H. O. I. 211. Veeder, Millfield. Smith, E. H. Comdr. U. S. C. G. 303. (Falmouth). Smith, H. P. res. asst. biol. Harvard. 101. Higgins, Depot. Soule, F. M. sr. phys. oceanog. 307. (Falmouth). Sparrow, F. K. Jr. instr. evolution. Dartmouth. 314. Roemling, Pleasant. Stetson, H. C. res. assoc. palaeon. Harvard. 213. (Falmouth). Toth, L. fel. phys. Rochester. 306. Ka. Upton, M. asst. prof. phys. Harvard. 306. Waksman, S. A. prof. soil microbiol. Rutgers. 203. D 301. Watson, E. E. lect. physics. Queens (Ontario). 315. Wilson, Woods Hole. Welsh, J. H. instr. biol. Harvard. 311. Grinnell, Bar Neck. White, A. B. grad. physics. Mass. Inst. Tech. 211. Thompson, Water. Wilson, C. B. retir. prof. biol. Mass. St. Teach. Col. 111. Clough, Millfield. Woodcock, A. H. tech. W. H. O. I. 207. Millfield. Zinn, D. J. res. asst. biol. Bass Biol. Lab. (Fla.). 108. Young, West. OFFICE ‘Schroeder, W. C. bus. mgr. 113. W. H. O. I. Walker, Virginia B. sec. 112. Howes, Millfield. “ATLANTIS” Alfama, A. cook. Backus, H. engineer. Condon, J. seaman. Cook, H. ordinary seaman. Kelley, T. chief officer. Lindstrom, J. seaman. Loan, C. messman. McClunin, O. asst. engineer. McMurray, F. captain. Mitchell, J. messman. Mowinckel, W. seaman. Nielsen, K. second officer. Nortlin, F. seaman. Olson, W. seaman. Potter, D. second officer. Williams, H. radio operator. Woodcock, A. technician. U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES SCIENTIFIC STAFF Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. 122. F 26. Galtsoff, P. S. biol. U. S. B. F. 122. F 26. Kumin, H. J. jun. asst. biol. U. S. B. F. 123. F 55. Linton, E. fel. paras. Pennsylvania. M 5. West. Mishtowt, G. I. Georgetown. 123. F 54. Mullen, Alice C. sen. lab. aide & sec. U. S. B. F. 117 a, F 25. Reppun, J. F. Harvard. lab. asst. U. S. B. F. 123. F 54. Weber, C. D. teach. asst. George Washington. chem. We S585 he el2ie hop: THE COLLECTING NET Cattell, W. ed. 141. North. Goodson, Mary L. asst. ed. 141. Cattell, North. Guttman, Rita M. asst. ed. 139. Cattell, North. Janney, Anne Scholarship Fund. 141. Gansett. Stirling, A. C. bus. mgr. 140. Ka 3. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Conklin, P. fireman, Hatchery. Goffin, R. A. act. superintendent. Millfield. Howes, E. S. coxswain. Millfield. Kryston, M. apprentice fish culturist. Hatchery. Lowey, J. engineer. Glendon. Radil, A. H. apprentice fish culturist. Hatchery. Reed, S. guide. Hatchery F. Sanderson, A. apprentice fish culturist. Hatchery. Sykes, J. aquar. attendant. F 53. Webster, H. fireman. Hatchery. ime 3591935))] THE COLLECTING NET 91 The A. B. C. of Woods Hole for 1935 All Schedules Set to Daylight Saving Time — Bold Type Indicates P. M. BUS SCHEDULE The bus leaves from the Drug Store in Woods Hole for Falmouth every hour on the hour from 8 to 6 on week days. On week days and Sundays it leaves from the Drug Store in Woods Hole for Falmouth at 6:50, 8:00, and 9:35. The bus leaves from the Theater in Fal- GENERAL INFORMATION LIBRARY HOURS Wednesdays and Saturdays 3:00 _ 5:00 7:00 - 9:00 June 15 - September 15 TELEGRAPH OFFICE mouth for Woods Hole at forty minutes past Week Days the hour from 7:40 to 6:40 on week days. : y 8:00 to 9:00 On week days and Sundays it leaves from Serra the Theater in Falmouth for Woods Hole at a 7:40, 9:20 and 11:20. 9:00 to 12:00 3:00 to 6:00 POST OFFICE RELIGIOUS SERVICES Church of the Messiah—Episcopal Week Days Holy Communion, 8:00; Holy Communion Arrives at P. O.: 6:50; 10:40; 3:52; 6:55. oe hee ee ‘ 5 “45 “O5- 5: ethodist Episcopa ure ves EO: Weta, ee aN Morning Worship, 10:30; Sunday School, Sundays 11:30; Evening Worship, 7:30. Arrives at P. O.: 10:40. First Orthodox Congregational Church Leaves P. O.: 5:40. The Post Office opens at 7:00 and closes at 7:50. Evening Service, 7:30. St. Joseph’s Roman Catholic Church Sunday Mass, 7:00 and 9:30; Daily Mass, 7:00. TRAIN SCHEDULE WOODS HOLE TO BOSTON* Daily ex.Sun. Dailyex.Sun. Daily ex.Sun. Daily ex.Sun. Sun.only Sun. only Woods Hole 7315 9:35 1:00 5:40 6:10 8:10 Boston 9:10 11:52 3:00 7:52 8:15 10:22 BOSTON TO WOODS HOLE* Ex Sat. Daily Daily ex. Sun. Daily ex. Sun. Sat. only and Sun. Boston 8:20 1:30 4:47 1:00 4:00 Woods Hole 10:40 3:42 6:55 3:00 5:55 * All trains stop at Falmouth. BOAT SCHEDULE For New Bedford, Woods Hole, Oak Bluffs, Vineyard Haven, and Nantucket Leave Daily Daily Daily ex. Sun. Sun. only Daily New Bedford 7:00 9:30 2:30 2:30 7:45 Woods Hole 8:20 10;50 4:00 3:45 9:00* Oak Bluffs 9:10 11:40 4:45 4:30 Nantucket 11:30 2:00 7:15 7:00 Leave Daily Daily Daily ex. Sun. Sun. only Daily Nantucket Aare 6:30 2:30 3:00 5:00 Oak Bluffs mee 8:45 4:30 5:00 7:15 Woods Hole 6:55** 9:30 5:20 5:50 8:00 New Bedford 8:15 11:10 6:45 7:30 9:25 *To Vineyard Haven ** From Vineyard Haven _[ Vor. X, No. 83 THE COLLECTING NET A Be eS o iat S52 05 - ; CEN S 4 : outs ay T=: DD a p Le @n1> 4109 Q | 310H saoo /> ] e ral GE ! ~ " fe} |NIGHY NMOL 1 7 ADWIVOLNYWN HLVON FABL Nhe BQ ANIASWHLUWWw anw '7u) SS / auoigad Man DL nov] 74 svVoOOWWILS gee: NOWuvLs avoutiva “I ASSUT NOINA NaBLsamMy NIGNVT NMOL YOddvVH NOIiLALILSNI IHdWYDONVIDO ayqOH SQOOM AW OLVYOsWI 1woID01018 Si @ Noissiwwod Opp usia-sa auvno J 1$WO? SN GNVA NMOL my 13; 1935 | THE COLLECTING NET i 93 NY. State Fish Hatcheries » Carnegie Institution TH ‘HE— BIOLOGICAL Spring a his Cold LECTURE SCHEDULE FOR THE MONTH OF JULY Tuesday, July 2—Dr. Eric Ponper, Laboratory : Tuesday, July 9—Dr. GEeorce W. Corner, Uni- versity of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry: “Artists and Anatomists.” Monday, July 15—Dr. A, F. BrakesLer, Depart- ment of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington: “Chromosome and Gene Muta- tions in Datura.” Tuesday, July 23—Dr. Cuarces B. DAVENPORT, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington: “The Machinery of Develop- ment.” : 3iological “The Hattenberg Effect.” Tuesday, July 30—Dr. P. W. ZIMMERMAN, Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research: “Recent Advances and Discoveries Concerning Growth Substances in Plants.” + Blackford Hall dormitory « Laboratory buildings + Main Building + Residences ‘LABORATORY Harbor Recent visitors at the laboratory include: Dr. and Mrs. Vernon Albers, Antioch College; Dr. and Mrs. William Arnold, Harvard University ; Dr. Dean Burk, Department of Agriculture ; Dr. Robert Emerson, California Institute of Tech- nology; Dr. George S. Forbes, Harvard Univer- sity; Dr. and Mrs. O. L. Inman, Antioch Col- lege; Dr. George B. Kistiakowsky, Harvard Uni- versity; Dr. and Mrs. H. V. Knorr, Antioch Col- lege; Dr. and Mrs. W. A. Noyes, Jr., Brown University; Dr. and Mrs. G. K. Rollefson, Uni- versity of California; Dr. Paul Rothemund, An- tioch College; Dr. and Mrs. Starkey, N. J. Ag- ricultural Experiment Station; Dr. C. B. yan Niel, Hopkins Marine Station; Dr. Robert L. Weintraub, George Washington University; Dr. I’, Paul Zscheile, Jr., University of Chicago; Dr. C. P. Winsor, Harvard University. The full directory of workers at the Laboratory will be published in the next issue of THE COLLECTING NET. NEWS AND NOTES The Conference-Symposia this summer are concerned with photochemistry and some of its applications to biology and medicine. The pro- gram will appear in THE CoLLectinG Nev for July 20. Dr. Bert Cunningham of Duke University gave two lectures, June 21 and 22, on endocrines and their relation to embryology. Staff-members and students of the Laboratory and research workers from the Department of Genetics of Carnegie In- stitution of Washington attended. Dr. Henry S. Conard will not be at the Labora- tory this summer as he has been invited to deliver a paper to the Botanical Congress to be held at Amsterdam. On Tuesday, June 25 Dr. H. F. Blum, of the of California Medical School pre- sented a lecture on “Another Approach to the Problem of Evolution.” University Dr. A. J. Grout of the Laboratory staff for bryology has recently published Part II of Volume II of “Moss Flora of North America North of Mexico,” and expects to publish the third part of the volume in the autumn. Dr. Howard J. Curtis, physicist on the Labor- atory staff for biophysics, lectured on supersonic waves at the Journal Club meeting of the Depart- ment of Genetics of Carnegie Institution of Washington on June 20. 04 Walid, (COWIE AC IMU s NNT AL 0 S ote ‘ef | The Mt. Desert Island Biological Laboratory ) [ Vor. X, No. 83 Q one D2 (Notes Prepared on July 12, 1935) The Laboratory opened its 37th season on June 17th. For 14 years on Mt. Desert Island at Salsbury Cove, Maine, and for 22 years at South Harpswell, Maine, the laboratory has without in- terruption offered its facilities to biologists of the world. Over 500 different investigators have conducted research at the laboratory during those periods. About 105 acres of land at Salsbury Cove are now owned by the Corporation, includ- ing 2 residences, a dining hall and 6 laboratory buildings. All of the latter are equipped with running fresh and salt water and the ordinary apparatus and glassware for experimental work. The sea water is supplied by a non-toxic system and runs into the aquaria at a temperature of near 15° C. It is full strength sea water and un- contaminated by any kind of wastes. The following workers are now at the labora- tory: Homer W. Smith, Robert F. Clarke, Har- old D. Senior, Margaret M. Hoskins, Leo Kap- lan, and Jack Tarofsky from New York Univer- sity Medical School; Warren H. and Margaret M. Lewis from the Carnegie Institution, Balti- more; E. K. Marshall, Jr., from Johns Hopkins University; Ulric Dahlgren, Thurlow Gordon, Allen L. Smith, Samuel S. Miles, Jack Morris and J. Tufton Mason from Princeton University ; Mary Riesman from Philadelphia; Earl O. But- cher from Hamilton College; William H. Cole from Rutgers University; Howard B. Adelmann from Cornell University; and FE. Lorraine Young, Jr., from Harvard University. During the month of August several other workers are expected to arrive. The animals attracting the most attention these days are the two baby seals who arrived recently by express from the U. S. Fisheries at Boothbay Harbor, Me. They are contributing themselves for kidney investigations by Drs. Homer W. Smith and Robert F. Clarke. Dr. G. M. Higgins from the Mayo Foundation at the University of Minnesota was a recent visi- tor at the laboratory. He was accompanied by his wife and son, and had just completed a motor tour through ‘Canada. Dr. and Mrs. David T. Smith of the medical school of. Duke University are visiting Dr. and Mrs. Lewis for a few days. The first sail boat race of the season at Sals- bury Cove will be held Sunday, July 14th. It is planned to hold races every Sunday during the summer, weather permitting. The laboratory colony was greatly shocked to hear of the sudden death of Miss Isabelle Heg- ner, daughter of Dr. Robert F. Hegner, in Bal- timore last Wednesday. She had many friends in the Cove and in Bar Harbor, and will be sorely missed. Recent house guests of Dr. and Mrs. Cole have been Mrs. Whitney Coombs and daughter from Brunswick, Me., and Mrs. Ralph McCoy and Mrs. William Jones from New Brunswick, N. J. The dogfish have finally come into the bay and a plentiful supply is now available for laboratory workers. Fishermen report an abundance of fish of other kinds also. The dining hall this summer is being operated by Mr. Walter Russell, and everyone is greatly pleased with the meals. On Sundays the hall is filled to capacity with families and guests of workers. DR. AND MRS. WAKSMAN LEAVE WOODS HOLE ON JULY 20 Dr. AND Mrs. SELMA A. WAKSMAN are sail- ing for Europe on July 20 on the Ile de France. Dr. Waksman who is professor of soil biology at Rutgers University and is at present doing re- search at the Oceanographic Institution here at Woods Hole plans to attend the International Soil Congress at Oxford, England, with Mrs. Waksman during August. Dr. and Mrs. Waks- man will then take a short trip to Scotland which is being arranged for the Soil Congress delegates. They then intend to attend the Botan- ical Congress in Amsterdam. From there they will travel to Russia where they will be the guests of the University of Odessa. After visiting Moscow and the Crimea they will return by way of Poland and France and sail for the United States on the Normandie on October 20. a Jury 13, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 95 LAWRENCE’S SANDWICH DEPOT FALMOUTH HEIGHTS A really complete menu of sandwiches and drinks that are different. Open 7:30 A. M. to 1:00 A. M. — When In Falmouth Shop At — ISSOKSON’S WALK-OVER SHOES, BATHING SUITS SPORT CLOTHES Shoe Repairing While You Wait MME. CURE’ Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé FALMOUTH COAL COMPANY COAL — woop Distributors Gulf Refining Co. THE BELLOWS (Mrs. Hedlund) LUNCHEONS - - - DINNERS Falmouth Heights Road FALMOUTH Tel. Falmouth 271 ANGELUS SWEETS — Featuring — HOME MADE CANDIES AND ICE CREAM LUNCHEONETTE Catering a Specialty NEW MALCHMAN BLDG. opp. Town Hall ENTERPRISE STATIONERY STORE —OFFICE SUPPLIES —FINE PAPERS —ARTISTS’ SUPPLIES —DENNISON GOODS —MOST EVERYTHING IN THE LINE OF PAPER ——————— ee REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. Cayadetta Again Rides the Waves EXCURSION PARTIES MOONLIGHT SAILS PICNIC TRIPS to TARPAULIN COVE CUTTYHUNK NO MANS LAND GAY HEAD and other points on Marthas Vineyard Owned and completely overhauled by H. D. SMITH Telephone Falmouth 758 WOODS HOLE, MASS. Make Your “Laundry Dollar’ BIGGER —by using the Commonwealth Service. Our courteous routeman is in your neighborhood serving your next-door neighbor every Mon- day and Thursday, and would be glad to give you the same quick and efficient service. There are four services, one of which will surely suit your needs. NO. 1 BACHELOR Ask the routeman about the reasonable rates. Description—A service for the bachelor who wishes special attention to darning socks, re- placing missing or broken buttons, etc., on wearing apparel. Also Three Other Services to Meet the Needs of Housewives: FINIST FINISH SERVICE STANDARD SERVICE FLAT WORK AND DRY CLEANING Commonwealth Laundry 348 FRANKLIN ST. CAMBRIDGE, MASS. “Always Happy to Serve Yow” 96 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. X, No. 83 ne ee Manton CopreLanp was elected president of the Penzance Players at their meeting last Tues- day. Other members of the Executive Board who were elected at the meeting are: George Compton, secretary-treasurer; Betty Luscombe, business manager ; Nathan G. Calkins, member at large, and Peggy Clark, technical director. The Players plan to give a play again this summer as usual. The play to be presented has not as yet been chosen but it will probably be a mystery play which is to be presented for the benefit of the Woods Hole Yacht Club. A bridge and whist for the purpose of raising money to send three Woods Hole Boy Scouts to Washington to attend the National Boy Scout Jamboree took place at the Scout Canteen on July 11. The committee in charge, Eugene Young, chairman; Robert Larkin, Richard Al- berts and Bert Sounderland report that the affair was a success, about thirty dollars being realized. The Scouts chosen to represent Woods Hole in Washington are Eugene Young, Robert Larkin and George Cassick. Mr. anp Mrs. FE. D. Nrus will arrive at their home on Nobska Road, on July 15. Miss Lots Hresarp of Providence, R. I., is coming to spend the week-end of the 20th with Miss Charlotte Griffen of Government Street. The Misses Marian and ANNE JANNEY will leave on Monday to spend a month at a singing camp on Schroon Lake in the Adirondacks run by Oscar Siegel of New York. They plan to re- turn to Woods Hole again in August. Perry B. Grirrin of Romeo, Mich., has come to Woods Hole this week to spend the summer with his father, Mr. T. S. P. Griffin on High Street. Miss Maynarp Riccs is on a motor trip through Canada with friends. She plans to re- turn to Woods Hole late in August. Camilla Riggs is visiting with friends at Westhampton Beach. Lawrason Riggs III has returned to Woods Hole from a Naval Science Cruise to the Virgin Islands on the U. S. S. Tilman. THE WOODS, HOLE LOGI a te 2S DS) DOTS DS 0S) ND 0D RicHArpd \WARBASSE, violinist, and Miss GEr- TRUDE BONIME, pianist, will be heard in a con- certo program to be given for the benefit of the Falmouth Historical Society at the home of Mrs. Howard Swift at Palmer Avenue, Falmouth, on Monday, July 15. The program will consist of a Beethoven Sonata, a Schubert Sonatina and a Franck Sonata. Mr. Warbasse and Miss Bonime will be heard at Woods Hole on July 26 when they will give an afternoon recital at the Warbasse home on Pen- zance Point, ‘““Gladheim,” to benefit the Woods Hole Library. At this time Osgood Perkins, who is scheduled to appear at the Beach Theatre in “On Stage,” will also be on the program in a dialogue with Miss Hilda Spong of the Beach Theatre School. Mrs. C. P. Cooper gave a tea for her mother, Mrs. Charles Parsons of Washington, D. C. Mrs. Parsons has left for New York where she will meet Dr. Parsons and then proceed by boat to California via the Panama Canal. The Annual Summer Sale and Fair of the Woods Hole Methodist Episcopal Church, will take place on the afternoon of July 17, at the Community Hall. The Women’s League of the Church also announces that there will be in addi- tion, a concert on the evening of the 17th. The entertainers who are coming from Boston, are: Della Hart, cellist; Blanche Goldthwarte, reader ; and Tommy Hoag, xylophone. FALMOUTH The W. W. Post of the American Legion of West Falmouth gave a band concert last Thurs- day evening on the lawn of the M. E. Church. A large crowd attended. The Junior Guild and Ladies’ Aid of West Falmouth gave their annual lawn féte last Thurs- day for the benefit of the M. E. Church. One of the most attractive features was a doll carriage parade, in which several took part. The prize for the most original carriage went to Virginia Stud- ley. Her carriage was decorated in red and white and her doll, also in red and white, represented a red cross nurse. Many sales were made, and by the end of the day practically everything had been sold out. erin = ee ee . FE emer 6 Jury 13, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET _ 97 KNITTING YARNS — LINENS Telephone Falmouth 412-M 412-J Fine Toilet Goods — Lingerie — Chintz NOAH M. GEDIMAN ATTORNEY AT LAW MRS. WEEKS SHOP Iris Pharmacy Building FALMOUTH, MASS. MAIN ST. FALMOUTH, MASS. Shoes for every member of the family SAILING CANOE Sneakers and Beach Sandals Completely Equipped ’ Sail — Paddle — Leeboard BEALE’S a $38.00 Formerly the Leather Shop PAUL PETERS LLY (Sig 1t es EeCMOUTH Tel. Falmouth 30 MAIN ST. G. H. D. HANDY FISHER SIGN company Established 1920 PAINTER MAIN ST., FALMOUTH FALMOUTH, MASS. Tel. 74-W LUNN’S NURSERY BOOKS FOR SALE TEL. 1245 FALMOUTH AT DISCOUNTS FROM 30% TO 70% HARDY GARDEN MATERIAL OF ALL KINDS — OUR METHOD OF HANDLING GENERAL BIOLOGY ENABLES YOU TO PLANT AT ANY MEDICINE TIME OF YEAR. PSYCHOLOGY IPIBIMSUCS) SHEMISTRY TENNIS COURT ie oa THE COLLECTING NET OFFICE CONSTRUCTION Fisheries—3rd Floor Room 139 WOODS HOLE CONSULT US FOR ESTIMATES ON NEW INSTALLATIONS OR FOR RE- SURFACING YOUR PRESENT COURT. THE CHINESE SHOP Specify “ACME TENNIS COURT CLAY” JEWELRY - LINENS - for Best Results BRASS - EMBROIDERIES At the sign of the Red Geraniums NORTH STREET WOODS HOLE ARNOLD I. ANDERSON 1:30 to 3 P. M. Daily and by Appointment Tel. Fal. 600 or 131-M FALMOUTH, MASS. Marguerite Packard LET THE BAND BOX Keep You in Readiness for All the Summer Parties of all It'll add a lot of enjoyment to your summer to always have your wardrobe spic-and-span—fresh- sale... o ly cleaned and ready to go anywhere at a mo- jax shoes me eeeeetice! : Our prices are reasonable—and the quality of price $3.95—$4.95—$5.95 our cleaning the most satisfactory you can find. Send your cleaning with your laundry; it will be returned at the same time, or call Falmouth 187. Again we emphasize the fact that our laundry and cleansing work is done in our own plants by skilled local operators. THE BAND BOX CLEANSERS A Division of Robbins Laundry beautiful spring and summer footwear from pring our wellesley and pough- ° keepsie college shops. jax falmouth 98 THE COLEECIING NET [ Vor. X, No. 83 WOODS HOLE NEWS GLEANED IN AN HOUR BY MARJORIE HUXLEY A chimney fire in the home of Mrs. Hartley Cassidy aroused the Woods Hole Fire Depart- ment last Thursday afternoon at 3 o'clock. The fire started in a box of rubbish behind the stove. It took the firemen 15 minutes to extinguish the blaze, with practically no damage resulting. The coast guard cutter Algonquin is due at Woods Hole Sunday, and is to be stationed here for a week. The excursion steamer Nantucket, while carry- ing passengers, ran into a coast guard training schooner off Naushon Island, July 12. The only damage was a loss of rigging on the trainer. The accident was due to a heavy fog. A street lamp was ablaze on the corner of Depot Avenue, Friday night, while the Woods Hole Fire Department sat on the Community Hall steps eating salted peanuts. The glass scat- tered into several pieces in the street. Charles Schwartz and a companion capsized in a small canoe on the Eel Pond Friday night about 8 o'clock. They swam to shore pushing the boat in front of them. SAVERY’S GARAGE AUTOMOBILE & MARINE REPAIRING Taxi and General Trucking Day and Night Service Woods Hole, Mass. Tel. 696-R Ruth E. Avery HOTEL AVERY WOODS HOLE MAIN STREET The contract for the Woods Hole school bus was given to Chester Wright, who made the low- est bid. He will drive the bus for three years. Miss Bertha Bumpus, who has been visiting Miss Mavis Wilde of Woods Hole, will return to her home at Martha’s Vineyard on Tuesday. On Saturday, July 12, a 32 ft. cabin cruiser, the Neptune, ran upon some rocks out in the Hole.. She had been to Waquoit for the day and was bound for Boston, from which she originally came. The stem was badly broken, and the planking was punched on the starboard side. She has been down on the Cape for ten days on a cruise. She is now over on Hilton’s dock, get- ting repairs. On July 12 the float was put out for the sea- planes that will make trips between New Bed- ford, Woods Hole and the Islands. The sched- ule will be similar to last year’s; four round trips will be made daily, the first on the morning of trlyaeliZ2 All the townsfolk will be on the watch for an eclipse of the moon on Sunday night. It is ex- pected about 11:30 P. M. TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Weekly Rates Lobsters and Steaks Home Made Pastries W. T. Grabiec, Prop. A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE FALMOUTH THE OASIS LUNCH QUALITY LUNCH and QUALITY SERVICE Stationery and Sick Room Supplies BALLINTINE'S ALE and BEER On Draught in the New Room IDEAL RESTAURANT MEALS BY THE WEEK IF DESIRED HOME COOKING SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660—661 WOODS HOLE, MASS. — TEXACO PRODUCTS — GOODRICH TIRES WOODS HOLE GARAGE Mr. C. E. L. Gifford eS LEA & FEBIGER PUBLICATIONS NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS ON EXHIBIT JULY 8-18 Mr. R. W. Foster, of the College Department, will be in personal charge. Appleton on Bacterial Infection, 2nd edition Bell’s Text-Book of Pathology, 2nd edition Boyd's Text-Book of Pathology, 2nd edition Berglund and Medes on the Kidney in Health and Disease Bridges’ Dietetics for the Clinician, 2nd edition Calkins’ Biology of the Protozoa, 2nd edition Cowdry’s Histology Fishberg on Hypertension and Nephritis, 3rd edition Kuntz on The Autonomic Nervous System, Znd edition Musser’s Internal Medicine, 2nd edition Nicholson’s Laboratory Medicine, 2nd edition Stariing’s Physiology, 6th edition Weil's Text-Book of Neuropathology Wiggers’ Physiology in Health and Disease AND OTHER STANDARD TEXT-BOOKS LEA & FEBIGER 600 Washington Square Philadelphia, Pa. WHEN IN NEW YORK VISIT OUR DISPLAY ROOM a8 V4 Best Results Assured with a ve MICRO SLIDES COVER GLASSES ‘DO«NOT FOG Ask your dealer —or write (giving dealers name) to Ciay-ADAMS COMPANY 25 East 26th Street NEW YORK THE COLLECTING NET | The Standard of Excellence for 95 Years - 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSAY—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION HENRY TROEMNER SINCE 1840 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. CATALOG NO. 1929-N STYLE BRIEF Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the cooper- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. Due attention has been given to the relative costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the subject as is possible within reasonable limits. It will save authors much time and expense in preparing papers for publication and tend to expedite the publication of research. Address Price $2.00 The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. 99 THE WISTAR INSTITUTE 100 THE C( JLLECTING NET Ay _[ Vor. X, No. 83 No Eyestrain with Spencer Wide-Field Microscopes FEATURE found only in Spencer Wide-Field Binocu- lar Microscopes eliminates the strain imposed upon the eyes by the usual 16° convergence angle of oculars. In your Spencer Wide-Field Microscopes the prisms are arranged to permit the oculars to converge at an angle of 8°, the convergence angle of your eyes at natural read- ing distance, while the objectives maintain an angle of 16° to give greater perspective. Steroscopic vision, instantly variable magnifications, extra large stage and long working distance for examination of bulky specimens are other features of this Spencer No. 56 Wide-Field Microscope. Fully described in Folder M-67. Please address Dept. J-72. VISIT OUR EXHIBIT From July 8 thru July 19 in the Exhibit Room, nearly across the street from the Oceanographic Laboratory. There is no Substitute for the Finer Resolution Afforded by the Spencer Optical Systems Vol. X. No. 3 SATURDAY, JULY 20, 1935 SCORE RAE Ree we OVULATION IN THE FROG AS DEM- EXPERIMENTS ON SEX-DEVELOPMENT ONSTRATED BY MOTION PICTURES Dr. Roperts RuGH Instructor of Zoology, Hunter College, The major function of the moving picture on “Ovulation in the Frog” is to clear up certain conceptions relating to the normal reproductive processes. ; all seasons, excised from sexually inactive In 1859 Pfluger, first ob- IN BONELLIA Dr. Fritz BALTZER Umiversity of Berne, Switzerland We have been carrying out sex-determination experiments with Bonellia, a peculiar marine worm, for many years. Indeed this animal is for many reasons a very favorable one for the study of sex problems: firstly, male and female forms diverge very soon and in many serving Ovarian contractions during a breeding season, at- tributed to these contractions the function of rupturing fol- licles and releasing eggs. Since these contractions occur in the lobes of frog ovaries during and since they be observed in ovaries Lecture: Dr. Effects of substances in Lecture: Dr. may Smoker: MW. H. ¥. TUESDAY, July 23, 8:00 P. M. Albert E. Navez: | growth - promoting | Acid and basic catalysis. Investigators and stu- | dents are cordially characters after a short indif- ferent stage which is identical for both sexes; secondly, in addition to the normal sexes, Calendar plants. certain intersexual individuals FRIDAY, July 26, 8:00 P.M. | are found, which combine Martin Kilpatrick: | characters of both sexes; thirdly, by the influence of different external factors, the taviteay development of sex can be females and kept in Holtfre- ter’s solution, it is more likely that the major function of these contractions is to aid in circulation. Follicular rupture in the Anura is quite different from that in mammals, since there is no follicular fluid and the Ovary is a hollow sac. The area of rupture is pre-deter- the M. B. L. Club to attend its smoker after Dr. Kilpatrick’s lecture. with “punch and smokes”. . The lecturer is assistant professor of chemistry at the University of Pennsylvania and is an author- ity in many phases of inorganic and physical chemistry. An op- portunity will be presented for guests to consult Dr. Kilpatrick concerning problems in his spec- ial field of investigation. Guests will be served | changed. 3efore speaking about these experiments I must describe in a few words the morphol- ogy of our experimental ob- ject. The female has a green body of the shape and size of a walnut, and a green trunk or proboscis, as long as one yard. It feeds on mud, which it collects by means of the mined during the oocyte stage and since the nor- mal rupture picture can be accurately reproduced proboscis. The latter is covered with cilia, which move the food towards the mouth, located at the by immersing an (Continued on page 108) base of the proboscis. The body contains a long TABLE OF CONTENTS Ovulation in the Frog, Dr. Robects Rugh........ 101 Book Review Sex-Development in Bonellia, Fritz Baltzer....101 Editorial Page....... : Introducing: Dr. Ludwick Monne.... Professor Herbert S. Gasser: D. J. Edwards...,102 The Woods Hole Log 2 Student Reports of Class Work and Play........ 114 Items of Interest Departmental Report, Samuel Shoup The Genus Crepidula, Dr. E. G. Conklin.. 102 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 84 PROFESSOR HERBERT S. GASSER: THE NEW DIRECTOR OF THE ROCKEFELLER INSTITUTE FOR MEDICAL RESEARCH The appointment of Dr. Herbert S. Gasser as Director of the Rockefeller Institute for Medi- cal Research will appeal to his many friends as a fitting tribute to his eminence as a scientist. To his colleagues, however, the announcement brings mingled feelings of pleasure and regret—\e re- joice in the good fortune of our close neighbor, the Institute, in having acquired such a capable leader as Dr. Gasser to direct its scientific work, but we regret exceedingly that Cornell must lose the stimulating influence that he has supplied to the work of the medical college. Doctor Gasser took over the professorship of physi- ology in Cornell in the sum- mer of 1932 at the time the medical college and the New York Hospital moved into their new quarters on York Ave. Immediately he initiated changes in the de- partment directed towards giving a greater emphasis to the physical aspects of the subject than had been done previously. Ordinari- ly it requires a considerable length of time to effect basic changes of this char- acter but his skilful and expeditious way of doing things made the changes in a comparatively few months. Moreover, starting from scratch he de- veloped and equipped in less than three years a laboratory for neurophysiology for his own re- search work that is perhaps unexcelled elsewhere in the country. Most of our readers are familiar with the part Dr. Gasser played in the adaptation of the Braun tube oscillograph to the study of nerve action potentials, and the contributions that came out of the application of this method to the study of the role of fiber size to conduction velocity in the peripheral nerve system. His more recent studies, however, dealing with the characteristics of the action potentials in the spinal cord of the cat eli- cited by afferent volleys is perhaps less well known to those not immediately connected with this line of research. The extremely complex character of these later experiments requires the greatest skill in their interpretation, and the close possible PROFESSOR HERBERT S. GASSER relationship that this type of investigation of the central nervous system bears to the problems of facilitation and inhibition in reflex action gives to this phase of his work an importance of the first order, In his work with students Dr. Gasser has dem- onstrated greatness as a teacher, but his brilliance as a research worker has been of inestimable help to the workers in the laboratory. It is indeed rare to find the type of mind that comprehends and arranges in orderly subdivisions the basic problems of several branches of research; that builds up appropriate gen- eralizations from diverse sources of material and analyzes the weaknesses in the inadequately supported conclusions — Dr. Gasser possesses these traits to a marked degree. His re- sourcefulness deserves the opportunity for expansion to the fullest extent; it also warrants a wide sphere for influencing other minds ma- turely bent on productive work. The new post which he will take up presently seems admirably adapted to these ends, for with the wider scope of the Insti- tute’s resources and the freedom from routine teaching of medical stu- dents he should be most favorably situated to pursue an intensive experi- mental program. In the minds of many who know Dr. Gasser well the conviction is strong that his influence on investigative work will be even greater in his new post than that exercised in the past. His defin- iteness of purpose and eagerness for worthwhile things may be depended upon to carry him past much of the inconsequential detail that usually submerges the less skillful. The Rockefeller Institute is indeed to be con- gratulated on having placed at the head of its scientific work a man so pre-eminent in his own branch of research, and one so extraordinarily versatile with the many other fields represented in its sphere of activity. Dayton J. Epwarps. Department of Physiology. Jury 20, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET coiled intestinal tube. The anus lies at the end of the body. Close behind the mouth lie two characteristic echinoid bristles. The single ovary develops in the distal part of the body; from there the immature eggs fall into the coelom, grow and are collected by a funnel, leading into the uterus which opens at the ventral side, near the bristles. The male, discovered by Kowalewski is extremely small and dwarfed, 1-3 mm. in length. It is similar to a small ciliated Turbel- larian worm and lives as a commensal in the fe- male’s intestine and uterus. The numeric pro- portion of males to females is about ten or twen- ty to one. ‘The development from the egg into the differ- entiated sexual stages was described in a classi- cal work by Spengel (1879)*. The egg develops into a sexually indifferent, swarming, green-spot- ted larva, with two circles of cilia, which divide the larval body into three parts. The middle part is the most important one, becoming in the fe- male organization the walnut-shaped body. Of the inner organs of the indifferent larva only the mesoderm and the intestine may be mentioned. The mesoderm fills up the whole space between epidermis and intestine, leaving no room free for a coelom. The intestine is a closed, yolk-con- taining, simple sac, without mouth or anus, both of which are added only in the female develop- ment. In the embryonic young female appear other female organs: a large coelom, two echinoid bristles, and two anal pouches, a sort of kidneys. Only ripe eggs and uterus appear very much later. The anterior part of the larval body, eon the large part just ahead of the anterior circle of cilia, grows out in the female development to form the trunk. In the male development, on the other hand, the anterior part of the body of the indifferent larva disappears almost entirely, and the green larval pigment disappears—not on the whole surface, but especially on the anterior end and on the ventral side of the larva. Both, the re- duction of the anterior end and the disappearance of the pigment are very striking external fea- tures of the male development. About the inner male organization it may be emphasized that the intestine remains in a larval condition and that neither the mouth nor anus is formed. A coelom appears but remains very narrow. The male does not feed on mud, but lives for a very long time from its yolk-reserve of the egg stage, and later perhaps on secretions which were produced by glands in the walls of the uterus where the males finally live. One of the most characteristic or- (1868), 1Spengel, 1879. Mitt. Zoolog. Stat. Neapel. 1. An illustrated summary of the development of Bon- ellia with bibliography is published by Baltzer in the Handbuch der Zoologie, Vol. II, 1931. 103 gans of the male is the sperm-sac which opens at the anterior end of the body. The sperms ori- ginate from primordial genital cells in the lateral mesoderm. ‘These fall into the coelom, where they ripen. Then they are collected into the sperm-sac. It must be emphasized that eggs and sperm have their origin in different parts of the body. In respect to its exterior appearance and _ its larval intestine and other inner organs, the male may be called a neotenic form with rip sperm and a highly specialized sperm sac. {hese male and female stages are reached in very different ways. We must distinguish three normal ways of sexual development : 1. Female development. Very ferent free-living larvae become age of ten days to a few weeks after the fertili- zation of the eggs. In this case, the larval meso- dermal tissue breaks up into single cells, swim- ming in the newly formed coelom, During this process, the middle part of the larval body in- flates and begins very characteristic peristaltic movements. The further development of female organs have already been mentioned above. Che larva sinks to the ground and soon begins to feed. This female must be called embryonic, because the female organs have not reached their full histological development and especially, be- cause the uterus is not yet formed, and the ovary many indif- females at an remains in an embryonic condition for one or two years. 2. Free male development. Three or four weeks after fertilization of the eggs, a small num- ber of larvae begin to develop in the male direc- tion, but very few of them (about 1% of the total number of larvae) reach a really mature male organization. Most often spermatogenesis and the formation of the sperm-sac remain sub- normal. 3. Parasitic male development. As has just been mentioned, only very few males arise by free development. The common way of male de- velopment is parasitic and takes place nine to about fourteen days after fertilization. These larvae are always parasitic on the trunk of a fe- male, very often on the trunk of the mother. This parasitic period lasts four days. A fter- wards the individuals become free again, but re- main creeping on the trunk. During the parasi- tic stage, and afterwards, all of these larvae de- velop into males and all reach the complete male organization. Naturally, this parasitic develop- ment depends on the presence of females or pieces of their trunks. (Larvae cannot fix them- selves upon embryonic females. Larvae which are in the neighbourhood of females but free in the water, receive no special male stimulus. ) The stages of the parasitic development are almost the same as in the free-living male devel- opment. 104 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. X. No. 84 We may now turn to experiments. A. Results concerning male sex-determination by parasitism. The following experiment, car- ried out years ago (Baltzer, 1914), was the be- ginning of a whole series of further studies. One portion of homogeneous material of indifferent, swimming larvae, with a counted number of ani- mals was raised quite simply in glass dishes of sea water. Another portion of a known number was closely confined with pieces of female trunks. In both cases the sea water was of the same kind, but in the second case the presence of female trunks presented a favorable condition for para- sitic development. About 70% of the larvae at- tached themselves to the trunks, and developed into males. In the absence of pieces of trunks, however, there resulted only about 5% males, in- cluding male-intersexes, and the majority, up to 92% of the larvae, developed into females. De- tails are given in Tables I and II. In the former (cultures without opportunity for parasitism) are included results obtained by Herbst in simi- lar cultures. TABLE I. Cultures without opportunity to parasitism. (Larvae without trunks. Cf. Baltzer, Revue Suisse 39, 1932 and Herbst, Naturwissenschaf- ten, 1932) n cs ag 328 -o So AES os n Bi aS AP ae 2 B55 33 2g asl B50) Cultures ‘a. aaa ales Bae Sie) Ay By uo AYA Cult. of 1914 661 63.1 5.3 31.6 IIIf. 1925 100 81 9.0 10 IIlo. 1925 108 91.7 2.8 BS Herbst 1928 66 33.3 3.+ 63.6 Herbst 1929 279 86.0 6.6 6.1 Herbst (6 cul- tures 1932) 4.7 These experiments do not show why the indif- ferent larvae are at first induced to attach them- selves to a female’s trunk, but they prove that most larvae can develop in both directions; into males under conditions of parasitism, or into fe- males, under conditions of free life. This result was the more surprising as the difference in or- ganization between the two sexes is very striking. TABLE II. Cultures with Opportunity for Parasitism (Cf. Baltzer, 1928; Verh. d. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. a ole Lol uo} ae ges 363 a8 Ags Ape is ¢2 0 -g58 34 oe og S422 Cultures ae a om Pees Ho Ay Fy ho YHA Wey, 12) MO alZAS} Bp 81 19 Ig 1925 45 6.8 82 11 IlIn 1925 108 29 Al (0) UNE IGZ5 78 45 51 4 One would suppose that this difference should be inherent to the egg or to the larvae at least, but that is not the case. The direction of sex-de- velopment is decided in high degree only during the development. In this sense, the sex-deter- mination is metagenetic, “metagame Geschlechts- bestimmung.” Further research should develop along the paths of biochemistry, a task still to be done, and those of physiology of development, a work which already has been done to a larger extent. One of the first questions to ask is: Why does fixation to a female trunk determine the larvae in the male direction? Does some determining sub- stance exist, which diffuses from the trunk into the larva? It does and it can be proved by ex- periments with extracts. We have tried water- extracts of different female organs, mostly of the intestine and the trunk. The following table (Table III) is an abstract of my own experi- ments carried out in 1925 and 1927, with aqueous extracts of the trunk and the intestine. After nine to nineteen days, 60 to 70 percent. of the larvae have male characters. Further experiments were carried on by W. Nowinski (1934, Pubbl. Staz. Zool. Napoli). He extracted with acetone and with distilled water. Both extracts were tested with indifferent larvae of the same sample. In sea water, mixed with acetone-extracted substances no larvae developed into males, while in experiments with water-ex- tract, 53% males were produced. Details for the two best experiments are given in Table IV. The question is not quite cleared up, because another material of larvae gave no male results. Other experiments by myself gave further indications concerning male determining sub- THE COLLECTING NET is devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. published from Woods Hole and printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford. Ttis Its editorial offices are Between situated on the third floor of the Woods Hole station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. June 1 and October 1 communications should be addressed to Woods Hole, Massachusetts; at other times they should be directed to THE COLLECTING NET, Garrison, N. Y. Single copies cost 30c; a subscription (ten issues containing not less than 280 pages) costs $2.00. Jury 20, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 105 TABLE III. Production of males and intersexes in water-extracts of trunk and intestine. (Baltzer Revue Suisse de Zoologie 1926) Extract- Total No. Percent. % males or intersexes % not dif- % dead Concentration of Larvae Females high degree Low deg. ferentiated or lost Trunk-extract 1925 63 WA 50.8 20.6 48 11 Intestine extract Concentration :> 1 :1000-4000 0) 0) 0) some Nearly all were dead 1 :6000-9000 43 4.6 41.9 18.6 28 6.9 Control in normal sea water 20 2 0) 78 0) stances: (1) water extract reacts even if boiled; (2) male production is not connected with any definite alkaline or acid medium. It takes place in the same manner at a low as at a high pH. All these results do not clear up the nature of the male-determining substance. One may, how- ever, emphasize the important fact that the sub- stantial nature of the male determining agent is demonstrated and that there is some resemblance to hormonic action. A close comparison with hormones is difficult, not only because the know- ledge of the male-determining substance in o- nellia is incomplete, but also because the definition of the hormones themselves is not sharp. One may require for hormonic nature four character- istics (cf. Nowinski, |. c.): (1) Hormones must be easily extractible, by simple solvents, from the organs where they are formed. This require- ment is met in the case of Bonellia, (2) They must produce normal morphological qualities. This requirement also is met. (3) They must work in small quantities. In regard to this point we have no experience for comparison in Bonel- lia. We do not know the concentration of the The biochemical nature of the male-determin- ing action of the parasitism was investigated from a new side by C. Herbst in Heidelberg. He found that certain quantities of acid or of copper increase the percentage of male development to a high degree. A summary of his extended ex- periments is given in Table V. According to Herbst’s earlier hypothesis, which he still holds (although with some restric- tions), these inorganic agents change the rate of oxidation in the indifferent larvae. According to this hypothesis, they should become females if this rate is high, and males, if it is low. We do not yet have the very necessary knowl- edge of the metabolism in the larvae during the sex-determination period. I hope that it will be possible to obtain respiratory data. Nor is it known, whether certain chemical factors, which affect the respiration, will interfere with sex- determination. Cyanides or carbon-monoxide, which diminish the rate of respiration to a high degree, should be tested especially. That changes of metabolism are fundamental in sex-determina- tion, Riddle attempted to show in birds. The question concerning the nature of the male effective substances in our water extract. (4) determining substances touches the general pro- They must be soluble in the lymph or blood of blem of the sex-determining processes. As you the body. This requirement is probably also met. see, more work remains to be done. TABLE IV. Production of males and intersexes in water and aceton extracts of intestine. (Nowinski 1934, Pubbl. Staz. Zool. Napoli) Extract- Total No. % % Males or Not differen- % Dead concentration of Larvae Females Intersexes tiated (% ) or Lost Aceton, 1 :6000 34 82.3 0) 5.9 11.8 Water 80 16.2 5S. /7/ 8.5 PA Control in normal sea-water 17 41.2 0 6.0 53 106 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 84+ TABLE V. Production of Males in Herbst’s Experiments, 1928-1932 (cf. Naturwissenschaften 1932) 5 kh : 2m ele rE) 8) BS ieas Male-determining q & g se 535 factor Ou a) a8) aegia Ho Se SA was Sea-water + HCl or COz (1928) 170 7 56 37 Sea-water + CuSO, 1 :50000 (1932) 50-96 A second question which leads over to the physiology of sex development, touches upon the transmission of the male-determining substances from the trunk into the larva. These substances are transmitted, as we may expect, during the parasitic stage. The larva always fixes itself with its ventral side and only with the anterior half, where a large number of special glands open to the outside. Their secretion (it can be stained by gland-staining methods) sticks the larva to the proboscis, and produces in this man- ner a very tenacious layer between both, (Figures in Loosli, 1934, Pubbl. Staz. Napoli, in print). This sticky layer of secretion is the bridge transmitting the male-determining substances. This is demonstrated by a series of experiments, in which the time of parasitism was abbreviated. Normal parasitism lasts about four days. If it is shortened, to from four to eight hours, then all parts of the larva do not develop male charac- ters in the same degreé. The anterior part, with which the larva sticks, becomes more male, whereas the posterior part develops in a female direction. We may call these animals intersexes. (Figures in Baltzer, 1914; Glaus, 1933; Pubbdl. Staz. Napoli 13.) Not all larvae, which parasi- tize for that short time only, become intersexes. I shall have to mention this point later. Why are these intersexes more male in the an- terior and female in the posterior part? May I -explain this fact by a comparison, which provides at the same time the argument for the thesis, that the male-determining substances diffuse through the attached area from the proboscis into the larva. If you drop a drop of liquid on a blotting paper, the drop will spread out, but only in a small circle. If you drop more, the liquid will spread out further. The same will happen with the male-determining substances. We have good reasons, supported by experiments with vital staining, that the more time the larva para- sitizes, the more male-determining substances it takes up from the proboscis. The more it takes up, as supposed by the attached area of the an- terior part, the further the substances will spread out from the anterior area to the posterior part of the body, and produce an according distribution of the male characters. This very result is shown in the intersexes. However, another fact may interfere with this process. Intersexes develop in extract experi- ments too (Nowinski, 1. c.). In this case, the source of the sex-determining substances is not localized in a proboscis, but in the extract all around the larva. However, these intersexes show a male anterior and a female posterior part as in the parasitized larvae, so that the difference between anterior and posterior can here not be explained by the difference of the contact. Two explanations are here possible: on the one hand, there may be a gradient as Child has found in many cases. It may be assumed, that the anter- ior organs are more susceptible to the male- determining substances and react to them while — the unsensitive posterior organs do not. On the otherhand, the larval gland-field, which in the normal position attaches on the proboscis, may take up the male-determining substances out of the extract more easily than the rest of the epi- dermis. For certain reasons, I am inclined to accept the second possibility, the greater permea- bility of the gland-field itself. The organization of the intersexes is connected with another problem, the problem of threshold. The different primordia of the organs in the larva, that is the “Organanlagen”, must have a different threshold for the male-determining sub- stances. When the larva parasitizes four to eight hours only instead of the normal four days, then it receives only a weak stimulus for male development. We observe, that this weak stimu- lus for one organ is still sufficient: it develops to complete male form. For other “Organanlagen”’ however, essentially in the immediate neighbour- hood (where the concentration of the male-de- termining substances must be the same), this weak stimulus is insufficient; they remain indif- ferent or they develop in the female direction. For example, the organs in the anterior part of the larva form a series of graduated sensibility: the shape of the anterior part of the larva de- velops to the male form after a very weak stimu- lus; the sperm-sac development requires a stronger stimulus; the bristles (or more precise- ly, their suppression in male development) re- quire still more. _ Such a difference in sensibility has been found for many objects, as in birds according to the researches of Dr. F. R. Lillie and his co-workers. Further on, this graduated effect comes out not only in the more or less complete form but also in the time which is needed in the development. A weak stimulus corresponds, although not mathematically, to a slow rate of development, Jury 20, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 107 whereas a larva with a stronger stimulus (mea- sured by the time of parasitism) reaches the same stage more quickly. We may now turn to the last problem con- nected with Bonellia, the genetical aspect of sex- determination in this form. We have already mentioned that a certain number of indifferent larvae develop into males, even when trunks to which they may attach themselves to are not present and meanwhile other larvae develop simultaneously into females in the same dish. On the average, the number of free-developing males is about 5%. On the other hand, many larvae (an average of 20%) develop into females in spite of the presence of trunks. They do so, while most of the other larvae of the same culture and in the same dish attach themselves to these trunks and become males. Both, the free male-development and this selective female development seem to in- dicate the presence of inborn hereditary factors. Until now, this conclusion can not be proved as a matter of fact, but it is supported by two other observations : Firstly, one can take parasitic larvae from the trunk three or four hours after they have begun parasitism, and raise these larvae after their re- moval in sea water without any trunk. I have mentioned these experiments before, but only in point of view of the intersexes. Now, besides intersexes and males, there are also larvae which develop into normal or almost normal females. Secondly, we have cultivated indifferent larvae in male-determining extracts. As in the previous case, some develop into males, some into inter- sexes, and others into females. Here the condi- tions seem to be peculiarly clear. All these larvae are in the same male-determining liquid. Nevertheless in a certain number of them a fe- male tendency preponderates, in others a male tendency. Thus we have in three ways the indication that the different larvae diverge at the same time and in the same environment in their sex-tendencies. I am inclined to explain this at least to a great extent by the effect of heredity. Two restrictions may be made. Even if in female determination, hereditary tendencies do exist, they have not been proved so far by breeding-experiments and every geneticist will feel that lack, just as I do. Per- haps such a breeding experiment will be possi- ble in later years. We have learned in the last two years to raise young females from the egg to an advanced, but not yet mature stage. (Bal- tzer, Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 1934.) Experi- ments carried out with such females, raised to a mature stage, should have a similar character to those with frogs by Hertwig, Witschi, and others. On the other hand, it seems very probable from several extensive experiments carried out in 1933 and 1934, that in the female sex-develop- ment (as in the male-development), not only are hereditary factors working, but environmental factors as well. Identical lots of larvae in different kinds of pure sea water produce a quite different percen- tage of females. In Atlantic sea water (from Heligoland, sent to Berne) almost all larvae de- velop into female sex; in Mediterranean sea water (sent from Naples to Berne) only a small number of females result—the majority of the larvae remain indifferent. I do not yet see quite clearly how far this result will agree with the earlier experiments at Naples itself. Details are given in Table VI. TaB_e VI. Production of females in different sea-water. Percent Sea water Total No. Percent not differ- of Larvae Females entiated! Heligoland 1348 90 9.8 Naples 2200 approx. 16.6 81.6 1 The development of males has not been followed. In summarizing under the different aspects, especially the male sex-determination, we see that intersexes and males can be obtained in four dif- frent ways: firstly, free-living in normal sea water, where the male hereditary factors may play the most important role; secondly, free-liv- ing in male-determining extracts, in which case male heredity may play a role too, but the ex- ternal parasitic factor is more important; thirdly, as parasites in cultures with only a short parasi- tic period here we have similar conditions as in the extract-experiment; fourthly, according to Herbst (1. c.) in cultures with acid or cop- per, where the external inorganic factor has received more importance. It is probably that we have in general a combined effect of internal and external factors. You are familiar all with the experiments by which Spemann and his co-workers have shown that in Triton the formation of certain organs, as the neural cord, is induced by the underlaying archenteron, the “Urdarmdach.” On the other hand, these tissues can develop without the help of the “Urdarmdach;” they have a labile deter- mination in themselves. But then the formation is not complete. The male development of the indifferent larvae in Bonellia follows similar lines. For the larva the trunk plays the role of an inductor. The larvae may develop into males without help, e.g., free-living, but then they do it poorly, in rare cases, and only slowly. Or they do it with the help of the substances of the trunk and then they do it well and quickly. For Bonellia one may ask: if in one case the male develops by the help of the appropriate 108 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 84 trunk-factor, in the other case without that help, will the development be of the same type in both cases? This question has some bearing, because it contrasts the hereditary factors and the ex- ternal factors. The result is, that in most re- spects the free male-development follows the same path as the male development on the trunk. This is particularly clear and interesting for the external feature of the male larvae, which con- cerns the reduction of the anterior body and the loss of green pigment. The male depigmenta- tion takes place on the anterior end and the ven- tral side, i.e., on the very side and very part with which the parasitizing larva attaches on the trunk. We are tempted to connect the field of depigmentation with the area of parasitism, but the fact is, that the free male larvae lose their pigment in the same district although they are never attached. So we may conclude that the indifferent larva is a labile system with both sex potencies, which may be affected by very different factors, such as hereditary, organic external factors, as the trunk, and inorganic external factors as Herbst’s acid or copper. The quality of the effect (although not the quantity) is in all these cases the same. The reaction has the type of stimulus, which sets the machine going. //ow the machine goes, is de- termined only by the reacting system, the larva itself, and not by the stimulus. I have not attempted to compare in detail Bon- ellia with other objects of metagenetic sex-deter- mination, nor have I ventured to discus the ex- planation of the case of Bonellia given by Gold- schmidt. Our object, which seemed at first very simple, has become very complicated. We have worked many years in the direction of morphol- ogy and experimental morphology, and in a more physiological direction we must begin again. With that, Bonellia goes the same way as the classical object in the physiology of development, the Urodelian egg of Triton and Amblystoma. We may find comfort in a sentence which I quote from a recent paper of Dr. Harrison (1933 Amer. Nat.) He says: “A score of different factors may be involved and their effects most intricably interwoven. In order to resolve this tangle we have to inquire under as great a variety of experimental conditions as is possible to im- pose. Success will be assured by the implicity, precision, and completeness of our descriptions rather than by a specious facility in ascribing causes to particular events.” OVULATION IN THE FROG (Continued from Page 101) ovary of a sexually inactive frog in a Pepsin- HCI solution, it is suggested that rupture is the result of enzymatic action. This is substantiated by Hartog’s (1904) demonstration of a peptic- like enzyme in frog’s eggs and Schochet’s (1916) discovery of such an enzyme in mamimnalian fol- licular fluid. Following the rupture, the egg is squeezed through the narrow aperture by the smooth muscle cells of the cyst wall. This was demonstrated by excising a single follicle from the ovary and photographing the emergence pro- cess with moving pictures. It is further sub- stantiated by histological evidence of smooth muscle cells in the wall of the follicle. The body cavity of the male, and immature fe- males, is devoid of cilia, but the coelomic cavity of the adult female frog is richly supplied with cilia which are active throughout the year. The areas where cilia are absent are limited to the the alimentary tract, lungs, gonads, kidneys, and dorsal peritoneum. They are abundantly found on the lateral and ventral peritoneum, liver peri- toneum and the pericardium. They have their effective strokes toward one or the other ostium. Active cilia on the surface and the edge of the liver are shown in the moving pictures. The walls of the ostium are very elastic and are continuous with the pericardium and _ the peritoneum covering the liver and lining the body cavity. The ciliary currents toward the ostium are entirely adequate to propel the eggs into the ostium as is shown by moving pictures of this region while an egg is being carried smoothly into the ostium in spite of the rhythmic contractions of the adjacent heart tissues. The ostium does not “gape open” at each beat of the heart or movement of the lungs, as is commonly stated. Within the oviduct the eggs are propelled to- ward the uteri but during this passage they are also rotated laterally by ciliary currents which take a spiral course down the oviducts. This con- stant rotation of the egg results in an even de- position of the jelly. The balance of the moving pictures show the uteri full of eggs; pituitary-induced amplexus; active sperm; the process of stripping the uteri of their eggs; and the swelling of the jelly shortly after insemination. It is hoped that during this next year it will be possible to record with moving pictures all of the changes between insemination and metamorpho- sis. —— _ Jury 20, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 109 Can You Adjust the Hechanical Stage of your Nlicroscope .. with YOUR LEFT HAND? Concentric buttons on both sides of the mechanical stage are a definite advantage to the scientist who wants efficiency and convenience. @ The Spencer Master Microscope No. 3 is built for practical research work . . day in and day out. The Spencer Inclinocular allows you to sit at your instrument with your head in a natu- ral reading position. The fine adjustment is at the base of the arm in close relationship to the buttons for adjusting the mechanical stage. Thus you can rest your left hand comfortably on the table and turn these ad- justment buttons .. leaving your right hand free for making notes. Or you can adjust the stage and fine adjustment simultaneously using both hands. @ Convenient efficiency plus Spencer quality in optics and mechanical precision make this Spencer No. 3 Master Microscope the finest for the practical research worker. Folder M-56 completely describes the Spencer series of Master Microscopes. We will be pleased to send a copy to you. Please address Dept. J-73 BO eo AQ Company Mpa THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 84 2p) 0am ea EE OED ED ED DCC |. THE WOODS HOLE eee EO > 0D O-ED -D WOODS HOLE NEWS By Marjorre HuxXLeEy The Women’s League of the M. E. Church in Woods Hole held their annual bazaar and food sale on Wednesday, July 17 in the Community Hall. Mrs. Wayne Senate, president of the League, was chairman. Mrs. Stanley [Eldridge was in charge of the silver tea, and Mrs. Bob Neal took charge of the food table at which home-made cakes, cookies, and pies were sold. Miss Jean Goodfellow’s table displayed flowers of all kinds; roses, sweetpeas, snapdragons, baby’s breath, and daisies were all contributed from the gardens of church members. All but two bouquets were sold, and these were sent to Mrs. Gifford and Mr. Naughton, temporary shut-ins. Mrs. Arthur Sanderson had the tancy- oe table. The biggest attraction was a cut- work luncheon set on which several League mem- bers had worked. Scarfs, towels, pillows, dresses, and aprons were among the many other things sold at this table. The ever-popular candy table was under the supervision of Mrs. Lindsey Nye, while grabs for the children were taken care of by Mrs. Kreke. All were practically ex- hausted by the end of the day. At 8:15 an entertainment was enjoyed by a hundred people. The performers from Boston were Mrs. Della Hart, ’cellist and piano soloist, Blanche Goldthwaite, reader, Tommy Hoag, xyl- ophone player was substituted by a whistler who rendered a beautiful version of the Indian Love Song. The reader was very popular with the audience as most of her stories were humorous. The proceeds of the sale are for the benefit of the church. Jesse James, on his way to visit a girlfriend Wednesday night, got stuck in a ditch on Main Street. He was turning his car around and backed into a soft shoulder on the side of the road. Alfred Hilton hauled him out. A truck and a private auto collided in front of the Woods Hole postoffice last Monday about 11 A. M. The truck received a dent in the left front fender, but no other damage was done. The accident was not reported to the Police Depart- ment. A northbound locomotive, No. 1004, the track at Woods Hole last Friday. master Reuben Howe righted the damage. cause of the accident is unknown. went off Wrecking The > () SD () CED EE) 7 oe PO) 0) OED The Boy Scouts, Troop 42 of Woods Hole, held a special committee meeting in the Coast Guard Canteen on the 16th. Arrangements were completed to send three Scouts to the national jamboree in Washington, where they will stay for ten days, beginning July 21. The hoys chosen were Robert Larkin, Eugene Young, Jr., and George Cassick. The troop has conducted food sales and bridge parties to pay the expenses of this trip. The committee consisted of: Father McLane, The Reverend Mr. Bancroft, The Rev- erend Mr. Kreke, Misters Stanley Eldridge, Bob Neal, Arthur Sanderson, Robert Gof- fin, and Mr. Vallis as chairman. Execu- tive officer Merrill was present, and also Scoutmaster Thomas Goffin and Cub Master Thomas Tawell. The Boy Scouts are ready to open their annual drive for subscriptions. Con- tributions will be gladly accepted by any of the above committee. Woods Hole played its first real game of base- ball on the new diamond last Wednesday night. Sheldon, pitching for the “Algonquin” team, struck several men out at bat. Pat Peck, Woods Hole pitcher, threw a very good game. The “Al- gonquin” started off with two runs in the first inning, but did not pick up after that, while the Woods Hole score steadily mounted. In the sixth inning much cheering accompanied a new man in right field. He is known as “Eddie,” chief cook on the “Algonquin.” Manning Mur- ray served as umpire. The game lasted 7 innings, with the final score 6-2 in favor of Woods Hole. The Woods Hole Depot and Railway Express Office are undergoing a thorough rennovation. Mr. Albert Neal has purchased a Ford Coupe from the Cape Cod Auto Mart, and now spends his leisure time enjoying the sights of Woods Hole. Western Union boys and caddies from the Woods Hole Golf Club were entertained by Mr. Bartow of Penzance Point at dinner followed by a movie last Thursday evening. On Friday, a correspondent reports, the Hon- orable Harold L. Secretary of United States Department of Interior, planned to arrive in Woods Hole that day. Ickes, Jury 20, 1935 J RHE COLLECTING NET 111 REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 FALMOUTH NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE ELDRED BOAT YARD Chas. L. Eldred, Prop. BOAT RENTALS Repairing and Hauling —Storage— MASS. QUISSET LUNN’S NURSERY TEL. 1245 FALMOUTH HARDY GARDEN MATERIAL OF ALL KINDS — OUR METHOD OF HANDLING ENABLES YOU TO PLANT AT ANY TIME OF YEAR. LAWRENCE’S SANDWICH DEPOT ENTERPRISE STATIONERY STORE —OFFICE SUPPLIES —FINE PAPERS —ARTISTS’ SUPPLIES —DENNISON GOODS —MOST EVERYTHING IN THE LINE OF PAPER MME. CURE Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé FALMOUTH HEIGHTS A really complete menu of sandwiches and drinks that are different. Open 7:30 A. M. to 1:00 A. M. — When In Falmouth Shop At — ISSOKSON’S WALK-OVER SHOES, BATHING SUITS SPORT CLOTHES Shoe Repairing While You Wait THE BELLOWS (Mrs. Hedlund) LUNCHEONS - - - DINNERS Falmouth Heights Road Tel. Falmouth 271 FALMOUTH ANGELUS SWEETS — Featuring — HOME MADE CANDIES AND ICE CREAM LUNCHEONETTE Catering a Specialty NEW MALCHMAN BLDG. opp. Town Hall sale... of all jax shoes price $3.95—$4.95—$5.95 beautiful spring and summer footwear from jax falmouth our wellesley and pough- keepsie college shops. MAIN STREET Falmouth, Mass. Shoes for every member of the family Sneakers and Beach Sandals BEALE’S Formerly the Leather Shop FALMOUTH Northampton, Mass. THE FLYING DRAGON UNUSUAL GIFTS FROM MANY LANDS Come in and “Browse Around” FALMOUTH COAL COMPANY COAL —— woop Distributors Gulf Refining Co. KNITTING YARNS — LINENS Fine Toilet Goods — Lingerie — Chintz MRS. WEEKS SHOP FALMOUTH, MASS. 112 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No, 84 SAVERY’S GARAGE AUTOMOBILE & MARINE REPAIRING Taxi and General Trucking Day and Night Service Tel. 696-R Woods Hole, Mass. FIRST CLASS SANITARY BARBER SHOP at the Sign of Noonan’s Hair Petrole Next to Bridge Frank F. Henshaw, Prop. Woods Hole, Mags. Hours: 8 A.M. - 8 P. M. TEXACO - MARFAX SERVICE GASOLINE —::— OILS WOODS HOLE GARAGE NED GIFFORD Gordon W. Ingram PAINTER Tel. 1179-W SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660—661 WOODS HOLE, MASS. TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Weekly Rates Lobsters and Steaks Home Made Pastries W. T. Grabiec, Prop. THE OASIS LUNCH QUALITY LUNCH and QUALITY SERVICE Stationery and Sick Room Supplies BALLINTINE’S ALE and BEER On Draught in the New Room EDWARD E. SWIFT HARDWARE, PAINTS, GLASS, CORDAGE THE SCHICK DRY SHAVER No Blades — No Lather Ask for Demonstration SCHOOL STREET WOODS HOLE LORD PEPPERELL BROADCLOTH SHIRTS $1.75 WITH THE NEW “STA-FIRM” COLLAR Lady PEPPERELL Shop FALMOUTH—Next to Post Office Park Tailoring & Cleansing Shop WEEKS BUILDING Phone 907-M FALMOUTH Free Delivery WE PRESS WHILE YOU WAIT Woods Hole Agency at Rowes Pharmacy IDEAL RESTAURANT MEALS BY THE WEEK IF DESIRED HOME COOKING Make Your “Laundry Dollar” BIGGER —by using the Commonwealth Service. Our courteous routeman is in your neighborhood serving your next-door neighbor every Mon- day and Thursday, and would be glad to give you the same quick and efficient service. There are four services, one of which will surely suit your needs. NO. 1 BACHELOR Ask the routeman about the reasonable rates. Description—A service for the bachelor who wishes special attention to darning socks, re- placing missing or broken buttons, etc., on wearing apparel. Also Three Other Services to Meet the Needs of Housewives: FINIST FINISH SERVICE STANDARD SERVICE FLAT WORK AND DRY CLEANING Commonwealth Laundry 348 FRANKLIN ST. CAMBRIDGE, MASS. “Always Happy to Serve You” iar 20, 1935, ] THE COLLECTING NET 113 Scientific Periodicals MICROSCOPES AND Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, etc. SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. There may be some Single Copies needed to Second Hand and New — For Sale complete your Sets, or an Important Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, Ine. Allan Uhler Optical Works 29 East 21 Street New York City 200 B. E. 22nd Street, Baltimore, Md. ae CAYADETTA THE GULF HILL NOW PARLORS Privately Owned eeeeNGe Ce PRIVATE PARTIES (Opposite Library) and EXCURSIONS ALWAYS COOL AND COMFORTABLE ON THE ONLY AIR CONDITIONED Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound RESTAURANT IN NEW BEDFORD H. D. SMITH Tel. 758 WOODS HOLE —Repairs Made— Se ee ee ee Fly With The Blue Goose Have you ever been up in the sky; leave your microscopes and your microtomes, your eggs and your ions; fly to the island of enchantment. Vacations—even—can become mono- tonous; forget worldly worries and the trivial routine of life on earth: join the Blue Goose in the care-free, salt-sea air. SEE NANTUCKET BOEED GRE LEAVE WOODS HOLE AT 9:30 $7.50 mo GET BACK AGAIN AT 5:15 : For Parties of Six Only MAKE RESERVATIONS EARLY Enjoy the exhilarating speed on the take-off and the apparent slowness in the air. The smoothness is surprising and you will be puzzled because you have no impression of great altitude. Rest your eyes on the white sand dunes, the pine-covered land and the white- capped sea. We know individuals who take one of our sea plane trips to the islands or to New Bedford on a windy day to avoid seasickness on a rough boat trip. (The flying time to Nantucket with a stop at the Vineyard is only 40 minutes; the trip from Woods Hole to New Bedford requires 15 minutes). ISLAND AIRLINES, Inc. STEAMSHIP WHARF Phone Falmouth 1330 WOODS HOLE 114 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 84 STUDENT REPORTS OF CLASS WORK AND PLAY PHYSIOLOGY NOTES In keeping with the spirit of diversity in physi- ological experiments, the Physiology class set aside the day of July 11, 1935 to investigate the potential benefits of a picnic. Several experienced investigators, namely Doctors Adolph, Amberson and Holter, together with their families, came to the assistance of the class on this occasion. Also, Dr. Irving and the complete instructing staff, with their families, likewise contributed whole- heartedly on the expedition. This expedition left the Cayadetta dock at 9:30 A. M., rather in a fog, but it was not long before the jolly spirits of the general assembly quickly dispelled the haze. And on arrival at Tarpaulin Cove, the class’ outstanding nautators—Dr. Iry- ing, Dr. and Mrs. Ferguson, Mr. Fisher, Charles Hathaway and Elizabeth Bulova—quickly outdis- tanced the boats in the race to the Cove’s sandy beach. There ensued a vigorous, appetite-raising game of football, made possible through the gen- erosity of one of its outstanding players—Alan Burton—whose massive wool socks were meta- morphosed into the necessary football. However, it was not long before clamors for exercise became clamors for food. A bounteous table, loaded with all manner of domesticated flora and fauna, including the marine lobster and the terrestrial chicken, yielded to the attack of countless individual enzymatic forces. Time passes... . Soon, however, despite the enormous increase in weight incurred by this ingestive activity, some of the picnickers found they had enough motor responses left in good working order to set out in quest of that most elusive West End Pond, under the able (!) direction of Ferdinand Sichel. The hypothetical four mile hike, how- ever, ultimately resolved itself into a mere twelve mile survey of Naushon. The weary and foot- sore woodland investigators, who began this in- vestigation in a unified body straggled back onto the Cove beach hours overdue, in groups of two’s and three’s. However, the vississitudes of the march were much less dampening on the assembly than the Fog which began to descend, and eventually all arrived at the Cayadetta dock happy though weary, and very much the wiser for the day’s ex- pedition. As to the activities happening in the Physiology lecture hall and laboratory since our last report, the class has been singularly fortunate in the variety and calibre of these lectures and experi- ments. Some shortening of the program con- cerning kidney and liver secretion, as performed by canulation experiments, has resulted from the regretable departure of Dr. Rudolf Hober. All other lines of investigation have been carried on as scheduled and the class has found that one of the best features of the course, from the view- point of the student, is the informality of the class procedures, as well as the ability of the student to follow lines of physiological investi- gation most interesting and useful to his needs. At the present moment, individual problems are being worked on by each member of the class and the remainder of the course will be devoted to in- vestigation in special lines of research. PauL WAGNER AND RuTH EArt, PROTOZOOLOGY NOTES With the course in Protozoology rapidly near- ing its close, the microtechnicians are busy day and night, trying to make the study of protozoa more colorful. Be not surprised, therefore, if, on taking your place at the mess, you find that the girl across the table has not only her nails tinted, but her hands as well. You may be sure that there are few persons, places and things in the Protozoology Laboratory that have not taken on gay hues, since microscopical technique in stain- ing protozoa became the order of the day. Then, too, we have our problems, in a very — literal sense. Every student is required to do some individual work which will demonstrate his or her capacity for research. The extremes to which this may lead is now becoming apparent. Roscoe Hughes has a pile of thousands of de- ceased sand fleas to represent his search for their — protozoan fauna. Baseball interest fell to low ebb during the past : week with only enough players appearing Tues- day to permit a practise game, which, although in- teresting, proved nothing as regards the merits of the respective class teams. The Embryology Class picnic upset plans for a Saturday game. Bill Balamuth, after working industriously on technique, obtained a perfect Feulgen reaction on turned out a mass of Borrel stains. Strange to say, some of them even looked well the next day. Sunday afternoon the class again visited the home of Dr. and Mrs. Calkins for tea. As on | our previous visit we all had a thoroughly enjoy- — able time and consider it a high honor that our — gracious hostess should have extended us this — second invitation to partake of her hospitality. As~ the time approaches when we shall soon leave — Woods Hole, we know that these occasions will — the seat of his trousers. “Killer’’ Koonz became inspired with scientific zeal Saturday night and be foremost among our memories of our first season here. D, L. Live mye a ee Jury 20, 1935 ] _____ THE COLLECTING NET 115 —* 0 DD DO em OED 0%4 PROMAR | (Patent Applied For) Microscopic Projection and Drawing Apparatus OC. 0 a ee oe For all table and wall projection work except large lecture rooms Laboratory demonstrations Small lecture groups Research workers Scientific drawings Wax reconstructions The apparatus can readily be shifted from one research office or classroom to another and can be supplied with built-in mechanical stage for 3x1 or 3x2 Slides. PROSPECTUS AND OTHER CATALOGS SENT ON REQUEST CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Inc. 25 EAST 26th STREET NEW YORK i 1 Excellent for woe: Cambridge Pot Galvanometer Tuts galvanometer is an inexpensive instrument with the sensitivity of a re- flecting galvanometer and the ruggedness of a milliameter. It is accordingly well adapted for student use. Fitted both with a pointer and a re- flecting mirror it is particularly suitable for “null” point indications as well as for use with a lamp and scale outfit. At one meter scale distance, one microampere gives a deflection of 12 mms. The period is 1.3 seconds and the coil re- sistance is 50 ohms. Send for Literature CAMBRIDGE Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision Instruments “8 3732 Grand Central Terminal, N. Y. City EAST 26th STREET NEW YORK wh 132 THE COLEECTING NEG [ Vor. X. No. 85 REPORT ON THE OCEANOGRAPHIC SEMINARS DoNnALp ZINN Research Assistant in Biology, Bass Biological Laboratory The first paper presented at the opening staff meeting of the Oceanographic Institution. Dr. Bigelow presiding, was one by Dr. K. K. W. Buch, of the University of Helsingfors on ‘The Carbon Dioxide System of the Ocean.” In brief, Dr. Buch stated “that the Carbon Dioxide Sys- tem in water is conceived with all the various kinds of molecules and ions which arise when carbon dioxide dissolves in the presence of bases. In sea-water, particularly, it is complicated by the presence of many other salt ions as well. All these are in chemicai equilibrium, and the sys- tem is mathematically described by six equili- brium equations containing twelve factors. In certain cases it is necessary to take into account the boric acid, which influences the carbonic acid equilibrium, and this adds one more equation with three additional factors. “The conditions of the system are fully deter- mined when all the equilibrium constants are known, and their variation with temperature and salinity of the water, and when two of the re- maining factors are experimentally determined. Of these remaining factors it is simplest in prac- tice to determine the pH and the titration alkalin- ity. To describe fully the carbonic acid equili- brium in sea water, therefore, it is only necessary to determine the temperature, salinity, pH, and titration alkalinity. From these measurements and the known equilibrium constants of water and carbonic acid all other factors may be cal- culated. “There are various scientific and practical prob- lems which depend upon the carbonic acid equilibrium: geochemical, oceanographic, and bio- logical. Of these, one of the most important is the question of the solubility of calcium carbon- ate, which is known to be dissolved in some places in the sea and precipitated in others, depending upon the carbonic acid equilibrium. “The general circulation of carbon dioxide over both land and sea, is also connected with the conditions of the carbonic acid equilibrium in the ocean. Our present knowledge indicates that the old picture of the ocean as the regulator of the carbon dioxide in the atmosphere must be re- versed. The atmosphere is rather the regulator of the carbonic acid in the sea. “The part which carbonic acid plays in meta- bolism in the sea as well as the land is too well known to require elaboration, but the various factors—chemical, geochemical, and biological are so closely dependent upon each other that one canot be studied without the others.” After Dr. Buch’s paper had been applauded Dr. Carl G. Rossby of Massachusetts Institute of Technology delivered an interesting talk on “Turbulence and its Effect on the Evaporation Coefficient of Sea-Water.”’ Dr. Rossby’s paper dealt mostly with the mathematical considerations involving the humidity gradiant and the velocity gradiant. It is possible by combining these two factors, to compute the evaporation from the sur- face of the ocean under almost all conditions. This method is an improvement and a short cut over the former intricate method of titration, and one which can be carried out with greater speed and just as great accuracy. Dr. Rossby’s paper was well illustrated by several excellent slides. On the following Thursday, Dr. Harry R. Sei- well, Oceanographer at the Woods Hole Oceano- graphic Institution, addressed the staff meeting on “The Presence of Oxygen and Phosphorous in the sea water.” His interesting paper may be summarized as follows: “Sea water is a dilute solution of a number of salts with practically all of its constituents existing in the ionic form. The constancy of the composition of sea water was postulated many years ago, and except in cer- tain special cases has been sufficiently demon- strated, for the predominating ions. The nature of the two substances discussed (oxygen and phosphorous) is such that, in general, their con- centration in the sea are diametrically opposite and an accumulation of phosphate is frequently accompanied by a decrease of oxygen. Oxygen accumulates in the sea where the water is in con- tact with the atmosphere and by photosynthesis of plants. In the absence of any biological actiyv- ity in the sea, the oxygen content of the water masses would be almost homogeneous with re- spect to its relative saturation, but since dead and decomposing organisms are continually sinking to the depths, oxygen is utilized in their oxidation so that the vertical distribution of oxygen is far from uniform. While the ultimate source of phosphate in the sea probably came from the primeval ocean as did the other dissolved salts, the concentration of phosphate in the ocean basin is conditioned both by the circulation and the decomposition of de- caying organic matter. But when phosphate is exhausted from the layer of illumination, phyto- planktonic development automatically ceases. In the open ocean the phosphate enrichment of the surface layers from the deep water, to a certain extent depends on the latitude. Because of the dependence of the surface layer on the deep water Jury 27, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 133 the phosphate content of the entire water column must be studied. In vertical distribution both oxygen and phos- phate possess certain properties which are charac- teristic of all oceans. Dr. Seiwell in conclusuion stated that he planned to use the oxygen and phosphate contents of water masses as identifying properties which, along with temperature and salinity, would be used in tracing the origin and alternate distribu- tion of water masses in the sea. And moreover that the further study of this problem should in- troduce into oceanography new ways of attack- ing problems of oceanic circulation and should throw light on the biological conditions of pro- duction in the sea. Data for Dr. Seiwell’s observations were taken from cruises of the ltlantis, the Nautilus, and the Meteor. After each meeting an informal forum was held and a lively discussion of the paper or papers was opened by Dr. Bigelow in which near- ly all the staff took part. Refreshments followed. THE COURSE IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Dr. ELBerT C. CoLe Director of the Course, Marine Biological Laboratory, Professor The course in invertebrate zoology, beginning this year on July 30, is designed for students hay- ing a substantial background in biology and who, presumably, have a professional interest in zoology. An attempt is made to secure as wide an institutional representation as possible, so far as this is consistent with the securing of thoroughly qualified students. Thirty-seven col- leges and universities are represented in the present class. “Twenty-six women and twenty- nine men are enrolled. There have been some changes in the personnel of the staff. Dr. B. R. Coonfield, assistant pro- fessor of biology at Brooklyn College, and Dr. F. R. Hayes, associate professor of zoology, Dalhousie University, have resigned. Dr. I. H. Woods, assistant professor of zoology, Univer- sity of Missouri has been appointed to an in- structorship in the course. Dr. A. J. Waterman, assistant professor of biclogy, Williams College, and Dr. F. R. Kille, instructor of zoology, Swarthmore College, have been appointed to junior instructorships. Representatives of important invertebrate phyla are studied in the laboratory. The regular lec- tures of the course cover some of the detailed in- formation that the student will find of use in his laboratory work, as well as those general consi- FORTHCOMING ARTICLES IN “THE ANATOMI- CAL RECORD” (Vol. 62, No. 4) (July, 1935) Atwell, Wayne J., The effects of thyreotropic and adrenotropic principles on hypophysectomized Amphibia. Aberle, Sophie D. and Landauer, Walter. Thyroid weight and sex in newly hatched chicks. Wells, L. J., Seasonal sexual rhythm and its experi- mental modification in the male of the 13-lined ground squirrel (Citcllus tridecemlineatus). Loosli, C. G., The rabbit’s lung after phrenicotomy and pneumothorax. Gilbert, M. S., Some factors influencing the early development of the mammalian hypophysis. of Biology, Williams College derations which assist him in gaining a well- rounded idea of the subject. From time to time special lecturers will be invited to address the class on subjects having a close relation to the work of the course. Eight field trips are included in the program, covering such habitats as: mud and sand flats, rocky shores, brackish pools, marshes, wharf piles, and open water where dredge and net may be used. Emphasis is laid upon the study of animals in relation to their environments, and, so far as is possible, invertebrate forms are iden- tified, 1m the field. Further study is carried on in the laboratory after each trip. It is planned to prepare a public exhibit of forms secured on a representative field trip. This exhibit will be prepared about August 15th, and will probably be located in the vestibule of the Main building, as in previous years. Since the course includes but 33 working days, it is obvious that only selected portions of the vast field of invertebrate zoology can be covered. With the emphasis laid on the study of living forms, both in laboratory and field, it has been repeatedly demonstrated that well-prepared and industrious students profit greatly by first-hand acquaintance with marine invertebrates and_ the environments in which they dwell. FORTHCOMING ARTICLES IN “GENETICS” (November, 1935) Knox, C. W., The Chickens. Lesley, M. M. and Lesley, J. W., Heteromorphic A chromosomes of the tomato differing in satel- lite size. Schweitzer, Morton D. and Kaliss, Nathan, Does sister-strand crossing over occur in Drosophila melanogaster ? Snell, George D., The induction by X-rays of heredi- tary changes in mice. Strong, Leonell C., The establishment of the C,H inbred strain of mice for the study of spontan- eous carcinoma of the mammary gland. inheritance of shank color in 134 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 85 STUDENT REPORTS OF CLASS WORK AND PLAY PHYSIOLOGY NOTES Time waits for no one, not even for budding physiologists—so they have learned in the last few days. On June 19, five weeks appeared as far away to most of them as Vineyard Haven ap- pears to the novice rower. But here we are in the last official week of our course. Fortunately many are given the opportunity of continuing their work along various lines for a few weeks more. The physiology course has been designed to permit extreme elasticity in the students’ choice of work. Under Dr. Irving’s supervision the lab- oratory course this year has been carried out very smoothly. The first four weeks were devoted to the study of various techniques, using the appar- atus best adapted for that purpose. For the last ten days of the course each student was allowed and also encouraged to pick out and tackle some particular field in which he or she was interested. In many cases the student had a problem on which he definitely wished to work, but where such was not the case the instructors in charge of each section appeared quite eager to supply the necessary stimulus for a little research in their particular fields. Considerable interest has been shown in the study of nerve nets this year under Dr. Prosser. There appears to be something fascinating about even a squid’s heart—perchance the students are hoping that through a closer knowledge of it they may be able to analyse some of the queerer work- ings of their own, who knows? Surrarrer has been making progress in the study of the relation of latencies, summations and intensities of metri- dium (Marjoratum) when acted upon by various drugs such as strychnine and nicotine. Working along similar lines we have Ruth Earl trying to see what effect drugs will have on the heart of the clam, as if the poor clam would ever think of using drugs anyway! But often from the small- est things spring the greatest discoveries. “That’s what scientists live for. Virginia Dickerson and Virginia Kilburn are doing experiments on the limulus and squid re- spectively. Pappenheimer has an interesting set- up. His idea is to determine the activity of the enzyme carbonic anhydrase at different concentra- tions of the enzyme, using the Hartridge-Rough- ton Rapid Mixer. This experiment has a strong appeal to all those artistically inclined and many pause to watch the play of pretty colors. Kay Robertson is also interested in carbonic anhydrase and we find Kay, when not playing tennis, ener- getically determining its distribution in plants and invertebrates. A big survey for a little girl! Woodward deserted us a week ahead of time to take advantage of an opportunity to work with Dr. Holter. We all envy him after seeing Dr. Holter’s interesting demonstration, but such luck cannot come to everyone. Dr. Burton has been spending hours determin- ing the rate of excised clam heart in relation to temperature, and also studying how the effect of temperature is altered when the normal heart rate is affected by the addition of salts. Elizabeth Bullowa, completely hidden from view in the lab- oratory by two large packing cases, assiduously studies the oxidative processes in Fundulus and clam hearts. 3en DeBoer and Paul Wagner have been chasing around the elusive “i” of the Van Slyke formula. In other words they have been attempt- ing to determine the absorption coefficient as a preliminary for making more accurate observa- tions on the carbon dioxide content of arthropod muscles. We have one main micro-manipulator left with us in the person of Betty Knight. Betty is inter- ested in the study of the permeability of the nu- cleus of starfish eggs. She measures the size of said nuclei when the cells containing them are in media of various osmotic pressures. There are some dark and mysterious experi- ments going on in the physiology laboratory which I’m afraid will have to be kept from the world for the present—let it be sufficient to say that their investigators are Granick, Greey, Hotchkiss, Lippman and Valenstein. Informa- tion might be gathered from the foregoing if ap- proached in the proper manner, and I have a feel- ing that the last one could give some very inter- esting data on the strength of ultra-violet rays from the sun upon a human body when covered, dorsally or ventrally, with sand. And so life moyes on in the physiology labora- tory. ELEANOR Evans. THE LUNAR ECLIPSE Due to fog and rain, New England was pre- vented from seeing the total lunar eclipse Mon- day night. Two New England cities, Springfield and New Haven, were able to catch intermittent — glimpses of the phenomonon, while the eclipse was visible to advantage in New York, the south, and the mid-west. The shadow of the earth fell on the moon at 10:15 P. M.; totality of eclipse lasted from 12:09-1:50 A. M. The moon as- sumed a coppery hue during totality, due to the refraction of the sun’s rays by the earth. “THE COLLECTING NET” REGRETS that owing to limitations of space that the pub- lication of “Protozoology Notes” and “Embryo Embryologists’”” must be postponed until its next issue. a et ae ; ? , v | BJuty 27, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 135 x a » ZEISS MICK@OSCORE ECG 636 MODERN BINOCULAR CARLCEISS) RESEARCH MICROSCOPE MAGNIFICATIONS 75x TO 1500x Price $535.50 ENTIRELY NEW STAND ALL MOTIONS BELOW STAGE LEVEL 485. FIFTH AVE., 728 SO. HILL ST., NEW YORK & Pe ZENSS: Inc. Los Angeles, Cal. Y “MORE THAN 100 STANDARDIZED STAINS Careful research work demands stains of uniform composition which give standard results. Only the manufacturer of the dyestuff can ac- complish this objective. We now offer the largest assortment of Standard- ized Stains available anywhere. These Stains are of UNIFORM COM- POSITION and STAINING STRENGTH, and have been selected as the best suited for the purpose intended. ORIGINAL GRUEBLER & GIEMSA STAINS have been developed through 55 years of manufacturing experience. SEE OUR REPRESENTATIVE AT WOODS HOLE AUGUST Sth to 10th. Mielec BAUER, Inc. 300 PEARL STREET NEW YORK 136 THE COLLECTING NEY [ Vor. X. No. 85 DEPARTMENTAL REPORT GRADUATE WORK IN ZOOLOGY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI In preparation for graduate work in zoology at the University of Missouri it 1s expected that a student will have completed the equivalent of a major in zoology as specified by the College of Arts and an appropriate minor. Graduate study in this institution as a whole and in this depart- ment in particular has developed slowly during the past thirty years, since it has been our policy to undertake only what we could do well, and to consider always the interests of the student. Thus for many years a Ph.D. was seldom given but the requirements for the M.A. were so heavy they might be compared with the requirements for the Ph.D. in some institutions. After receiving such a degree the student was advised to complete his graduate work in another institution. Among those who followed such a program are: I. L. Hisaw, E. A. Martin, E. E. Nelson, Hope Hib- bard, Mary Guthrie, and Katharine Jeffers. Students completing their undergraduate work at the University of Missouri are still advised to follow such a program. It is felt that those who have completed most of their undergraduate work elsewhere may he encouraged to complete their graduate study at Missouri. An increasing num- ber of such students during the past fifteen years has given the department a modest number of students going forward to the Doctor's degree, and hence the Master’s degree tends to hecome less important as is the case in institutions where graduate work is well developed. Students are, of course, free to select the staff member under whose direction it is desired to work. The fields of study in which students may receive direction are indicated by the research in- terests of the various staff members, as follows: Dr. Curtis has been interested in recent years in the histology of regeneration, which has been attacked by the technique of irradiation with x- rays and radium. The contacts of the department in this field have been extended by Dr. Curtis’ chairmanship (1929-1934) of the Committee on Radiation of the National Research Council. Dr. Bennitt, whose initial interests were along physiological lines particularly the responses of crustacea to light, has become increasingly at- tracted to ecological studies in recent years. Dur- ing the year 1934-35, on sabbatical leave, he has made a comprehensive Game Survey of Missouri as an appointee of the National Park Service and in cooperation with the Missouri State Fish and Game Commission. The outcome of this work is likely to be development of a program of research and instruction for staff members and graduate students in problems of biological conservation as related to game, land usage, and the like. Dr. Guthrie’s work in cytology, which began with a study of cytoplasmic inclusions in the eggs of vertebrates, has been extended in recent years to a cytological and physiological study of the or- gans related to reprcduction in the bat. This re- search has received generous financial support in the past from the National Research Council and currently from the Rockefeller Foundation. In addition to students, Drs. Katharine Jeffers and Elizabeth Sawyer are engaged with Dr. Guthrie as research associates. Dr. Woods has been principally interested in embryology, but will probably be associated with the conservation studies as they develop. Students interested primarily in genetics, or selecting genetics as a minor, work with Dr. L. J. Stadler. Many of our graduate students in zoology have minor work in plant physiology with Dr. W. J. Robbins. The department is housed along with botany in a modern and well equipped laboratory named in honor of the late George Lefevre. This summer the departmental income has been restored to something like its former level, after severe cur- tailment in recent years. Scholarships within the department and payment of tuitions have enabled many students to work at Woods Hole in the past and it is expected that such assistance will be given in the future. Graduate assistantships and part-time instructorships in the department along with a limited number of university fellow- ships and scholarships are open to promising ap- plicants. W. C. Curtis. STRING TRIO PRESENTS CONCERT TO-NIGHT The New York Trio will present an evening of classical music at the Inn in West Falmouth on Monday night, July 29. The program will in- clude a ’cello and piano sonata in A major by Beethoven, a sonata in E major by Handel for violin and piano, and a trio of Johannes Brahms, known as “the horn trio.” This organization consists of three young ar- tists, who, after extensive individual training, got together last winter in order to devote themselves to a study of the trios of Beethoven. The second trio written by this composer, that in G major, was presented at the Broadlawn Theatre in Fal- mouth earlier this month. A tour in planned by the trio later. The personnel of the trio consists of Richard Warbasse, violin, Aaron Bodenhorn, ‘cello, and Gertrude Bonime, piano. The musicians plan to continue this summer playing at private homes on the Cape, and would be glad to perform for the inhabitants of Woods Hole if they so desire. Bh, dh, (Gp e uw 27; 1935) THE COLLECTING NET 137 a a Ne ee Cemremncemremcemmoemoas’s Retake WOODS HOLE LOG || bg of oem em. AHOY, EDGARTOWN! Edgartown —that scratch in the Vineyard sands where the sea winds tortuously in through a narrow channel, where the breezes suck through a funnel to roar out in a gale at all times, where, if the wind blows less than twenty knots, the races are postponed because of flat calm—this week [Edgartown is the focal point of all New England yachtsmen, for their annual regatta has always stirred glowing accounts at fireside sailing matches. Every kind of craft conceivable, from piano- finished twelve metres down to kids paddling around in bathtubs, shows up and joins whole- heartedly in the general melee of horn blowing and larynx straining. Invariably several yachts pile up high and dry on the east shoal. All night the nervous current paces up and down the chan- nel, the yachts swinging round and round fouling up their cables and crashing into their neighbors ; all night, men bellow for transportation, dance, and ply boat hooks to repell the affectionate ad- vances of nearby yachts. In the morning, the wind scudds along the dar- kening water and sings through the rigging. The Commodore, his beard heeling off horizontally to port, shouts above the roar of the gale: “Nice leetle breeze—if it don’t moderate.’—and Edgar- town is off to another regatta. Woods Hole and Quisset skippers will repre- sent our racing interests there: deolus, Mischief, Danae, Quissetta, Aminta, and Pirate in the S class; King Tut of the Wiannos; Gypsy and Haprev of the Handicap fleet; Viking and Tunch of the Buzzard’s Bay twelves; and the /Vhiz, Tad, Triton, and Porpoise of the Cape Cod knockabouts. Woods Hole won't hear the last of it until next year at this time. Ahoy, Edgar- town! Dave BRADLEY. Dr. James P. Warbasse of Penzance Point, will be the speaker at the Falmouth M. E. Church open forum on Sunday evening, July twenty- eight. His subject is “Is Democracy Possible ?” Dr. Warbasse is President of the Consumers Co- operative League of America. Miss Charlotte Fitch, a graduate of Smith Col- lege in the class of 1934, is teaching fencing at the Beach Theatre School as well as taking part in some of the productions this summer. OO SEP 1 1 0 OE OED) OS 0D OD OD) |) 0 C—acameiete WOODS HOLE NEWS St. Joseph’s Church of Woods Hole ran a bridge and whist party on the 18th. There were 6 tables of bridge and 12 of whist. The first prize for bridge, a beautiful sofa pillow, went to Mrs. Clarkin, and Mrs. Geoffrey Lehy took ste- ond prize. The highest scorer for whist was Miss Julia Flynn. The Woods Hole baseball team lost its first out-of-town game this year to Wellfleet last Sun- day. The score was 7-1. Last Saturday the Honorable Morganthau, Secretary of the Treasury of the United States, made an ofhcial visit aboard the Algonquin. He was spending the week-end on the Cape, and stopped in while passing through Woods Hole. He arrived Friday noon and left immediately after his visit. “Buddy,” 11 year old son of Mr. Forest Hig- gins of Woods Hole was badly shaken up last fuesday, while playing in the shop of Mr. Ca- hoon. He reached up to pull at a rope on an elec- tric machine, which he thought was out of place. Just as he did so, the men started the machine from the next room, and Buddy was flung over backwards by the belt. The doctor's examination discovered no broken bones or skin injuries, so the boy escaped with only a few bruises and a slightly sprained arm. Maryorizt Huxtey George Bernard, of Philadelphia, is visiting Boo orden, his room mate at Williams College. On Sunday they sailed over to Nantucket with Wistar Janney in the Janneys’ ketch, The Doro- thea. The, were joined by Manton Copeland, who flew over on the sea plane on Tuesday. Af- ter returning to Woods Hole on Thursday, the boys plan to go to the Edgartown Regatta. Mr. W. ©. Luscombe, Jr. who has been spend- ing his vacation with his parents at their home on Little Harbor, left Weods Hole Monday to return to Fitchburg, where he holds the position of General Manager of the Crecker Paper Mills. Mr. and Mrs. Lusecmbe celebrated their eigh- teenth wedding anniversary on July nineteenth with a dinner party. Mr. Eugene DuBois, Jr. is spending his vaca- tion witu lis family at their home on Penzance. He has been working on The Brooklyn Eagle. 138 THE COLLECTING NET _ [ Vor. X. Now 8s NOBSKA FOG—AN “OLD DAVIL” Eucene Du Bors Member of the Staff of “The Brooklyn Eagle” Fog has been termed an “Old Davil” by mari- ners for centuries, and in recent times poets and others have attempted to describe it as a pussy- cat that creeps in on its paws, or as a blanket that shrouds the slumbering sea, and such. Whether or not you like the fog—see it as an enemy to your trade or as a thing of beauty for your art—Woods Hole has had plenty of it this year, with more to come. Captain John M. Scharff, keeper of the Nobska lighthouse these past ten years, says that this Summer has broken all the local records that he knows of. . His air whistle, whose deep throated WAA-OOM (space) WAA-OOM (space) WAA-OOM (very long space while the gears inside revolve) sends shudders down the spines of all bad children, was on the go 114 hours and a half in June, and in the first three weeks of July clocked all of 110 hours, as compared with last year’s 100 and a half and 92 hours respec- tively. At that it isn’t really so bad, because June has 720 hours and July has 744 when the whistle might be blowing, and Captain Scharff remem- bers one tour of duty at Gurnet Point lighthouse, at the entrance of that “fog hole,” Plymouth Har- bor, when July brought with it over 157 hours of the wet mist. What makes the fog seem so unusual this year, however, is not so much its quantity but its re- currence. It has come in short spurts of a few minutes or hours at a time, with a spell almost every day this season. It is the kind of fog that isn't half as serious to the sea-faring men as to the landlubbers who want to paint their houses and go on picnics. The former can navigate by dead-reckoning, but the latter want the promise of sun. Captain Scharff admits he is no scientist, but claims he has two mighty accurate instruments of his own device for calculating the arrival and de- parture of the fog. One is his cellar floor, which invariably gets wet and clammy an hour or two in advance of fog; and the other is the brass pip- ing in the whistle house, which drips atmospheric condensation all during the fog until it miracu- lously gets dry an hour or two before the fog is ready to clear. These indicators never fail, nor do they get fooled by rain or snow or light ses- sions of water vapor steaming up from the Vine- yard Sound waters on cold Winter days. Their dependability exceeds that of such old-time phe- nomena as rings on the moon and the elaborate prognostications of weather calculated by some skippers on the basis of the “hardness” and “‘old- fashionedness” of the Autumn, Winter, and Spring preceding. It isn’t a fog to the local lighthouse keeper un- til he can’t see West Chop or Tarpaulin Cove. And sometimes even that doesn’t make a fog. Visibility is a matter of judgment. The whistle switch goes on as soon as danger to shipping be- comes evident. It stays on until the danger is past. There is nothing less reliable than sound in a fog. While the range of a fog whistle such as Nobska’s is supposed to be upward of 5 miles, it frequently may become inaudible in dead spots close at hand, especially inland. Contrarywise, it has been reported as far away as Gay Head. On a “clear” foggy night, the listener at Nobska may hear a perfect Babel of fog signals, if his ear is trained. By close scrutiny of his Coast Pilot he may recognize the blasts of Cross Rip, and Vine- yard Sound lightvessels, of Wings Neck, West Chop, and Cape Poge lighthouses. By straining the ear he may catch even the measured gong- strokes of Tarpaulin Cove. It is a moot question which month of the year is foggiest. There are two schools of lighthouse keepers: those who curse July and those who blaspheme June. But weather praise is with one accord awarded to the three months of October, November, and December, and with justice, as can be seen from the table below—Nobska’s log for the past two years. And of these October is consistently the best. June 1933 106 hours 50 minutes of fo; July 1933 7 ms 15 i) % August 1933 awey MY 20 2 Be September 1933 ee 40 LY Ji October 1933 ae 30 2» a November 1933 2 a 40 ui v December 1933 15} 0) 35 7 4 January 1934 Gy 30 us February 1934 2 is 50 Y a March 1924 S24 8 25 } ut April 1934 34 2 45 ie a May 1934 Glues 30 y y June 1934 10005 % 25 be oy July 1934 eile 50 % es August 1934 Aig? 2h 30 uy - September 1934 Tad 35 2? i October 1934 —_- ” 35 2 R November 1934 ome Bu 25 a it December 1934 re phe 45 % ui January 1935 Toa et 25 4 ™ February 1935 fOr? 5 a se March 1935 vel J 25 » ee April 1935 32 ae 25 mw a May 1935 24 =” 30 2 ” June 1935 OLA 25 oe ye July to date italia) —_ te a Aes MME. CURE’ Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé COLLECTING NET 139 L ESTATE EA Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Falmouth, Mass. Phone 17 Shoes for every member of the family Sneakers and Beach Sandals BEALE’S Formerly the Leather Shop MAIN STREET FALMOUTH THE BELLOWS (Mrs. Hedlund) LUNCHEONS - - - DINNERS Falmouth Heights Road FALMOUTH Tel. Falmouth 271 ENTERPRISE STATIONERY STORE —OFFICE SUPPLIES —FINE PAPERS —ARTISTS’ SUPPLIES —DENNISON GOODS —MOST EVERYTHING IN THE LINE OF PAPER — When In Falmouth Shop At — ISSOKSON’S WALK-OVER SHOES, BATHING SUITS SPORT CLOTHES Shoe Repairing While You Wait FALMOUTH COAL COMPANY COAL —— woop Distributors Gulf Refining Co. A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 FALMOUTH NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE SAVERY’S GARAGE AUTOMOBILE & MARINE REPAIRING Taxi and General Trucking Day and Night Service Woods Hole, Mass. Tel. 696-R KNITTING YARNS — LINENS Fine Toilet Goods — Lingerie — Chintz MRS. WEEKS SHOP FALMOUTH, MASS. LUNN’S NURSERY TEL. 1245 FALMOUTH HARDY GARDEN MATERIAL OF ALL KINDS — OUR METHOD OF HANDLING ENABLES YOU TO PLANT AT ANY TIME OF YEAR. IDEAL RESTAURANT MEALS BY THE WEEK IF DESIRED HOME COOKING sale... of all jax shoes price $3.95—$4.95—$5.95 beautiful spring and summer footwear from our wellesley and pough- ° keepsie college shops. jax falmouth TENNIS COURT CONSTRUCTION CONSULT US FOR ESTIMATES ON NEW INSTALLATIONS OR FOR RE- SURFACING YOUR PRESENT COURT. Specify “ACME TENNIS COURT CLAY” for Best Results ARNOLD I. ANDERSON Tel. Fal. 600 or 131-M FALMOUTH, MASS. 140 = THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 85 A BIT OF WOODS HOLE YACHT CLUB HISTORY Mr. Epwarp A. NorMAN Chairman of Races and Secretary-Treasurer, Woods Hole Yacht Club, Member Executive Committee, Quisset Yacht Club Recent construction work on the land along the shore of Great Harbor near the end of Gos- nold Road has given evidence that the Woods Hole Yacht Club is reaching a stage of maturity that might be said to mark the completion of its period of revival. The Club was formed in 1896 and incorporated in 1897. A group of its mem- bers erected a pier for it, with a club house on the outer end of the pier. This pier stood where the one used in recent years by the Cayadetta now stands, and the house is the one that now serves the M. B. L. Club, it having been moved to its present location from the pier. The incorporators of the Club were Henry K. Dyer, Walter O. Luscombe, Charles S. Sargent, Jr., Horace S. Crowell, H. E. Hibbard, G. E. Dean, Charles B. Coombs, W. L. Howes, Howard Parker and Alexander M. Ferris. Mr. Dyer was the original Commodore, Mr. Luscombe the ori- ginal Treasurer, and Charles Grinnell, the origi- nal Measurer. The Club at that time consisted of both permanent and summer residents, and functioned uninterruptedly until 1910. It had a large racing class of over thirty cat-boats, sprit rigged, of a type peculiar to Woods Hole. Two or three of these old boats are still in existence, one being the Explorer owned by the Warbasse family. The races were started in Great Harbor right off the club house, and the starting gun was fired from the front porch, where an aperture be- tween the rails of the banister still exists to show where the muzzle of the cannon was placed. The club house also served as general headquarters for the entire community, which in those days was much more unified than it is at the present. By 1910 rising costs of living made it necessary for the club to seek additional revenue and it was proposed that its dues be raised. A sharp divi- sion of opinion on how this should be done led to the withdrawal from the club of nearly all of its summer resident members. These then joined with some of the people on Naushon and at Quis- sett to form the Quisset Yacht Club. The Woods Hole Yacht Club in its depleted condition was un- able to maintain its club house, the lease on the building was relinquished, and the club moved to a room upstairs in the fire-house. The owners of the club house then gave it to the Marine Biolog- ical Laboratory. The club continued to function as a small social center for the permanent resi- dents for a few years, but the war drew away from Woods Hole so many of its members that in 1919 it ceased its existence in any active form. Six or seven years later there were a number of children of summer residents in Woods Hole in their early ‘teens, and it was thought by Mrs. W. Murray ‘Crane that it would be a good thing for them to begin to race sail boats in order to — learn sailing in the right way. In 1927 she of- — fered a cup as a prize for a series of races to be ~ held by these children in dories built by the Cape Cod Shipbuilding Company at Wareham. Some seven or eight of these dories were brought to Woods Hole and raced in an informal way for several seasons. In 1929 these young people had grown up to the point where they wished to take their racing a little more seriously, and it became necessary for Mrs. Crane to call in the assistance of a few more people with some experience in yacht rac- ing. ‘The little dory group had referred to them- selves casually as the Woods Hole Yacht Club and in 1929 decided actually to adopt this name. It was found, however, that the charter of the old club still was in existence and that Mr. Franklin Gifford had been elected Commodore in 1919 un- til a successor should be elected, and Mrs. Henry G. Haddon had likewise been elected secretary- treasurer. In June, 1930, a delegation of the young people called on Mr. Gifford and told him of their de- sire to revive the Yacht Club in Woods Hole, and asked for his cooperation in enabling them to use the name of the Woods Hole Yacht Club. Mr. Gifford accordingly, in a very generous manner, called a meeting of as many members of the old club as possible, which a number of the young dory skippers also attended. The whole group that had been racing in dories was elected to membership as well as Mrs. Crane. Mr. Gifford resigned as Commodore and Mrs. Crane was elected to succeed him. Mr. Haddon resigned as secretary-treasurer, and Comstock Glaser was elected secretary and Preston Copeland, treasurer. In that way the charter passed from the original group to the younger generation. During the following few weeks many of the adult yacht owners in Woods Hole joined the club and an annual meeting was held early in August at which a full slate of officers was elected with Mrs. Crane as Commodore for the ensuing year, Mr. Frank J. Frost as vice-com- modore, George H. A. ‘Clowes, Jr., rear-commo- dore, Edward A. Norman, treasurer and Miss ~ Isabel Morgan and J. Wister Meigs as the other members of the board of governors. Mr. Frost graciously extended to the club the use of his boat-house on Penzance Point as a landing sta- tion until the Club would have a headquarters of its own. (Continued next week) Jury 27, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET_ 141 LAWRENCE’S SANDWICH DEPOT FALMOUTH HEIGHTS Are you going to repair your house this summer? If so let us give you quotations on lumber and other building materials. Our prices are very reasonable and we will make free delivery to Woods Hole. CENTRAL LUMBER & SUPPLY A really complete menu of sandwiches and drinks that are different. Open 7:30 A. M. to 1:00 A. M. EXPERT WATCH, JEWELRY AND OPTICAL REPAIRING Oculist in Attendance COMPANY FALMOUTH JEWELRY SHOP 172-182 NORTH WATER STREET MAIN ST. Phone 567-J FALMOUTH New Bedford Massachusetts JACQUELINE’S LORD PEPPERELL HAIRDRESSING SHOP BROADCLOTH SHIRTS SPECIALIZING IN $ 1 : 7 5 WITH THE NEW “STA-FIRM” COLLAR Lady PEPPERELL Shop WOODS HOLE, MASS. Tel. Fal. 606-M FALMOUTH—Next to Post Office Permanent Waves Facials Hair Cutting Ce ne ea ee ney Fly With The Blue Goose Have you ever been up in the sky; leave your microscopes and your microtomes, your eggs and your ions; fly to the island of enchantment. Vacations—even—can become mono- tonous; forget worldly worries and the trivial routine of life on earth: join the Blue Goose in the care-free, salt-sea air. SEE NANTUCKET ee ae LEAVE WOODS HOLE AT 9:30 $7.50 Each CHIP BAC AGAIN Al 5:15 MAKE RESERVATIONS EARLY For Parties of Six Only ee 2 Enjoy the exhilarating speed on the take-off and the apparent slowness in the air. The smoothness is surprising and you will be puzzled because you have no impression of great altitude. Rest your eyes on the white sand dunes, the pine-covered land and the white- capped sea. We know individuals who take one of our sea plane trips to the islands or to New Bedford on a windy day to avoid seasickness on a rough boat trip. (The flying time to Nantucket with a stop at the Vineyard is only 40 minutes; the trip from Woods Hole to New Bedford requires 15 minutes). ISLAND AIRLINES, Inc. STEAMSHIP WHARE Phone Falmouth 1330 WOODS HOLE ee en on 142 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 85 SRENCER LAW For Use with Binocular Microscopes NEW LAMP—designed to give sufficient illumination for a binocular microscopes using objectives of high magnifying power. It is small, inexpensive and is equipped with a standard 100 watt 120 volt bulb that may be purchased at any electrical supply store. This Spencer No. 361 Lamp is so well ventilated that it may be handled at any time. The visor is so arranged over the light opening that when the lamp is ten or twelve inches from the microscope the eyes at the eyepieces are shaded. Folder M-65 completely describes this Spencer No. 361 and other Microscope Lamps. Please address your request for this folder to Dept. J-74. > ——- + = soy SJury 27, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 143 NOTES AND NEWS FROM OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS THE SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (July, 1935) On Friday, June 28, 1935, during the meet- ing of the Pacific Division of the AAAS in Los Angeles, the organization of the Oceano- graphic Society of the Pacific was completed, and the fol lowing officers were elected: Presi- dent, T. Wayland Vaughan, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California; Vice President, C. McLean Fraser, University of British Columbia; Secretary-Treasurer, C. L. Utterback, Oceanographic Laboratories, Univer- sity of Washington; members at large, beno Gutenberg, California Institute of Technology, and W. L. Scofield, California Fisheries Labora- tory, Terminal Island. After the business had been disposed of, there was a program of twelve communications on oceanographic activities along the Pacific coast of the United States and Can- ada, including the activities of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey and the U. S. Navy. The organization of this new oceanographic society has grown out of the joint annual meetings of the committees for Canada and the United States on the Oceanography of the Pacific. The Scripps Institution’s boat Scripps has just returned from a two-weeks’ cruise. During the AAAS meetings in Los Angeles it was anchored in Santa Monica harbor to allow the members aboard to attend the meetings. The boat was also available for inspection by other scientists in attendance. A number of stations were oc- cupied in various localities between La Jolla and Santa Barbara for temperature observations, and collection of water and bottom samples, to a dis- tance from shore of about one hundred miles, and to a depth of more than one mile outside of Santa Cruz Island. Recent visitors at the Scripps Institution in- clude Prof. Robt. C. Miller, Oceanographic Lab- oratories, and Prof. Trevor Kincaid, depart- ment of zoology, of the University of Washing- ton; Dr. and Mrs. A. H. Hutchinson and Prof. and Mrs. D. C. B. Duff, University of British Columbia; Dr. R. W. Wood, Johns Hopkins University; Dr. W. F. Hamilton, University of Georgia, Dr. Georg Rommert, originator of the Microvivarium at the Century of Progress; Dr. Roy Nixon, U. S. Experimental Date Farm at Indio, Imperial Valley, California; Dr. F. E. Clements, Carnegie Institution; Prof. F. A. Jenk- ins, University of California. Prof. Burt Richardson, of the physics depart- ment of Occidental College at Los Angeles, is on the summer staff of the Scripps Institution, working in physical oceanography. q MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY (July, 1935) Dr. John T. Halsey, professor of Pharma- cology at Tulane University has arrived at this laboratory to conduct investigations on the effect of pituitary extracts on the blood pressure of fishes. He will be associated with Drs. Margaret M. Lewis and Earl O. Butcher who are studying the anatomy and growth of tissue cultures of the pituitary glands of fishes. Dr. Donald D. Matson of Cornell University is assisting Dr. Howard B. Adelmann in his ana- tomical studies. About the first of August he plans to leave for California. Joseph Seronde, Jr. of Yale Universtiy is studying marine invertebrates of the region, being especially interested in Nemerteans. Dr. Ulric Dahlgren and five Princeton students are continuing the survey of marine inve:tebiates begun several years ago. Gordon Spence of Rollins College, formerly an assistant at the laboratory, has taken a cottage in the Cove and is visiting his old friends. The adults of the laboratory were delightfully entertained by Mr. and Mrs. Henry Morgan- thau at Abel’s lobster house last week. Gert S. Gudernatsch of Cornell University 1s visiting Dr. Senior at the laboratory for a few weeks. Last Sunday's sailing race was won by the Princess of Dr. Lewis. The Baca of Dr. Cole came in second and the O boat of Dr. Slack third. Next week seven boats are entered. The fresh water pond near the laboratory is being visited frequently these days for the pur- pose of watching the beavers which seem to enjoy exhibiting their tail movements. Instead ot driving people away this attracts them. The young people of the laboratory gathered at Abel’s last Friday for a lobster picnic. In spite of the mosquitoes a good time was had by all. Miss Sally Peters who has been visiting the Hoskins’ returned to her home in New Haven last Friday. Miss Joan McChesney, daughter of Dean Mc- Chesney of Johns Hopkins University Medical School is visiting at the Marshalls’ for a few days. 144 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 85 APPARATUS DEPARTMENT FROM THE BRYDEN COMPANY To the Editor: We are pleased to learn from your letter of July 6th that the forthcoming number of THE COL- LECTING NET will contain more than three times the amount of advertising than any previous single issue. I should like outline the question of an APPARA- TUS REVIEW from the point of view of a manu- facturer of scientific apparatus, as follows: 1. The Apparatus Review. The real reason for the inclusion of an apparatus review in THE COL- LECTING NET appears to be a recognition of the growing importance of physical apparatus in biol- logical research. The supposition being that by means of the review major instrument developments, especi- ally in other fields, may be brought to the immedi- ate attention of biologists who could profitably use them, which is also a stimulus to the apparatus maker. Secondly, the reason for introducing the apparatus review now, appears to the stimulus of a sudden increase in advertising. 2. Quality. Whether these apparatus reviews will function as a useful medium of exchange between the instrument maker and the research biologist de- pends, almost entirely I believe, upon the quality of the review. This quality has several important angles. 3. Basic Reviews. In the first place, emphasis should be placed first upon an instrument which in- troduces a new physical or chemical principal or method to biological experimentation. Not upon a modification or slightly improved models of existing apparatus. 4. Concentration vs. Scatteration. This is another aspect of a first quality apparatus review. By con- centration I mean that a single high grade review is superior on all counts than two or more mediocre reviews. This will also have valuable space in THE COLLECTING NET. 5. Completeness. To fulfill the avowed intention of these apparatus reviews they should be complete. Thus they will include (a) The purpose for which the apparatus was designed, (b) Constructional principles and features especially improvements, (c) The proposed use or uses in biological research which justified the selection of this apparatus for the review, (d) Frank comments as to good and poor features to be remedied, (e) Maker and price. 6. Freedom and Pay to Reviewer. Whatever method may be finally decided upon to compose the review, the reviewer should have and insist upon freedom of his honest opinion and be paid for it. You further proposed some sort of organization, the dues of which would go toward editing the ap- paratus reviews. I seriously question the advisabil- ity of such an organization with no other immediate purpose or community of interest than this. Others could of course be devised but would probably over- lap existing organizations. It may be entirely gratuitous for me to suggest that the ‘Journal of Scientific Instruments” pub- lished in London and the magazine “Instruments” published in Pittsburgh, especially the latter con- duct a New Apparatus Page, also “American Ma- chinist,” etc. The reviews in the “Instruments” and the ‘“‘American Machinist” are uniformly good as far as they go, to which you would probably add appli- cations and uses of the particular apparatus under review to biological work rather than leaving this to the research man. In conclusion, the leading association of appara- tus makers in this country is the Scientific Appara- tus Makers of America, Mr. John M. Roberts, Secre- tary, Room 3014, 14 N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois. Sincerely yours, S. D. BRYDEN JR., Pres. FROM THE PRECISION SCIENTIFIC COMPANY July 17, 1935. To the Editor: We read your letter of July 6th with a good deal of interest, and certainly want to congratulate you on your efforts to do a real constructive service for biologists. It is with considerable satisfaction that we note your following statement: “Very often, Dr. Pond tells us, there is an unfor- tunate lag in time between the invention and per- fection of a piece of apparatus and its use in the many fields to which it might be applied if its po- tential possibilities were known. The apparatus maker cannot be acquainted with all the newest re- search work and the kind of equipment which is necessary to advance it another step; the biologist cannot know what the instrument designer has just completed.” This statement just about tallies with our own ideas which were set down some time ago in ‘‘Re- search Laboratory Record” of which I am sending you a copy containing the article. If you get time, you might wade through this. Now, we would be more than glad to cooperate with you to the best of our ability, but we’re hin- dered from doing so in view of the fact that our line contains very little of interest to biologists. There are a few items which we might sell to biolo- gical laboratories, but for the most part it would not pay us to advertise them direct, because our dealer set-up is organized to do the sales job for us. Of course, we’re very much interested in seeing what our ad on the Schultz Grinder will do in the way of stirring up inquiries and sales. If any busi- ness is generated, we may look into the matter fur- ther but for the time being, we won’t promise you any assistance by taking advertising space. We know that you are going to have a tough job on your hands in getting authentic opinions and criticisms of new apparatus without paying for it outright. As for an association, an organization already exists known as the Scientific Apparatus Makers Association with headquarters at 20 N. Wacker, Chicago, Illinois. It is doubtful, however, if the membership of this organization would be willing to contribute anything for your literary re- search because, here again, only a small group spe- cialize in biological apparatus. We may be all wrong on this, so the best thing for you to do would be to write S. A. M. A., and take the matter up in detail. Yours very truly, M. B. KANTER. miery. jury 27, 1935 | THE COLLECTING NET 145 BOOK DEPARTMENT THE FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF PHYSIOLOGY FEATURES IN THE ARCHITECTURE OF PHY- phenomena. So Barcrott’s hypotheses and_ se- SIOLOGICAL FUNCTION. J. Barcroft. x + 368 pp. Illustrated. 1934. Cambridge: at The Uni- versity Press; New York: The Macmillan Com- pany. $5.50. The name of Joseph Barcroft is so well known that it was apparently not necessary to designate in the list of honors the qualities and services for which he was recently knighted. It is also in accord with his originality that the title of his book is interesting but difficult to comprehend. Sir Joseph is no mystic, however, and he pro- ceeds to the analysis of a number of physiological functions into measurable terms and then dis- cusses how those terms of physiology are integ- rated in an expression of vital activity. His attitude is presented in the following sentences. “T am not suggesting that there is any real mys- Doubtless this problem is just one of con- siderable complexity which would yield to sufh- cient skill and patience.” The first three chapters examine the proposi- tion of Claude Bernard “La fixité du milieu interne est la condition de la vie libre.” The pH of normal human blood (or plasma), for ex- ample, varies only so that between one and five grams of hydrogen ions occur in the plasma of all of the inhabitants of the United Kingdom. The absolute quantity of hydrogen ions 1s cer- tainly small, and in health the variation is minute. On the other hand, if we take hydrogen ion con- centration as an expression of the Henderson Hasselbalch ratio, then a possible fifty percent change in c H permits a very large change in the ionization of bicarbonate, organic phosphate or protein, but with little change in weight of hy- drogen ions. The view is expressed that inhibition by the activity of a nervous center serves largely to con- trol normal human respiration, and that this in- hibitory mechanism is the latest to develop and the first to be affected by cyanide poisoning and possibly by the effect of carbon dioxide. I regard this chapter as the most interesting of all, for it directs attention to new facts in the control of respiration. It also reveals that for the wise physiologist logic and principles are subordinate in importance to the facts of physiology. Living tissues are not good media in which to demon- strate the laws of physics and chemistry, and the - a, ee relation of physiological processes is not a favor- able basis for a system of philosophy. But against these difficulties the physiologist has the advantage that the organism and life are for his mind at least more real and stable than any other quences of evidence eventually lead to the meas- urement and definition of physiological conditions. For that reason we must admire the bold way in which he prepares hypotheses and the scant em- phasis which their confirmation or denial finally receives, for they serve simply as guides which can be conveniently put to death at the end of the journey. There is no difficulty in setting the meaning of terms which describe analytical results. But it is very difficult to express those results in terms which can be combined with others in the attempt at integration of physiological processes. 3arcroft reveals that difficulty in attempting to evaluate the physiological capacitv of the organ- ism. The first doubt is as to the base line of metabolism. The oxygen consumption of isolated tissues varies. Whether the variation is inherent in the isolated tissue or in the conditions of ob- servation is not clear. The maximal activity of the organism as a whole is, however, the product in some way of the activities of the units. Bar- croft shows that simple summation of the action of the heart and lungs is inadequate to express the change in respiration from rest to activity, and that multiplication indicates the order of the results. Again, the value of this discussion is in the facts which it reveals regarding the changes in the respiratory system during activity. The difficulty of terms and units is always present. Can figures obtained under one set of conditions be transferred to another? The “all or none” principle has been forced upon physio- logists by its practical value. It is the basis for integration, and Barcroft uses it ably. Fortu- nately he does not stress the achievement of any very satisfactory view of integration, but he sug- gests possibilities so that they can be critically examined. Sometimes his chapters lead to un- expected endings. His discussion of the dis- tinction of sensations into epicritic and proto- pathic leads to a final and satisfying conclusion in a sentence or two that the whole argument would have been unnecessary if we had been less credu- lous. Further, he completes the discussion of duplication with the remark “It is always sur- prising to me that there is only one heart!’ That remark may not contain much of physiology, but the physiologist who can make such a statement is irrepressible and irresistible. LAURENCE [RVING 146 _ THE COLLECTING NET [_ Vor. X: No. 85 THE WISTAR INSTITUTE I uUrtox Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 * ’ This guide for authors, in preparing manu- Microscope s l eS scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff = See. : of The Wistar Institute Press and the codper- Over two thousand different mic- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by sCO slides for Biology < related roscope slides for Biology and relate The Wistar Institute, and presentenienaeas subjects are made in the Turtox slide sensus of opinion on many points relating to : - ee ae the mechanical preparation of manuscripts : laboratory. Specialized technicians use and drawings for the printer and engraver. |] modern methods to produce slides costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. to show. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and : > submitted to editors, in order to offer as much Ask to see a sample slide of Mitosis in the information and illustrative material on the Whitefish Ege subject as is possible within reasonable limits. It will save authors much time and expense in preparing papers for publication and tend to expedite the publication of research. which any teacher may well be proud rf | i ' GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE Address Price $2.00 (Incorporated) The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology 761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. ial ay || Due attention has been given to the relative 0D 0S 0 TOT 0S 0 AD) OSD 0 ETO D0 DOD EDO EP) ED OED 0: 2, = ee 0: Two New Books of Importance By Henry Sherring Pratt, PhD. A MANUAL OF THE COMMON INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS (EXCLUSIVE OF INSECTS) - - - = = Revised Edition 854 Pages 974 Illustrations Cloth $7.50 A MANUAL OF LAND AND FRESH WATER VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES - - Second Edition 416 Pages 184 Illustrations Cloth $6.00 P. BLAKISTON’S SON @& CO., Ine. Publishers 1012 WALNUT STREET PHILADELPHIA, PA. SE) TOYO OD ONT OTS OS AS) A A A AE A ) T ) - ( D - = a aD Oomm “se Jury 27, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET ya! 147 0 Se The Standard of Excellence ue ‘, for 95 Years aie iN AMINCO | THERMOREGULATORS Are sensitive to 0.02° C. or better; Are easily set at desired temperature; Are available in Mercury or Bimetal, for horizontal or vertical mounting, for oil, water, or air immersion. SUPERSENSITIVE RELAYS Operate on currents as low as 7 milliamperes at 6 volts d-c; Break loads as high as 1000 watts at 115 or 230 volts a-c; Are available in a vari- ety of ratings and com- binations. No. 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSA Y—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION HENRY TROEMNER American Instrument Co. SEONG T ea 774-776 Girard Street, N. W is s 174-77 irard Street, N. W., 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. WVachinetona eG CATALOG NO. 1929-N Seremcemcemcemcamcens Write for Aminco Catalog SD ee ee ee ee LEITZ MICROSCOPE LAMPS We offer a complete line of artificial light sources for Microscopy 1—Lamps for general microscopy with diffused light sources; class room lamp “MIFOILD”, and others. <== 2—Inexpensive incandescent light sources ! for general microscopy and observa- tion with low power binocular micro- scopes; microscope lamp “IDEAL” (see illustration) and others. 3—Incandescent lamp of high intrinsic intensity with concentrated filament for darkfield work, for photo-micro- graphy and special purposes. i 4—Arclamps, light sources of the high- est intrinsic intensity for photo-mi- crography, fluorescence microscopy and other special applications. LITERATURE UPON REQUEST Fr. FEZ. INC. BRANCHES: Washington, D. C. Los Angeles, Calif. 60 E. 10th ST. NEW YORK CITY Chicago, Il. San Francisco, Calif. eo , " CA Caneel ee ee emcee, 148 THE COLLECTING NET OBSERVATIONS ON RECORD When you make a photomicrograph, you are using the only means of making a positive record of your observations with the micro- scope—a record which will have untold future value. 3 & L Photomicrographic Equipment GBVP represents the finest photomicrographic equipment money can buy. Spring suspension, mounted in live rubber at all four corners, elim- inates vibration. There is a B & L Photomicrographic Equipment for every purpose at a wide range of prices. Write for cat- alog E-21 to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. The K Camera shown above | takes 34x44” plates, cut | film or roll film. Ideal for ’ taking routine photomicro- | graphs in an economical ' mannet \ FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST-ON B &L ORTHOGON LENSES AND B & L FRAMES WE MAKE OUR OWN GLASS TO INSURE STANDARDIZED PRODUCTION Vol. X. No. 5 Annual Subseription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents SATURDAY, AUGUST 3, 1935 CULTURE OF PANDALID LARVAE ALFREDA BERKELEY NEEDLER Prince Edward Island Biological Station, Bilersie, Ps E. I, In the spring of 1929 the writer was engaged in a study of the life histories of the commercial shrimps of British Columbia at the Biological Nanaimo, B. C. Vhis involved hatching the eggs in the laboratory Board of Canada’s station and attempting to rear the larvae. The five Pacific coast spe- cies under consideration Pan- dalus danae,’ P. borealis, P. hypsinotus, P. platyceros and Pandalopsis dispar lay their eggs in the autuma, carry them over winter and hatch them in the spring. Most of the hatching begins about the end of February and continues until the end of May, being at its height about the beginning of April. Toward the end of Febru- ary, therefore, five tanks were set up in the basement of the Biological Station. The tanks were made with wooden ends and bottoms and plate glass sides, and were about 2 feet long, 15 inches wide and 18 inches deep. wood and joints were covered with black asphalt (Continued paint such as is at SEXUAL PHOTOPERIODICITY Dr. THomAs HuME BISSONNETTE Professor of Biology, Trinity College, Hartford, Connecticut length of light. | WW. KH. L. Calendar TUESDAY, August 6, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. A. K. Parpart: The permeability of the erythrocyte to heavy water. Dr. O. W. Richards: Killing or- ganisms with chromium as from incompletely washed _ bichro- mate-sulfuric cleaned glassware. Dr. C. V. Smythe: The effect of oxygen consumption on alcoholic fermentation in yeast extracts. | Dr. J. K. W. Ferguson: The scope of the chemical method of esti- mating Hb—CO,,. Dr. Shiro Tashiro: Dacryorrketin: the demonstration of its action by a motion picture. FRIDAY, August 9, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. Paul Weiss: The so- called resonance principle of nervous control revised. (With motion pictures). The on 173) page Editorial Page Items of Interest Sexual Photoperiodicity, Dr. T. H. Bissonnette 149 Culture of Pandalid Larvae, A. B. Needler......149 HEVORESSOR TPS PaVlOW....0...cscccsaseesesns scene atevanee 150 International Physiological Congress..... Seasonal sexual reproduction in some plants and animals is conditioned to greater or less de- gree by relative lengths of day and night, by in- tensity of illumination and even by color or wave- As shown by Garner and Allard (IGZD), 23, 7255 27, SO), Till) Adams (1920, ’23, °25) and others, plants fall into three (1) Short - day plants, blooming when days become shorter; (2) Long- day plants, blooming when days become longer than a classes: — critical length; (3) Ever- blooming plants, blooming without definite relation to day-night ratio or within very broad limits of day-length. This response is so localized that even a single branch of a plant may be induced to flower while other branches are kept from it by altering the length of day for the different branches and vice versa. Even expression of male- ness or femaleness in some plants can be modified or controlled by changing duration and intensity of daily periods of light (Schaffner, 1919, '21, (Continued on page 152) TABLE OF CONTENTS At Mrs. Beam's Student Reports of Class Work and Play........ 171 The Woods Hole LOog..................06 Seeertrs 160 Supplementary GOinectOry, siavsav-saseacsseeanasarsecaeenecas 166 | News from other Biological Stations................ 167 (| (Lol Departimenteoh BOOKS cars ccccrscececesceeerescesecsernsar 171 From a photograph taken for ““The Collecting Net’’ by the Bachrach Studios PRESIDENT I. P. PAVLOV Professor Pavlov posed for this portrait at Harvard Medical School between the sessions of the Thirteenth Congress which convened in Boston in 1929. August 3, 1935 | THE COLLEC TING NET THE INTERNATIONAL PHYSIOLOGICAL CONGRESS The Fifteenth International Physiological Con- gress is being held this year at Leningrad and Moscow, U. S. S. R., from the ninth to the seventeenth of August. The Congress meets once every three years. The last meeting in 1932 took place in Rome, and in the summer of 1929 the convention assembled in Cambridge, Mass., at Harvard University. That year as one of the excursions ordinarily included in the program of events, the Congress was entertained for a day at Woods Hole, as many will remember. All persons interested in the Congress together with the members of the Federation of Societies for Experimental Biology are eligible to attend as membe: The Cuincil of the aan cacan Physio- logical Society has appointed a committee to facilitate arrangements in ue country under the guidance of Professor H. Gasser, the newly appointed director of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. Members are fortunate this year in being able to combine their attendance at the meetings with an opportunity to visit the principal cities and sections of Russia and in this way obtain first hhand information concerning conditions in the U.S. S. R. The Congress Committee has under- taken to provide board, lodging, etc., for all members of the Congress and their families at ‘reduced rates, and in addition has made arrange- ments for trips and visits to several parts of the country at a minimum cost. Six itineraries have been planned, varying in length from eleven to twenty-six days, which include, in addition to tours of the cities of Leningrad and Moscow and ‘their immediate environs, excursions to the Ukrainian Soviet-Republic, Crimea, the Caucasus and Southern health resorts, as well as a voyage on the Volga. It is peculiarly appropriate that Professor I. P. Payloy should have been elected President of the Fifteenth International Physiological Congress. ‘Concerning him Dr. W. Horsley Gantt, now a psychiatrist at the Medical School of The Johns Hopkins University, and formerly a collaborator in Professor Paylov’s physiological laboratory, writes in the August 1935, issuue of Current History: “Ivan Petrovich Pavlov, one of the greatest men of science that Russia has given the world, was born in Ryazan, a small peasant town in the Province of Moscow, on Sept. 26, 1849. He was the son of a poor priest, who wanted him to follow in his footsteps, and so he was sent to a theological seminary. “Sitting in the class room and impatiently listening to the long-winded, sonorous-voiced teachers who spoke of things that could be neither proved nor observed, young Ivan resolved that he would not be a priest. It was much more satisfactory to read The Physiology of Common Life, by G. H. Lewes (the friend of George Eliot), in which everything was part of a sys- tem and could be seen and measured and ob- served and proved by experimentation. : That explains why, instead of finishing at the theological seminary, Pavlov went off to St. Petersburg to study under Mendeleyev, the great chemist. “By winning a scholarship he was able to study abroad for two years under the great physiolog- ists Carl Ludwig and Heidenhain. Incidentally, Welch, a founder of Johns Hopkins, was among his fellow-students. On returning to St. Peters- bure he obtained a position as assistant with the famous clinician Botkin. “For years Pavlov worked without attracting special attention, but he had begun his hunt for facts. He was indefatigable, derided all shams, asked no favors of any one and blurted out his opinions in fiery, aggressive language against the head of the Military Medical Academy, who sought by his political scheming to keep himself in favor with the Czarist government at the ex- pense of science. For these reasons Pavlov was appointed full professor only a few years before he was awarded the Nobel Prize in 1904. “By the time he was 53 Pavlov had established his reputation as a physiologist by his brillant researches on digestion. By ingenious operations he managed to obtain secretions from the stom- ach, Rees and liver of a dog leading a normal life in the laboratory, day after day ‘and under varying conditions. This of course differed from acute vivisection experiments generally employed by physiologists. But certain facts appeared that could neither be explained nor neglected. Why did saliva pour forth in the dog’s mouth not only when he was given food to eat but when it was shown to him or he heard the footsteps of the assistant bringing the food? Was not this so- called psychical fact also a physiological reflex, determined by external conditions and organic structure just as much as was the ordinary mechanical unchanging reflex action ? “Today Pavlov’s step may be a whit slower, has hair thinner and his speech not quite so vehement, yet he gave me as clear a discussion and analysis of the current notions of mental diseases, learned since he was 82, as I have ever heard, and outlined with zeal as great as a decade ago his plans for pushing on in this new field (Pll must hurry because I am getting old, but I want to work until I am 90.’) THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 86 SEXUAL PHOTOPERIODICITY (Continued from page 149) '23, °27, ’30, ’31, Richey and Sprague, 1932; and others ). The fundamental chemical changes associated with these responses, called “photoperiodism,” are not yet settled beyond controversy. Aside from the peculiar cyclic behavior of some aquatic invertebrate animals which may not be true sexual photoperiodism, the animals studied are aphids, clawed toads (South Africa), stickle- backs, juncos, crows, canaries, starlings, mourn- ing doves, mejiros (Japan), ducks, turkeys, poul- try, Guinea fowl, ferrets, field mice, hedgehogs, sheep, Guinea pigs, and 13-lined ground squirrels. Of these, some aphids, some sheep and_ others correspond to short-day plants, coming into sexu- al activity in autumn. Others, like ferrets, field mice, hedgehogs, juncos, crows, starlings, canar- ies, mejiros, turkeys, poultry, mourning doves, ducks, and other aphids correspond to long-day plants, coming into sexual activity on increasing days in spring, though the previous light history or sexual or endocrine condition of the animals appears to determine the response to any given daylength. Still others, like sticklebacks, ground squirrels, Guinea pigs, Guinea fowl, and others are not responsive to changes in daylength, but seem to be responsive to changes in some other environmental factor or factors instead. Some animals, like hedgehogs, field mice, etc., are responsive to other factors as well as changes in length of day. In all animals so far investi- gated, improper food, so far as vitamins, proteins, fats and salts are concerned, may act as a limit- ing factor and prevent changes in sexual cycles in response to changes in length of day or even sup- press sexual cycle altogether. Hypophysectomy suppresses sexual cycles and prevents experimental alteration of these cycles by changes in length of day and the hypophysis undergoes histological changes in response to al- teration of daylength. In the animals so far studied, the eyes appear to function as the receptors for the stimulus. An- imals with their eyes covered (ducks and ferrets) are not affected by increased lighting, while those with the rest of the head but not the eyes (fer- rets) or the rest of the body but not the eyes (ducks) are affected. In ferrets, severing the optic nerves frees the sexual cycle from the in- fluence of the seasons and sexual activity occurs at a time of year different from the normal one (June to November, July to December, in place of March to August). In experimental modification of sexual cycles in starlings and ferrets, the time occupied by the different phases of the sexual cycle has an inverse relationship to the strength or effectiveness of the stimulus used to induce activity. All animals pass the climax of reproductive activity and re- turn to quiescence in spite of increasing day- lengths just as the animals investigated so far do with long-continued injections of gonadotropic hormones from the anterior hypophysis or preg- nancy urine. So, while sexual activity may be in- duced by increased lighting, and regression by re- duced lighting, regression will occur in spite of stimulating agents. In starlings this occurs be- fore June 15th in nature. With them, longwave red light is most stimulating and green and viclet seem to be inhibitory to sexual activity (Bisson- nette, 1933 and previous papers). In ferrets, all wave-lengths between near infra-red and near ul- tra-violet appear to be equally effective (Marshall and Bowden, 1934). In both animals both dura- tion and intensity of the added light periods are factors in conditioning the rate of response. Tem- perature was not a factor conditioning response in starlings, ferrets or juncos; but it is in stickle- backs, hedgehogs and some other forms. Lumin- ous intensity and not total energy content of the light was the factor concerned in starlings. Some animals, such as starlings and female ferrets, can be brought into full activity by a large initial increase in the duration of day fol- lowed by declining daylength. Others, like male ferrets, require an increasing daylength to be completely and quickly activated. The ferret also shows an inherent rhythm of sexual activity inde- pendent of the season but capable of adjustment to the spring season by the influence of lengthen- ing days. THE COLLECTING NET has been entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. marine biological laboratories. It is devoted to the scientific work at It is published weekly tor ten weeks between June 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole and printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford. the third floor of the Woods Hole station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries, Its editorial offices are situated on Between June 1 and October 1 communications should be addressed to Woods Hole, Massachusetts; at other times they should be directed to THE COLLECTING NET, Garrison, N. Y. (containing not less than 280 pages) costs $2.00. Single copies cost 30c; a subscription ee a | Aucust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 153 Amount of daily exercise does not appear to be a factor in inducing sexual activity in either star- lings or ferrets; but it fixes the trend of sex- gland change or prolongs the refractory period before changes induced by modified lighting ap- pear. It is suggested that the stimulus of added day- length, acting through the eyes and optic nerves, stimulates the anterior hypophysis which stimu- lates the sex-glands and, through them, the ac- cessory sex-organs and behavior. ‘The behavior includes mating, nesting, etc., in some animals un- less restrained by the lack of some factors in their surroundings. Possibly bird migration may be related to the cycles of the anterior hy pophysis as well as to the sex-glands or instead of to them, as a part of the urge toward mating in spring in migratory birds or of the reaction from it in au- tumn. It is suggested also that probably in the count- less generations of animals and plants living un- der different types of seasonal environments, with different times of stress and danger to their off- spring, that type of reproductive or sexual cycle which best meets these obstacles to success or sur- vival for each species has been evolved for it un- der natural selection. Those not producing their young in a favorable season died out, because their sexual cycles were not adapted to their en- vironment. Those that most nearly conformed survived. Some developed a relation to one fac- tor in the environment which set off or controlled their sexual mechanism at the right time, such as the very regular change in length of day, some- times becoming related to it in one way like star- lings and ferrets and long-day plants, sometimes in another like sheep and short-day plants, de- pending somewhat on length of gestation period as well. Others were better served by another factor like change in food, in temperature, or in humidity or rainfall, and were selected in rela- tion to it. We are still only in the beginnings of these studies of sexual photoperiodicity or ‘“photoperi- odism,” and most of our conjectures must serve only as working hypotheses, to be tested out on each species in turn, in the hope that some great and broad correlating principle may emerge as definite knowledge increases. The keys to many of the related problems are still beyond our grasp. (This article is based upon a lecture presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 19). NOTES ON INFORMAL DISCUSSION DR. BISSONETTEH’S PAPER AT THE M. B. L. CLUB Discussion Dr. Bissonnette, on being asked if there is any correlation in birds between their sexual activities OF and phases of the moon, replied that he did not know, since his experiments have been limited to indoor work. He mentioned that in Africa there are some tropical birds which breed twice a year depending upon wet and dry seasons. Dr. McClung: In exposing your animals to colored light, | suppose the succession of colors has no effect ? Dr. Bissonnette: 1 don’t know that either. I do know that green light was an inhibitor. Dr. McClung: It might well be that there would be some effect. Dr. Bissonnette: touch that. as could be. Question: In one of your photographs the bulb was quite close to the cage. Would there not be some effect of increased temperature ? Dr. Bissonnette: That was my first experi- ment. There was doubtless some increase of temperature, though the windows were open at all times. Later we refined the experiments by measuring intensity of both light and heat. I had a physicist make these measurements for me to assure accuracy. We made very careful meas- urements of each in case of red light, white, green and controls. The temperature was measured with thermocouples. Question: It was fairly constant? Dr. Bissonnette: Yes, for any one cage. But it varied—red 10, green 2.5, white 1, control 0; effects were red, white, control, green. Dr. Brinley: Was there any activity on the part of the birds in response to colored lights ? Dr, Bissonnette: They sat on the roost most of the time. They would make an occasional hop over to the light, they moved occasionally from one place to another, but there was no evidence that they were at all stirred up or unusually ac- tive. Starlings are always quarrelsome, even when roosting. Miss Keil: I have heard farmers interested in production of eggs say that when they tried put- ting lights on at night the number of eggs was at first greatly increased and the hens laid earlier— but that later the number of eggs was greatly de- creased. Dr. Bissonnette: Yes, you do not really greatly increase the total number of eggs pro- duced. You merely move the time of production from the unprofitable time in the spring to a profitable time in the fall. Dr. McClung: Is there anything in common in all these experiments—any common element ? Dr. Bissonnette: No. Take the guinea pig for instance—Young found that under winter conditions, the time at which the females begin to show receptivity to males can be shifted about My experiments did not In many respects they were as crude 154 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. X. No. 86 an hour by exposure to light. Both the guinea pig and the guinea fowl come from the tropics. They show no extreme changes in response to light. Change of hair in some animals is entirely tied up with the light cycle. Id like to try some experiments with the Arctic fox which has vary- ing hair. Ferrets do not lose their winter fur until about five weeks after they come into heat, and do not get their winter fur again until within a week or two after the vulva starts to shrink. They become bare around the mammary glands and on the medial aspects of the hind legs in sum- mer, and take on hair there again in winter. Dr. McClung: You think the endocrine sys- tem is always involved? Dr. Bissonnette: 1 think so. I think it is a growth phenomenon. But I have not attempted injection work. We have taken the hypophysis out, we have cut the optic nerves. We do not always get like effects. For instance I started a couple of young female ferrets, born in the pre- vious April 1, on October 2 or perhaps a little earlier ; one of these two young females came into heat in December. The other, a little white one, had not shown any signs of oestrous when I came down here, although she had been exposed to eight hours of light. Some of the males I had last winter are still in winter fur and not yet in sexual activity after going out of it about Febru- ary after being brought into activity in Novem- ber by night-lighting. Dr. McClung: If you substitute an endocrine it works the same? Dr. Bissonnette: Yes, so far as sex organs are concerned; I don’t know about fur cycles. Some animals go dormant at low temperatures. That lowers all metabolic activity. I don’t think an animal sees light when it is dormant. These ferrets of mine are affected even when they are asleep—or at least, with their eyelids closed. Question: You mentioned that you used fil- ters for red light? Would you think there was very much infra-red effect? Dr. Bissonnette: No. I tried to have all my transmission in the visible light. I used HR py- rometer red and sextant green, which left space with no transmission between the green or the red. These were chosen for me by physicists who made the light measurements for me. Dr. Weiss: If you increase the light very greatly do you find a limit where there is no re- action at all? Dr. Bissonnette: 1 cannot say what the opti- mum is. I tried a series of experiments, using a sunlamp, another with a 1000-watt bulb of great luminous intensity, and a third with an or- dinary 200-watt bulb. The ordinary electric light bulb produced the greatest effect—presumably it contained more of the effective rays than the sun- lamp at equal luminous intensity. The 1000 watt bulb at the distance used was evidently too pow- erful or beyond the optimum intensity. Dr. Weiss: As the day grows shorter, what would happen to an animal if you added just enough artificial light to balance? Dr. Bissonnette: 1 recently did some experi- ments along that line: I gave an increase of about double the weekly fall in day-length, then stopped for two weeks to about equalize the effect. The animals slowed down. But when I stepped up the light exposure again they came in once more. There was, however, that effect of slowing down when the amount of added electric light just equalled the decrease of daylight. Dr. Weiss: It is very hard to imagine the physiological mechanism involyed—that an ani- mal should refer to its previous history rather than to its present situation. Dr. Bissonnette: Well, I don’t know. Don't we have something the same in the case of sun- tan? Previous physiological condition conditions the response to a stimulus. Fatigue prevents maximum muscular response. Dr. McClung: Of course you are involved in the whole complicated problem of endocrine re- lations, but you might get some hint of how that coordinated mechanism is activated. Dr. Bissonnette: The next experiment I hope to do is to cut the stalk of the hypophysis and leave the hypophysis in place. But that is going to be a difficult and delicate task. I have been able to keep one ferret alive for a year and some forty days minus a hypophysis. I had three such animals that were hypophysectomized in October, November and December—one died in January because of the effects of the operation. One showed no bad effects until July, another in Octo- ber. The third, as I said, lived more than a year. But none of them showed any sexual change at all in response to exposure to light. This affects the adrenals too. I saw that somebody said if you increased the intake of common salt, adrenal- ectomized animals would carry on longer. We gave our animals all a pinch of salt each day and the third female above that had begun to sicken came out of it and returned to good health for a time but later became weak again and died about two months later. Dr. McClung: If you take out the hypophysis you are creating a much greater disturbance, of course, than by simple blinding and you have many things to consider besides the direct effect —so many interrelationships. Dr. Bissonnette: Yes, some people think even the thymus is involved. Avueust 3, 1935 i THE COLLECTING NET 1 UL 5 Dr. McClung: So the simplest experiment, the blinding experiment, is the best, for that deals with only one factor. Dr. Bissonnette: Yes—cutting the optic nerve is about the best because you have cut off all light supply unless there is an optic hormone like that of eyestalks of Crustaceous that affects Chroma- tophores. Dr. McClung: The same old story—you have no simple problem no matter what organism or what problem you take up. Dr, Nelsen: Have you any theory to explain regression in the starling? Dr. Bissonnette: Some say that they become immune to their own hormone. Something goes out of gear. For histological examination I use Wolf's method of Regand followed by potassium bichromate. I had six animals and killed them at regular intervals. They showed large vacuoles like costration cells in both basophiles and eosin- ophiles. The other group when | started on Jan- uary 15 all came down before June. They would not pay any attention to females after June Ist, though still getting night lighting. Question: Does it ever happen that a migra- tory bird which breeds in spring in a north tem- perate region, will, on going to a south temperate region, return to an active state and breed again? Dr. Bissonnette: 1 don't think so. Migratory birds do not breed in their southern haunts, I be- lieve, but I don’t know. I am not an ornitholo- gist. Dr. McClung: You know of the work on mi- gratory locusts? If a few animals are placed in a cage the solitary form develops; individuals from the same pod of eggs when crowded in a cage become migratory forms. It is just a ques- tion of crowding, and I think the work is very well substantiated. This is hard to understand, because there is no endocrine system, and the psychological element must be reduced to a very low level. Dr. Bissonnette: Cambodians, in A frica, have two sexual cycles each year. Domestication of animals seems to have an effect on such matters. But I was never able to domesticate the starling very much. There is still much to be done. I'd like to get hold of animals in which the color of the hair varies from winter to summer. And I'd like to work out the embryology of the things I have al- ready studied. The Cambridge group with whom I worked _ Were sure at first that the ferret work was hope- less. They thought that increased light had no effect because Hill and Parkes had tried ultra- -_ violet radiation for about five minutes or so daily. Also they had taken a ferret to Trinidad, where they assumed the days to be longer, and reported no effect. The female came into heat in July in- stead of in March or April. At Cambridge Walton brought in some wild Mallard ducks, four ducks and four drakes. They were divided into two lots (two males and two females each) ; one lot he treated with light from a 200-watt bulb and kept the other four animals for controls. He started some time in January. The first thing we noticed was that the drakes became very pugnacious in the lighted cage. Nothing happened in the control cages. We had to separate the animals again, two by two, to keep the drakes from killing each other. The treated animals started to moult, took on eclipse. We thought they might lay, but of course they were wild, and the natural places for nests were denied them. Again in May they moulted and started to come into breeding plumage. Here again, moult- ing 1s tied up with light cycles. You know ca- naries will breed earlier if they are given more light. Dr, Sichel: If you keep the light on at night, do they sleep less? Dr. Bissonnette: I don't know what they do —I just turn on the lights. Birds sometimes stay awake and move around, but the ferrets do not. One difficulty we had with the ferrets is that they are subject to foot-rot, caused by a mite. 1 was able to control this disease by giving them vita- mines. A ferret that was very sick with foot-rot was affected by light just like the others. We have kept photomicrographs of all the his- tological material—cross sections of everything— the vulva, the vagina, the uterus, the Fallopian tubes, and I have a fine photograph of the egg of the ferret, showing the pronuclei and the two polar bodies, taken about 4414 hours after begin- ning of copulation. Dr. Nelsen: I am still puzzling over the re- gression phenomenon. It is hard to imagine the mechanism involved. Dr. Sichel: Could you gradually increase the intensity of the light so that the animal becomes acclimatized to that? Often a sudden stimulus is effective, but one which is gradually increased is not Dr. Bissonnette: I have no data on this. I don't know the answer to that. My experiments are only at a beginning and each new thing we try suggests something else. I might say that my work so far has offered only hints but they are very stimulating ones. ASUS, (COMIN CAMUNTE, INUTAL [ Vor. X. No. 86 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Cattell, Mary L. Goodson, Rita Guttman, Margaret Mast, Annaleida Snyder Cattell. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Betty Chase. Woods Hole Log: Marjorie Huxley, Boris Gorokhoff, Dave Bradley. Scholarship Fund: Manton Copeland, Anne Janney. Entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. MONEY MATTERS When Tue Cotitectrnc Net was first initi- ated, a skeptical biologist, who now often con- tributes to the journal, wanted to know how its publication was to be financed; he had visions of benefit bridge games at the M. B. L. Club, con- certs and student plays in the laboratory audi- torium. Now we are often asked whether the journal supports the editors, or whether the edi- tors support the journal! In view of the in- creasing frequency of the question—doubtless due to the plumpness of the first issue—it might be worth while to briefly review the facts. During the first year THe Cottectinc Net paid no salaries and at the end of the season its ledger showed a deficit of $37.50. Next year that debt was met and in addition, a small profit re- sulted. During the years from 1927-1931 inclu- sive, THE CoLLectinG Net was able to turn over about $1800.00 to its Scholarship Fund. The salaries that it paid in that interval compared very favorably with those given to persons in analogous positions at the Marine Biological Laboratory. The editor of the journal has at no time received remuneration for his services. In 1932 the salaries paid were fair and the expense of publication equalled within a few dollars, the resulting receipts. With the further decline in advertising revenue there was a loss of some- thing over five hundred dollars during the last two years. Part of the deficit was met by pre- senting two plays at the Silver Beach Theater last summer; it is our intention to cancel our debt in a similar manner during the course of the sum- mer; and to incur no new ones. At present the regular salaried staff is being paid only about half of what their services would bring in the normal market; we like to think that they are being amply paid for half of their time and that they are contributing the other half of their time to a worthwhile program. AIntroducing Dr. Giutro Muratort, Rockefeller Fellow from the Royal University of Padova, Italy. Dr. Muratori was born in Trento, Italy in 1909 and attended the University of Padova Medical School. He received his doctor of medicine de- gree in 1933 and then spent a year as assistant and fellow in the anatomical department of the Medical School, working in collaboration with Dr. T. Terni, the anatomist and histologist. He has done histological research on the para- ganglionic tissue connected with ganglion nodo- sum of the vagus nerve, on the innervation of the carotid body and carotid sinus and on the innerv- ation of the lung and of the thymus. He has also investigated the paraganglionic tissue of the re- ceptive zones of the aortic depressor reflex in mammals, and the carotid sinus in birds. In 1934, Dr. Muratori received a Rockefeller fellowship and came to this country to do re- search with Dr. and Mrs. Warren Lewis of the Carnegie Institution at Baltimore. While there he studied the histo-physiology of the embryonic gonads of the chick with tissue culture methods. Dr. Muratori is planning to devote this sum- mer to micro-dissection technique in tissue cul- ture. His publications during the last two years include: ‘Receptive aortic zone in paraganglionic tissue,” Bollettino della Societa Italiana di Biol- ogia Sperimentale, 1934; “Histological contribu- tion on the innervation of the glomo-carotid ar- terial zone.” Archivio Italiano di Anatomia Em- briologia, 1934; “Observations on embryonic and new-born chick gonads in hanging drop cultures,” Anatomical Record, 1935; “Connections between paraganglionic tissues and receptive aortic zones in various mammals,” Monitore Zoologico Itali- ano, 1935. ES CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date A.M. P.M: August 3 SIR Uf 33) August 4 S:l2 a arse August 5 .. 8:54 9:21 August 6 9:39 10:12 August 7 1 LOEZ6ReIEOS August 8 TELS ASS Oe eee 12:02 12714 August 10 ...... Wess) il sil In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. | ee EEUU EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE! ' Aveust 3, 1935 | THE COLLECTING NET 157 ITEMS OF INTEREST Dr. Ross G. Harrison, who is Sterling pro- Miss ReseccA HrmpHitt Davis was in fessor of biology at Yale has been elected a mem- ber of the Royal Scientific Society of Upsala, Sweden. Dr. Rupotr THEoporE Kempton, who was research associate at the University of Pennsyl- vania during the past year, has been appointed assistant professor of biology at Princeton. Dr. Witt1AM L, Doyte, Bruce Fellow in Zool- ogy at Johns Hopkins University, has received a Rockefeller Foundation Fellowship for study at Cambridge University. He is visiting Woods Hole for a few days this week. Dr. Doyle car- ried out his research work at the Tortugas Labor- atory this summer. Dr. Ratpu S. MUCKENFUSS, assistant profes- sor of medicine at the School of Medicine, Wash- ington University, St. Louis, has been appointed temporary assistant director of the Bureau of Laboratories of New York City. Dr. B. M- Ducear, professor of plant physiol- ogy at the University of Wisconsin, who was at Woods Hole last summer, will be one of the offi- cial representatives of the Botanical Society of America at the Sixth International Botanical Congress, which will be held at Amsterdam trom September 2 to 7. Other official representatives of the Botanical Society of America will be Aven Nelson, president of the Society, Karl Sax, B. O. Dodge and A. S. Hitchcock. Dr. AND Mrs. Ronatp Hayes, (the former Miss Dixie Pelluet) are doing research this sum- mer at Dalhousie University, Halifax, N. S., on material which they collected here at Woods Hole last summer. Dr- Hayes is associate professor of zoology at Dalhousie and Mrs. Hayes is assistant professor of zoology at the same university. Dr. Epwarp A, Dotsy sailed for London to at- tend a meeting on July 15 as United States repre- sentative of the permanent commission on biologi- cal standardization of the League of Nations. Professor Doisy is director of the department of biochemistry of the School of Medicine at St. Louis University. Dr. Mortimer L. Anson of the Rockefeller Institute at Princeton, who has been conducting research work on hemoglobin, is visiting Woods Hole for a few days. He is stopping at the Breakwater Hotel. Miss Loutse Scatrerty, graduate student of biology at Radcliffe College, visited Woods Hole last week-end. Woods Hole for the week-end of July 27 and spent some time with her cousin, Hannah I. Croasdale of the Department of Botany at the University of Pennsylvania. Miss Davis has been teaching in the Art Department of the Baldwin School in Bryn Mawr and plans to enter the Philadelphia Academy of Fine Arts in the Fall. Mr. Rosert Ketter, brother of Miss Anna K. Keltch, research chemist at the Eli Lilly Re- search Laboratories, arrived at Woods Hole this week for a short stay with his mother and sister. He motored from Indianapolis with friends. Dr. L. F. Fieser, professor of chemistry at the Converse Memorial Laboratory of Harvard Uni- versity, arrived at Woods Hole Tuesday, July 30, for a short visit. He is the guest of Dr. G. H. A. Clowes, director of the Eli Lilly Research Laboratories. There were quite a few visitors from Harvard University at Woods Hole last week-end. Dr. Harold Fish, assistant in zoology, Mr. Edward Boettiger and Miss Barbara Saunders, both grad- uate students of zoology, and Mr. Harold Hitch- cock, assistant in zoology, all from the Harvard Biological Laboratories, motored here from Cam- bridge. Miss Mary Marks, secretary to Dr. H. W. Rand, who is associate professor of zoology at the Harvard Biological Laboratories, visited Woods Hole last Saturday, July 27. BIOLOGIST ADDRESSES KIWANIANS (From The Standard-Times) FatmoutH, July 30—Dr. Henry B. Bigelow. director of the Oceanographic Institute at Woods Hole, and professor of zoology at Harvard Uni- veisity, addressed the Kiwanis Club at its meet- ing here last night. Dr. Bigelow outlined the work being done by the institute, and told how the study of the sea began several years ago. He revealed the pur- poses of examination of deep sea water, vege- table and animal life, and told of the studies of currents and their effect on ocean life. THE CAMERA CLUB On Monday evening, July 29, Mr. E. H. An- thes of Bausch and Lomb gave a special lecture sponsored by the Camera Club on “The Histori- cal Development of the Compound Microscope” in the Marine Biological Laboratory auditorium. An exhibition of the work of members will take place in the middle of August. People in- terested are urged to get their exhibition prints ready now. 158 THE COLEE CRINGINET [ Vor. X. No. 86 ITEMS OF INTEREST TENNIS CLUB PRESENTS DR. PERKINS The many Woods Hole friends of Dr. Earle B. Perkins will have an opportunity to hear of his experiences and work with the Second Byrd Ant- arctic Expedition when he gives an_ illustrated lecture in the Marine Biological Laboratory audi- torium on Thursday, August the 8th, on “Life in Little America.’ He will show several reels of motion pictures which he took during the long stay in Little America. . Dr. Perkins is a graduate of Bowdoin College, where he became interested in zoology through his courses with Professor Manton Copeland. He spent four years at Harvard working for his Ph.D. degree under Dr. George H. Parker. Much of the work for his dissertation was done here at Woods Hole and it was during a stay at the Bu- reau of Fisheries Laboratory one winter that Dr. Perkins completed his experiments leading to the discovery of the crustacean eye hormone. Dr. Perkins has also worked at the Mount Dessert laboratory and for several summers was research biologist with the Oyster Investigation Commis- sion of the New Jersey State Experimental Sta- tion. Since 1927, he has been assistant professor of zoology at Rutgers University, from which duties he was given a two year leave of absence to accompany the Byrd Expedition and study the invertebrates of the Antarctic region. His motion pictures of the activities of the ex- pedition are exceptionally good and should inter- est the townspeople as well as the laboratory in- vestigators and students. The lecture is sponsored by the M. B. L. Ten- nis Club. Tickets will be 75c and 50c. M. B. L. CLUB PHONOGRAPH CONCERT The phonograph concert program this Monday evening, August 5, will include music from Wagner’s opera, ““Tannhauser,” and “Scheheraz- ade” of Rimsky-Korsakow. The concert will take place in the M. B. L. Clubhouse at 8 P. M. as usual. The music committee would appreciate it if persons who own records and would like to hear them played at the regular Monday evening con- certs would submit a list of them to Edmund 3rill, chairman of the committee. They will be notified in advance when the records are needed. Miss Mary Neat who took the physiology course last summer and who teaches in a high school in Boston is visiting Miss N. A. Parkin- son, assistant editor of The Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. OPEN FORUM MEETING AT PENZANCE POINT The first Sunday afternoon Forum meeting of this year will be held on August 4 at 3:30, at “Gladheim,” the summer home of Dr. and Mrs. James P. Warbasse. Mr. Frederick J. Libby, Executive Secretary of the National Council for the Prevention of War, will speak on “The Threat of War and What We Can Do About It.” All members of the scientific colony are welcome, as well as all others who may be interested. Those who have been at Woods Hole in for- mer summers will remember with interest the “forums” held on Sunday afternoons on the beau- tiful grounds of “Gladheim” at the very tip of Penzance Point. Although the meetings were discontinued during the past two summers for various reasons, owing to the expressed wish of a number of Woods Hole people, Dr. Warbasse has consented to renew them again this year. The meeting is conducted as an open forum; the subject for the day is introduced by the speaker, followed by questions and discussion from members of the audience, who are grouped informally in a semi-circle on the lawn facing the harbor. he subjects chosen are those of current interest and lively and stimulating discussion of- ten ensues. The speaker for this Sunday, Dr. Frederick J. Libby, has had intimate contact with the after- effects of war in Europe, having aided in recon- struction work in France after the war, and in 1920 entering the office of the Friends in Phila- delphia to do publicity work in behalf of the starving children in Europe. While employed there Mr. Libby decided to devote the rest of his life to the organization of peace forces. The National Council for the Prevention of Wars was formed fourteen years ago as a clear- ing house by representatives of seventeen national organizations, to promote the success of the Washington Conference for the Limitation of Armaments. Christina Merriman, a member of the staff of the Foreign Policy Association was the first Acting Chairman, and Frederick J. Lib- by, as author of the plan, was made Executive Secretary. Arrangements are being made for other speak- ers for succeeding Sunday afternoons. It is probable that on August 11 the speaker will be Dr. Harry W. Laidler, Executive Director of the League for Industrial Democracy. Dr. Harrison E. Howe, Editor of The Jour- nal of Industrial Engineering and Chemistry, has left Woods Hole for San Francisco to attend the meetings of the American Chemical Society. a Aucust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 159 designed for a particular purpose When you need optics for a particular purpose be sure to consult B & L about them, because among the complete line of B & L Optics you will find those best suited to your needs. One example of this is B & L Ultra Violet Optics which give 12% to 19% greater resolution in photomicrography by utilizing the short wave- lengths of the Ultra Violet. The U. V. Optics (16mm .25 N. A., 6mm .65 N. A., and 17mm 1.30 N. A.) are corrected to focus both 365 my ultra violet and 546 mp mer- cury green at the same point. Focusing, therefore, is visible and positive and the exposure is made using the ultra violet. Information on B & L Optics will gladly be sent on request. Write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rechester, N. Y. WE MAKE OUR OWN GLASS TO INSURE STANDARDIZED PRODUCTION FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST ON B&L ORTHOGON LENSES AND B & L FRAMES 160 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. X. No. 86 ols) en 0 0 aD 0 Val 2, et et eel ee Doemo: SUMMER COLONY NEWS Manton COPELAND, JR. Dr. and Mrs. R. P. Bigelow left on August 1 to spend a few days at their home in Brookline, Mass. They took with them their nieces, Miss Evelyn Chase and Miss Gertrude MacKittrick, who are on their way to visit Mrs. Talbot Chase of Manchester, Mass. Miss Mackittrick has been the house guest of Miss Elizabeth Copeland at The Roost. Dr. and Mrs. Frank Knowlton have announced the engagement of their daughter, Catharine, to Mr. Lucius C. Foote of Syracuse, New York. The wedding is planned for September. Mrs. Lorande L. Woodruff gave a contract bridge party at her home in Woods Hole last Monday, for the benefit of the children of West- chester County. The Semi-Finals and Finals of the Woods Hole Golf Club Tennis Tournament are to be played off today. In the Men’s Doubles, Rother- nell and Donaldson meet Wheatley and Keith. The winners of this match play Harris and Hol- lander. In the Women’s Doubles, Miss Newton and Miss Draper will contest with Mrs. Gifford and Mrs. Leatherbee. In the Mixed Doubles the winner of Miss Boggs and Mr. Collins’ match against Mrs. Martin and Mr. Shedden will play Mrs. Blevines and Mr. Lawrence. In the Wom- en’s Singles the winner of the Janney-Draper match will play Mrs. Martin. In the Men’s Singles, Mr. Moody and Mr. Jack Kenney wilt strive for victory. WOODS HOLE LOG | WOODS HOLE NEWS Marjorie Hux Ley The marriage of Miss Alice MacNaught of Woods Hole to Mr. A. Jay Murray from New Jersey, took place last Wednesday. ‘They were wedded at the home of the bride’s parents, Mr. and Mrs. Frank M. MacNaught. Her father is the business manager of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Mr. Robert Leighton of Nobska Light, has been appointed dispatcher for the Island Airways. He will protect the plane movement by watching flying conditions and keeping tabs on the weather. This appointment became effective Tuesday of last week. Coben F. Kelly of the Algonquin, has taken up the profession of snake-charming as a hobby. He now has a trained red-bellied moccasin in his possession, and expects a “cotton-mouth” and a rattlesnake to be shipped up from Georgia, where reptiles are plentiful. The snakes will be kept in the carpenter shop of the Canteen. Roy Payne cracked and dislocated his collar- bone last Monday night while playing baseball for the Woods Hole team. He was posted in rightfield, and reached out to catch a fly ball com- ing his way. He caught it, and as he did so, was thrown off his precarious balance, and landed with a cracked collar-bone. For a few minutes he was unable to move, but several of the fellows worked over him, and he was finally brought around. He walked off the field assisted by Pat Peck, who then took him to the hospital in Hyan- nis. Roy is now doing nicely. LOG LINES EpmMuND BRILL Seward Prosser’s schooner, Constance, went to New Bedford last Sunday to be varnished at Pierce and Kilburn’s. She returned on Thurs- day. The Cayadetta and the Nereis took the Inverte- brate students to Kettle Cove on Thursday. The Nereis continued to Cuttyhunk to collect toads. The 18-foot sloop, Sea Urchin, owned by the combination of Barth-Pierey-Steinbach-Hursh and Hunter now lies in about 86 feet of water off Naushon in the Sound. She was being sailed by Mr. Hursh, Miss Clark and Miss Linton, when a mile off of Lackey’s Bay she went down under them, leaving them to strike out for the far away shore. After 45 minutes in the water, all were rescued safe and sound by one of the Forbes’ sailboats. The cause of this accident appears to be that she had just been caulked very thoroughly all over her hull, but not at all on the cockpit-floor. When tacking, the scupper was under water, al- lowing a lot to flood the cockpit, leak through the floor, and fill up the bilge. The party realized that she was filling up, and might possibly have saved her by heaving-to or running free, however they made for shore on a tack until she was car- ried down by her 800 pound lead keel. Aveust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 161 A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 FALMOUTH NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE KNITTING YARNS — LINENS Fine Toilet Goods — Lingerie — Chintz MRS. WEEKS SHOP FALMOUTH, MASS. REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. — When In Falmouth Shop At — ISSOKSON’S WALK-OVER SHOES, BATHING SUITS SPORT CLOTHES Shoe Repairing While You Wait Telephone Falmouth 412-M 412-J NOAH M. GEDIMAN ATTORNEY AT LAW Iris Pharmacy Building MAIN ST. FALMOUTH, MASS. FALMOUTH COAL COMPANY COAL —— woop Distributors Gulf Refining Co. THE BELLOWS (Mrs. Hedlund) LUNCHEONS - - - DINNERS FALMOUTH Falmouth Heights Road Tel. Falmouth 271 MME. CURE Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé Falmouth, Mass. THE FLYING DRAGON UNUSUAL GIFTS FROM MANY LANDS Come in and “Browse Around” Northampton, Mass. LAWRENCE’S SANDWICH DEPOT FALMOUTH HEIGHTS A really complete menu of sandwiches and drinks that are different. Open 7:30 A. M. to 1:00 A. M. EAT AT THE GULF HILL PARLORS 596 PLEASANT STREET, New Bedford (Opposite Library) ALWAYS COOL AND COMFORTABLE THE ONLY AIR CONDITIONED RESTAURANT IN NEW BEDFORD LET THE BAND BOX Keep You in Readiness for All the Summer Parties It'll add a lot of enjoyment to your summer to | always have your wardrobe spic-and-span—fresh- ly cleaned and ready to go anywhere at a mo- ment’s notice! Our prices are reasonable—and the quality of our cleaning the most satisfactory you can find. Send your cleaning with your laundry; it will be returned at the same time, or call Falmouth 137. Again we emphasize the fact that our laundry and cleansing work is done in our own plants by skilled local operators. THE BAND BOX CLEANSERS A Division of Robbins Laundry sale... of all jax shoes price $3.95—$4.95—$5.95 beautiful spring and summer footwear from jax falmouth our wellesley and pough- keepsie college shops. 162 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. X. No. 86 ESCAPE INJURY IN FREAK ACCIDENT A well-known Plymouth, often seen around town, is now in Savery’s Garage for repairs. The owner—Swede Nelson from Provincetown, as- sistant owner—Pat Peck of Woods Hole, and two other fellows—George Adams and Joe Fer- riera were returning from Boston, Wednesday morning at 3 A. M., when they had to stop in Pocasset with engine trouble. An A. & P. truck came along and offered to tow them. When they got to West Falmouth, the towing chain slackened and became tangled in the right wheel. Swede, who was driving, lost all control of the steering wheel as the car lurched to one side. The boys were roughly thrown around as the car rolled over onto the other side. At one time the roof was underneath. After they had been dragged 100 yards or so, the truck-driver noticed that something was wrong behind. He stopped and the fellows crawled out. Luckily, he had been going only 25 miles per hour, and none of the passengers were hurt. One fellow had dirt ground into his arm, and the others escaped with only a few minor cuts and scratches. The whole right side of the car was scraped and dented; the radiator was smashed in against the engine; a headlight, the windshield, and all the windows were completely smashed, and the roof top was very badly ripped. But they say that the car will be on the road again very shortly! Woods Hole had its worst traffic jam ever known, on Main Street last Sunday evening. Cars from Dyer’s Dock, Woods Hole Parking Lot, and Penzance Garage were leaving for the 8:20 boat. A double row of autos blocked passage in the street. Lecause the regular officer had been called for duty in Falmouth, there was no direc- tor. Captain Ferris and Private Fisher of the Woods Hole Fire Station and Mr. Sidney Peck, bridge-tender, volunteered to help straighten out the jam. It was necessary for them to do this, because if a call had come through at the fire sta- tion, it would have been impossible to get the ap- paratus out in a hurry. The Annual Féte for the benefit of the Fal- mouth Nursing Association will be held on the Village Green, Falmouth, on Thursday, Aug. 8, from 2:30 to 11 P. M. Besides the usual at- tractions of Punch and Judy, pony rides, fortune telling, horse racing, ring toss and other games, grabs, toys, candy, food, flowers, and such, there will be a pet show from 2 to 4 in the afternoon, in the lot directly behind the First Congregational Church. There will be a concert from 3 to 5 o'clock by Eddie Payton‘'s New Englanders—the ten-piece orchestra from Terrace Gables—and a band concert in the evening from 7 to 8; with block dancing from 8 to 11 P. M. “FRANCIS J.” AFIRE The Francis J., cabin-cruiser, owned by Glen- don Hilton, became afire last Sunday night, while lying at anchor behind the drawbridge. Mr. Hil- ton had been asleep on the boat, when heavy smoke aroused him. He climbed over board and put the alarm through to Captain Ferris, who furthered the call. A ladder truck from Falmouth headquarters reported, besides one piece of apparatus from Woods Hole. the blaze was finally out. Several firemen re- ceived slight lacerations, and were given first aid in the Woods Hole Station, The first alarm at 3:28 blew one blast for warning and three to sig- nify a silent alarm. Many people thought it to be number 13. The recall was at 4:25. The damage was estimated to be worth about $150, neverthe- less the boat was not damaged beyond repair. The cause of the fire was defective wiring. The annual tea and sale of the Church of the Messiah was held last Thursday afternoon in the Parish House. The outstanding attraction was the flower table, under the direction of Miss Dor- othy Bancroft, Mrs. Means, Mrs. DuBois, and Mrs. Moore. The table was decorated as a little store with an awning overhead. Oilcloth had been cut into strips, and made to represent a Cape Cod fence. Other features were the fancy-work table, where the crowd gathered, the food and candy table, and flowers. The serving of coffee and tea was in charge of Mrs. Whitney and Mrs. Janney. Things sold rapidly, and the sale turned out to be a success. Miss Marian McKean, who has heen an entree in the Woods Hole Golf Club Tennis Tourna- ment, is visiting Miss Priscilla Janney of Gansett Point. She will leave soon for Austria where she will try out for the American Women’s Olympic Ski Team. Mr. Frederic Rothernell, another guest of the Janneys, will play in the Semi-finals at the Tennis Tournament. He will play in the Men’s Doubles with his partner, Fred- erick Donaldson, against Wheatley and Keith. Mrs. Philip Mitchell will entertain a few of her friends at contract bridge on Wednesday. The young people are now eagerly looking for- ward to the annual Woods Hole Yacht Club Dance, which will be held at the Golf Club House, Saturday, August 10. The committee in charge consists of Preston Copeland, chairman, Doris Draper, Betsy Luscombe, Mrs. Barbara Gifford, and George Clowes. An orchestra from New Bedford will provide the dance music. 200 feet of hose were laid before — Avueust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 163 IDEAL RESTAURANT THE Oe ecu QUALITY LUNCH and QUALITY SERVICE MEALS BY THE WEEK IF DESIRED Stationery and Sick Room Supplies HOME COOKING BALLINTINE’S ALE and BEER On Draught in the New Room SAVERY’S GARAGE ALEX’S BARBER SHOP AUTOMOBILE & MARINE REPAIRING If you are a customer we thank you—If you are not we invite you to try our skilled workman- Taxi and General Trucking ship and sanitary method. Day and Night Service We Use Sterilized Tools for Each Customer Tel. 696-R Woods Hole, Mass. Woods Hole Cape Cod Massachusetts Tears, Burns, Cuts, Moth Holes, Reweaving by Textile Weavers. CLEANING, DYEING, REPAIRING M. DOLINSKI CO. MAIN STREET WOODS HOLE, MASS. RUTH E. THOMPSON WOODS HOLE, MASS. DRY AND FANCY GOODS — STATIONERY School Supplies—Kodaks and Films Printing—Developing—Enlarging FIRST CLASS SANITARY BARBER SHOP at the Sign of Noonan’s Hair Petrole Next to Bridge Frank F. Henshaw, Prop. Hours: 8 A.M. - 8 P. M. Woods Hole, Mass. DONNELLY’S Specializes in WOMEN’S Hairdressing Barber Beauty Shop Shop opp. Public Library Tel. 211 FALMOUTH, MASS. EDWARD E. SWIFT HARDWARE, PAINTS, GLASS, CORDAGE THE SCHICK DRY SHAVER No Blades — No Lather Ask for Demonstration SCHOOL STREET WOODS HOLE Shoes for every member of the family Sneakers and Beach Sandals BEALE’S Formerly the Leather Shop MAIN STREET FALMOUTH C. S. MASON JEWELER Watch, Clock, Jewelry Repairing E. MAIN ST., at Nye Road Tel. 602-R Falmouth, Mass. WHEN LOOKING FOR RELIABLE MERCHANDISE TRY ARENOVSKI’S Est. 1892 FALMOUTH THE SHOP WHICH FEATURES :— Templeton’s Imported Yarns and Scotch Tweeds. Bernat’s Yarns — Eastyarn Handblocking of Knitted Garments Dresses — Sunsuits — Pajamas — Shorts Bathing Suits for Kiddies — D. M. C. Stamped Goods — Needlepoint — Art- craft Net and Yarns MARGARET WHITE, Knitting Instructor SAMPSON’S FALMOUTH opp. P. O. SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660—661 WOODS HOLE, MASS. 164 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vo. X. No. 86 A BIT OF WOODS HOLE YACHT CLUB HISTORY Mr. Epwarp A. NorMAN Chairman of Races and Secretary-Treasurer, Woods Hole Yacht Club, Member Executive Committee, Quisset Yacht Club (Continued from last week) It was the definite intention of the Club at that time to set about the erection of a suitable yacht landing of its own, and in September, 1930, con- versations and correspondence were exchanged with the officers of the U. S. Bureau of Fish- eries with a view to seeing if it would be possible to obtain the use of the land owned by the Bu- reau on Great Harbor, that it had never used. The Bureau authorities were very favorable to the idea; for one thing they felt that a proper yacht landing in Woods Hole would remove from their premises some of the visiting yachtsmen who had no other place to get ashore. The club decided to try to build itself up to a position of sufficient strength to enable it to construct a pier and house. In its first year of formal activity the club held a series of races for two classes, one a combina- tion of the dories and mixed small knockabouts, and one of the mixed cat-boats. The total num- ber of boats raced was fourteen. At the end of that summer the club had seventy-three members and some fifty craft enrolled. In the following two years interest in the club increased and so much use was made of vice- commodore Frost’s beat-house that it became ap- parent that the club would have to have its own premises. During those two years the Cape Cod knockabouts became a racing class by themselves, as well as the dories, so that in the summer of 1932 the club had four small boat classes, namely, Cape Cod and Herreshoff 12'%-foot water line so-called Buzzards Bay knockabouts, dories and cat-boats. These small boat classes always have raced on Mondays. In addition, Wednesday races were instituted for the larger boats of the S and Wianno types. These were started on alternate Wednesdays off Nobska or off Penzance Point, depending on the direction of the current in the Hole. Racing in the Sound was abandoned after one season as it was found that the currents were too strong to make any worthwhile competitive sport possible. In the Fall of 1932 negotiations were resumed with the Bureau of Fisheries, but to the chagrin of all it was found that no matter how much it might wish to, the Bureau had no legal right to lease its land to anyone. It was not possible to do anything until the summer of 1933 when Congressman Charles L. Gifford of Cotuit was approached on the subject and agreed to place a bill before Congress to enable the Woods Hole Yacht Club to lease the desired land from the government. It might be well to say at this point that the land in question is the only land that might have been available that was at all suitable for the purposes of the yacht club. Congressman Gifford was as good as his word, and with the help of a few members of the club, such as Mr. Luscombe and some of the members who live in Washington, D. C., the bill passed both Houses, and was signed by President Roose- velt the day before he set off for his cruise to Hawaii in June, 1934. The bill provided that the land could not be leased to the club until the heirs and descendants of Joseph Storey Fay, who had given the land to the United States in 1883, had signed a waiver of their contingent interest in this land in case it should not be used for gov- ernment purposes. During the summer of 1934 a number of the members of the yacht club agreed to contribute toward a building fund an amount sufficient to build the needed structures, and in the Fall the signatures of the heirs of Mr. Fay were obtained. During the winter a satisfactory lease was ar- ranged with the Bureau of Fisheries and in the Spring of 1935 permits for the construction of a pier were obtained from the Public Service Com- mission of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and from the Engineering Department of the War Department. Early in July the construction of a stone pier was commenced by Sidney W. Lawrence of Woods Hole as contractor, and at this writing it is rapidly approaching completion. A small house also is being erected, by Augustus L. Ames as contractor, near the pier to serve as headquarters and storage place for gear for the members of the club. The grounds under lease will be neatly landscaped, and it is hoped that by the end of this summer the club will have a very useful, although simple, establishment. The club is now conducting races on every Monday afternoon from the first of July to Labor Day for Wianno, Cape Cod, and Buzzards Bay Knockabouts. These races commence at 3:30 P. M. in the upper part of Great Harbor. On four alternate Wednesdays, when there is a fav- . Aueust 3, 1935 ] orable current in the Hole, the club is conducting races for S-boats and Wiannos in Buzzards Bay. The club will welcome the addition to its ranks of any desirable resident of Woods Hole, and the addition to its squadron of any sailing or power craft, and it would more than welcome the addition of vessels to its various one-design rac- ing classes. It might be that some of the people in Woods Hole who now own small sailing boats not of the types being raced here, would find it possible to dispose of their present boats in order to obtain ones that would permit them to race here. It is the definitely decided upon policy of the club not to permit handicap racing to become established here, and it is felt that the classes it now has, offer a sufficiently wide variety to satis- fy all degrees of skill, desire, and expense. The end of the current summer of 1935 should find the Woods Hole Yacht Club more firmly en- trenched than it ever has been as an institution of service to its community. Park Tailoring & Cleansing Shop WEEKS BUILDING FALMOUTH Phone 907-M WE PRESS WHILE YOU WAIT Woods Hole Agency at Rowes Pharmacy Free Delivery TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Weekly Rates Lobsters and Steaks Home Made Pastries W. T. Grabiec, Prop. ANGELUS SWEETS — Featuring — HOME MADE CANDIES AND ICE CREAM LUNCHEONETTE Catering a Specialty NEW MALCHMAN BLDG. opp. Town Hall 165 The Penzance Players are presenting this sum- mer “Tons of Money,’ a clever comedy by Will Evans and Valentine. It will be under the di- rection of Mr. Hesler Capron, who runs the Broadlawn Theatre at Falmouth and teaches dra- matics at Sarah Lawrence College. The play is to be presented for the benefit of the Woods Hole Library. It is hoped that Community Hall may be obtained for the performance which will run for two nights during the latter part of Au- gust. Tryouts were held July 21, and a large number of young dramatics enthusiasts were present. Those chosen for the cast are: Nathan Calkins, Bobbie Johnstone, Peggy Clark, Eliza- beth Long, Manton Copeland, Ned Harvey, Allan Cloughs, Faith Adams, and George Compton. and Wister Janney. Rehearsals started immedi- ately, for the group is very anxious to present a production as perfect as those for which they have become distinguished during the last few years. ENTERPRISE STATIONERY STORE —OFFICE SUPPLIES —FINE PAPERS —ARTISTS’ SUPPLIES —DENNISON GOODS —MOST EVERYTHING IN THE LINE OF PAPER Texaco-Marfax Service Oils Woods Hole Garage NED GIFFORD Gasoline LORD PEPPERELL BROADCLOTH SHIRTS $1.75 WITH THE NEW “STA-FIRM” COLLAR Lady PEPPERELL Shop FALMOUTH—Next to Post Office 166 DAE COLEECLINGINE [ Vo. X. No. 86 KEY STUDENTS IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Laboratories Residence Babcock, Virginia F. grad. asst. zool. Mount Holy- Botany Building ........ Bot Apartment oke. H 7. - a oeprE i Dormitory ... Bauer, C. Adele Goucher. W H. Brick Building.............. Br Drew House.............05 Baumgartner, Barbara L. Butler (Ind.). K 8. Wecture Halll .5..:...<.--<:-- L Fisheries Residence...... F Berggren, L. instr. bio. University High (Minn.). inR Rusher Homestead .Ho Ka 2. eee See aes SECURE Berkowitz, P. fel. biol. New York. Dr. 2 ora OLY ce Nee ees Kahler ... Bledsoe, J. A. grad. zool. Cincinnati. D 112°B. Old Main Building....OM Kidder ... Bright, W. M. grad. genetics. Ilinois. Dr 9. Rockefeller Bldg....Rock Whitman Brown, R. B. grad. zool. Yale. Dr 2. MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY INVESTIGATORS Abramowitz, A. A. asst. biol. Harvard. Br 315. Ka 24, Atchley, D. W. Jr. Harvard. Br 209. Young, West. Ball, E. G. assoc. phys. chem. Hopkins Med. Br 110. D 315 B. Bullowa, Elizabeth Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). OM 9. H 2. Burton, A. C. grad. biophys. Pennsylvania. OM 9. D 302. Doughty, Gertrude R. Bennington. Roemling, Pleas- ant. Farrow, J. G. Pennsylvania. Br 217. Bosworth, Worth. Guest, G. M. assoc. prof. pediatrics Cincinnati. Br 304. D. Hadley, C. E. assoc. prof. biol. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. (Montclair). OM 32. D 205. Hendee, Esther C. res. assoc. zool. California. L 22. Frawley, Water. Henshaw, P. 8S. invest. biophysics. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.). Br 348. D 209. Hill. S. E. asst. gen. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209b. Veeder, West. Jailer, J. W. grad. zool. Columbia. OM 9, Dr 6. Jakobsen, Edith M. asst. biol. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. (Montclair). OM 1. H 7. Johnson, J. B. DePauw. Br 234. Dr 2. Jones, E. Elizabeth instr. biol. Wellesley. L 28. K 3. Lippman, R. W. Yale. OM 9. Breakwater, Spencer Baird. McBride, T. F. instr. clin. dentistry. Pittsburgh Den- tal. Rock 7. Elliot, Centre. Matthews, S. A. assoc. anat. Pennsylvania Med. OM 24. D 301. Nelson, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 27. D 306. Paaske, Ellen sec. Cornell Med. Br 317. Paine, West. Reeder, Elizabeth M. instr. zool. Missouri. OM 41. D 102. Reinhard, E. G. assoc. prof. biol. St. Thomas (Pa.). OM 41. D 112B. Sandow, A. instr. biol. New York. OM Base. Broder- ick, North. Slifer, Eleanor H. assoc. zool. Iowa. Br 217a. D 308. Smith, D. C. instr. phys. Tennessee Med. Br 109. D 309. Tyson, Rebecca J. Wayne. OM 1. W D. Valenstein, A. F. Cornell Med. OM 9. Thompson, Water. Webster, E. C. asst. biol. New York. OM Base. Nor- ris, Nobska. Wightman, J. C. Oberlin. OM Invertebrate Lab. Ka. Williams, W. E. Williams. OM 28. Dr 10. Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Br 323. Agassiz. Woods, F. H. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. OM 29, D 102. Cairns, J. M. Hamilton. Dr. Castle, Ruth M. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. (Mont- clair). W 3. Chambers, W. N. Amherst (Waquoit). Child, Esther W. Bennington. Rohmeling, Pleasant. Clark, Beatrice Wellesley. Hilton, Water. Conant, Betsy D. Rochester. H 1. Conder, E. res. asst. zool. Illinois. Dr. Deyrup, Natalie J. Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). Rob- inson, Quisset. Dugal, L. P. instr. biol. St. Mary’s (Montreal). D 112B. English, J. E. Missouri. Dr 6. Ferguson, M. S. asst. zool, Illinois. Jennings, Whit- man. Galambos, R. Oberlin. Dr 1. Goodale, Marian P. teach. gen. Sci. (Vermont). H 8. Gordon, Hazel E. Wisconsin. H 1. Hansen, D. F. asst. zool. Illinois. Gifford, Govern- ment. Harpster, Hilda T. instr. biol. Sweet Briar. A 305. Hathaway, C. O. asst. biol. Virginia. K 7. Hayes, Elizabeth A. Barnard. K 10. Henning, W. L. asst. zool. Missouri. Dr 6. Hewitt, Cornelia B. Smith. W B. Hoyt, Dorothy Swarthmore. H 6. Hummel, Elizabeth S. teach. Kent Place School (N. J) Oral. Hutchens, J. O. asst. zool. Butler (Ind.). Dr 5. Jakus, Marie A. Oberlin. H 7. Litwiller, R. W. fel. zool. Chicago. Dr. Martin, W. E. instr. zool. Purdue. D 314. Mattox, N. T. asst. zool. Illinois. Jennings, Whit- Middlebury man. Mayo, Virginia teach. biol. Dana Hall School (Mass.). H 8. McConnell, Elma W. teach. biol, Atlantic City High. D 311. Miller, M. Blanche instr. biol. Agnes Scott (Ga.). elas Moseley, R L. asst. micro-anat. St. Louis. K 7. Pease, Gwinneth asst. zool. Wellesley. Hilton, Water. Renshaw, B. grad. biol. Harvard. Dr 1. Robinson, R. A. Harvard. Robinson, Quisset. Schmeichel, N. L. asst. zool. Wisconsin. Stuart, School. Schroeder, Nancy S. Sarah Lawrence. W E. Shepard, C. C. Wesleyan. K 6. Shettles, L. B. grad. zool. Hopkins. Young, North. Snyder, Ruth E. Barnard. K 10. Stauffer, R. C. grad. zool. Minnesota. Ka 2. Welsh, W. R. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. clair). Dr 7. Wilde. W. S. asst. zool. Minnesota, Dr. Wilson, J. W. Duke. Dr. Winternitz, Jane K. Vassar. Johlin, Park. Wistar, Raquelita Wilson (Pa.). H 2. (Mont- — Aucust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 167 NOTES AND NEWS FROM OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS THE SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY Dr. Leonard Loeb, Department of Physics, University of California, is spending his vacation on the grounds of the Scripps Institution. He has recently given three lectures on “Atomic and nuclear structure,” and has been in frequent con- ferences with various members of the staff. Dr. W. Storrs Cole, instructor in physiography, Ohio State University, is at Scripps Institution for the summer, assisting Director Vaughan in the completion of studies of foraminifera. Re- cently Dr. Grace Stewart, assistant professor of geology, also of Ohio State University, has been a visitor at the Institution. Dr. Roderick Craig of the Division of Insect Physiology of the University of California has spent several weeks at the Institution, carrying on joint investigations with Dr. Fox in the phys- iological laboratories. Dr. R. T. Young, formerly of the University of Montana, is spending several months at the Institution, continuing long-time investigations, one of which is experiments on fishes in media other than their natural environment, that is, in either hypertonic or hypotonic media, in an at- tempt to find out what, if any, effect they may have on the tissues. Another of his investiga- tions is on the life history and cytology of certain parasites and protozoa. Dr. and Mrs. Charles Weiss of Hooper Found- ation, San Francisco, are spending the summer at the Scripps Institution. Dr. Weiss is making use of the scientific library. Prof. W. P. Kelley of the Citrus Experiment Station of the University of California recently lectured on the studies that he has made on the amount of water lost by heating soils and clays to different temperatures. This work is of con- siderable value in identifying the minerals pres- ent im clays and in understanding the differences between soils and their fertility. This method of studying soil clays may also be applied directly to investigations of fine-grained marine sedi- ments. Mr. Peter Doudoroff has recently become re- search assistant to Prof. IF. B. Sumner in fish biology. He expects also to continue researches on which he was engaged at Stanford University. He takes the assistantship recently vacated by Dr. Nelson A. Wells, who has taken a position in the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, under the direction of Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, at Solomons’ Island, Md. During the past several months the work of the Scripps Institution has been materially aided through the assignment to it by the local State Emergency Relief Administration of about four- teen clerks, draftsmen, and laboratory assistants. Help has been received in the completion of the clerical work on scientific papers, the compilation of a variety of oceanographic records and the preparation of graphs, the cataloguing of books and reprints in the library, and in a number of different kinds of work in the Institution’s labor- atories. Messrs. Harold Pratt and Irving McClurkin of the University of Colorado are studying the marine invertebrates of the tidal zone during their summer holidays. Mr. and Mrs. Maurice James of Colorado State College, formerly of the University of Colorado, who spent the preceding summer at the Institution studying the same forms, have also visited the Institution this sea- son, COLD SPRING HARBOR BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Dr. and Mrs. Frank Blair Hanson, of The Rockefeller Foundation, and their three children are at the Laboratory for a few days. Other visitors include Dr. and Mrs. Charles E. Bills (Mead Johnson and Company), Dr. and Mrs. Charles Haig (Columbia), Dr. Selig Hecht (Columbia), Dr. and Mrs. H. S. Mayerson (Tu- lane Medical School), Dr. and Mrs. Karl Meyer (Physicians and Surgeons), Dr. and Mrs. Ernst Wolf (Harvard). Dia rieibespienn (CG, C. Ne Yo). Dr, We A Castle (Brown), and Dr. Emil Witschi (Iowa) are in residence to instruct the course in Marine _ and Fresh Water Zoology which is being given from August 2nd until September 12th. Dr. and Mrs. Stuart Mudd (University of Pennsylvania Medical School) and their children will be at the Laboratory for the month of Au- gust. A party was held at Blackford Hall on Wednesday, July 17. In addition to games and dancing, a “floor show” was presented, the pro- gram including a softshoe dance by Dr. K. S. Cole, songs by Mrs. Harold Mestre and Dr. Charles Winter, an acrobatic dance by Lucille and Marian Brackett, and a ballet dance by Lu- cille Brackett and Charles Lloyd. Dr. A. A. Schaeffer has sold his famous sail- boat to a “syndicate” of students, and has a new one himself. Others who have their boats in the water include Dr. and Mrs. Harris, Dr. and Mrs. H. J. Curtis, and Anne Bacon. 168 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 86 DEPARTMENTAL REPORTS WORK AND WORKERS IN THE ZOOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA The personnel of the department and _ the special activities of the members of the depart- ment who are of rank above instructor are as follows: A. Ricuarps, Professor and head of Department, Advanced courses: Cytology and Comparative Embryology. esearch program: 1, Cytologi- cal analysis of early embryological develop- ment; especially studies on rate of cell division. 2. Cytology of seasonal changes. A. O. WeEsE, Professor. Advanced courses: Ecology, Bioecology, Genetics, The Animal Kingdom. Research program: 1. Community and successional ecology. 2. Ecology of grass- lands. A. I. ORTENBURGER, Professor. Advanced courses: Organogeny, Zoogeography. [esearch program: Herpetology, Taxonomic and Zoo- geographical studies of reptiles, amphibia, and fishes. Dixtz YounG, Assistant Professor. Advanced courses: Comparative Histology, Protozoology. Research program: Protozoology. The department cooperates with and largely directs the work of the University of Oklahoma Biological Survey, which is an agency striving to obtain both taxonomic and ecological knowl- edge of the fauna and flora of this state, so that a better understanding, conservation, utilization, and control of the state biological resources may be developed. The University of Oklahoma Museum of Zoology contains extensive study collections of the smaller vertebrates and of many groups of anthropoids. This material is available for the use of graduate students. The number of graduate students majoring in Zoology varies around fifteen each year, about half of whom usually already hold Master’s de- grees; three Ph. D. degrees were conferred upon students from the department at the last Com- mencement. The first Ph.D. ever conferred by this University was upon a student in Zoology in 1928. The Hughes report of a couple of years ago approved the Zoology Department of this in- stitution as properly equipped for work leading to the doctor’s degree. At present the facilities of the department are quite scattered and inadequate, but a building for our use is to be erected during the coming year through federal aid. It will give us laboratories, class rooms, space for housing our study col- lections, and will be equipped with the newer conveniences for Zoological research. At least part of it will be air conditioned to faciliate summer work. A. C. and D. C. electric service, air pressure, vacuum, light laboratory and tem- perature and humidity control for appropriate rooms are included in the plans. Research in biology is also carried on by several other departments in the University. These are Botany, Physiology, Paleontology (a division of the Department of Geology), and the various departments of the School of Medicine in Oklahoma City. Certain members of the Department of Zoology have been interested in the development of the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory at Crested Butte, Colorado, and have been members of that corporation since its organization. At least one member of the department is on the staff of the R. M. B. L. each summer. RESEARCH AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE ISLES OF SHOALS Arnold, N. K., Transplantation in Triturus virides- cens. Allan, Philip, Studies in Bird Ecology at the Isles of Shoals. Bryant, Floyd, An Ecological Survey of the Fish of the Isles of Shoals. Chipman, Walter, An Ecological Cove. Crowell, Milton, A Study of the Fresh Water In- vertebrates of New Hampshire. Eadie, Robert, Sink Glands in the Short-tailed Shrew. Gifford, Herbert, Studies of the Effects on the Off- spring of the Prenatal feeding of Caffeine to Albino Rats. eee Doris, Population Studies of a High-tide ool. Monroe, Clyde, The Histology of Mola mola. Survey of Bab’s Pride, Eva, A Systematic Survey of the Molluscs of the Isles of Shoals. Richards, Robert, Effect of CO on the Offspring of Albino Rats. Ryder, Miriam, A Histological Study of the Retinae of Certain Fish. Sewell, Chester, An Ecological Survey of the Crabs of the Isles of Shoals. Sheehan, Eleanor, Effect of CO on the Offspring of Albino Rats. Slobodzian, Jane, Pituitary Transplantation in An- urans. pny Ruth, Ecological Study of High-tide ools. Trent, George, Echinoderms of the Isles of Shoals. Wells, Lloyd, Effect of CO on the Offspring of Al- bino Rats. Wright, Philip, Survey of the Birds of the Isles of Shoals, Aucust 3, 1935 ] DHE COLLECTING NET 169 | Analytical Balances One of the favorite balances in lab- oratories where quick, accurate weigh- ings are wanted, is the SARTORIUS | DP-3 illustrated here. This balance is fast because of the air-damping and the new method of placing weights on the beam from the outside, with a dial to indicate the total of the weights at a glance. This is only one of the many models made for every purpose by SARToRIUS. Catalogue on request. See our representative at Woods Hole Aug. 5th-10th PFALTZ & BAUER Incorporated 300 PEARL STREET NEW YORK [ All that is Newest! in Biology Furniture and Pedagogically correct The Kewaunee line of Laboratory Furniture for use in the study of biology is very modern and complete. It offers every type of furniture re- quired and each piece is pedagogically correct in e y detail. The many practical conveniences increase the interest and efficiency of students and lighten the work of the instructor. Remember, also, that Kewaunee Furni- ture, while of the very finest construction and containing all the accepted new improvements, is very reasonably priced. If you are interested in partially or completely equipping a laboratory, write for the Kewaunee Catalog—the most compre- hensive of its kind in the industry. It is sent to buyers, with- out cost, when request is made on institution's letterhead. e Cor LABORATORY FURNITURE EXPERTS C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wis. Eastern Branch: 220 E. 42nd St., New York, N. Y. Mid-West Office: 1614 Monroe St., Evanston, Ill. Representatives in Principal Cities ever-Hold Steel Stool No. F-1136 No. 618-24 Instructor’s Desk 170 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 86 | PROMAR oe (Patent Applied For) Microscopic Projection and Drawing Apparatus Excellent for e Laboratory demonstrations e e e Small lecture groups Research workers Scientific drawings Wax reconstructions The apparatus can readily be shifted from one research office or classroom to another and can be supplied with built-in mechanical stage for 3x1 or 3x2 Slides. PROSPECTUS AND OTHER CATALOGS SENT ON REQUEST CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Ine. 25 EAST 26th STREET : NEW YORK ocean ee ee ee ea Oe a OREO CmED OREN: THE CAMERACGH UNEIMITED POSSIBILIMTES 12 interchangeable lenses. Speeds up to 1/1000 second. Write for literature. CARL ZEISS. BNM@. 485 Fifth Ave., New York | ) | Photomicro- L Se Se Se, We Magniphot graphic CONTAX PLATE BACK Enlarger attachment IDEAL FOR SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY Su | 7 SE Oo Filters for Contax; optical near focusing set; table tripod; uni- pod; sunshade, etc. L _ Aucusr 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET DEPARTMENT OF BOOKS HISTOLOGY FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS A Text Book of Histology -Maximow and Bloom. $7.00 Saunders, Philadelphia, 1935. This well-known and excellent text, in its second edition, is designed especially for medical students and has been altered from its earlier form to make it even more adapted to this pur- pose. The changes which have thus been made involve many details, among which is the very practical one of indicating the more significant facts by means of large type as contrasted with less important details in small type. The material on the nervous system is presented by C. Judson Herrick and, for the present edition, has been entirely rewritten in a new form. Bibliographies at the end of each chapter direct the attention of students to publications of value in getting a fuller knowledge of the subjects involved. The text of 662 pp. is illustrated by 533 unusually excellent figures. These include many diagram- matic forms, some in color, which make clear difficult relations between structural elements. The material treated is almost entirely human and emphasis is placed upon adult morphology, al- though developmental and physiological implica- tions are not neglected. There seems to be little system in the order of chapter arrangement. Chapter IT treats of “Epithelium,” Chapter III of “Blood,” Chapter IV of “The Connective Tis- sue Proper,” Chapter V of “Blood Forming and Destroying Tissues,” etc. All the chapters on the nervous system, however, appear together. The style of presentation is clear and concise and the book will doubtless continue a valuable aid to teaching. Although lacking in comparative features, it is well adapted to the use of general students because of the clarity of presentation. In general, the space apportioned to various topics seems to be well balanced, although it might be questioned whether, in a general text, greater consideration should be given to a special organ, like the eye, than to the lymphatic, respira- tory, urinary, muscular or endocrine systems. Individual teachers will, of course, have their own opinions about what should be included and where emphasis should be placed, but the present text should find very general application because of its scope and style. Cc. E. McCune. STUDENT REPORTS OF CLASS WORK AND PLAY EMBRYO EMBRYOLOGISTS We started out this week by finishing up the “Later Stages of Annelids and Molluscs” under Dr. Grave. Tuesday, Dr. Barth lectured on “Mosaic Development of the egg of Styela.” Wednesday, the lecture was “Qualitative Descrip- tion of Regeneration in Adult Ascidians,” and on Thursday, ‘Quantitative Studies on the Rate of Regeneration in Tubularia.’’ In the laboratory, we had Styela, Amaroecium and Botryllus. Tues- day night, we concluded our study of Coelenter- ates with an observation of the medusae of Pen- naria, which are better seen in July than in June when we studied the other Coelenterates. True to custom, our last lecture, and a never- to-be forgotten one was given by Dr. E. G, Conk- lin. His topic was the “Earliest Differentiation of the Egg,” but he managed to put some good philosophy and advice into the lecture, as well as personal experiences. To make the day complete, the class adjourned to the Nereis and went tow- ing in Hadley Harbor and off Nobska Point. The food committee surprised us with six pounds of chocolates, and together with perfect weather, we were content. However, the boys wanted to go us one better, so they played another baseball game against the Protozoologists and Physiolog- ists later on in the afternoon. ELIZABETH M. REEDER. PROTOZOOLOGY NOTES The course in Protozoology comes to an end this week. Six weeks of intensive work have had their effect on all of us, so that we are finishing the course with a profound feeling of relief in the realization that the mental and physical strain will soon be over. This does not, however, dull our appreciation of the fact that the course has been admirably adapted to the needs of the stu- dents, who, by force of circumstances, must learn as much as possible in the short time available. It appears to us, now that we may look back on it all, that nothing really essential has been neglect- ed. We have heard excellent and interesting lec- tures dealing with the facts and theories in the field of protozoology ; we have learned the funda- mentals of protozoan taxonomy; we have em- ployed all the important techniques in microsco- pic preparations; and we have become familiar with many of the methods of experimental re- search. Especially should we appreciate the ef- forts of our instructors who have been always ready to advise and assist us in our difficulties. I think it may be truly said that they have ex- ceeded all our expectations in this regard, having been at our service at all hours of the day and night and on scheduled holidays, in short, when- ever we chose to work. DS es lenny THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 86 AT MRS. BEAM’S THE PLAY “At Mrs. Beam’s” which is to be presented by the students of the Beach Theatre training school Tuesday night is a deft and highly amusing play which is certain to afford an evening of excellent entertainment. The play concerns two adventurers who rob a boarding house, playing cleverly upon the weak- nesses and phobias of the boarders in order to achieve their purpose. Depicting the oddities of a group of people living together in a boarding house is a favorite device of playwrights, and C. K. Munro has used it up to the hilt, showing up the innate nastiness of the Victorianate spinster, the deadly attack of the professional vamp, the tediousness of the earnest bridge player, the vagueness and irrespon- sibility of the congenital gossip and other divert- ing qualities of man and womankind. I have not seen the play, but having read it can heartily recommend it. Actual performance will reveal much that is hidden to the reader—all the more so because Munro is very sparing with his descriptions of character. Great leeway is thus given to the actors and the director but the book is rendered less interesting. The author tells us practically nothing of the persons in his play, let- ting them speak for themselves. On the other hand much of the pleasure in reading a play by Barrie is furnished by his searching, humorous characterizations. Shaw is more brittle and witty but certainly no more penetrating and not nearly so imaginative. Away from my books (especially my library of dramatic literature) I can’t be sure, but I imagine Oscar Wilde was the first play- wright to bring his scintillating wit on his de- scription of characters. The training school at West Falmouth deserves support. Such schools connected with sunimer theaters may solve the problem of theater for small communities, especially if they encourage local talent. My hope and expectation is that the great actors of the theatrical world will go about from town to town—even villages—appearing in plays which are produced locally, with local sup- porting cast, designer of scenery, experimenter in lighting, costumer. Each community will take a special pride in contributing a sincere and original production. Also by the inspiration of acting with the great, the promise of youthful talent will be fulfilled. Instead of the old star system with its evils of scenery and supporting actors chosen from mo- tives of economy, the new system will be ani- mated by an entirely different spirit. It is im- possible to predict how far this may go in its fructifying results. Annig NatHaAn MEYER. THE ARRANGEMENTS THE COLLECTING NET will present the play, “At Mrs. Beam’s,” given by The Beach Theatre Dramatic School on Tuesday evening, August 6 at 8:30 at The Beach Theatre. ‘The Spark of Genius” given for THE NET by the school last year was a great success. Miss Hilda Spong, who has had pro- fessional acting experience on the stages of London and New York will direct the play. Stage Manager is Colin Langford, who is also one of the cast. Cos- tumes are under the direction of Charlotte Fitch. Mrs. Beam is played by Catherine Freeney. Other members of the cast are Virginia True, Martha Glynn, Constance Campbell, Joe Marsiglia, Otis Pierce, Ruth Dawson, Betsy Howe, George Stinch- field and Charlotte Fitch. The charge for tickets will range from fifty cents to two dollars; they may be obtained at THE COL- LECTING NET office and at The Beach Theatre box office. Complimentary transportation between Woods Hole and Silver Beach will be provided for anyone making a special request for it. FORTHCOMING ARTICLES IN “THE BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN” (August, 1935) Thirty-Seventh Report of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Cleveland, L. R., The Centrioles of Pseudotricho- nympha and their Role in Mitosis. Cleveland, L. R., The Intranuclear Achromatic Fig- ure of Oxymonas grandis sp. nov. Yeager, J. Franklin and Oscar E. Tauber, On the Hemolymph Cell Counts of Some Marine In- vertebrates. Friedmann, Herbert, Notes on Differential Thres- hold of Reaction to Vitamin D Deficiency in the House Sparrow and the Chick. Juday, C., and H. A. Schomer, The Utilization of Solar Radiation by Algae at Different Depths in Lakes. Kille, Frank R., Regeneration in Thyone briareus Lesueur following Induced Autotomy. Bachem, A., and M. A. Dushkin, A Study of Bac- ‘terial Sensitivity to Ultraviolet Radiation. Doyle, W. L., and C. W. Metz, Structure of the Chromosomes in the Salivary Gland Cells in Sciara (Diptera). Stump, A. B., Observations on the Feeding of Dif- flugia, Pontigulasia and Lesquereusia. Turner, Clarence D., The Effects of Antuitrin-S on the Male Genital Organs of the Lizard (Eume- ces laticeps) during Seasonal Atrophy. Chase, H. Y., The Origin and Nature of the Fertili- zation Membrane in Various Marine Ova. Kagan, Benjamin M., The Fertilizable Period of the Eggs of Fundulus heteroclitus and Some Asso- ciated Phenomena. Aucust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NED 173 CULTURE OF PANDALID LARVAE (Continued from page 149) commonly used in hatcheries. The outlets led into beakers covered with muslin so that the larvae when hatched could not escape. The water came from a large concrete tank above the station, about ten years old, which was daily pumped full of sea water from near the end of the station wharf. In previous experiments it had been found that this water often contained a fine brown debris which clogged the shrimps’ gills and killed them. Partly to prevent this and partly to aerate the water each tank was fitted with a large funnel covered with muslin and with a tube leading to the bottom of the tank. Into each funnel a small but steady stream of water splashed from a tap about a foot above. When the larvae began to hatch a series of nursery tanks made out of old battery jars were fitted up in a similar manner and a few large beakers were also used. It was found necessary to have the eggs hatched by the females, as larvae were never successfully hatched from eggs that had become separated. Ovigerous females were taken with a small beam trawl on various grounds some- times fifty miles away or more. During trans- portation to the station they were carried in a large galvanized tub with changes of water at least every hour. They were placed in the big tanks and kept there until they had hatched eggs. During their captivity they were fed mainly oa chopped crab’s liver and marine worms. Most of them kept healthy although some of those from deep water acted as if they were blind and bruised themselves badly against the sides of the tank. The larvae were transferred with a pipette from the hatching tanks to the nursery tanks. In many cases the larvae appeared to be quite healthy for a week or ten days and then died before moulting. A few Pandalus danae larvae reached the second stage but none of the others ever succeeded in passing the first moult (al- though Spirentocaris and Crago larvae were easily reared in beakers through several stages). During the previous summer the water supply of one tank in which shrimps were being kept was led through a copper coil in a cool bath in order to keep the temperature low. This resulted within about 36 hours in the death of all the shrimps. Similar mortality resulted when small pieces of metallic copper were placed in battery jars. The importance of avoiding traces of copper in the water is emphasized. As the adult shrimps all came from compara- tively deep water (20 to 60 fathoms) they were subjected in the tanks to much lower pressures, and perhaps in some cases to stronger light than normal although the latter was kept subdued. The adults, however, appeared healthy during hatching. The larvae occur naturally from a depth of about 4 fathoms to the bottom, the younger stages keeping nearer the surface. It does not appear probable, therefore, that light or pressure were adverse factors in the rearing of the larvae. The larvae were given various foods—eggs of marine worms, plankton and finely minced crab liver. Apparently they eat the. food as traces could be found in their alimentary tracts. Ex- amination of larvae obtained in plankton hauls indicated that they had been feeding on the smaller plankton organisms. It is quite possible that unsuitable food was one of the chief adverse factors. NOTE: This article is the third in a series edited by Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff under the general head of “Live Material for the Marine Biologist.” RESEARCH WORK IN THE BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO At the University of Colorado in Boulder various research projects are being carried on by members of the staff: Dr. T. D. A. Cockerell, taxonomy of Australian and African bees; Dr. Norma LeVeque, bees and mites of the Belgian Congo; Dr. Edward D. Crabb, cytology and re- production of fresh-water snails; Dr. Gordon Alexander, ecology and taxonomy of grasshop- pers in Colorado; Dr. Ruth Sumner, pathological histology of experimental animals on a vitamin- deficient diet; Professor Hugo G. Rodeck, alti- tudinal distribution of mammals in Colorado; Dr. Charles H. Hicks, field studies of digger wasps; Dr. Paul F. Shope, wood-destroying fungi of Colorado; Dr. Edna L. Johnson, X-ray effects on seed plants; Dr. Francis Ramaley, sand-hill vegetation in eastern Colorado and a botanical survey of the San Luis Valley in southern Colorado. Research students are now working in or have been recently engaged with studies in most of the branches of zoology and botany except parasitol- ogy, experimental genetics, phytopathology, and the taxonomy of the lower plants. The location of the University at the eastern front of the mountains and the possession of a summer field station at an altitude of 10,000 feet are especially favorable to the study of animal and plant ecology. During the past academic year there were eight graduate students in zoology and six in botany with 450 undergraduate students in the two sub- jects. RHE COLLECLING NED [ Vor. X. No. 86 1 1 Volume III Quantitative Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology Biology Aieounls is now in the making. Photochemistry and Some of Its Applications to Biology and Medicine is the subject. This includes a section on “basic photochemistry,” with papers by Eyring, Forbes, Fricke, Kassel, Kistiakowsky, W. A. Noyes, Jr., Rollefson and H. S. Taylor; a section on “photo- synthesis,” with papers by Albers, Arnold, Brackett, Burk, Demerec, Dhar, Emerson, Inman, Knorr, Mestre, Rothemund, vanNiel and Zscheile; a section on “photoreceptors and biolum- inescence,” with papers by Blum, E. S. Castle, Hartline, Harvey, Hecht, Wald and Wolf; a section on “photochemistry in medicine,” with papers by Bills, Blum, Laurens, Mayerson and Meyer. Discussion of the papers was contributed by the men listed above, and by others includ- ing Appleman, Bergmann, Boysen Jensen, Briggs, W. H. Cole, Gaffron, James, Leermakers, Leighton, Mackinney, McAlister, Rice, Sheard, Spoehr, van der Paauw. As in the previous two years, the papers of these symposia, together with carefully edited discussion, are included in the printed volume. COLD SPRING HARBOR SYMPOSIA, Volume I, was voted by 75 members of the Corpora- tion of the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, as one of “the best ten books published in biology in America between September 1, 1933 and September 1, 1934.’ Not only are these volumes of value to research workers as reference books, but they have been used with interest and success as texts in graduate seminars in biology. Volume I (1933), Surface Phenomena; Volume II (1934), Growth; each $3.35, bound and delivered. Volume III (1935), prepublication price $2.90. Standing orders for all volumes as they appear, $2.90 per volume. THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, COLD SPRING HARBOR, LONG ISLAND, N. Y. a men 4 Dg OO - TISSUE CULTURE SLIDES Size 45x 75 mm., thickness 7-3 mm. with concavity 36 x5 mm. Supplied with cover glass No. 2 thickness 42x42 mm. Each $1.00. Box of dozen 90c each. Made of special heat resistant and non-corrosive glass which can be sterilized in the autoclave. All edges are ground and beveled and concavity is highly polished. Histology—For use in tissue culture work. Protozoology—For the isolation of protozoa cultures. Embryology—For mounting the larger embryological specimens and for use as embryological watch glass. Quantity Discounts on Request ORDER FROM YOUR REGULAR SUPPLY HOUSE, OR CLAY=“ADAMS CO. 25 EAST 26th STREET NEW YORK Avcust 3, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 175 Dr. G. Gruebler & Co. (J. & A. Schmid) | Founded 1880 , Microscopical Stains--- Staining Solutions Physiological Preparations Wright Stain cr 4 Go, Leipzig. oe ie © Highest Quality-Accurate Results IMPorTe | ry D BY , [ KATOs, INC,, NEW YORK | ——S==! Sole Distributors AKATOS, Inc. 55 VAN DAM STREET NEW YORK CITY “GRAND PRIX” PEE RURERERERECROREULOR OEE ee eee aD PEM Z EXHIBIT We invite you to visit our Exhibit R. THOMPSON’S MAIN STREET, WOODS HOLE, MASS. From Augusut 12 - August 3lst. Many new Leitz instruments will be shown and demon- strated. Among them new accessories for the Ultropak Illuminator, a special simplified Micro Manipulator for use in connection with the Ultropak Illuminator and other new and improved instruments, accessories and auxiliary devices for Microscopy. EF. LEVWZ. INC ane e +) 2 Washington, D. C. Los Angeles, Calif. 60 E. 10th ST. NEW YORK CITY Chicago, Il. San Francisco, Calif. ee ee a Sa a oe _THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 86 THE WISTAR INSTITUTE] | ae | os STYLE BRIEF COLLOID MILLS Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 For Biological Work This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the cooper- | ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- May be fitted with jacket for steam heating or for water cerned in the editing of journals published by cooling. The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to | : x P = Prices range from $145.00 up the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. Due attention has been given to the relative e costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the | costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and e submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the | subject as is possible within reasonable limits. EIMER & AMEND It will save authors much time and expense Est. 1851 I in preparing papers for publication and tend ne. 1897 to expedite the publication of research. Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents Third Avenue, 18th to 19th Street NEW YORK, N. Y. Write, advising your requirements. Address Price $2.00 The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. : ~ = — 3 eee. EES = = — ——SSS ae Best Results GOLD Non-Corrosive | CS Yi / /; | i / Me Microscopic “ye ~~ SLIDES and COVER GLASSES Uf to ‘Do Not Fog ate eel ary, our Dealer, or write (giving déealer’s name) se — ; Zp SLAY-ADAMS COMPANY 25 EAST 26th STREET, NEWYYORK Mon-Corrosive Ag 4 ‘2 N Sy Aveusr 3, 1935 ] Mugla (el ARSE NET 1 pO DROS DIOL O SOS ORO SO SOTO LOT OTOL OS TU POT OT eto LOT ORO LOT OT OR, Des OS OSS OS OS OTE ES 3 3% 3 CAMBRIDGE ELECTROMETERS : $s 3 i ame 7 a a | i ERATE Tine eaten with The application of Electrometers to the % 3 EAE measurement of small electrical quantities has 3 increased rapidly in recent years. * Among the more prominent electrometer 8 uses are researches in radio-activity, spectro- % scopic investigations and many uses in conjunc- 533 tion with photo-electric measurements. 33 33 The Lindemann Electrometer (illus- 3 trated) is an exceptionally compact and 3 robust instrument of high sensitivity, % short period and low capacitance and ¥ does not require levelling. = List 169 describes in detail the Linde- 3% mann, Tilted Gold Leaf, String, Doleza- lek. Recording Quadrant, and Compton Electro- meters. eee ev ever ees $4,90,92,90,00,96.8¢, 33 4 33 Ste 33 3 of Precision Instruments 33 33 ss 3 se rtd 59 33 LAsoaoacree 1D4OSOsOSOsOTOSOND RIA SAARI IR ee ee ee OF, 09,09, 00,90, 09, 00,06, 00, 06,90, NY Wovesesovovasavasavevsceveevecevecesevesecesaveverevecevelees POSS OSS OTOP SOT SOTO Se SOS So SO SO SOF >) > 10D 5%, *, ¢[0) 0 0 em em 0 em ee |e 0 0 0 |) 0) 0 ee. ' g. or tolerances of from 50 mg. to 100 mg. are sufficient. WELCH Balance Exclusive Features 1. 610 gram capacity on the beams. This is sufficient capacity for most labora- tory weighings. ‘The simple addition of one extra weight, which is provided, raises the capacity up to 1110 grams. 2. Barnning device. The spring stop, or beam arrest, increases the speed of de- termining the weight and tends to save materials, 3. Sensibility 50 milligrams. Under a load Se the full capacity of the beams (610 SPEED g.) a difference of 50 mg. on the pan with will deflect the pointer to more than one full scale division, This assures accur- Accuracy acy and speed in weighing. $e 4, Enclosed Agate Bearings and Knife é Edges. This prevents dust and chemi- All parts fin eal salts from dropping into the bear- ished to resist ings and on the knife edges, providing long life and permanent sensibility. 5, One piece Nickel Silver Graduated Beams. This rugged, one-piece beam is expressly designed for maximum load; it remains bright and is especially re- sistant to corrosive fumes. 6. Large Rémovable Aluminum Scale Pan. The pan is 14 em. in diameter to take a large weighing vessel, a 2000 ce. beaker, or a large calorimeter. It is re- movable so that it can be easily cleaned. 7. Four Large Agate Bearings. Agate bearings of large size are provided corrosion. which are mounted 75 mm. apart, both _M. Welch Scientific Company above the pan hanger and at the center bearing, assuring perfect beam align- 1515 SEDGWICK STREET CHICAGO ment, long life and continued sensibility. J eee eee e Cece cemoe is’ 7 for all general weighings in Chemical, Physical and Rugged Triple Beam Balance Biological Laboratories when capacities up to 1110 .*, *,? GO Cem ma ce 0 a) a 0 ee ee a heed ey, Barcroft-Warburg Glass- ware and Accessory Equipment We specialize in the construction of all | types of respirometer vessels and mano- meters, guaranteeing uniform capacities and highest quality workmanship. Special glass apparatus of any design blown to order. E. MACHLETT & SON Est. 1897 220 EAST 23rd STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. — = —_—— hed Scientific Periodicals Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. etc. There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your Sets, or an Important Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. 29 East 21 Street New York City MICROSCOPES AND SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Second Hand and New — For Sale —Repairs Made— Allan Uhler Optical Works 200 B. E. 22nd Street, Baltimore, Md. _THE COLLECTING NET ee No. 86 The Standard of Excellence for 95 Years No. 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSA Y—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION HENRY TROEMNER SINCE 1840 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. CATALOG NO. 1929-N S UPERSENSI TI VE MERCURY RELAY Low Operating Current —7 milliamperes at 6 volts d-c will not injure the rnost deli- cate thermoregulator contacts. High Breaking Capacity—the mercury tube in this relay will carry and break 10 am- peres at 115 volts a-c. Reliable Operation —Aminco Supersensitive Mercury Relays are in constant use in hundreds of laboratories, in places where a relay must not stick or fail. Write for Bulletin 1005. | AMERICAN INSTRUMENT CO., Inc. | 774-776 Girerd St., N.W. Washington, D. C. Aucust 3, 1935 | 2 DHE COLEECTING NET ] Now in 4 Sizes Biological Specimen Dishes | Originally listed in one size only, the in- creasing demand for Biological Specimen | Dishes first led us to introduce a larger size. Now, in response to many requests, we have made these Dishes available in four sizes. Biological Specimen Dishes are applicable to work in embryology, especially with chick embryos; to small aquatic organisms, living or preserved; to the development of Echin- oderms and other eggs. They serve as ideal containers for distribution of class material | as they are sturdy but inexpensive. | The smaller sizes fit conveniently under a | microscope. The rounded inside permits easy cleaning. When stacked or nested the dishes can he easily transported and stored. The bottoms are flat; the dishes of a size stack perfectly; and evaporation of liquids contained in them is inhibited because of _ the accurate fit. | 6734-Biological Specimen Dishes. Diam., outside, mm...100 112 125 200 Height over all,mm... 48 50 55 80 Capacity, ml. 200 350 470 1750 No, in original barrel 216 168 132 36 Each : $.22 .25 .44 1.00 10% discount in dosen lots, 25% discount in original barrels. WILL CORPORATION LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS ROCHESTER.N.Y. as - REASONS ror a REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGE 1. Scope of work is increased. 2. Results are more accurate than by chemical methods. 3. Bacterial contamination is prevented. 4. Greater yield from culture material. 5. Permits use of volatile denaturants. INTERNATIONAL REFRIGERATED CENTRIFUGES Built and serviced to meet the most exacting requirements. Temperature control between 32° and 80° fahrenheit may be held for indefinite periods. The refrigerated centrifuge opens a new field of scientific investigation. Send for our complete illustrated catalogue. 7AE INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass Makers of Fine Centrifuges THE COLLECTING NET i Sie [ Vo. X. No. 86 Ach romatic OIL IMMERSION LENS Burnished METAL HE achromatic oil immersion lens of the Spencer Microscope is held firmly between two metal shoulders instead of the usual construction of cementing this lens to one shoulder. Perfectly aligned for the life of the objective .. it will not become loose and, in time, drop out due to the clean- ing solution dissolving the cement used in the usual construction. This is but one of the details that permit you to receive, year after year, the full measure of Spencer quality and the perfection of the Spencer Microscope Optics. It is a reason why, in purchasing a microscope, your choice should be a Spencer. SPENCER USUAL Lens held by two metal Lens held by shoulders (A) cement (8) BUFFALO = NEW YORK There is no Substitute: for the Finer Resolution Afforded by the Spencer Optical Systems Single Copies, 30 Cents Vol. X. No. 6 SATURDAY, AUGUST 10, 1935 Se UaSEN SSDS iheliay | a1 RESEARCH AT BEAUFORT ACID AND BASIC CATALYSIS Dr. Herspert F. PrRyTHERCH Dr. Martin KILPATRICK Director, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Station elssistant Professor of Chemistry, at Beaufort, North Carolina University of Pennsylvania During 1934 laboratory facilities for marine Catalytic studies have played an important role research were provided for 24 investigators from in the development of the theories of solution and various universities and outside institutions and of acids and bases. It was not, however, until three members of the Bureau’s staff. Though the publication of the paper by Bronsted dealing the laboratory was severely damaged to the ex- with the effect of the concentration of electrolyte tent of over $10,000.00 by the a upon reaction rate that rapid tropical hurricane of Septem- | WM. B. U. Calendar progress began to be made in ber 16, 1933 it was possible, z | the field of acidic and hasic TUESDAY, August 13, 8:00 P. M. | Seminar: Dr. P. S. Henshaw: Bio- logical factors influencing the with funds provided by the catalysis. P. W. A., to completely re- | An acid was commonly re- store the buildings and equip- radiosensitivity of cells. | garded as a substance which ment by the following Spring cree eg The significance of | cave hydrogen ions (H3;0+ ) and continue the Bureau's Dr. J. G. Carlson: The intergeneric | t® aqueous solution, a base as policy of furnishing labora- homology of a euchromosome a substance which gave hy- tory and dormitory accommo- neevers closely related Acri-| droxyl ions. In 1923 there * ce c & : e. re forwar j > dations free of charge to biol- | py ©, McClanesePhylozenctio in nce pue forward independent- ogists from other institutions. significance of some structural |Y by Bronsted and by ioe The Fisheries investigations conditions in the Orthoptera. a new concept ot acids anc es FRIDAY, August 16, 8:00 P. M. bases, according to which an conducted here by the Bu- 2 ah ae : rin a ce 4 Lecture: Professor E. G. Conklin: acid is a substance which can eZ staff consisted ot (1) The history of Woods Hole and split off a proton or unsolv- cytological ae of the avs as Marine Biological Labora- | ateq hydrogen ion, and a base a Jes = es ca \ ue Dr. B. R. Coonfield: Motion pic-| @ Substance which can take up SENOS at ADS setiferus and tures illustrating the present ac- | a proton to form an acid. Let P. brasiliensis by Dr. J. S. uviies of the Marine Biological | ws make a list of such sub- Gutsell; (2) physiological ef- TaboraLony. | stances. This is done in the fects of Louisiana crude pe- ; following equations: troleum and oil well brines on the oyster by R. Acid Bas p O: Smith and Dr. H. F. Prytherch and (3) Acid = Base + Proton studies of a protozoan (Continued on page 185) (Continued on page 184) TABLE OF CONTENTS Research at Beaufort, Dr. H. F. Prytherch....181 Report on the Oceanographic Seminars, Acid and Basic Catalysis, Dr. M. Kilpatrick....181 Donal d®-Ziramlese cies: sete tee seasevente eee hee scene 199 The Trustees of The Marine Biological From the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory..200 Laboratory The Course in Invertebrate Zoology.................. 201 News from other Biological Stations. ..186 The Work at the Trout Lake Limnological Editorial Page ........ .. 188 sR DOVE LON Ye pests pee er car teenth enna eres 202 Items of Interest 189 M. B. L. Tennis Club and its Tournaments....203 Woods Hole Log .... PLO Depantnren tions BOOKSy a eee tan ee nines 204 ‘MUV1O d A PE6L TAU V H N $I LSQO9NV NO ONILGGW HIGH WALAV VYUATIAH “A "T ‘arex ‘kuowuy eAeiRdwu0D jo TS umM[oo Iv = “@ULVIpeIY Jo P4910) esnovitg ‘ABO[OIStyqd Jo lossejold ‘NOSINUVH “D “UH *2eyn AZo[oIsAUd [B419uey, JO AOSsejoig “AVIV IIT ‘ATNDUGOOM “TT tursuoost mM ‘AUR OR SV ‘GuUvVMOVd SH ‘SNIM ‘NOSTIM “& “GH :oseoryO 1OSS9JO14 Tarot pt LUNVNNE d ‘GAaTTV S OZ, ] 1 ATALVIGHWAL pI Jo | Sit ‘AAWVUD TIAN AMOLVHOUVT T ‘AD ATU HIOX MAN ic ta 10 4 d MNVUSs VIUEALASUUS,y ABOLOVE JO AOSSaJOld ‘NV DUO IS SVUMV'T pci NVWNGAYD Gy ptm em a 7 . a eee new ool i a on GQNNOYOHNOH AHL NI LNIOd AONVZNGd AO LIA VY DNIMOHS AIOH SGOOM 4O MHIA TVIYGVY NV *sdioD any Away saieig panuyg ayi 30 isydeisoioyd vB Aq ,IaN Bua][0D P4L,, 19} 676] Ul aye 184 DHE COLES Gin GeNiEds [ Vou. X. No. 87 ACID AND BASIC CATALYSIS (Continued from page 181) Uncharged Acids iste == Ol= Sb tale (CHICO! SS CICOIO= 4p lat H,O0 = OH - Ht CsH;OH = CsH;0 + Ht HeLO,— EDP Ot —> Et What about the ion H,PO,—? It also can give off a proton, as can HPO,~. The following equations involve these negatively charged acids. Many more examples will immediately occur to the reader. Anion Acids ishOn= == 1BliROy= Se inl HPO. = POH ae Can we have positively charged acids? examine a few more equations. Acid = Base + Proton Cation Acids NH,t = NH; + Ht CsH;sNH3t = CeHsNHe + H* (Cu(HsO)4]++ = [Cu(H20)s(OH)]* + H* [Fe(H2O)6] 7 ** = [Fe(H20);(OH)]** apni Let us HOt = LO -- Ha In the last equation there appears the acid H3O*, which is the hydrogen ion in aqueous solution. It is only one of many acids. What about bases? Is there anything unique about the hydroxyl ion? Let us examine the right-hand members of the preceding equations. Now let us define a base as a substance which can take up protons; if we do so, we see that these substances formed by the abstraction of a proton from an acid can all be called bases. In other words an acid is defined formally by the equation, A = B +H,t where A is an acid irrespective of charge, B is a base irrespective of charge (the charge of B is of necessity equal to that of A minus one), and H* isa proton. This equation furnishes, as Bronsted has shown, a general basis for the consideration of acids and bases in aqueous and non-aqueous solution. Now let us see what happens when hydrogen chloride is dissolved in water. The hydrogen chloride gives up its proton to the water to form hydroxonium ion and chloride ion. Since hydro- gen chloride has a great tendency to give up its proton, the reaction proceeds far to the right, as indicated below. Acid I + Base 2 = noi + H2,0 = CH3;COOH + H.O0 = na + C2_H;OH = Hei + NH; = Acid 2 + Base I H3,0+ + Cl— H,;0+ + CH3;COO-— CoH;OH2t + Cl= NH,4t + Cl— Conversely, the base Cl~ does not have any ap- preciable tendency in aqueous solution to acquire a proton. So the chloride ion is a very weak base, while hydrogen chloride is a very strong acid. In the case of strong acids like hydrogen chloride in aqueous solution the reaction goes so far to the right that the molecular acid practically disappears. Now take the case of acetic acid. Here we are dealing with a weak acid and con- sequently we have many acetic acid molecules left at equilibrium. The third equation represents the double acid-base reaction of hydrogen chloride in ethyl alcohol, and the fourth equation that of hy- drogen chloride in liquid ammonia. Let us see how the new concept applies to catalytic studies. Do acids other than the hydro- gen ion (H30+) and bases other than the hy- droxyl ion act as catalysts in aqueous solution? In studying the decomposition of nitramid in aqueous solution, a reaction extremely sensitive to hydroxyl ions, it has been found that ina series of acetate-acetic acid buffer solutions, the increase in rate of reaction is proportional to the concen- tration of the acetate ion, and independent of the hydroxyl ion concentration. Similar studies have shown that the anions of other carboxylic acids, uncharged bases such as anilin, and positively charged bases of the type [Fe(OH)(H2O);]** catalyze the decomposition of nitramid. The greater the tendency for the base to take up a proton the greater is the catalytic effect. In aque- ous solution the reciprocal of the dissociation con stant of the corresponding acid may be taken as a measure of the basic strength. The experimental results show a relationship between the catalytic effect and the strength of the basic catalyst which can be represented by the equation kp — G K*p where kp is the catalytic constant, Ky the basie strength, G a constant and y a proper fraction The so-called spontaneous or water reaction can be considered as a reaction catalyzed by the basie water. Turning now to reactions catalyzed by hydrogen ion but not by hydroxyl ion, we have an example of general acid catalysis in the hydrolysis of ethyl orthoacetate. This reaction is catalyzed by molecules of m-nitrophenol and p-nitrophenol as Aucust 10, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 185 well as by hydrogen ion and water. Similar studies with ethyl orthocarbonate and _ ethyl orthopropionate also show general acid catalysis, but studies with ethyl orthoformate and acetate show only a catalysis by hydrogen ion. A consi- deration of the relationship between the catalytic constant and the acid strength yields the interest- ing rule that catalysis in the general sense will be detectable only when a water reaction is detect- able. Three examples of a reaction showing a water reaction, and catalyzed both by hydrogen ion and hydroxyl ion, are the mutarotation of glucose, the reaction of acetone with iodine, and the hy- dration of acetic anhydride. Kinetic studies on the mutarotation of glucose reveal general basic catalysis. The dependence of the catalytic con- stant on the basic strength of the catalyst is also evident, y having a value of 0.34. In the rela- tionship k, = G K,4* for the acid catalysis, x has a value of approximately 0.3 as compared with 0.7 for the hydrolysis of the orthoesters. The fact that the values of x and y vary from reaction to reaction brings in the question of the acid strength of the substrate. The rate-determining step in the reaction be- tween acetone and iodine is the change from the keto to the enolic form. Experimental studies from Dawson's laboratory have shown that the catalytic effects exhibit a similar dependence on acid or basic strength, x being equal to 0.62 and y to 0.83. The hydration of acetic anhydride has been studied by Kilpatrick, and although the re- action is catalyzed by bases other than the hydro- xyl ion, the results are not in agreement with the general equation for the dependence of the catalytic constant on basic strength. Further studies have indicated the possibility of mixed anhydride formation. Miller and Kilpatrick have shown that the amino bases catalyze the decomposition of diace- tone alcohol and Pedersen has shown that the enolization of acetoacetic ester and of monobrom- acetoacetic ester are examples of general basic catalysis. In agreement with the results of Kil- patrick and Kilpatrick on the mutarotation of glucose Pedersen finds that the energy of activa- tion for the different catalysts is the same. In other words y does not vary with temperature. The relationship between the catalytic constant and the acid (or basic) strength is somewhat modified by the fact that some acids can give off more than one proton and some bases have more than one place at which a proton can attach it- self. If we introduce this statistical factor the equations become: kn/q = G (p/q Ke)* and ka/p = G (q/p Ka)* where p is the number of protons available from the acid, and q the number of places at which a proton may be attached to the base. A plot of log kp/q against log p/q Kp shows that for the nitramid reaction y is practically constant while G varies with the electric charge on the catalyst. For doubly negatively charged, negatively charged, neutral and doubly positively charged bases, y is 0.87, 0.83, 0.75 and 0.82 while 10° G is 4.7, 16.6, 39.2 and 1800 respectively. The rules for the effect of electric charge on the magnitude of the catalytic effects have been worked out by Pedersen. Further evidence of acid and basic catalysis in the general sense is now available from studies in non-aqueous solution and from a few studies using deutons instead of protons. The general theory is so well established for the relatively simple chemical systems studied that one might venture to look for it in the more complex bio- logical systems. After all, even if the hydrogen or hydroxyl ion is the predominant catalyst, the concentration of hydrogen or hydroxyl ions in biological systems is usually less than 1 & 1078 moles per liter, while other basic or acidic cata- lysts in the general sense are often present in con- centrations greater than 10~? moles per _ liter. Perhaps it would be well to close with a warning that one must always be on guard or one may mistake an electrolyte or salt effect for a cataly- tic effect. RESEARCH AT BEAUFORT (Continued from page 181) parasite of the oyster associated with mortalities in Virginia and Louisiana by Dr. H. F. Prytherch. The laboratory serves as headquarters for oyster investigations in the South Atlantic and Gulf states and in cooperation with the Conservation Departments of North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida has directed extensive operations for the rehabilitation of the natural oyster beds and has demonstrated the application of science to oyster farming in this region. One of the station’s major operations is the propagation of approximately 12,000 diamond- back terrapin annually from which material has been provided for studies of the germ cell cycle by Dr. George T. Hargitt; for experiments by Dr. Bert Cunningham on the effect of tempera- 186 THE COREE ChINGENEM [ Vou. X. No. 87 ture on embryonic development and for the re- searches of Dr. Paul L. Risley on gonad trans- plantation and sex differentiation in this species. Dr. H. V. Wilson, Professor of Zoology in the University of North Carolina continued “his studies on the biology of sponge cells, more parti- cularly on the fine cytoplasmic reticula which are formed in metamorphosing larvae and regenera- tive masses. Miss Irene Bolick, a graduate stud- ent under Doctor Wilson, conducted experiments on the dissociation and reunion of sponge cells of several species found in the Beaufort region. Ecological studies of Estuarine animals were conducted by Dr. A. S. Pearse of Duke Univer- sity assisted by H. W. Hatsel and E. D. Huntley. A brief summary of the other biological studies conducted at the Beaufort an oranory) and persons engaged therein is as follows: Dr. George G. Scott, City College of New York, comparative histology of marine aes Dr. and Mrs. B. G. Chitwood of the U. S. Department of Agricul- ture, identilication and distribution of free living marine nematodes; Dr. W. C. George, University of North Carolina, studies of chordate blood and regeneration in the ascidian Styela; Dr. Hoyt S. Hopkins, New York University, respiration in marine mollusks in relation to oxygen tension; Dr. W. E. Bullington, Randolph Macon College, studies of marine TEINS 2 Dr. Lowell E. Noland, University of Wisconsin, morphology and tax- onomy of ciliate protozoa, particularly those of the order Peritricha; L. Lyndon Williams, Rens- selaer Poly. Inst., tissue regeneration in hydroids and related forms; Reinard Harkema, Duke University, parasites of rodents occurring on the coast of North Carolina; Dr. Hugh H. Darby, Bartol Research Foundation, regeneration of chelipeds in Alpheus and Uca; and G. Robert Lunz, Jr., Charleston Museum, Stomatopoda of the Beaufort region; J. Paul Vischer, Western Reserve University, 1are species of barnacles. In cooperation with the Federal Emergency Relief Administration laboratory facilities were provided for the employment of eight college trained women on a research project covering studies of the complete life cycle of the black skimmer, Rhynchops nigra. The project was carried out under the supervision of Dr. Alice L. Brown and with the assistance of M. Waynick, A. L. Bason, A. S. Sherrill, B. Arnold, and L. ee oe the North Carolina College for Wom- en; I. Bolick, University of North Carolina and R. ie Collie of the North Carolina State Mus- eum. Particular attention was given to the de- velopment of the embryo, growth and morphology of the mandibles and the differentiation of sex. Material for these studies was obtained from the rookeries of the black skimmer on the Georgia coast and from several located in Pamlico Sound, North Carolina. The facilities of the station were also utilized by the United States Chemical Warfare Service for tests of wood preservatives and by the Bureau’s Division of Fishery Industries for ex- periments on the durability of net twines treated with different preservatives. Cooperative tests were continued with the Woolsey Paint Co., in respect to the antifouling value of copper paints and with the Tropical Paint and Oil Company, on the suitability of Balselite varnishes for marine use. NOTES AND NEWS FROM OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS THE SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY Miss Helen Mathews, of the University of British Columbia at Vancouver, is spending a second summer in the bacteriology laboratory with Dr. C. E. ZoBell. Mr. LaPlace Bostwick has been carrying on experiments for more than a year with abalones of the California coast in connection with pearl culture. Miss Sonia Ladoff, a teacher in the Allegheny High School, Pittsburgh, Penn., is spending some time at the Scripps Institution studying the Pacific coast microscopic forms of life. Several young people are working at the Insti- tution during the summer, some of them as tem- porary assistants to older members of the staff. Among these are Mr. Nello Pace of the chemistry department at the University of California and Messrs. Carl Wiedow and G. W. Hofeller, de- partment of physics at Occidental College. Miss Elsie McGraw, teacher in the public schools at Tucson, Arizona, is working on the collections of foraminifera. Mr. Rae Schwenk, teacher at Sacramento Junior College, is registered as a graduate student in chemistry. One of the exhibits which is attracting a good deal of attention in the Educational Building at the San Diego Exposition is a relief model of the Scripps Submarine Canyon based on con- tours made last year by Dr. Francis P. Shepard of the University of Illinois. The model, con- structed by Blackstone Studios, Rochester, N. Y., is 18 by 45 inches in size, of plaster composition, mounted in a black wooden frame. It includes the area from the coast to a part of the large canyon into which the Scripps canyon enters. The descriptive matter attached to the model summarizes some of Dr. Shepard’s findings: Avucust 10, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET uy “Scripps submarine canyon, located off the Scripps Institution of Oceanography at La Jolla, California, is one of many submarine valleys off the California coast. It is by no means one of the deepest of these canyons, but it has the steepest walls of any of these features so far as is known. There is nothing like it in the adjacent Coast Range, although a small canyon in a nearby sea resembles it on a small scale. Probakly the near- est comparison to it can be found in some of the tributary canyons to the Grand Canyon of the Colorado. If the canyon were exposed to view it would become one of the most striking scenic fea- tures in California. The walls of this marine can- yon are of sedimentary rock and distinct rock terraces were determined in various places. “Scripps Canyon has all the characteristics of a river cut valley. It has tributaries entering it at grade and it in turn enters another canyon at grade. So far as can be determined its base slopes continuously outward from the head of the canyon to its mouth. It has the V shape sections charac- teristic of rapid cutting of a river with a high gradient. The conclusion that there has been a submergence of the land in order to place the can- yon in its present position seems inescapable. That the submergence has not been very recent is indi- cated by the lack of any estuary at the canyon head and by the wave-cut shelf and wave-cut cliffs, north of the Scripps Institution, which must have been cut subsequent to any submergence. “The survey of the canyon which has made pos- sible the construction of this model was carried out by Professor Francis P. Shepard, of the University of Illinois, with the cooperation and assistance of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography. The soundings are about ten times as detailed as those of any previous survey of a submarine canyon in any part of the world.” (July 23, 1935) There are two visitors at the Scripps Institu- tion of Oceanography this week who came espe- cially to take advantage of the ocean cruises of the Scripps, the Institution’s research vessel. Dr. Parker D. Trask, of the U. S. Geological Survey, a frequent visitor at the Institution over a period of years, whose special studies have been on source beds of petroleum, was on the boat Tues- day to procure cores of bottom mud for the pur- pose of comparing the organic constituents in the surface layers with those at a few inches below the surface, in order to study possible changes that may have taken place during burial. The other visiting investigator on the boat trip Tues- day was Prof. Loye H. Miller of the University of California at Los Angeles. Dr. Miller is in- terested in marine birds, and believes that with the assistance of information already procured by physical and biological oceanographers, answers may be found to such questions as what birds are moving in relation to ocean currents; what they are feeding upon at the margins of those cur- rents ; their numbers; their daily routes, and their seasonal routes. Dr. T. D. Beckwith of the department of bac- teriology at the University of California at Los Angeles was a visitor at the Scripps Institution on Sunday. Dr. Loye H. Miller will lecture in the Insti- tution’s library on Monday evening, July 29, at 8:00 o'clock, on the subject, “Fossil Birds.” (July 30, 1935) On Monday the Institution’s boat Scripps left for a cruise to Cortez Bank, southwest of San Clemente Island, and about 120 miles westward from Point Loma. Besides members of the Scripps Institution scientific staff, Prof. Loye Miller of the University of California at Los Angeles is aboard, studying near-shore _ birds while the oceanographic observations and collec- tions are being made. MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY (August 7, 1935) Dr. Dwight E. Minnich, Chairman of the De- partment of Zoology of the University of Minne- sota, has arrived at the laboratory for a six weeks’ stay. He is accompanied by Mrs. Min- nich, his two sons and Mrs. Minnich’s mother. Visitors’ Day on Wednesday has attracted over 200 persons so far this season. The public ap- pears to be genuinely interested in the marine life of the island and the research being done at the laboratory. Dr. William H. Cole, Director of the labora- tory, attended the annual meeting of the directors of the Cold Spring Harbor laboratory on July 30th. On August 14th at the Criterion theater in Bar Harbor the laboratory is giving a motion picture show, when the pictures taken two years ago by Norman McClintock, well known photo-natural- ist from Rutgers University, will be exhibited. In addition to scenic features of the island, many of the commoner types of marine animals are shown in their natural environments. Perhaps the most spectacular shots are those of the star- fish, the barnacle, the naked sea slug and the herring gull rookery. Other forms depicted are: sea urchins, sea cucumbers, sand dollars, several types of worms, snails, crabs, hydroids, sea anem- ones and a few fish, all showing their typical movements and behavior. The pictures of the developing rabbit and monkey eggs taken by Dr. Warren H. Lewis of the Carnegie Institution will also be shown. As a special news feature, pic- tures of the new French Line steamship, the Nor- mandie, showing in color the remarkable decora- tive scheme of the world’s largest liner, will also be shown for the first time in Maine. The annual meetings of the Corporation and of the Trustees will be held at the laboratory on Thursday, August 8th. Election of officers and trustees, approval of the 1936 budget and reports of the officers for the past year will be the chief items of business. 188 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 87 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Cattell, Mary L. Goodson, Rita Guttman, Margaret Mast, Annaleida Snyder Cattell. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Betty Chase. Woods Hole Log: Marjorie Huxley, Boris Gorokhoff, Dave Bradley. Scholarship Fund: Entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Manton Copeland, Anne Janney. Introducing Dr. Bertit Hansrrom, Rockefeller Fellow from the University of Lund, Sweden. Professor Hanstrom was born in Kalmar, Sweden, in 1891. He attended the University of Stockholm, re- ceiving the degree of master of philosophy in 1914, licentiat in 1916, and doctor of philosophy in 1920. While studying for his higher degrees under Professor Nils Holmgren, the anatomist, he taught biology and chemistry at the Landskro- na gymnasium. He remained at that post until 1925, when he was appointed assistant professor of zoology at the University of Lund. In 1930 Dr. Hanstrém became professor of zoology and director of the Zoological Institute at Lund. Dr. Hanstrom has studied at various European marine biological stations (Kristineberg, Sweden ; Bergen and Trondheim, Norway; Helgoland, Germany ; Rovigno, Italy) and in 1922, as Fellow of the Swedish-American Foundation, at the Scripps Institution and the Hopkins Marine Sta- tion in this country. In 1925 he spent the sum- mer at the Marine Biological Laboratory as fel- low of the Swedish Academy of Science. Dr. Hanstrom received a Rockefeller Fellow- ship last April, and arrived at Woods Hole on June 1. He is now carrying on research work on chromatophores in crustacea and their prob- able connection with certain endocrine organs. Throughout his work, Dr. Hanstrom’s main interest has been the nervous system and sense organs of invertebrates. His chief work is a monograph: “The Comparative Anatomy of the Nervous System of Invertebrates,’ which was published in Berlin in 1928. His hobby is orni- thology and he has published on the biology of Swedish birds. In the Fall of this year he intends to do re- search at the Harvard Biological Laboratories. Later he will spend a month in Florida, collecting crustacea for his own work and tropical speci- mens for the zoological museum at Lund. In December Dr. Hanstrom will return to Sweden. Introducing Dr. Francis Lrovey, Rockefeller Fellow from the University of Budapest, Hungary. Dr. Leo- vey was born in Szeged, Hungary, and attended the University of Budapest, from which institu- tion he received the degree of doctor of medicine in 1927. While still a medical student in 1926, he was appointed assistant in the physiology de- partment of the University. During this time he studied kidney function, and especially, artificial uremia, in collaboration with the late Dr. Geza Farkas, professor of physiology at the University of Budapest. Dr. Leovey subsequently became associate in physiology at the University of Budapest, and in the year 1922-1923 received a fellowship to do research in the laboratory of Dr. Peter Rona, who was at the time director of the department of chemistry at the Pathologische Institut in Berlin. While in Berlin, Dr. Leovey devoted himself to the study of the methods of physical chemistry and did research on the deaminase enzyme of the kidney. In 1934, Dr. Leovey was appointed Rocke- feller Fellow and came to this country. He spent the past year in Baltimore in the laboratory of Dr. W. Mansfield Clark of the department of physiological chemistry at Johns Hopkins University. Oxidation-reduction potentials and in particular the reversible inactivation and reac- tivation of the glycolytic enzyme in muscle were the subjects of his study in Dr. Clark’s labora- tory. This summer Dr. Leovey is investigating the osmotic relations in teleosts. Recent publications by Dr. Leovey include: “The activity curve of alanin - deaminase,” Biochemische Zeitschrift, 1934; and “The localization of the deaminase enzyme in the kidney,” Biochemische Zeitschrift, 1935. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date A.M. P.M. ANDIFCSE WB soos cessore: 3:45 esroe August 14 4:36 4:51 SITS IST al eens 0:24 coll JANDRAISE WO) coon =. (gil (E82 August 17 .. 6:59) 7e25 August 18 .. 747 8:18 August 19 .. 8237 eel In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. ~~ Aueust 10, 1935 } THE COLLECTING NET _ 189 ITEMS OF INTEREST The Annual Meeting of the Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory will be held in the auditorium of the Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., on Tuesday, August 13, at 11:30 A. M. for the Election of Officers and Trustees and the transaction of such business as may come before the meeting. Dr. Recinatp G. Harris, director of the Bio- logical Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor, and Mrs. Harris arrived at Woods Hole on Tuesday, August 6. They spent the night at the home of Dr. and Mrs. W. J. V. Osterhout of the Rocke- feller Institute, leaving Wednesday noon, August 7, to drive to the Mount Desert Island Biological Laboratory to attend the trustees’ meeting of that laboratory on the following day. Dr. MarsHart A. Howe has been appointed director of the New York Botanical Garden to succeed Dr. Elmer D. Merrill, who resigned to assume the newly created post of director of the eight botanical units at Harvard Unmiversity. Dr. Howe has been assistant director of the New York Botanical Garden for twelve years and a member of its scientific staff for thirty-four years. Dr. J. B. DeC. SAuNbeERS has been promoted from assistant to associate professor of anatomy and Dr. H. L. Mason from instructor to assistant professor of botany at the University of Cali- fornia. Rosert C. STAUFFER, a graduate student at the University of Minnesota, who received his A.B. from Dartmouth in 1934, has been appointed in- structor in biology at Dartmouth College. Mr. Stauffer is a member of the invertebrate course at Woods Hole. He plans to go to Hanover in September. Dr. WiLtiAM TRAGER has been promoted from the position of fellow to that of assistant at the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. Dr. Trager is carrying on research work at Woods Hole. Dr. Donatp F. Jones, president of the Genet- ics Society of America and head of the depart- ment of genetics at the Agricultural Experimental Station at New Haven, Conn., has been granted a leave of absence beginning September 1. He will work at the California Institute of Tech- nology at Pasedena. Dr. Lreonarp B, CLark, assistant professor of biology at Union College, Schenectady, arrived in Woods Hole August 4, accompanied by his wife and two little girls. They are living in the apart- ment house. Dr. Henry B. Warp was recently tendered a departmental breakfast by Dr. D. D. Whitney, head of the department of zoology of the Uni- versity of Nebraska. Dr. Ward founded this de- partment in 1893. He was also guest of honor at an evening reception given by Dean Lyman, one of his former students. The University con- ferred the degree of doctor of laws on Dr. Ward at commencement. Dr. L. ALBert Watrorp, who took his Ph.D. degree at Harvard last February and did research at the Oceanographic Institution last summer, spent a few days last week at Woods Hole. He came here to consult C. P. Winsor, who is stop- ping in Wagqoit, in connection with the research they did together last summer. Dr. Wal- ford is at present engaged in a survey of the game fish of Southern California and Mexico, for Mr. Max Fleishmann, the yeast mer- chant. Mr. Fleishmann is a sportsman, yachts- man and fisherman, and it is his yacht, Haida, which is the headquarters for the survey. Col- lections are made on the Pacific coast from San Diego to Panama. Mr. Ear B. PERKINS, who was a member of the Byrd expedition, lectured Thursday night on “Life in Little America.” Motion pictures were shown along with the narration of interesting experiences. Mr. Perkins has been a research worker at the Marine Biological Laboratory, and has also been with the Bureau of Fisheries in the past. He is a graduate of Bowdoin College, and has studied zoology under Professor Manton Copeland. The proceeds of this lecture are to be used for payment of the new slate courts of the Tennis Club. Dr. HALLoweLr Davis, of the Department of Physiology of the Harvard Medical School, writes under the date of July 12, 1935: I am glad to give you the following items of news for possible use in THe CoLttectinG Net: Dr. Can- non, who has been in China at Peiping Medical College during the spring and more recently has visited Japan, will attend the Physiological Con- gress in Russia this summer before returning to Boston. I am expecting to attend the Interna- tional Neurological Congress in London and then the International ‘Physiological in Russia, and Dr. F. A. Gibbs, who has been working in this De- partment during the last year, is already abroad and plans to attend the same two Congresses. ... I regret that, on account of going abroad, I do not expect to be able to visit Woods Hole this summer. 190 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 87 ITEMS OF INTEREST Dr. Oscar Rippte of the Carnegie Institution of Washington will present a paper on “Anterior Pituitary Hormones” at the fifteenth Interna- tional Physiological Congress at Leningrad and Moscow. He will visit various physiological laboratories in England, Denmark, Russia, Jugo- slavia, Germany, Holland and France while abroad. Dr. W. O. Puckert and Dr. C. L. BAKeEr left Woods Hole last week for a trip to Brattleboro, Vermont. From there Dr. Puckett nlans to go to his home in North Carolina, and thence to Tennessee before returning to Princeton Univer- sity at which institution he is instructor in biol- ogy. W. B. Fucus, who teaches in Eastern High School, Washington, D. C., has left Woods Hole to meet his father in New York City. They will then set out on a cruise to British Guinea. Dr. and Mrs. R. P. Bigelow gave a picnic at Tarpaulin Cove in honor of their nieces, Miss Chase and Miss Mackittrick. The party was conveyed in Mr. Hilton’s boat, Playmate. A son, GEORGE WALLACE, JR. was born to Dr. and Mrs. George Wallace Kidder last fall. Dr. Kidder, who is instructor of biology at the Col- lege of the City of New York, is teaching in the protozoology course at Woods Hole this summer. A son, RopertT LAWRENCE, was born to Dr. and Mrs. L. G. Barth on May 28. A daughter was born to Dr. anp Mrs. Mor- TON D, SCHWEITZER last Spring. Dr. and Mrs. Schweitzer have been in California for the past year at the laboratory of Dr. T. H. Morgan. Dr. Schweitzer has carried on research at this Labor- atory for a number of summers and Mrs. Schweitzer, who is much interested in music, formerly was accompanist for the Woods Hole Choral Club. The Woods Hole Camera Club has succeeded in securing the travelling exhibit of the Biological Photographic Association. It will be hung this morning in the lobby of the Brick Building. The photographs include all phases of biological work, e.g. photomicrographs, gross clinical specimens, marine life, etc. The Camera Club’s own annual exhibit will be hung in the lobby the week-end of August 17. The material will be in two classes, pictorial and technical, and will be judged separately, The en- try fee is ten cents a print. The competition is open to all interested members of the Woods Hole Community. The prints must be mounted on heavy cardboard. A GIANT BUTTERFLY RAY A yery rare giant butterfly ray, Pteroplatea altavela, was caught in the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries traps in Buzzards Bay on Saturday, the morning of August the 3rd, and is now on view in the aquarium. The ray is a native of the Brazilian coast and, as far as is known, this is only the fourth such specimen taken on this coast. The first specimen taken was presented to the Boston Natural History Museum many years ago by Spencer Baird. The second was caught by Dr. Hugh Smith on the North Carolina coast, and the third was taken here at Woods Hole in 1922 by Mr. Robert Goffin, now acting superintendent of the Woods Hole Station of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. Zoologica, (March 1927), comments as follows on this rare form: “The butterfly ray has its name from its manner of swimming. It flits through the water with its great wings appearing much as butterflies’ wings do, flying through the air.” The butterfly ray occurs from the Mediter- ranean to Brazil, and in size reaches 5 feet 10 inches in width. Another rare form in the Fisheries aquarium is a cownose ray, Rhinoptera bonasus. It is very destructive to oysters and clams. This ray is not as rare as the other; usually one or two are caught in this locality every summer. FORTHCOMING ARTICLES IN “THE JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL ZOOLOGY” (August, 1935) Waddington, C. H., The development of isolated parts of the chick blastoderm. One text figure and one plate (eight figures). Bissonnette, Thomas Hume, Modification of mam- malian sexual cycles. III. Reversal of the cycle in male ferrets (Putorius vulgaris) by increas- ing periods of exposure to light between Octo- ber 2nd and March 30th. Three plates (thirty- one figures). Dunihue, F. W., Differential wound healing of anu- ran tail skin. One text figure and one plate (four figures). Miller, Dorothea S., Effects of thyroxin on plumage of the English sparrow, Passer domesticus (Lin- naeus). Five figures. Goss, Harold, and Gregory, P. W., Glutathione con- centration and hereditary size. IV. The effect of nursing upon the concentration. Hopkins, A. E., Temperature optima in the feeding mechanism of the oyster, Ostrea gigas. Nine figures. De Garis, Charles F., Heritable effects of conjuga- tion between free individuals and double mon- sters in diverse races of Paramecium caudatum, Three figures. Etkin, William, The mechanisms of anuran meta- morphosis. I. Thyroxine concentration and the metamorphic pattern. Five figures. ae 2 eeu De il Mele. COLLECTING NET 191 Convenient projection From your lecture table THE Spencer Model “B” Delineascope allows you to remain seated at your desk, lecture to your class, and at the same time, illustrate your lecture with glass slides. The slide is placed right side up on the slide track and the image on the screen is shown to the class exactly the same as the slide itself appears to you. Using a pencil you can point out on the slide the specific part of the sub- ject under discussion and the image of the pencil appears as a pointer on the screen. Model “B” occupies so little space that it can be left permanently set up on your desk ready for immediate use. WRITE FOR OUR NEW CATALOG. Model “B” Delineascope is fully described in this new catalog which pictures and describes a complete group of Spencer Delineascopes for classroom use. Models are listed ranging in price from $48 to $315. Write for your copy of this new Catalog K-78. Please address Dept. J-81. Spencer Company Buffalo New York 192 THE COLLECTING a [ Vor. X. No. 87 0 a ese | THE WOODS HOLE LOG LOO 1 1 1 1S 1S 1 SS ao WOODS HOLE NEWS Marjorie HuxLey Mr. Sidney Peck, bridgetender on Main Street, has kept a report of the boats going through, which require the raising of the bridge. In 1935 the bridge was opened 485 times during the month of July. This record was not quite equaled this year, with only 473 raisings. It aver- ages about 18 times a day, but sometimes it has been as low as 10, and again as high as 26 for one day. The Frederick Harris C7680, Sea Scout Ship from New York, steered on the wrong side of a buoy in the Channel, and stove in a couple of her planks on some rocks. She was bound for Ply- mouth on Wednesday, but was delayed a few days while in dock for repairs. Mr. Ray Smith, owner of the Cayadetta, is doing the repair job. Last Wednesday afternoon Woods Hole was honored by a visit from 200 C.C.C. boys. Eight truckloads of them arrived in uniform around 2 o'clock in the afternoon and stayed until 3. They visited the aquarium in the Bureau of Fisheries, but lingered longest over at the seal’s pool. The boys were from Camp 104 in Bourne. Mr. and Mrs. James McInnis and family, for- merly of Millfield Street, are now occupying their new home on Quisset Avenue, which overlooks the golf links. Mr. William O’Brien from the South Boston Aquarium, has been collecting specimens of fish from traps in Woods Hole, through the courtesy of Sugar Radil, apprentice fish culturist, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. He was with us for a few days, but returned last Thursday. The policemen’s annual ball, benefit of the Fal- mouth Police Relief Association, will be held at the Barclay in West Falmouth, Tuesday, August 13. There will be dancing from 8-2 with Jack Marshard’s orchestra. Misses Mavis Wilde, Barbara Alberts, and Molly Lehy have been selling daises in Woods Hole for the benefit of the Massachusetts Society for Prevention of Cruelty to Animals. It is re- ported that Falmouth contributed more money to this worthy cause than any other town on the Cape. Woods Hole turned in a surprisingly large sun for its size. The proceeds are to go to head- quarters in Centerville, Hyannis. The Junior Women’s Club of Woods Hole, newly organized last Fall, conducted a food sale on the lawn of the M. E. Church last Saturday afternoon. The girls themselves made most of the articles contributed, although a few were solicited from the senior club. Misses Phyllis 30ynton and Jean Goodfellow, with the assistance of Barbara Alberts and Cynthia Cahoon, were in charge of the sale. An informal program com- mittee meeting was held at the home of Mrs. A. P. Clough last Monday evening. Advisors Mrs. Samuel Cahoon, Mrs. Stanley Eldridge, and Mrs. Clough were present. The program for next Fall was outlined, and will be presented at a regular club meeting in the near future. Mr. Norman Steele has purchased the motor boat Pal from John Grinnell. Mr. Travers has bought a motor dory from Norman Steele, and is fast becoming an expert fisherman. Mr. Larkin has installed a 1931 Chevrolet motor in his motor boat, and is deriving much pleasure from the outfit. All out-of-town Scouts visiting Woods Hole are welcomed to attend local troop meetings held Friday nights at 7:30 in the Canteen. Mrs. Bustonia, from North Carolina, fainted with an acute attack of indigestion on Main Street last Saturday. Her head struck the con- crete and she received a severe gash. She was taken into Alex’s barber shop by her husband and Alex, the barber. Dr. Tripp was called and treated the woman. She was walking around town the next day, so evidently the wound was not serious. Mr. James D. Graham has been nursing a sore finger for the past week. The finger was ripped on a fish feo which made a very severe wound. The former Marine Biological Laboratory col- lecting boat, the Cayadetta has been making four trips a week to Martha’s Vineyard and the other islands with pleasure-bound parties. Little five-year old Jacqueline White, niece of Mrs. Austin White on Millfield Street, went Wednesday, August 14, to have a tonsil opera- tion in Pocasset. Aucust 10, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 193 TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Weekly Rates Lobsters and Steaks Home Made Pastries W. T. Grabiec, Prop. SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660—661 WOODS HOLE, MASS. MME. CURE’ Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé Shoes for every member of the family Sneakers and Beach Sandals BEALE’S Formerly the Leather Shop MAIN STREET FALMOUTH ANGELUS SWEETS — Featuring — HOME MADE CANDIES AND ICE CREAM LUNCHEONETTE Catering a Specialty NEW MALCHMAN BLDG. opp. Town Hall THE OASIS LUNCH QUALITY LUNCH and QUALITY SERVICE Stationery and Sick Room Supplies BALLANTINE’S ALE and BEER On Draught in the New Room REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. LAWRENCE’S SANDWICH DEPOT FALMOUTH HEIGHTS A really complete menu of sandwiches and drinks that are different. Open 7:30 A. M. to 1:00 A. M.. A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE TEXACO - MARFAX SERVICE GASOLINE —::— OILS WOODS HOLE GARAGE NED GIFFORD FALMOUTH DISTINGUISHED AUTOMOBILE SERVICE Gu FALMOUTH COAL CO. EAST MAIN ST. and DEPOT AVE. Falmouth TENNIS COURT CONSTRUCTION CONSULT US FOR ESTIMATES ON NEW INSTALLATIONS OR FOR RE- SURFACING YOUR PRESENT COURT. Specify “ACME TENNIS COURT CLAY” for Best Results ARNOLD I. ANDERSON Tel. Fal. 600 or 131-M FALMOUTH, MASS. C. S. MASON JEWELER Watch, Clock, Jewelry Repairing E. MAIN ST., at Nye Road Tel. 602-R Falmouth, Mass. EAT AT THE GULF HILL PARLORS 596 PLEASANT STREET, New Bedford (Opposite Library) ALWAYS COOL AND COMFORTABLE THE ONLY AIR CONDITIONED RESTAURANT IN NEW BEDFORD 194 SUMMER COLONY NEWS THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 87 | MANTON COPELAND JR. Mrs. Walter Garrey entertained on Friday with a linen shower in honor of Dr. Catherine Knowlton whose wedding will take place in Sep- tember. Mrs. T. S. Potter gave a tea on August 9th in the honor of Mrs. R. L. Dickinson at her home on Buzzards Bay Avenue. Mr. and Mrs. William Moore and the Misses Virginia and Joan Elmandorf are expected on Monday for a week’s visit with Dr. and Mrs. Knower. Miss Eleanor Clark of Bronxville, New York, is the week-end guest of Dr. and Mrs. Manton Copeland at The Roost. Dr. and Mrs. Reid Hunt are expected on Mon- day in Woods Hole where they will spend the re- mainder of the summer. Mr. Robert V. Clark of Cooperstown, New York, is arriving today to visit Mr. William T. Whitney. Mrs. Nicholas Penniman is visiting Mrs. Rich- ard C. Leatherbee at Jhitecrest, on Crow Hill. Robert Leatherbee is making a short visit with his mother, Mrs. Frances Crane. Miss Vera Warbasse is studying this summer at the Harvard University Summer School in preparation to enter medical school next Fall. Mr. Frederick Copeland has received an ex- change fellowship from Williams College to study biology at the University of Munich next year. Mr. Bryant Baker, sculptor, who has been stay- ing at the Breakwater Hotel is planning to leave for Europe in a few days. Mr. W. O. Luscombe, Jr., of Nobska Road, and Mr. Osgood Perkins, playing at the Beach Theatre this summer, who were in the same Com- pany in the World War, were reunited at a din- ner last week at the Luscombe home. They had not seen each other since the War, nearly seven- teen years ago. i Mr. Sam Plant embarked on a cruise to Booth- bay Harbor, Thursday, on his schooner, accom- panied by house guests and other friends. Mr. Walter O. Luscombe, Jr., arrived today to spend the week-end with his family on Nobska Road. : Mrs. Eugene DuBois gave a tea at her home on Penzance Point for the staff and alumni of the Children’s School of Science on Wednesday. The Broadlawn Summer Theatre, Falmouth, which is under the direction of Mr, C. Hassler Capron presented its third performance of the season this week-end. Mr. John Metz enter- tained with violin and Theremin and was accom- panied by Mrs. Elizabeth Fairchild Cash. The Theremin is a new invention which, when con- nected with an electric current sends forth waves from its antennae. The sound is produced when the waves meet a conductor of electricity, such as a human hand, which is amplified through a loud speaker. The pitch and volume are thus controlled by the motion of hand through space producing a melody. BAST 26th STREED NEW YORK | | — - ea — ees é balanced. to accomplish this result, but / Vol. X. No. 7 SATURDAY, AUGUST 17, 1935 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. THE ANNUAL MEETINGS OF THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY THE CORPORATION MEETING, 1935 The 48th annual meeting of the Corporation was held Tuesday, August 13, in the auditorium. The various reports which supplemented those already published in the Biological Bulletin stressed the excellent financial condition of the Laboratory. In spite of a drop in income during the past few years, the budget has always been Many economies have heen necessary THE REORGANIZATION OF 1897 The Laboratory had its beginning through the instrumentality of Boston people and for the first two years only Boston people were members of the Corporation and Board of Trustees. Gradu- ally others were added. In 1890 Professor E. B. Wilson was elected to the Board of Trustees. le is now our oldest living Trustee and has been a Trustee ever since that election. By 1896 there were 12 who were not resi- none have seriously crippled the activities of the institu- tion. Now that the mortgage on the Devil’s Lane tract has been paid, the Laboratory has no indebtedness of any kind. The present value of the plant is $1,305,000, while the book yalue of the Endowment Fund is $1,105,000. The Library is now receiy- ing 1197 serial publications, of which 32 are new this year. Because of a reduction in the budget, the binding of these journals has fallen behind, and fewer back sets have been purchased. The reprint libra- Ty is growing rapidly, the duplicates now requiring a special room. | TUESDAY, August 20, 8:00 P. M. | H. L. Calendar Ri. Seminar: Dr. William Trager: On | the nutritional requirements of | mosquito larvae. Dr. J. E. Davis: The experimental production of tumors in rats through cellular malnutrition. Dr. Leonard B. Clark: Dark adap- | tation in the insect Dineutes as- similis. | Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn: Protein lipid | binding in protoplasm. Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff: The effect of | crude oil pollution on marine life. | FRIDAY, August 22, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. R. E. Cleland, Gouch- | er College: The Evening Prim- rose. dents of Boston and nine who were, so that there was every evidence of the intent on the part of the Trustees to recog- nize the Woods Hole Labora- tory as a national institution. On the other hand, those who had been responsible for the establishment of the labora- tory (seven incorporators ) were rather jealous of its local standing and reputation and the by-laws of the Laboratory prescribed that the annual meeting of the Corporation and Trustees should be held in Boston in the month of November when few non-res- idents of Boston were able to attend. During those years from ’88 to '96 there had been The Director, Dr. Jacobs, stated that the at- tendance is a little lower this year than last, but that the number of — (Continued on page 212) Some Notes on the Reorganization of the Marine Biological Laboratory in 1897, Pro- BessorHy: (GeuC@oniklin: ss iceiccesscucsievnesoens 209 Corporation Meeting of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory Work in the Invertebrate Zoology Course......212 Personal Impressions of the Fisheries at Woods Hole, Dr. M. d 'Arcy Magee.............. 213 TABLE OF CONTENTS elected to the Corporation almost everyone who worked at the Laboratory and who was willing to be elected—and almost everybody was willing. Review of the Cold Spring Harbor Symposia 10) aie Oe ee Ory pececher gic ore- on Oe ERE eerie pene Caer ea Consultants in Biological Science at the Marine Biological Laboratory....................05 215 Items of Interest 5 News from other Biological Stations Final Directory for 1935.... Woods Hole Log ——— ——— —————— —— —-— ———aEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeeeeeeeee— eee “Aen “5 ‘sndumgd ‘0 °H ‘peer ‘dv ‘wyuey WM ‘USIa “V ‘dq :MOpuIM PiIyL pue puossag “saJsMoIg “L ‘A ‘peyruep! jou ‘j7eId “a ‘f ‘SetAV “H ‘UBsIOW “H “L ‘4907 “£ ‘qempeei, ‘I ‘WV ‘MOU HLYNOT ‘seuMg “a “G ‘MooqueSueT ‘O ‘PIOJHG “A “A ‘poylquepl jou ‘vey “§ “A ‘II0W “d “Vv ‘83pod “M ‘O ‘peg -Quopl jou ‘yJo18AG “HM ‘UITHUCD ‘Db “a ‘AeTPNG “HM ‘SMouVeI “d “WV ‘SUIHTRO N “D ‘Je2}0d “1M ‘MOU CUIHL W44eW “A “H ‘UeWTUM ‘0D ‘joog “MY ‘YUdjopuey “—H ‘peuuapl jou ‘qolanoOW ‘d “f ‘AeMMoorg “f ‘A ‘ONT “UY wa ‘weAd DY H :MOU GNOOAS ‘ueurouneD “LM ‘jauIpIey “HD “q ‘uRucd ‘S “A ‘Apoqeed “H “ff ‘UeseIDy uBA eal ‘UO}SUTIIeH “YU “N ‘WeyI0H ‘d A ‘aseyVM S -34811 07 Wel ‘MOU LNOUA €681 NI AMOLVUOIVI TVIIDOTOIA ANINVAW AHL JO SHAAAOM AHL JO HdVADOLOHd V AuGUST 17, 1935 } THE COLLECTING NET 211 The result was that there were some 300 mem- bers of the Corporation in 1896. In 1894, the Board of Trustees at one of their Boston meetings, had decided that they did not want any more of these temporary shingle build- ings—they wanted permanent buildings. But the need for buildings was so great and the amount of money available was so little that it was about the only thing that could be done. Professor Whitman, who had the ability to get other people to work for the Laboratory and his journals and other enterprises as very few others could, or- ganized an association known as the Biological As- sociation to raise money for the new lecture hall, the one which now stands on the corner of West Street. We had about $1,500 to be used for that purpose and Professor Whitman, who raised $1,500 additional for the completion of the build- ing, and went ahead with it in spite of the vote that the Trustees had passed. Well, there was growing tension between the Director and Corporation, represented by the workers here, and the Boston trustees, and in February, 1897, the Trustees voted that they would not have the Laboratory open the following summer unless $2,000 could be raised before the 15th of April. By hook and by crook and serious work, and by balancing all books and seeing that money came in where people had been holding up payment, Dr. Whitman managed to make such a showing that on the 12th of April the Board of Trustees decided that they would open the Labora- tory. But in the meantime a great many people had made other arrangements and there was a great falling off of attendance in 1897. During that summer the Board of Trustees held a meet- ing here in Woods Hole in the lecture hall which was new at that time. After three of the mem- bers, who were properly to be described as the Boston trustees, had left to catch an early train, the meeting continued and the trustees who re- mained voted to order a special meeting of the Corporation, which could be held only in Boston, on the 16th day of August of that year, just 38 years ago today. On the morning of the 16th of August a special car was attached to the morn- ing train to Boston. More than 80 people went up from the Laboratory to a meeting which was held at the Parker House. The meeting was called to order by the Clerk of the Corporation, Dr. Edward G. Gardiner, after whom Gardiner Road is named. Immediately the Acting Presi- dent of the Trustees, Professor Farlow, got up and protested that the meeting had been called il- legally. He called upon the meeting to disband or he would carry the whole thing to the courts. That was a red flag to all those revolutionists. Dr. Gardiner insisted the meeting had been called legally and the by-laws were amended so that the annual meetings would be held in Woods Hole in the month of August, and so it has continued to this time. On the 26th of August a special meeting of the Corporation was held here at Woods Hole and at that time a good many of us got elected to the Board of Trustees and have been there ever since. Some of the Boston Trustees were much in- censed and seven of them resigned and published a statement in Science which was answered in a dignified and courteous way by three men who deserve to be remembered for what they did, namely, Samuel F. Clark, J. Playfair MeMurrich, and Edward G. Gardiner, who, in particular, de- serves credit. The Laboratory was now a national and independent institution but it was also with- out Boston support and it was necessary to find new friends. These new friends were found very promptly: the best of friends—Mr. Charles R. Crane, Mrs. Frank Lillie, Mr. L. L. Nunn, and Dr. John C. Phillips. They began to buy land and to help out ina way which the Laboratory had never known before and the Laboratory entered in 1897 upon the real national and international character which it has held ever since. E, G, Conk iin. Emeritus Professor of Biology, Princeton University. This bit of history of the laboratory is one of the many stories told by Dr. Conklin in his lecture titled “The History of Woods Hole and of the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory,” which he presented as an evening lecture in the Marine Biological Labora- tory auditorium on Friday, August 16. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides of paintings by Frank L. Gifford, by photographs, and by moving pictures made by Dr. B. R. Coonfield of Brooklyn College. THE COLLECTING NET has been entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. marine biological laboratories. It is devoted to the scientific work at It is published weekly tor ten weeks between June 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole and printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford. the third floor of the Woods Hole station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. Its editorial offices are situated on Between June 1 and October 1 communications should be addressed to Woods Hole, Massachusetts; at other times they should be directed to THE COLLECTING NET, Garrison, N. Y. Sin (containing not less than 280 pages) costs $2.00. gle copies cost 30c; a subscription THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 CORPORATION MEETING, 1935 (Continued from page 209) investigators staying for long periods has in- creased. ‘here are more qualified students re- maining for work after the close of the courses than ever before. 115 papers, based on work done wholly or in part at Woods Hole have been published during the past year. This is about the average number. The new members, elected by the Trustees are: J. J. Bronfenbrenner Roberts Rugh isther C. Hendee D. C. Smith Hope Hibbard Curt Stern F. M. Summers The election of officers and trustees resulted as follows : Treasurer—Lawrason Riggs. Clerk—Charles Packard. Trustees Emeritus —G. H. Parker, elected Trustee 1907, W. M. Wheeler, elected Trus- tee 1918. Trustees of the class of 1939: W. C. Allee W. J. V. Osterhout G. N. Calkins L. L. Woodruff B. M. Duggar A. H. Sturtevant L. V. Heilbrunn Laurence Irving WORK IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY COURSE The second week of the Invertebrate Course has already come and gone, marking the comple- tion of a third of our stay at Woods Hole. As the necessary schedule repeatedly forces us to leave one group of animals to take up another— we have now covered six phyla—we realize that six weeks is not a very long period to devote to the invertebrates, even though we exclude the in- sects from our consideration. Part of Monday, August fifth was spent on the Nereis, dredging. Each time the net came to the surface representatives from each of the groups aboard crowded around to obtain pailsful of ma- terial to be placed on the deck in the midst of the groups and examined in considerable detail. The number of forms found was, of course, more limited than had been the case in the tidal zone at Kettle Cove. We renewed our acquaintance with a number of species observed previously and were fortunate enough to get some that were new to us. The odd Protochordates, Amaroucium and Didemnum, attracted most attention, perhaps be- cause they were advertised by certain members of the staff as our near relatives. The rest of Monday and all day Tuesday were devoted to further studies on the Coelenterates, with lectures by Dr. O. E. Nelsen. Turning from the smaller colonial hydroids we examined the Trustee of the class of 1936: C. E: McClung, in place of W. M. Wheeler, retired. Dr. Irving introduced a motion to the effect that the Corporation express its approval of the principle of free scholarships such as those spon- sored by THE Cottectinc Net. Drs. Calkins, Taylor, and Cole spoke of the value of these scholarships in aiding qualified students to con- tinue their investigations. The motion was car- ried unanimously. In closing, Dr. Lillie spoke of the loss sus- tained by the Laboratory in the death of Dr. Gil- man A. Drew, and Dr- Cornelia M. Clapp. Dr. Drew was a Director of the Invertebrate and Em- bryology courses and served as Assistant Director of the Laboratory for many years. The design of the main building, and the many arrangements for the convenience of the investigators are the result of his careful planning. Miss Clapp was a student during the first summer of the Labora- tory in 1888, and later served as Librarian, as Trustee, and Trustee Emeritus. free-swimming jelly-fish, Aurelia. Wednesday morning we completed our formal perusal of the Coelenterates by examining the sea-anemone, Metridium. Simple experiments on feeding reac- tions were performed and a study made of the internal anatomy of preserved specimens. Dr. Nelsen discussed the Ctenophora in a lecture, pointing out that the advent of a true third germ layer and a number of other characters separated them from the Coelenterates. Illustrative mate- rial in the form of Mnemiopsis, the rainbow jelly, was available in the laboratory, and we devoted considerable time to convincing ourselves that these strange, transparent creatures really do have a very definite sort of structure. Late in the evening those who were not so fortunate as to be observing them in nature from a boat gathered about the aquaria and marveled at the light given off from the region of the comb-plate rows as the Mnemiopsis were disturbed. Prof. G. H. Parker was kind enough to talk to us on Wednesday evening on “Color Changes in_ Fish.” By way of introduction he discussed var- ious types of effectors and their activity as con- trolled by nerves and hormones. Following this he described in greater detail the distribution and nature of a particular type of effector, the chrom- atophore or pigment cell. Chromatophores are Aucust 17, 1935 ]} THE COLLECTING NET 213 found in arthropods, cephalopods, lizards, am- phibia and fish, and are responsible for color changes in these organisms. In the case of the melanophores of Fundulus, several lines of evi- dence indicate the existence of a double innerva- tion, one set of nerves being instrumental in the contraction of the color cells causing blanching of the fish, the other in the opposite process of ex- pansion and darkening. This condition is not al- ways present, however, for in some other organ- isms the action of hormones or humors is in- volved. The melanophores of the dogfish, for in- stance, are concentrated by the activity of nerves leading to them; but they are dispersed as a re- sult of the action of a secretion of the pituitary. By way of conclusion, Prof. Parker dealt with the possibility of the occurrence of a large num- ber of neurohumors in organisms, some _ highly soluble in water, others in fatty solvents. ‘The clarity and enthusiasm of his presentation so in- terested the group that the most of us accepted his invitation to come to his laboratory to see at first hand some experimental fish and a remark- ably simple but apparently effective apparatus for inducing Fundulus to change color repeatedly, in the hope of fatiguing the mechanisms involved. We are now looking forward to another informal evening lecture, by Prof. Horace Stunkard. This is planned for the near future. Early Thursday morning we left on the Caya- detta and Nereis for Lackey’s Bay to spend the morning collecting. The weather was fine and the collecting excellent, for there was a variety of habitats—beach, rocks, mud, sand bars—within a small region. Working up the material upon re- turn we found that we had a total of over one hundred species. The rest of the week was devoted to a study of the flat worms under the direction of Dr. C. E. Hadley. In his lectures Dr. Hadley dealt mainly with the taxonomic relations, morphology and life histories of the members of the group. A particularly interesting species studied in the lab- oratory was Cryptocotyle, the life history of which was first worked out a few years ago by Dr. Stunkard at Woods Hole. It has three hosts in its life cycle, the snail, the cunner, and nor- mally the gull or tern. We noted rediae in snails, saw cerceriae escape from the rediae and pene- trate Cunner tail fins, and observed the adult. Sunday was welcomed, by some as an oppor- tunity for doing additional work, by others as a chance for some outside activities. Monday morning Dr. Hadley gave a very in- teresting and entertaining lecture on marine zool- ogy, discussing the inorganic environment of the pleagic and abyssal zones and the numerous, often bizarre, modifications of the organisms which in- habit these frontier regions. Immediately there- after those of our group not having colds left on a field trip to Hadley Harbor. Rather intensive collecting both before and after a hasty lunch yielded a wealth of specimens. Upon return, the late afternoon was spent identifying and arrang- ing them in the form of an exhibit in the vesti- bule of the M. B. L. building. The exhibit to- taled one hundred and seventeen species, an ex- cellent showing for a few hours’ collection. From the above record of the week's activities it may be seen that we have continued to have a busy and profitable time. BirpsEY RENSHAW. PERSONAL IMPRESSIONS AT WOODS HOLE A fishing trip as a means of recreation at this time of year, for those anglers who enjoy salt water experiences, is in no sense complete without a trial in “Vineyard Sound.” Debarring fogs during the early part of July, August is ideal and the catches are frequent and varied. It is no wonder that the U. S. Govern- ment saw fit to establish its first cultural station at Woods Hole when Doctor Spencer Fullerton Baird, the first U. S. Fish Commissioner, began his inestimable services in ichthyology and fish culture, and laid the plans for his successors. All kinds and interesting species of fish life are found in these waters. An attractive aquarium where varied native species draw the attention of visitors, a display of the embryonic evolution of the lobster and other species, laboratories well equipped for scientific research, and a substantial building for living quarters, are beautifully situated on a rocky foundation with ample wharfage. A pro- tecting sea wall completes the ideal conditions for the perpetuity of Fisheries investigation. Hundreds of students from all parts of the globe frequent Woods Hole, taking extended courses in marine biology. This has caused the creation of added facilities by the establishment of the Marine Biological Laboratories augment- ing those of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries and the Oceanographic Institution which charts the currents and studies the conditions of the sea water. These institutions were established and are maintained by the leading universities of our country, extend unparalled opportunities for research work, unfold many valuable contribu- tions, and enhance our knowledge in the scientific world. Professors and students vie with one an- other to make this America’s marine educational summer colony. Among the species of fish we find the edible varieties—tautog or black fish—scup—sea bass 214 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 blue fish and flounders varying in weight from two to twenty pounds. In the larger species we find hammer-head sharks ranging up to 700 and 800 pounds—blue nose sharks,—all sizes, and a plentiful supply of sword-fish the most delectable of all. Sea Robins, skates, sea crustaceans and other curiosities such as various types of sea urchins are found in abundance. The angler has abundance of food for thought, and when he applies his skill to catch some of these monsters he finds he is outgeneraled by losing bait, line, and sinker. Wire lines are used by the knowing classes, and your personal resourcefulness is often then put to a test. It is my good fortune to be the guest of the Commissioner, the Honorable Frank T. Bell, and to learn first hand the marked progress that is achieved at this station under his direction. Yo appreciate the farsightedness of such a Bu- reau of the Government and its intrinsic value to our people in its scientific department is to call to the layman’s mind what the science of medi- cine has gained by such investigations. The treat- ment of diabetes by insulin which was discovered by Dr. Banting who extracted it from the pan- creas of the fish is a glaring fact appreciated by all. The fish oils, cod liver and halibut, are no mean contribution toward the correction of mal- nutrition. A recent appropriation from Congress has made possible a scientific project to unfold the ravages made by marine predators in the rapid depletion of our eastern oyster beds. They found three destructive agencies—familiarly known as the starfish, screw borer, and sponge (see recent bulletin of U. S. Fisheries). This entire investi- gation is under the masterful control of Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, who during the Czar’s dynasty was senior zoologist of the Imperial Academy of Sciences and the director of the Marine Biologi- cal Station at Sevastopol (Black Sea) Russia, one of the oldest research institutes in Europe. The present commissioner, Frank T. Bell, is enthusi- astically and courageously striving to excel all previous efforts to expose and correct the effects of pollution on marine life and natural fisheries resources. Under his administration added facili- ties for careful research were inaugurated and realizing his obligations, he is further solicitous that the public learn first hand the importance and work of his Bureau. So often the public’s mind is deprived of sali- ent facts and of what is accomplished every day towards perpetuity of fish life by too technical phraseology. Many reports lose their intrinsic value in the maze of scientific terms. Conservation demands a sober collection of facts and statistics that can be readily understood by the public in general, for after all, information is craved by the average mind and when absorbed is a great influence in securing proper laws and respectful enforcement. We are learning daily that many predators serve to control rather than destroy the species involved and equal balancing of nature’s forces tend to prevail. Hysteria in conservation groups is to be watched seriously—for it often serves to make our efforts ridiculous. The chemical, biological and mechanical influ- ences of a wholesale contamination of our water resources is the problem that should be the con- cern of every human being who now ponders on the expenditure of $4,500,000,000 by our govern- ment. Dr. M. p’Arcy MaGeEE, National Vice President Isaac Walton League of America. QUANTITATIVE BIOLOGY AT COLD SPRING HARBOR COLD SPRING HARBOR SYMPOSIA ON QUAN- TITATIVE BIOLOGY, Volume I. Edited by Regi- nald G. Harris. The Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, pp. xi + 239. $3.35. This collection of papers covers a wide range of subjects dealing with the application of physi- cal and chemical methods to the study of living systems. It might be appropriately subtitled, “The Physical Chemistry of the Living Cell.” A group of specialists here bring together a stimu- lating review of our present knowledge of the properties of living membranes and cell surfaces, as well as certain applications of colloidal chemis- try in biology. The volume opens with a group of papers by Hans Muller, David Briggs, Kenneth Cole, and Harold Abramson dealing broadly with electro- kinetic phenomena. The treatment is mainly physical and mathematical, and a biologist of the old school will feel strangely out of place as he wanders among the integration signs. Fortunate- ly for such a reader the main concepts and con- clusions are clearly enough stated to permit him to follow the general argument without trouble. The illustrative material is mainly drawn from — non-living examples, but the approach is legiti- mate enough in a field in which, perhaps more than in any other, the phenomena are the common attributes of both living and non-vital systems. — The nature of the diffuse electrical double layer — at phase boundaries, of ionic adsorption and of such derived effects as electrophoresis and stream- ing potentials are clearly discussed, and the bio- logical applications adequately indicated. The physical chemistry of bio-colloids is dis- cussed by The. Svedberg, Hans Muller, David : 5 Aucust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 215 Briggs and others. Of this group the outstand- ing contribution is Svedberg’s comparative study of the molecular weights of the respiratory pro- teins. His discovery that all respiratory pigments which occur dissolved in the plasma have very high molecular weights in contra-distinction to the relatively small mass of those pigments, such as vertebrate hemoglobin, which occur within cells, will remain one of the classic contributions in this field. The application of electrokinetic concepts to the interpretation of agglutination and phagocytosis is well discussed by Stuart Mudd. Another group of papers deals with the electri- cal and osmotic properties of blood cells. Fricke reveiws his work on the electrical resistance of red cell suspensions, at both high and low fre- quencies, calculates the internal resistance of the red cell to be twice that of the serum, and as his most striking new observation, reports that red corpuscles may hemolyze to the extent of releas- ing their hemoglobin without losing the normal in- sulating properties of the red cell membrane. Pon- der summarizes the recent work on the osmotic behavior of red cells, and Van Slyke gives an ex- cellent short review of our knowledge of the dis- tribution of gases and electrolytes between red cells and blood plasma. Abramson restates his theory that the migration of leucocytes into an inflamed region may be basically an electrophore- tic phenomenon. The reviewer finds the same weakness in the present argument as in previous CONSULTANTS IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE AT The Marine Biological Laboratory has an In- vestigation Staff in each department as well as a Teaching Staff. These men are available for con- sultation by members of the Laboratory. They are unusually well qualified to answer questions and to give advice in their respective fields which include almost all the fields of biological science. As this service is not well known the members of the Investigation Staff are here listed from the 1935 Annual Announcement and the room num- bers of those now in residence is given. Embryology, Protozoélogy and Zodlogy Gary N. Carxins, Professor of Protozodlogy, Columbia University. (Br 331). E. G. Conx.in, Professor of Zodlogy, Princeton University. (Br 321). CASWELL Grave, Professor of Zodlogy, Wash- ington University (Br 325). H. S. Jennines, Professor of Zodlogy, Johns Hopkins University. (Absent). Frank R. Litiz, Professor of Embryology, The University of Chicago. (Br 101). C. E. McCrune, Professor of Zodlogy, Univer- sity of Pennsylvania. (Br 219). publications, namely, that electromotive forces of the necessary magnitude between blood and in- jured tissues (other than nerve and muscle) have not been demonstrated. The suggestion has, however, a certain plausibility, and deserves fur- ther experimental study. The electrical accompaniments of the nerve im- pulse are discussed by H. S. Gasser, and analo- gous excitation waves in plants by W. J. V. Os- terhout. The essential similarity between the bio- electric manifestations in the two diverse mate- rials is clearly evident. A paper by A. V. Hill, not given in the symposium is also included, deal- ing with wave transmission in nerve. This is a popular exposition of some of the recent advances in our knowledge of nerve function, particularly in integrated activities. A final group of papers by MacInnes, Cohen, Chambers, and Michaelis deal with pH and with oxidation and reduction potential measurements and their biological significance. A study of this collection of papers will arouse in many readers a renewed interest in, and appre- ciation of, the intimate interrelationships of the various natural sciences, which, in the phenomena here discussed, find such broad and important common ground. The series emphasizes the great advances which can be made when biologists ap- proach their problems armed with the latest equipment of physics, mathematics, and chemis- try. WILLIAM R. AMBERSON. THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY S. O. Mast, Professor of Zodlogy, Johns Hop- kins University. (Br 329). T. H. Morean, Director of the Biological Labor- atory, California Institute of Technology. (Br 320). G. H. Parker, Professor of Zodlogy, Harvard University. (Br 213). E. B. Wirson, Professor of Zodlogy, Columbia University. (Br 322). LorANDE L. WooprurFr, Professor of Protozool- ogy, Yale University. (Br 323). Physiology Harotp C. Brapiey, Professor of Physiological Chemistry, University of Wisconsin. (Br 122a). WatteR E, Garrey, Professor of Physiology, Vanderbilt University Medical School. (Br 215). Ravpu S. Litriz, Professor of General Physiol- ogy, The University of Chicago. (Br 326). Avsert P. MarHews, Professor of Biochemis- try, The University of Cincinnati. (Br 341). 216 DEPT COLERERENGANEA: [ Vor. X. No. 88 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Cattell, Margaret Mast, Annaleida Snyder Cattell. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Betty Chase. Woods Hole Log: Marjorie Huxley, Boris Gorokhoff, Dave Bradley. Scholarship Fund: Anne Janney. Entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Manton Copeland, THE DATE OF PUBLICATION This number of THE CoLLectTinG NET is late because its staff sponsored four functions in the interest of the journal and its scholarship fund during the present week—and because positions other than those connected with THe Net claim much time of its staff. The journal has been self- supporting this summer, but it has not the neces- sary income to publish the journal in the way that it should be published. When funds can be found for a competent managing editor the contents of Tue Cottectinc Net will be of far greater value than they now are—and the journal will come out on schedule; its contents are necessarily incomplete, and the assistance that our limited funds can purchase does not a!ways make it pos- sible to publish the journal at seven-day intervals. To the Editor: I wish to thank you for the copy of the first num- ber of “The Collecting Net” which is always of con- siderable interest to the biologists working here, many of whom have been engaged previously in marine studies at Woods Hole. There is enclosed a list of the investigators who have worked at this laboratory during the past five years together with a brief summary of the research activities con- ducted here during the summer of 1934. The Beaufort laboratory was severely damaged by the hurricane of September 1933 but with funds provided by the Public Works Administration we have been able to completely restore the buildings and equipment and make many valuable improve- ments. A bridge and causeway have been con- structed which now connects the laboratory on Piver’s Island with the mainland so as to provide adequate fire protection and enable the public to in- spect the exhibits and terrapin propagation activi- ties. One of our most interesting exhibits at the present time is a two-headed diamond-back terrapin which we have been able to keep alive for approxi- mately two years. There has also been constructed a 20-foot concrete pool in which several large specimens of sea turtles, logger heads and green turtles, are now on exhibition. I regret that it will be impossible for me to pro- vide you with weekly reports covering our activities as I am away a great deal supervising the Bureau’s oyster pest control investigations from Virginia to Florida. HERBERT F. PRYTHERCH, Director. U. S. Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina, July 30, 1935. THE VITAMIN SAGA Vitamin A keeps the cold germs away And tends to make meek people nervy. B’s what you need when you're going to seed And C is specific in scurvy. Vitamin D keeps the bones in your knee Tough and hard for the service on Sunday. While E makes hens scratch and increases the hatch And brings in the profits on Monday. Now Vitamin F never bothers the chef ‘Cause this vitamin never existed. G puts the fight in the old appetite And you eat all the foods that are listed. So now when you dine remember these lines Tf long on this globe you would tarry. Just try to be good and pick out more food From the orchard, the garden, and dairy. Rk. ApAMs DUTCHER. The Department of Zoology, of the University of Idaho has open the position of instructor in zoology. ‘They wish to obtain the services of a man with at ieast a master’s degree, who is cap- able of teaching invertebrate morphology, proto- zoology and parasitology, and who will assist in the laboratories. Those interested should com- municate with Dr. Howard B. Stough, Head of the Department of Zoology, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho. Dr. DonaLp F. Jones, Geneticist at the Con- necticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, has been granted a leave of absence to make special research investigations at the Insti- tute of Technology, Pasadena, California. Dr. Jones plans to leave for the West the latter part of August. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date ACM. =EoMe August 17 6:59" 97220 August 18 FAG) SSHl7 Jakioyeqoie US) esis o/Sll2 Agusta 9:30 10:05 JNA ZL oo: ce LOEZ TIE August 22) essen) 010-25 eee PNUSUSt Zoe 126 ize August 24 ...... Ll9) lee In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. ee Aueust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET ITEMS OF INTEREST Mr. Ermer Hicorns, chief of the Division on Scientific Inquiry of the United States Bureau of Fisheries is now visiting the Woods Hole station with his wife, son and daughter. Mr. anp Mrs. O. E. SETTE are now visiting the Woods Hole Station of the Bureau of Fish- eries. Mr. Sette is chief of the North Atlantic Fisheries Investigation with headquarters in the new biological laboratories at Harvard University. Mr. Amavo T. FELIcIANO, who has been sent by the Philippine government to investigate methods of hatching in the fisheries of the United States, is now in Woods Hole working at the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. Dr. GEorGE PERKINS CLINTON, Botanist for 33 years at the Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, sailed for Europe on August 7 to attend the Botanical Congress at Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Dr. Clinton carries credentials from Governor Cross to represent the State of Connec- ticut. While traveling in England, the Scandi- navian countries, and in Holland, “he plans to make observations on the control of the Dutch elm disease which is now prevalent in sections of New Jersey and New York States and has been making advances in Connecticut. Dr. Roy Watpo Miner, Curator of Marine Invertebrates at the American Museum of Na- tural History, was at Woods Hole for a_ short time for a conference with Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff regarding the construction of a coral reef group at the American Museum in New York. It is Dr. Miner’s plan to show the American pearl oyster growing in its natural habitat in the waters of the Hawaiian Islands. It is very likely that a special expedition will be sent by the Museum to make under-water photographs and collect material for the proposed exhibit. LESS SERIOUS Residents of Woods Hole will view with pleas- ure the new hat which Pop Hilton has recently acquired. He wears it to replace the usual sword- fisherman’s hat for which he is so famous. Members of the collecting crew were detained several hours Friday night when the driving shaft on the truck broke at Wareham, on_ their return from seinging perch at Taunton, Mass. The U. S. Bureau of Fisheries has acquired another sting ray. Jerr WuitNey, of Nobska Road, is a volunteer member of the collecting crew. He can be seen on all the boats, and enjoys a summer “just bum- ming around.” Items of Interest from Professor W. E. Allen On account of lack of funds for support of her work, Miss Esther C. Allen has discontinued her researches on biological, chemical, and physical characteristics of films deposited in twenty four to forty eight hours on surfaces sub- merged in natural sea water at the seaward end of the pier of the Scripps Institution of Ocean- ography at La Jolla, California. Some of the more prominent features of the results obtained before discontinuance have been given in papers published jointly with Dr. C. E. ZoBell, in whose laboratory of bacteriology most of her studies of material were made. Except for a partial report (in press) covering some of the more general aspects of the results of studies of records of catches of phytoplankton taken daily over a period of ten years at two Southern California piers, Professor W. E. Allen has temporarily discontinued preparation of papers covering that series. He has decided to do this because the material of more recent years is showing features of particular value for com- parison with those of the first decade, and because of important chemical records obtained in later years for the Institution pier. As soon as the microscopic and clerical work has been brought up to date preparation of reports will be resumed. Vo readers of THe CoLttectinc Net who have special interest in this series Professor Allen is willing to give by correspondence such advance information as may be available concerning par- ticular questions. ‘rom Batavia, Java, Professor Allen has re- ceived notice that the paper on “Plankton Dia- toms of the Java Sea” under joint authorship with Dr. E. E. Cupp is being published this sum- mer in the Bulletin du Jardin Botamque de Bui- tensorg. No information concerning reprints is available as yet, but the number is probably very small. Readers of THE CoLttectine Net having particular need for this report should send their requests to Professor Allen at an early date. From Director of Fisheries, B. Sundara Raj of the Government of Madras, Professor Allen has received a request to examine “a small collection of South Indian Plankton diatoms.” The collec- tion has not been received as yet, but it will prob- ably arrive in time for a tentative list of its im- portant components to be made early in Novem- ber, with an authentic list to appear later. If any reader of Tite CoLtectina Net has need for the tentative list, Professor Allen offers to send a manuscript copy in response to request as soon as the material has been received and examined. 218 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 NOTES AND NEWS FROM OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS ZOOLOGY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH The research interests of the staff in Zoology at the University of Pittsburgh and their gradu- ate students is tending to center about problems of growth. An approach to their analysis is made through the techniques of cytology, embry- ology, ecology, experimental morphology, and physiology. The men concerned with this pro- gram are H. H. Collins, R. T. Hance, G. M. Mc- Kinley, S. H. Williams, and E. A. Wolf. Some of the current studies that are hoped will contribute to our understanding of growth include : Mitotic rythms and cellular activities in plants under normal and experimental conditions. Chromosome behavior in hybrids. The relation of somatic and germinal chromo- somes. Growth modifications of embryos as affected by x-rays and ultra short radio waves. Studies on melanin with special reference to growth, Regeneration in Amphibia in relation to sene- scence and rejuvenescence. Respiratory changes associated with aging ani- mals. (Protozoa, Amphibia, Mammals). Phosphatase in the growth of bone. Statistics Registration, 1934, fall, spring and summer ESE} “Sole CanmnucoocunoonUudoO Gdns d00 1977 Undergraduate majors in Zoology ......... 110 Graduate registration—1934 ............... 48 Graduate degrees granted in 1934—M. S..... 6 Tea; IDbaaoe 9 Graduate degrees granted during past ten years Wi Sbooon 81 Phy Dr. 35 Graduate stndents were drawn from 36 institutions. Graduates are located in 62 institutions. Publications in 1934 34 papers The Department has been temporarily located on two floors of the Cathedral of Learning. It has modern and adequate equipment for carry- ing out its program of teaching and research. It furthermore has a generous maintenance budget for the purchase of supplies and instruments which may be expended at its entire discretion. The library is poorly stocked, but fair biblio- graphic facilities are available at the Mellon In- stitute, the Carnegie Museum, the Pittsburg Academy of Medicine, and the College of Medi- cine. Summer field laboratories are maintained on Lake Erie (Erie, Pa.) and in the Allegheny Mountains near Ligonier, Pa. SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (August 13, 1935) Dr. Earl H. Myers, formerly research asso- ciate at the Scripps Institution, has accepted a position as professor of zoology in the Compton Junior College. Dr. and Mrs. Myers expect to move from the Institution colony to Compton on the first of September. Dr. and Mrs. H. E. Goresline were visitors at the Scripps Institution over the week-end. Dr. Goresline is a bacteriologist in the U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, and while in La Jolla spent most of his time in the bacteriological laboratory of the Institution. Miss Nell Guthrie, teacher of biology in Okla- homa City High School, was a visitor at the Scripps Institution on Tuesday of this week. She has been registered in summer courses in the biology of fishes at U. C. L. A. under Prof. R. B. Cowles, who is at present at the Scripps Insti- tution doing some research work. Lieut. J. F. Cooper, chief engineer on the U. S. S. Ramapo, was a visitor at Scripps Institu- tion Tuesday. The Ramapo is one of the naval tankers plying between the Orient and the west coast of the United States, and is famous for the large number of lines of sonic soundings that it has run across the Pacific and in areas in the northeast Pacifle between the Aleutian Islands and Seattle. For several years the Ramapo has been assisting the Scripps Institution in getting sea-surface temperatures along its route. One of the Institution’s sea-water thermographs is in- stalled on the vessel. Lieutenant Cooper is espe- cially interested in the work that the Ramapo is doing for the Institution. Dr. Francis P. Shepard, who made the recent detailed survey of and names the Scripps subma- rine canyon off the Institution’s sea front, and who is now studying a canyon off the Coronado Islands, will lecture on submarine canyons on Monday evening, August 19, at 8:00 o'clock, in the Scripps Institution library. All those who are interested are cordially invited to attend. La Jolla Bay, near San Diego, California, has had this past summer a visitation of “yellow water,” unique in that region both because of the prominence of yellow in the discoloration and because of the extremely small size of the causa- tive organism. No satisfactory identification of this organism has been obtained. Individuals had a length of only about six thousands of a milli- meter. They had four flagella. The case was also remarkable on account of the entire absence of other plankton organisms during the period of its noted abundance from about July 27 to Au- gust 7, 1935. A slightly more detailed note con- cerning it has been submitted to Science. Aueust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET che CARVER LABORATORY Sor CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL LABORATORIES Some of its many uses are: Dehydrating — Separating Liquids and Solids — Pressure Filtering of Thick Fluids—Pressing out Oils, Stearines and Waxes — Splitting of Oils, Stearines and Waxes—Fatty Acid Determina- tions—Pressing Wax from Mineral Oils—Press- ing Oil and Moisture from Wax—Pressing out Plant and Fruit Saps, Juices, and Extracts — Pressing out Concentrated Extracts — Pressing out Spent Extractions — Pressing Mother Liquids from Crystals — Pressing out Fluids from Animal Tissue—Pressing Bacteria — Pressing out Vaccines and Viruses—Pressing of Plas- tics and numerous Mechan_ ical Applications. Standard Press Acces- sories provided for these and many other appli- cations. Our catalog gives full details. May we send it to you? Wl S55 FRED S. CARVER iF a Est. 1912 ms Hydraulic Engineering and Equipment 341A Hudson St. New York 220 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 DIRECTORY FOR 1935 KEY Laboratories Residence Apartment Dormitory .... DNe we HOUSE snrccrsinesscess Fisheries Residence......F Homestead Botany Building ........ Bot Brick Building.............. Br Lecture Hall Main Room in Fisheries Hubbard TeV DOLA LOGY essence M Ean ae eee Old Main Building....OM Kidder Rockefeller Bldg.....Rock Whitman In the case of those individuals not living on laboratory property, the name of the landlord and the street are given. In the case of individuals living outside of Woods Hole, the place of residence is given in parentheses. * Left Woods Hole for the season. MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY THE STAFF Jacobs, M. H. director. prof. gen. phys. Pennsyl- vania. ZOOLOGY Investigation Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Conklin, E. G. prof. zool. Princeton. Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington. Jennings, H. S. prof. zool. Hopkins. Lillie, F. R. prof. emb. Chicago. McClung, C. E. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Morgan, T. H. dir. biol. lab. California Inst. Tech. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Wilson, E. B. prof. zool. Columbia. Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Instruction Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity. Cole, E. C. prof. biol. Williams. Hadley, C. E. assoc. prof. biol. N. J. State Teachers. Kilie, F. R. instr. zool. Swarthmore. Matthews, S. A. assoc. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Nelsen, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Sayles, L. P. asst. prof. biol. City of New York. Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. Woods, F. H. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. EMBRYOLOGY Investigation (See Zoology) Instruction Barth, L. G. instr. expt. zool. Columbia. Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Grave, B. H. prof. biol. De Pauw. Hoadley, L. prof. zool. Harvard. (Absent 1935). Packard C. asst. prof. zool. Inst. of Cancer Re- search, Columbia. Schotte, O. asst. prof. biol. Amherst. PROTOZOOLOGY Investigation (See Zoology) Instruction Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Drumtra, Elizabeth asst. zool. Barnard. Kidder, G. W. instr. zool. City of New York. PHYSIOLOGY Investigation Amberson, W. Rh. prof. phys. Tennessee. Bradley, H. C. prof. phys. chem. Wisconsin. Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Instruction Chambers, R. prof. biol. New York. Ferguson, J. K. W. lect. phys. Western Ontario Med. Fisher, K. C. fel. phys. Toronto. Irving, L. prof. expt. biol. Toronto. Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. phys. Clark. Sichel, F. J. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. BOTANY Investigation Allen, C. E. prof. bot. Wisconsin. Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. California. Duggar, B. M. prof. phys. & econ. bot. Wisconsin. Lewis, I. F. prof. biol. Virginia. Robbins, W. J. prof. bot. Missouri. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Instruction Drouet, F. res. fel. Missouri. Prescott, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Albion. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. INVESTIGATORS Abramowitz, A. A. asst. biol. Harvard. Br 315. Ka 24, *Adams, J. A. instr. biol. Iowa State. Br 123. D 112. Adolph, E. F. assoc. prof. phys. Rochester. Br 108. Glendon. Alexander, G. assoc. prof. biol. Colorado. OM Base. Dr 8. Alvey, C. H. asst. prof. paras. Purdue. Br 126. D 107. Amberson. W. R. prof. phys. Gansett. Anderson, R. L. prof. biol. Johnson C. Smith (N. Carolina) Rock 7. K 14. Angerer, C. A. fel. biol. Pennsylvania. Br 111. Fer- ris, Glendon. Appel, F. W. assoc. prof. biol. St. John’s (Ind.). OM 5. A 107. Atchley, D. W. Jr. Harvard. Br 209. Young, West. *Baker, C. L. prof. biol. Southwestern. Baker, S. instr. zool. Wabash. L 217. F. R. Lillie, Tennessee. Br 109. Gardiner. Ball, E. G. assoc. phys. chem. Hopkins Med. Br 110. D 315 B. ake L. G. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 210. D 101. Beck, L. V. asst. biol. Pennsylvania. Br 310. Bigelow, R. P. emer. prof. zool. Mass. Inst. Tech. Cross. Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity (Conn.). OM 26. D 108. Bostian, C. H. asst. prof. zool. N. J. State. OM 43. Bosworth, M. W. res. asst. phys. Wesleyan. Br 110. K 6. *Bowen, R. E. asst. prof. biol. Long Island. Br 311. D 315 B. ae Aucust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET ei Boyd, J. D. Rockefeller fel. Carnegie Lab. (Balti- more). Br 118. D 208. Bozler, E. fel. med. physics. Pennsylvania. Br 223. Bradley, H. C. Wisconsin. Br 122a. (Juniper Pt.). Bramble, C. E. instr. zool. Hopkins. Br 336. Brandwein, P. F. asst. biol. New York. Br 340. Brinley, F. J. asst. prof. zool. North Dakota State. OM 38. D 202. *Brower, Helen P. res. asst. zool. Harvard. Br 213. Brown, D. E. S. asst. prof. phys. Bellevue Med. (N. Y.). Br 214. Hyatt. Budington, R. A. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. Or- chard, Bullowa, Elizabeth, Phys. & Surg. (N. Y.) OM 9. H 2. Burton, A. C. grad. biophys. Pennsylvania. OM 9. D 302. *Cable, R, M. assoc. prof. biol. Berea. (K 4) L 24. Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Br 331. Buz- zards Bay. *Carlson, J. G. instr. biol. Bryn Mawr. Br 122d. Carlson, S. P. physician. Lund (Sweden). Br 114. Pond, Gansett. *Carpenter, Esther instr. zool. Smith. Br 217g. K. Carpenter, R. L. asst. prof. anat. Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). Br 106. A 201. Cattell, W. assoc. ed. “Scientific Mo.” OM 3. North. Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. Gardiner. Cheney, R. H. prof. biol. Long Island. Br 311. A 302. *Churney, L. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 111. Clark, Elinor L. invest. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. West. Clark, E. R. prof. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. West. Clark, Frances sec. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328 B. D 103. Clark. Jean M. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217 h. Edwards, School. Clark, J. K. Trinity. OM 26. Ka 1. Clark, L. B. asst. prof. biol. Union (Schenectady). Br 343. A 207. Clowes, G. H. A. dir. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328. Nob- ska. Coe, W. R. prof. biol. Yale. Br 323. A 201. *Cohen, A. A. Harvard. Bot 2. Ka 4. Cole, E. C. prof. biol. Williams. OM 28. D 215. Conklin, E. G. emer. prof. biol. Princeton. Br 321. High. Coonfield, B. R. asst. prof. biol. Brooklyn. OM 39. D 204. *Copeland, D. E. Rochester. Copeland, M. prof. biol. Bowdoin. Br 334. Gardiner. Corey, Irene res. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. D 308. Costello, D. P. Nat. Res. fel. zool. Hopkins Marine Station. Br 217 n. A 106. Cotin, F. W. assoc. prof. res. surg. N. Y. U. Med. L 32. Cowles, R. P. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 336. Br 211. Croasdale, Hannah I. grad. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot 22. W G. Crowell. P. S. instr. zool. Harvard. OM Base. School. Danforth, Louise grad. biol. Columbia. Br 314. W E. Davis. J. E. res. asst. med. Chicago. Br 111. D 217. De Boer, B. asst. zool. Missouri. OM Base. Dr 6. Deehan, S. S. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. Ka 23. Denny, Martha grad. zool. Radcliffe. Br 217 f. Grin- nell, Bar Neck. Derrickson, Mary B. asst. zool. Vassar. Br 8. W F. *Dieter, C. D. prof. biol. Washington & Jefferson. Diller, W. F. instr. biol. Dartmouth. OM 44, Conk- lin, High. Donaldson, H. H. mem. Wistar Inst. Br 115. Buz- zards Bay. Donnellon, J. A. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Rock 6 a. Nicholson, Millfield. Dordick, I. grad. biol. Pennsylvania. Rock 6 A. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Doughty, Gertrude R. Bennington. Roemling, Pleas- ant. *Doyle, W. L. fel. zool. Hopkins. Dreyer, W. A. instr. zool. Cincinnati. Br 334. D 214. *Drumtra, Elizabeth asst. zool. Barnard. OM 22. DuBois, E. F. prof. med. Cornell Med. Br 301. Pen- zance. *du Buy, H. G. fel. physiol. Harvard. Br 223. Gifford, Edwards, D. J. assoc. prof. phys. Cornell Med. Br 214. Gosnold. Farrow, J. G. Pennsylvania. Br 217. Bosworth, Worth. Fenn, W. O. prof. phys. Rochester Med. (West Fal- mouth). Fennell, R. A. res. asst. phys. Hopkins. Br. 329 a. Malstead, Depot. *Ferguson, J. K. W. lect. phys. Western Ont. Med. *Fischer, E. assoc. phys. Rochester Med. Br 312. El- liot, Center. *Fisher, K. C. fel. phys. Toronto. OM 7. Ka 1. Fleisher, M. S. prof. bact. St. Louis. Br 304. D 112a. *Flynn, C. M. instr. zool. Maine. OM 41. Dr 1. Friedman, S. grad. physiol. New York. Br 328. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Fry, H. J. invest. cyt. Cornell Med. OM Base, Pur- dum, Woods Hole. Fuchs, W. B. teach. Eastern High School (Wash- WaesKoyel, IDE (Of)) 1 YR Ie 7e Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br 215. Gardiner. Glassman, H. N. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. Ka 21. Godrich, J. photographer. Columbia. Leish, Millfield. Goffin, Catherine res. asst. cyt. Lilly Res. Labs. OM Base. Church. *Gojdics, Mary asst. prof. biol. Duchesne (Omaha). Goldin, A. lab. asst. biol. Brooklyn. OM 39. Ka 21. *Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D 314. Gottschall, Gertrude Y. res. asst. biochem. Cornell Med. Br 110. D 306. Grand, C. G. res. assoc. New York. Br 328. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Grave, B. H. prof. zool. DePauw. Br 234. Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). Br Br 210. Mc- 327. High. Guest, G. M. assoc. prof. pediat. Cincinnati. Dr 304. D 110. Guttman, Rita M. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Vin- cent, North. *Guttman, S. A. asst. instr. phys. Cornell. OM 4. Haar, F. B. grad. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Hadley, C. E. assoc. prof. biol. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. (Montclair). OM 32. D 205. *Hall. J. F. res. asst. phys. Princeton. Br 127, K 7. Hanstroem, B. prof. zool. Lund (Sweden). Br 114. Pond, Gansett. *Harkins, H. H. res. chem. U. S. Rubber (Gfe), Harnly, M. H. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 340. A 102. Harnly, Marie L. asst. biol. New York. Br 340. A 102. Harvey, Ethel B. invest. phys. Princeton, Br 116. Gosnold. Hasler, A. D. asst. biol. Wisconsin, Br 125. (Quis- set). 5 Hawley, Katherine, Smith. Chem. Rm. Haywood, Charlotte res. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 233. A 207. Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Edwards, School. *Hendee, Esther C. res. assoc. zool. California. L 22. *Henshaw, P. S. invest. biophysics. Memorial Hosp. Hershkwitz, S. G. Columbia. OM 26. Hess, W. N. prof. biol. Hamilton. Br 122 C. Mavor, Bar Neck. 299 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. X. No. 88 Hibbard, Hope assoc. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. K 12. Hibbard, Jeanne Missouri Med. Br 218. K 12. *Hill, E. S. res. asst. biochem, Washington Louis). Hill, S. E. asst. gen. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209b. Veeder, West. *Hodber, Josephine, asst. phys. Pennsylvania Med. *Hober, R. prof. phys. Pennsylvania, (Left June 27). (St. Hodge. C. instr. biol. Temple (Philadelphia) OM. D 312. Hollingsworth, Josephine grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 6. H 9. Holmes, Dorothy B. asst. bact. N. Y. State Dept. Health. Br 122b. Holter, H. res. biochem. Carlsberg Lab, Copenha- gen. Br 310. D 310. Hook, Sabra J. asst. prof. zool. Rochester. Br 217d. K 2. *Hoover, E. E. grad. asst. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Malstead, Depot. Hornor, Helen B. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. WC. Howe, H. E. ed. “Indust. & Engin. Chem.” Br 203. Huggins, J. R. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. L 22. D 106. Hunt, R. prof. pharm. Harvard Med. L 29. Hunter, F. R. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 231. Ka 24. Hunter, Laura N. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217. Wi. Hursch, J. B. fel. phys. Rochester Med. Br 113, Dr 2. Hyman, Libbie, OM 4. A 206. “Irving, L. prof. expt. biol. Toronto. Br 107. A 208. Ives, P. T. res, fel. genet. California Tech. Br 204. Itoh, H. grad. cyt. Pennsylvania. Br 220, D 208. Jacobs, M. H. prof. gen. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 102. Sippewissett. Jailer, J. W. grad. zool. Columbia. OM 9. Dr 6. Jakobsen, Edith M. asst. biol. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. (Montclair). OM 1. H 7. Jenkins, G. B. prof. anat. George Washington. OM 46. Gardiner. Johlin, J. M. assoc. prof. biochem. Vanderbilt Med. Br 309. Park. Johnson, J. B. DePauw. Br 234, Dr 2. “Jones, E. Elizabeth instr. biol. Wellesley. L 28. K 3. Jones, N. instr. sci. drawing. Swarthmore. Br 211. Clapp, Gardiner. Jones, Ruth M. instr. biol. Swarthmore. Br 9. Clapp, Gardiner. Kaiser, S. tutor biol. Brooklyn. lib. K 15. Kaliss, N. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Case, Mill- field. Keil, Elsa M. asst. prof. zool. N. J. Women. Br 8. WD: Keltch, Anna K. res. chem. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 319. Howe, School. “Kershaw, Margaret A. Wheaton. Br 231, Young, West. Kidder, G. W. instr. biol. City N. Y. OM 21. D 201 b. Kille, F. R. instr: zool. Swarthmore. Br 9, Cowey, School. *Kilpatrick, M. asst. prof. chem. Pennsylvania. Br 327. Nickerson, Millfield. “4 *Kilpatrick, Mary L. res. chem, Pennsylvania. Br 327. Nickerson, Millfield. “Kindred, J. assoc. prof. emb. Virginia Med. Br 106. es K. E. asst. biol. Purdue. Br 126. Buzzards ay. Kleinholz, L. H. K. grad. zool. Harvard. Br 315. Wilde, Gardiner. Knower, H. M. res. assoc. biol. Yale. Br 323. Buz- zards Bay. Knowlton, F. P. prof. physiol. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Gardiner. *Koonz, C. H. grad. asst. paras. Northwestern. Koppelman, S. Temple Med. Br 122, McLeish, Mill- field. Breet, C. P. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. L 26. Ka Krahl, M. E. res. chem, Lilly Res. Labs. Br 333. Howes, Main. Kreezer, G. res. assoc. Vineland Training Sch. (N. J.). L 27. A 105. Kuyper, A. C. instr. bio-chem. Iowa State. Br 313. Dr 14. Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 335, Baitsell, Brooks. Lancefield, Rebecca C. assoc. bact. Rockefeller Inst. Br 208. Baitsell, Brooks, *Laug, E. P. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania, Br 8. D 317. Lehman, Eleanor M. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 43. H 7. Leévey, F. Rockefeller fel. phys. Hopkins. Br 312. D 210. Lillie, F, R. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 101. Gardiner. Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br 326. Gar- diner. Lippman, R. W. Yale. OM 9. Breakwater, Spencer Baird. Long, Peggy grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. *Lucas, A. M. asst. prof. zool. Iowa. Br 313. *Lucas, Miriam 8S. instr. cyt. Iowa. Magruder, S. R. lab. instr. zool. Cincinnati, L 31. Neal, Bar Neck. Marquette, W. G. grad. bot. Columbia. Bot 1. *Marshall, R. Warren L. Marsland, D. A. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 340. A 102. Martin, E. A. prof. biol. Brooklyn. OM 39. Newman, Prospect. Martin, W. E. instr. zool. Purdue. Br 126. Mast, Elisabeth T. grad. psych. Hopkins. Br 329a. Minot. Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Minot. Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Buzzards Bay. Matthews, S. A. assoc. anat. Pennsylvania Med. OM 24. D 301. *Mazia, D. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 122. Leish, Millfield. McBride, T. F. instr. clin. dentistry. Pittsburgh Den- tal. Rock 7. Elliot, Centre. McClung, C. E. prof, zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. Gardiner. *McKinnis, Mary E. Pittsburg Med. Br 115. H 3. Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Gan- sett. Monné, L. res. assoc. cell. phys. New York. Br 310. A 206. Morgan, Lillian V. independ. invest. gen, Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 320. Buzzards Bay. Morgan, T. H. prof. biol. Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 320. Buzzards Bay. *Morrill, C. V. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 301, Cape Codder. Moser, F. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. D 209. Muratori, G. Rockefeller fel. anat. Carnegie Lab. (Baltimore). Br 118. D 318. Nelson, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 27. D 306. Nonidez, J. F. asst. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. Whitman. Novikoff, A. B. tutor biol. Brooklyn. Br 314. K 15. Northrop, J. H. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 206. High. Ormsby, Louise, grad. biol. Columbia. Br 314, Mc- Orr, P. R. instr. biol. Brooklyn. OM 44, Conklin, High. Osterhout, W. J. V. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209, Whitman. Paaske, Ellen sec. Cornell Med. Br 317. Paine, West. ae Packard, C. asst. prof. zool. Columbia Inst. Cancer . Res. OM 2. North. Palmer, A. Louise instr. zool. Wellesley. L 25. Cassidy, Millfield. *Pappenheimer, J. R. Harvard. { Aueust 17, 1935 ] *Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 213. A 308. Parpart, A. K. asst. prof. phys. Princeton. Br 231. Minot. Patrick, Ruth, invest. biol. and tech. asst. Temple (Philadelphia) Bot 4. D 312. Peabody, Elizabeth B. grad. zool. Radcliffe. Br 217 b. D 208. Petrillio, V. A. tech. R. I. M. R. Br 206. *Piercy, R. L. Rochester Med. Br 108. Dr 2. *Pinson, E. A. grad. zool. DePauw. Br 234. Dr. Plough, H. L. prof. zool. Amherst. Br 204. Agassiz. *Podolnick, N. Pennsylvania. Rock 6a. K. Prescott, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Albion. Bot 5. D 201. Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. phys. Clark. Br 228. Cowie, School. *Puckett, W. O. instr. biol. Princeton. Br 344. Syl- via, Quisset. *Pumphrey, R. J. Reckefeller fel. biol. Foundation for Med. Physics (Pa.). June). Ramsey, R. W. instr. zool. Rochester. OM 34 Reeder, Elizabeth M. instr. zool. Missouri. OM 41. D 102. Reinhard, E. G. assoc. prof. biol. St. Thomas (Pa.). OM 41. D 112B. Rice, K. S. OM Base. Gansett. Richards, O. W. instr. biol. Yale. Br 8. A 101. Richardson, Margaret 8. Brearley School, N. Y. Br 106.WI. . *Ritchie, L. instr. zool. Northwestern. Rittershofer, Clare R. instr. pediat. Cincinnati. Br 304. (Falmouth). Robertson, C. W. asst. instr. biol. New York. OM Base. Savery, Main. Robertson, Kathleen M. fel. Phys. Toronto. Br 109. Robertson, Lola E. res. asst. biol. New York, Br 232. *Rogers, Lotta, instr. biol. Albion (Michigan). Root, W. S. assoc. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. Whitman. "Rose, S. M. grad. asst. biol. Amherst. Br 204. Rob- inson, Quisset. Rugh, R. instr. zool. Hunter. Br 111. Hubbard, East. *Sampson, Myra M. prof. zool. Smith. Br 305. D 313. *Sanders, E. K. Vanderbilt Med, Br 309. Molstead, Depot. Sandow, A. instr. biol. New York. OM Base, Broder- ick, North. Sasaki, Y. grad. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Mc- Leish, Millfield. Saslow, G. asst. prof. biol. New York. OM Base. Metz, Hyatt. Sayles, L. P. asst. prof. biol. City of New York. OM 25. D 304. Schmidt, Ida G. instr. anat. Cincinnati Med. Br 342. Metz, Hyatt. Schmidt, L. H. res. fel. biochem. Cincinnati Med. Br 342, Metz, Hyatt. Schotté, O. E. asst. prof. comp. anat. & emb. Am- herst. Br 204, Lehy, Millfield. *Schrader, F. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 330. War- basse, Penzance. *Schrader, Sally H. prof. zool. Sarah Lawrence. Br 330. Warbasse, Penzance. Scott, A. C. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ballon, Buzzards Bay. Shapiro, A. Br 127. Shapiro, H. Nat. Res. fel. phys. Br 110. Broderick, North. Shaw, I. tech. asst. biol. Long Island. Br 311, Bos- . worth, North. Shaw, Myrtle A. sr. bact. N. Y. State Dept. Health. Br 122 b. D 303. a 8S. asst. prof. biol. Vanderbilt. Br 110. D Johnson (Left in 307. a F. J. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 228. jet, . ‘ THE COLLECTING NET _ 223 Slifer, Eleanor H. assoc. zool. lowa. Br 217a, D 308. Smith, ©. G. demon. phys. Toronto, Br 107. Smith, D. C. instr. phys. Tennessee Med. Br 109, D 309. *Smith, J. A. asst, zool, DePauw. Smythe, C. V. res, asst. biochem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207, Robbins, Woods Hole. Solberg, A. N. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. K 9. Speicher, B. R. res. asst. cyt. Amherst. Br 204, D 311. Speicher, Kathryn G._ instr, Women. OM 43. D 811, Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia Med. Br 106. D 815 A, *Spofford, W. R. grad. biol. Yale. Stanbury, J. Duke. Br 109. McLeish, Millfield. Steinbach, H. B. Nat. Res, fel. biol. Br 111. Ed- wards, School, Stern, C. asst. prof. gen. Rochester, Br 332. A 108. Stewart, Dorothy R. asst. prof. biol. Skidmore. Br 233. Stokey, Gardiner. Stiehler, R. D. fel. ophthalmol. Hopkins Med. Br 205. Stix, Helen D. teach. asst. Cincinnati. Br 341. Evans, Gardiner, Stockard, C. R. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. Buzzards Bay. Strong, O. S. prof. neur. and. neurohist. Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). Br 303. Center. Stunkard, H. W. prof. biol. New York. Br 232. Buz- zards Bay. Sturtevant, A. H. prof. gen. Calif. Inst. Tech. Br 332, Agassiz. Summers, F. M. 217 k. A 104, Sumwalt, Margaret, invest. Hopkins Med, Br 330. Tashiro, 8. prof. biochem, Cincinnati, Br 341. Park, Taylor, J. F. grad. phys. chem. Hopkins, Br 325, Johlin, Gardiner. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot 24. Whitman. Teorell, E. T. Rockefeller fel. biochem. Br 209, Danchakoff, Minot. *TeWinkel, Lois KE. asst. prof. zool. Smith. Br 217. K 2, *Thornton. C. 8. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 344. Sylvia, Quisset. Trager, W. fel. anim. path. Rockfeller Inst. Br 208. Grinnell, West. Tyson, Rebecca J. Wayne. OM 1. W D, Valenstein, A. F. Cornell Med. OM 9, Thompson, Water. Vicari, Emelia M. assoc. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318. A 307. Warren, M. R. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati, L 26. Ka 22. Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. OM 31, D 104. Webster, E. C. asst. biol. New York. OM Base. Nor- ris, Nobska, Weiss, P. A. asst. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 222. Cen- ter. *Wentsler, N. E. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. Ka 24. Whedon, A. D. prof. zool. North Dakota, OM 38. A 202. Whiting, Anna R. prof. biol. Pennsylvania Women, OM 43. Minot. Whiting, P. W. lect. zool. Minot. *Wichterman, R. grad. zool. Pennsylvania, Br 217. Leihy, Millfield. Wichterman, R. grad. Pennsylvania. Br 2170. Neal, Bar Neck. Wightman, J. C. Oberlin. OM Invertebrate Lab. Ka. Wilbrandt, W. Rockefeller fel. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 313. D 308, Williams, W. E. Williams. OM 28. Dr 10. Willier, B. H. prof. zool. Rochester. Br 324. A 301. Wilson, E. B. emer. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 322, Buzzards Bay. bot. Pennsylvania instr. biol. Bard (Columbia). Br Pennsylvania. OM 43. 224 _ THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 *Wintrobe, M. M. assoc. med. Hopkins. Br 304. Wodehouse, A. P. dir. protein lab. Arlington Chem. Co. Bot 3. Wohnus, J. F. asst. instr. biol. Williams. OM 33. Dr 10. Wolf, E. A. assoc. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Elliot, Center. Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Br 323. Agassiz. Woods, F. H. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. OM 29, D 102. *Woodward. Albalyn E. asst. biol. Toronto. *Woodward, H. E. res. asst. Toronto. Young, Roger A. asst. prof. biol. Howard. Br 310. A 304. *Young, S. B. tech. gen. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. D 213. Zirkle, C. assoc. prof. bot. Pennsylvania. Bot 6. *Zuck, R. K. Oberlin. THE BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN Boyden, Louise E. ed. asst. Br 120. Keltch, School. Redfield, A. C. mgr. editor Br 120. Millfield. THE JOURNAL OF INDUSTRIAL AND ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Anderson, Stella B. sec. Br 203. A 204. Gordon, Gladys sec. Br 203. Nickerson, Millfield. Howe, H. E. editor. Br 203. West. Newton, Helen K. manuscr. ed. Br 203. Schramm, Gardiner. Parkinson, Nellie A. asst. ed. Young, West. STUDENTS IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Babcock, Virginia F. grad. asst. zool. Mount Holy- oke. H 7. Bauer, C. Adele Goucher. W H. Baumgartner, Barbara L. Butler (Ind.). K 8. Bergren, L. instr. bio. University High (Minn.). Ka 2. Berkowitz, P. fel. biol. New York. Dr. Bledsoe, J. A. grad. zool. Cincinnati. D 112 B. Bright, W. M. grad. genetics. Hlinois. Dr 9. Brown, R. B. grad. zool. Yale. Dr 2. Cairns, J. M. Hamilton. Dr. Castle, Ruth M. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. (Mont- clair). W 3. Chambers, W. N. Amherst (Waquoit). Child, Esther W. Bennington. Rohmeling, Pleasant. Clark, Beatrice Wellesley. Hilton, Water. Conant, Betsy D. Rochester. H 1. Conder, E. res. asst. zool. Illinois. Dr. Deyrup, Natalie J. Phys. & Surg. (Columbia). Rob- inson, Quisset. Dugal, L. P. instr. biol. St. Mary’s (Montreal). D 112B. English, J. E. Missouri. Dr 6. Ferguson, M. S. asst. zool. Illinois. Jennings, Whit- man. Galambos, R. Oberlin. Dr 1. Goodale, Marian P. teach. gen. (Vermont). H 8. Gordon, Hazel E. Wisconsin. H 1. Hansen, D. F. asst. zool. Illinois. Gifford, Govern- ment. Harpster, Hilda T. instr. biol. Sweet Briar. A 305. Hathaway, C. O. grad. biol. Virginia. phys. K 7. Hayes, Elizabeth A. Barnard. K 10. Henning, W. L. asst. zool. Missouri. Dr 6. Hewitt, Cornelia B. Smith. W B. Hoyt, Dorothy Swarthmore. H 6. Hummel, Elizabeth S. teach. Kent Place School (N. a) eee sale Hutchens, J. O. asst. zool. Butler (Ind.). Dr 5. Jakus, Marie A. Oberlin. H 7. Litwiller, R. W. fel. zool. Chicago. Dr. Martin, W. E. instr. zool. Purdue. D 314. sci. Middlebury Mattox, N. T. asst. zool. Illinois. Jennings, Whit- man. Mayo, Virginia teach. biol. Dana Hall School (Mass.). H 8. McConnell, Elma W. teach. biol. Atlantic City High. D 311. Miller, M. Blanche instr. biol. Agnes Scott (Ga.). H 4. Moseley, R L. asst. micro-anat. St. Louis. K 7. Pease. Gwinneth asst. zool. Wellesley. Hilton, Water. Renshaw, B. grad. biol. Harvard. Dr 1. Robinson, R. A. Harvard. Robinson, Quisset. Schmeichel, N. L. asst. zool. Wisconsin. Stuart, School. Schroeder, Nancy 8S. Sarah Lawrence. W E. Shepard, C. C. Wesleyan. K 6. Shettles, L. B. grad. zool. Hopkins. Young, North. Snyder, Ruth E. Barnard. K 10. Stauffer, R. C. grad. zool. Minnesota. Ka 2, Welsh, W. R. N. J. State Teachers’ Col. clair). Dr 7. Wilde, W. S. asst. zool. Minnesota. Dr. Wilson, J. W. Duke. Dr. Winternitz, Jane K. Vassar. Johlin, Park. Wistar, Raquelita Wilson (Pa.). H 2. ADMINISTRATION OFFICE Billings, Edith sec. Millfield. Crowell, Polly L. asst. to bus. mgr. Main. MacNaught, F. M. bus. mgr. School. Sepulveda, Bessie D. sec. K 8. Small, Winifred sec. Simmons. W H. LIBRARY Endrejat, Doris assistant. W H. Lawrence, Deborah sec. Locust (Falmouth). Montgomery, Priscilla B. librarian. Whitman. Rohan, Mary A. assistant. Millfield. RESEARCH SERVICE AND GENERAL MAINTENANCE Pond, S. E. tech. mgr. Queen (Falmouth). Larkin, T. E. superintendent. Woods Hole. (Mont- APPARATUS AND TECHNICAL SERVICE Boss, L. F. res. tech. Glendon. Graham, J. D. Pennsylvania. glass blower. Millfield. Liljestrand, P. H. Harvard Med. Br 216. Dr 3. Little, E. P. instr. physics Harvard. photographer. Br 21 Dro: Sander, M. Philco Radio Co. X-ray tech. Br 308. Dr 15. CHEMICAL ROOM Derrickson, Mary asst. zool. Vassar. W F. Frew, Pauline teach. biol. Rumford High School (Maine). W F. Goffin, R. ‘T. Millfield. Hawley, Katherine Smith. H 1. Keil, Elsa asst. prof. zooi. N. J. Women. W D. Laug, E. P. res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. D 317. Richards, O. W. instr. biol. Yale. A 101. MAINTENANCE Hemenway, W. carpenter. Quisset. Kahler. R. W. asst. machinist. Main. Liljestrand, R. S. Hamline. night watchman. Dr. Look, G, C. janitor. Quisset. Meier, O. Jr. tech. Prospect. Neal, E. janitor. North. Steele, N. A. fireman. Hilton. Tawell, T. E. head janitor. Millfield. Travis, R. mail. Taylor. SUPPLY DEPARTMENT Berson, R. C. Vanderbilt Med. collector. Dr 3. Crowell, Ruth S. sec. Main. Aueust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET Gray, M. B. collector. Falmouth. Hall, Anna N. sec. Quisset. Hilton, A. M. collector. Millfield. Kahler, W. E. collector. Hilton, (Cherry Valley). Leathers, A. W. head shipper. Minot. Lefevre, G. Jr. Missouri. collector. Dr 3. Lehy, C. collector. Millfield. Lillie, D. W. collector. McInnis, J. mgr. Quisset. Noble, K. Oberlin. collector. Dr 3. Peck, L. collector. Main. Poole, Margery Radcliffe. botany collector. W G. Pratt, M. collector. Dr 3. Riggs, L. Harvard. collector. Juniper Pt. Schwartz, C. W. Missouri. collector. Dr 3. Spinnler, W. C. Providence. collector. Supply Dept. Bldg. Wamsley, F. W. supervisor schools. preparator. Supply Dept. Bldg. MUSEUM Gray, G. M. curator emer. Buzzards Bay. WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION Bigelow, H. B. prof. zool. curator oceanog. Harvard. 114. Gates, Shore. *Buch, K. K. W. prof. chem. oceanog. Helsingfors. Burrows. W. res. asst. bact. Chicago. 310. Young, (Charleston) Middle. Carey, Cornelia L. asst. prof. bot. Barnard. 202. Quisset. Clarke, G. L. instr. biol. Harvard. 108. Gigger, Gar- diner. Cobb, S. Harvard. 108. Yacht ‘“Pamaho.” Cordon, T. C. grad. asst. microbiol. Rutgers. 201. Nicholson, Water. Emmel, V. M. Brown. 109. Veeder, Millfield. Fish, C. J. Rhode Island State. 309.* Fuller, J. L. teach. fel. biol. Mass. Inst. Tech. 107. Veeder, West. Hotchkiss, Margaret instr. bact. N. Y. Hom. Med. Col. & Flower Hosp. Wilde, Gardiner. Hough, J. L. grad. geol. Chicago. 212. Yacht “Pa- maho.” Iselin, C. physical oceanog. W. H. O. I. 206. (Vine- yard Haven). Johnson, F. H. grad. biol. Princeton. 310. Nicholson, Water. Ketchum, B. H. grad. phys. Harvard. 101. Higgin, Depot. Leavitt, B. B. teach. biol. Berkshire School (Mass.). 301. (Cataumet). Lillick, Lois C. asst. bot. Cincinnati. 314. Hilton, Water. Mahncke, H. E. fel. chem. brown. 109. Higgins, Depot. *Maynard, F. L. grad. physiol. Brown. 109. Cassidy. Mitchell, P. H. prof. phys. Brown. 109. Orchard. Montgomery, R. B. Mass. Inst. Tech. 209. Whitman. *Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. 110. A 308. Powell, W. M. instr. physics. Harvard. 106. Stuart, School. Rakestraw, N. W. assoc. prof. chem. Brown. 109. Orchard. Redfield, A. C. dir. biol. labs. Harvard. 315. Millfield. Renn, C. E. res. fel. marine bact. W. H. O. I. & Rut- gers. 201. Nicholson, Main. Roos, S. E. phys. oceanog. Byrd Antarctic Exped. II. 207. Eldridge, Water. Schalk, M. instr. geol. Smith. 212. Yacht ‘“Pamaho.” Seiwell, H. R. oceanog. W. H. O. I. 211. Veeder, Millfield. Smith, E. H. Comdr. U. S. C. G. 303. (Falmouth). Smith, H. P. res. asst. biol. Harvard. 101. Higgins, Depot. Soule, F. M. sr. phys. oceanog. 307. (Falmouth). *Sparrow, F. K. Jr. instr. evolution. Dartmouth. 314. Stetson, H. C. res. assoc. palaeon. Harvard. (Falmouth). Toth, L. fel. phys. Rochester. 306. Ka. Upton, M. asst. prof. phys. Harvard. 306. *Waksman, 8S. A. prof. soil microbiol. Rutgers. 203. Watson, E. E. lect. physics. Queens (Ontario). 315. Wilson, Woods Hole. Welsh, J. H. instr. biol. Harvard. 311. Grinnell, Bar Neck. White, A. B. grad. physics. Mass. Inst. Tech. Thompson, Water. Wilson, C. B. retir. prof. biol. Mass. St. Teach. Col. 111. Clough, Millfield. Woodcock, A. H. tech. W. H. O. I. 207. Millfield. Zinn, D. J. res. asst. biol. Bass Biol. Lab. (Fla.). 108. Young, West. OFFICE Schroeder, W. C. bus. mgr. 113. W. H. O. I. Walker, Virginia B. sec. 112. Howes, Millfield. “ATLANTIS” Backus, H. engineer. Condon, J. seaman. Cook, H. ordinary seaman. Kelley, T. chief officer. Lindstrom, J. seaman. Loan, C. messman. McClunin, O. asst. engineer. McMurray, F. captain. Mowinckel, W. seaman. Nielsen, K. second officer. Olson, W. seaman. Williams, H. radio operator. Woodcock, A. technician. U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES SCIENTIFIC STAFF Chesley, Elizabeth R. Cornell Med. U. S. B. F. 149. Densmore, School. Chesley, L. C. biochem. Margaret Hague Mat. Hosp. U.S. B. F. 149. Densmore, School. Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. 122. F 26. Galtsoff, P. S. biol. U. S. B. F. 122. F 26. Kumin, H. J. jun. asst. biol. U. S. B. F. 123. F 55. Linton, E. fel. paras. Pennsylvania. M 5. West. Mishtowt, G. I. Georgetown. 123. F 54. Mullen, Alice C. sen. lab. aide & sec. U. S. B. F. 117 a. F 25. Reppun, J. F. Harvard. lab. asst. U. S. B. F. 123. F 54. Weber, C. D. teach. asst. George Washington. chem. U.S. B. F. 121. F 55. THE COLLECTING NET Cattell, Annaleida S. asst. ed. North. Cattell, W. ed. 141. North. Chase, Betty assist. to bus. mgr. (West Falmouth). *Goodson, Mary L. asst. ed. 141. Janney, Anne Scholarship Fund. 141. Gansett. Mast, Margaret ed. asst. Minot. Stirling, A. C. bus. mgr. 140. Ka 3. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Conklin, P. fireman, Hatchery. Goffin, R. A. act. superintendent. Millfield. Howes, E. S. coxswain. Millfield. Kryston, M. apprentice fish culturist. Hatchery. Lowey, J. engineer. Glendon. ; Radil, A. H. apprentice fish culturist. Hatchery. Reed, S. guide. Hatchery F. Sanderson, A. apprentice fish culturist. Hatchery. Sykes, J. aquar. attendant. F 53. Webster, H. fireman. Hatchery. 226 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 88 ewe en ee ere ere emoemoeieano | THE WOODS HOLE LOG | (em emoemrem remem ace am eee SUMMER COLONY NEWS MANTON COPELAND JR. W. H. Y. C. ACTIVITIES The annual meeting of the Woods Hole Yacht Club was held Saturday evening at the Golf Club House preceeding the annual dance. Dr. Harold C. Bradley was elected Commodore, Mr. G. G. Whitney, Vice-Commodore ; Dr. E. B. Meigs was reelected Rear Commodore; and Mr. Bdmerd AN, Norman was reelected Secretary and Treasurer. On the Board of Governors, in addition to the officers named above, are former Commodores Frank J. Frost and Mrs. W. Murray Crane, and Dr. G. H. A. Clowes, Mr. G. H. A. Clowes, Jr., and Mr. J. Wistar Meigs. It was voted at this meeting to raise the dues to twenty-five dollars for a family of four members, and five dollars additional a person in a family after the first four members, but at its discretion the Board of Govy- ernors may admit certain individuals at five dol- lars a year. It was also voted to permit paid crews of the ships in the harbor the use of the pier on payment of a fee of three dollars per man. Announcements were made concerning the Sears and Adams Cup Crews. The Sears Cup Crew, consisting of Joe Bradley, Franklin King, Jr. and Thomas Ward were recently eliminated from the races when they failed to place in the races at Edgartown. The Adams Cup Crew was announced to be made up of Mrs. Gifford, Miss Peggy Clark, and Miss Anita Luscombe. They will enter the preliminary races at Nantucket the last week in August. The dance which followed was a great success. The room was attractively decorated with yacht pennants and signal flags, which were draped about the walls, giving an atmosphere of yachting. Thomas Ratcliffe, who was in town for the week-end, ran off the novelty dances most suc- cessfully. The “balloon dance” was won after a terrific struggle, by Miss Anne Keith and Tom Ward. The lucky number dance was won by Al- bert Borden, Jr. and Miss Peggy Janney. Mr. Samuel Calkins and Miss Elizabeth Townsend were voted the best dancing couple. These dances were enjoyed by everyone and added to making the evening a great success, and an event to be looked forward to from year to year. Miss Camilla Riggs entertained with a dinner party before the Yacht Club Dance on Saturday night at Juniper Point. Her guests included Mar- jorie Thompson, Elizabeth Copeland, Anita Lus- combe, Betsy Luscombe, Katherine Forbes, Lois Kidder, Lee Wendell, Bill Mixter, David Bradley, Stephen Bradley, Joe Bradley, Allen Clowes, George Clowes, and Dana Atchley. The Woods Hole Yacht Club was defeated by representatives of the Lewis Bay Yacht Club in races held here on August 8, by a score of 66-38. The visiting team consisted of three two-member crews in Cape Cod Knockabouts and the home skippers were Miss Peggy Clark, Miss Cynthia Cahoon, and Ned Harvey. Two races were held in the morning, after which lunch was served on board Mr. G. G. Whitney’s yacht the Gosling IT, to all who took part in the races. On August 15 the Woods Hole Yacht Club returned the visit with a race with the Lewis Bay Yachtsmen. Once again Woods Hole was defeated, this time by a score of 45-37. The arrangements of these races is due to the efforts of Miss Peggy Clark. Dr. and Mrs. Willard G. Parker of Boston spent Saturday with Mrs. R. P. Bigelow. Mrs. C. P. Cooper entertained with a dinner party Wednesday night at the Gables Casino. Her guests were Mr. and Mrs. William Moore, Mrs. Owen Locke, Mrs. Cooper's brother and his wife, Mr. and Mrs. Parsons. SHIP RUNS ON ROCKS On Sunday morning, another name was added ~ to that now tremendously long imaginary list of boats that fail to interpret the correct channeling — of the Hole. The Mako IJ, a forty-foot cruiser, on her maiden voyage, had the unfortunate “be- ginners luck” of running aground in the Hole, having left the black can buoy on the wrong side. Mr. Hilton, seeing the boat in apparent distress from his shop, went to the rescue in The Play- mate and towed the cruiser into the Eel Pond where she is now in dry dock. The cruiser is new, having been launched only three weeks ago. She has twin screw driving apparatus and both shafts, propellars, and the rudder were badly damaged, although the hull was practically untouched. The boat is owned by Mr. Hugo Rutherfurd of New York who is on his way to Liverpool, Nova | Scotia with his two brothers. Their chief aim seems to be the catching of tuna and sword fish, The young men are enthusiastic yachtsmen, Mr. — Rutherfurd’ s brother having just returned from — a trip around the world in an even smaller craft. — The men plan to lay in Camden Harbor before leaving the shores of the United States. — Aucust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 227 EDWARD E. SWIFT HARDWARE, PAINTS, GLASS, CORDAGE THE SCHICK DRY SHAVER No Blades — No Lather Ask for Demonstration SCHOOL STREET WOODS HOLE MME. CURE’ Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé Falmouth, Mass. Northampton, Mass. THE FLYING DRAGON UNUSUAL GIFTS FROM MANY LANDS Come in and “Browse Around” REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. LORD PEPPERELL BROADCLOTH SHIRTS $1.75 WITH THE NEW “STA-FIRM” COLLAR Lady PEPPERELL Shop FALMOUTH—Next to Post Office TEXACO - MARFAX SERVICE GASOLINE —:;:— OILS WOODS HOLE GARAGE NED GIFFORD Park Tailoring & Cleansing Shop WEEKS BUILDING FALMOUTH Phone 907-M WE PRESS WHILE YOU WAIT Woods Hole Agency at Rowes Pharmacy Free Delivery DISTINGUISHED AUTOMOBILE SERVICE FALMOUTH COAL CO. EAST MAIN ST. and DEPOT AVE. GULF Falmouth A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 FALMOUTH NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE W. W. PHINNEY MARINE WAYS AND BOAT SUPPLIES WINTER STORAGE FALMOUTH INNER HARBOR Tel. Fal. 146 LET THE BAND BOX Keep You in Readiness for All the Summer Parties It'll add a lot of enjoyment to your summer to always have your wardrobe spic-and-span—fresh- ly cleaned and ready to go anywhere at a mo- ment’s notice! Our prices are reasonable—and the quality of our cleaning the most satisfactory you can find. Send your cleaning with your laundry; it will be returned at the same time, or call Falmouth 137. Again we emphasize the fact that our laundry and cleansing work is done in our own plants by skilled local operators. THE BAND BOX CLEANSERS A Division of Robbins Laundry EAT AT THE GULF HILL PARLORS 596 PLEASANT STREET, New Bedford (Opposite Library) ALWAYS COOL AND COMFORTABLE THE ONLY AIR CONDITIONED RESTAURANT IN NEW BEDFORD 228 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 On Tuesday the 20th, Mrs. E. F. Malone is entertaining with contract. Mrs. Robert Nathan entertained a few intimate friends after her concert at her home on Crow Hill Wednesday night. Miss Louise Gregory of Barnard College is the house guest of Mrs. Garey Calkins. Mrs. Henry Knower entertained with contract on Thursday in honor of her daughter, Mrs. Wil- liam Moore and Mrs. Reid Hunt, of Boston. Mrs. Cooper and Mrs. I. O. Woodruff are sponsoring a Benefit Bridge and Tea for the Stony Wold Sanitorium Friday, August 23. Mrs. H. H. Fay held a Bridge and Mah Jong Tournament at her home on Nobska Point Au- gust 15th for the benefit of the Church Home Society for Children. Mrs. Geoffrey G. Whitney once again offered the use of her estate “Little Harbor Farm” for a benefit sale jor the Blind under the State Com- mission on Wednesday the fourteenth. Mrs. Owen Locke of New York City is the house guest of Mrs. C. Proctor Cooper at Nob- ska Point. Miss Gillis is visiting Mr. Newcombe Carlton for a few weeks. Miss Gillis is the sister-in-law of Mr. Winslow Carlton. Dr. and Mrs. Alfred Clark of Buffalo, New York, are visiting Dr. and Mrs. G. H. A. Clowes at “Easterly,” their home on Nobska Point. Dr. F. W. Hinkel left Tuesday after a week's visit with his daughter, Mrs. G. H. A. Clowes. A track meet was held at the Woods Hole Baseball Park by the Woods Hole Cubs under the direction of Cubmaster T. E. Tawell. A dozen events were held with ribbon awards for first and second place. Owing to lack of time the presentation of the prizes was postponed un- til Thursday when the continuation of the track meet will be held. At that time a silver cup, do- nated by Dr. and Mrs. R. P. Bigelow, will be awarded to the cub with the highest score. Lemonade and cookies were served to all taking part. CONCEPT OF CHAMBER MUSIC A concert of chamber music was given last night in the auditorium of the Marine Biological Laloratory in aid of the MacDowell Association. This association was incorporated in 1907 to help Mrs. MacDowell in carrying out the dearest wish of her husband, the composer Edward Mac Dowell. He wanted to feel that others besides himself should have the benefit of the quiet and beauty which he had enjoyed on his estate in Peterborough, N. H., and which had helped him so much in his creative work. And so Mrs. Mac Dowell by years of brave and patient work set the MacDowell colony on its feet and is still asking for the sorely needed help to carry on this wonderful work. ‘The colony is situated on the MacDowell estate and is a place where those can go who are engaged in creative work in art, liter- ature or music. There is only a nominal charge so that those who otherwise would have to battle against adverse surroundings may have here the peaceful environment which is so necessary to the creative artist. The colony has naturally been under a severe strain owing to the depression and is consequently in need of financial help. Thanks to the untiring efforts of Mrs. MacDowell, a great many famous people have been enabled to accomplish some of their best work here, among them Edwin Arlington Robinson, Stephen Benet, Elinor Wylie and Hervey Allen. The players at last night’s concert were Wolfe Wolfinsohn, first violin of the Stradivarius quar- tet, Quincy Porter, viola, head of the Music de- partment at Vassar, whose compositions are rapidly putting America more indelibly on the musical map, Nancy Wilson and Cecilia Fasset, ‘cellists, who need no further introduction to Woods Hole audiences, and last but not least, Arpad Sandor, pianist, who has accompanied Heitetz, Jeritza, Lily Pons, and in fact, everyone, one can name in Europe and America. The programme, admirably chosen, consisted of the FE. flat piano quartet of Dvorak, the G minor piano quartet of Mozart, and the Forelle quintet of Schubert, beloved chiefly on account of the delightful variations on one of his best known songs. The Dyorak quartet is admirable chamber music, compact, clearly defined, unmarred by a superfluous note, though conspicuously lacking in the profundity which marks the music of his greater countryman, Smetana. The ‘cello solo at the beginning of the second movement was a pure delight, Nancy Wilson playing with a warm tone, full of life and color, and yet with most musician- ly restraint. The last movement of the Mozart quartet was perhaps the high spot of the evening, both as music and as playing; the quartet attained great precision and delicacy of phrasing, as well as a lovely tone and an irresistible rhythm. The charming Forella quintet of Schubert, orig- inally for double bass instead of second ‘cello, delighted the audience, which would gladly have had the variations repeated. The softer passages in particular of all three works left nothing to be desired. The phrasing was exquisitely right, the balance just, and Arpad Sandor played with a beauty of tone that was truly breath-taking. All in all, it was a most satisfying evening. A CORRESPONDENT. Aucust 17, 1935 } THE COLLECTING NET 229 THROUGH THIS MICROSCOPE © Using the B & L Microscope KW for the first time, even experienced microscopists are astonished at the wide field and lifelike realism of the three dimensional, enlarged view which they see. Remember how vividly the old-fashioned stereoscope pictured scenes in three dimensions? That is the identical effect given by the KW Microscope. Here are the reasons why once a person uses the KW, he will not part with it for any reason! 1. As easy to use as are a pair 4. Portable — take it to the of binoculars. work, 2. Slide preparation eliminated 5. Its range of magnifications* Below: Two different by glass stage and black and white stage plate. Illumination sufficient for the naked eye is sufficient fills the gap between and overlaps those of the mag- nifier and conventional mi- croscope. wer which the KW Microscope can be Metntcntonianeciallzedh wore: for low powers. 6. Made in many models. ______ Write for complete details to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. P | Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. | | * Recently the range of magnifications of the KW series has been increased from 7-87X ‘to 7-150X, a development which further increases the scope of usefulness. >" BAUSCHA LOMB WE. MAKE OUR OWN GLASS TO FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST ON Bal INSURE STANDARDIZED: PRODUCTION } ORTHOGON LENSES AND B & L FRAMES THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 WOODS HOLE NEWS Maryorte Huxley At 8:13 P. M., Sunday, August 11, the town was startled by a loud blast from the fire whistle. The carbon in a hot water oil heater had ignited and started a fire in the home of Laurason Riggs of Juniper Point. Ladder 1 from Falmouth headquarters, under the direction of Chief Wells, and Hose 5 of Woods Hole put the fire out. Lit- tle damage was caused by the fire. The recall was at 8:44. The Alamo, beautiful motor yacht of Mr. L. B. Manning of New York, visited Woods Hole for an hour last Monday afternoon. She was built in New Jersey in 1932, and has a crew of 13. The purpose of the visit is not known, as none of the crew landed. Mr. James D. Graham and Mr. Larkin took a trip with Charles Grinnell on his fishing boat to the sword-fishing grounds last Sunday 20 miles off “No man’s Land;” they secured two fine fish. Bob “Popeye” Leighton, Island Airway dis- patcher, took an icy bath in the Atlantic along side of the station wharf last Wednesday. He and Mr. Bell were docking a plane when a sharp gust of wind swung the plane out of Bob’s reach. As Bob went to grasp the plane again he leaned too far, and fell in 20 feet of water. He went completely under, but came up with his hat still on. He swam to the dock and pulled himself up, refusing assistance. The Marine Biological Laboratory boat, the Nereis was up in dock last Wednesday for re- pairs. One plank had to be patched, so as to make her seaworthy. ‘Mutt’ Kahler and “Ar- chibald” Leathers were the workmen. Ten rabbits are now on exhibition at the Bu- reau of Fisheries. Dr. Leon Chesley brought them from the Margaret Hague Hospital in Jer- sey City last Saturday. Later, he will use them in his work. Woods Hole was represented in the Nantucket Regatta on August 10 by the yawl, Dorothy Q., which has been stationed in Great Harbor for a few days. She managed to outsail the Yankee Girl, also of Woods Hole, for the first part of a 21-mile handicap race. She was seven minutes behind at the finish, but is waiting to see how much handicap she was given to cover that seven minutes. Mr. Oliver Andrews and Mr. William Mulliken of the Dorothy Q., report that much of the credit for their fine showing should go to one particular member of the crew, Mr. Morris P. Frost, who is their guest. Several protests have been voiced against the appearance of the flag on the Woods Hole post- office because it is ragged and dirty and hangs limp. Dr. McGee and “Uncle Mac,” who are in Woods Hole as guests of the Bureau of Fish- eries, report catching between 65 and 75 sea bass in three hours last Friday afternoon. Each fish ranged in weight from two and one-half pounds to six pounds. Dr. McGee caught two on one line, one of which weighed four pounds. Your correspondent wonders if their fish were as hard to swallow as this story is. Sugar Radil of the Phalarope II, caught an 8- foot shark off Kettle Cove last week. They were transferring the shark from the trap to the boat, when he caught hold of Sugar’s pants and oil- skins, and ripped them. Mark Kryston, also abroad the boat, made a grab for the shark; Sugar stuck his hand down the throat of the huge fish to block any further attempt on his part to~ bite. Together they managed to hoist him aboard, with no serious injury to their person. Leslie Hilton, son of Mr. and Mrs. Oscar Hil- ton, has gone to Maine for an indefinite stay. He is visiting his aunt in Jefferson, and plans to make a trip to Cushing, where Mr. and Mrs. Raymond Hoffses, recently of the Woods Hole Station of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, are living. Norman THOMAS, Socialist Candidate for President in 1932, and executive Director of the League for Industrial Democracy, will speak at the forum at the Falmouth M. E. Church, Sun- day evening, August 25 at 7:30. His subject will be “After the New Deal—What ?” WOODS HOLE PUBLIC LIBRARY The report presented at the annual trustees meeting of The Woods Hole Public Library by Miss Josephine Fish, chairman of the book com- mittee, shows an average monthly circulation of 912 books. July and August were the busiest months; then the circulation was 2203 and 2941 respectively, while in November records show only 365. The library wishes to extend thanks to organizations and individuals presenting gifts” of books and money. A total of 225 new books were added to replace about 350 worn out or un- used books which were withdrawn from circula-_ tion. There are at the present time, 86 regular members, paying one dollar annually, and 51 sus- taining members, paying ten dollars annually. The library asks for the cooperation of all in its en- deavor to extend the membership during the com- ing year. hed Avucust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 231 MICROSCOPES AND SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Second Hand and New — For Sale —Repairs Made— ALLAN UHLER OPTICAL WORKS 200 B. E. 22nd Street, Baltimore, Md. SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your Sets, or an Important Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. 29 East 21 Street New York City Barcroft-Warburg | Glassware and Accessory Equipment We specialize in the construction of all types of respirometer | vessels and manome- pesy ae guaranteeing uniform capacities and highest quality work- manship. Special glass apparatus of any design blown to order E. MACHLETT & SON Est. 220 EAST 23rd STREET 1897 NEW YORK, N. Y. mit LOLAG " IMMERSION | HEATERS PUT HEAT WHERE YOU WANT IT Flexible, sheathed in annealed copper, these heaters can be bent to distribute heat symmetrically throughout bath or vessel. Their low heat capacity insures immediate response: as soon as the current is turned on, the heaters begin their work. Aminco LoLag heaters are avail- able in lengths up to 11 ft., and in ratings from 50 to 2000 watts. They are made in both copper and steel sheaths, for immersion in water, oil, and many other liquids, Ask for Bulletin 1500 American Instrument Co., Inc. 774-776 Girard St., N.W. Washington, D. C. KEWAUNEE Museum or Center Exhibition Case 42 or 21 Interchangeable Drawers No. G-1504 Kewaunee builds this fine Exhibition Case in two designs—the double or 42 drawer center type case and the single or wall type 21 drawer case. Has two piece beveled edge polished plate glass top. Drawers are interchangeable and can be had varnished inside or with black felt covered bottoms. Made of white oak or steel. Write for complete details and Kewaunee catalog, showing full line of Biology Furniture; also Kewaunee Library Furniture, Automatic Adjustable Stools and Combination Master-Keyed Padlocks. LABORATORY FURNITURE G i EXPERTS C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wis. Eastern Branch: 220 E. 42nd St., New York, N. Y. Mid-West Office: 1614 Monroe St., Evanston, Ill. Representatives in Principal Cities Kirk, Page and Van Slyke MICRO LIPID APPARATUS Ref.: Gasometric Microdetermination of Lipids in Plasma, Blood Cells and Tissues, by Esben Kirk, Irvine H. Page and Donald D. Van Slyke. Jr. Biol. Chem., Vol. 106, | No. 1, August 1934. Reprints sent upon request. A limited number of sets in stock, made exactly in accordance with the authors’ | original specifications, interchangeably ground. Write for Bulletin No. 540 EIMER & AMEND Est. 1851° Inc. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents Third Avenue, 18th to 19th Street NEW YORK, N. Y. Ma —— = — E THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 THE WISTAR INSTITUTE STYLE BRIEF Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the codper- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. Due attention has been given to the relative costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the subject as is possible within reasonable limits. It will save authors much time and expense in preparing papers for publication and tend to expedite the publication of research. Address Price $2.00 The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. The Standard of Excellence for 95 Years No. 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSAY—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION. HENRY TROEMNER SINCE 1840 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. CATALOG NO. 1929-N sas | Laboratory Apparatus ; for Drosophila Work | | | | Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 1. FILLING FUNNEL. For filling food bottles. Holds food for 60 bottles. Substantially made of metal, with zine fun- nel, nickel plated faucet with insulated handle, nickel plated rod and black japanned base. The funnel is mounted on a stand, but can be detached for cleaning purposes. 3elow the funnel opening the stand has a hole through which extra drops of the food fall, so that the bottles do not get dirty. The stand has a rail which guides the bottles. Each $20.00 base of the | Fig. 2. ETHERIZING GLASS. De- scribed in its original form by Dr. C. B. Bridges (1932, Am. Nat. 66) but improved by Dr. Curt Stern of the Department of Zoology, University of Rochester. The one-piece metal funnel fits the glass cham- ber without requiring plaster of Paris or Each $4.00 plastic wood. Glass part only for replacement. Each $1.00 WILL CORPORATION LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS ROCHESTER,N.Y. Aucust 17, 1935 ] ‘THE COLLECTING NET 256 P00 OE |) ) A) DO DO DOD 04 PROMAR | (Patent Applied For) Microscopic Projection and Drawing Apparatus For all table and wall projection o OEE 1) D0 SD) ED work except large lecture rooms Excellent for Laboratory demonstrations Small lecture groups e e Research workers e Scientific drawings e Wax reconstructions The apparatus can readily be shifted from one research office or classroom to another and can be supplied with built-in mechanical stage for 3x1 or 3x2 Slides. PROSPECTUS AND OTHER CATALOGS SENT ON REQUEST CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Inc. 25 EAST 26th STREET NEW YORK HOw ebhECTRIC APPARATUS Designed by Dr. B. Lange The LANGE CELLS are many times more sensitive than any photo-electric cell now sold commercially. PHOTO-ELECTRIC COLORIMETER for liquid volumes from 0.2 to 100 cc. Measures absorption from 0.1% to 100%. Monochromatic light source if desired. Many other special advantages. OCULAR PHOTO-CELL of highest sensitivity in ocular mount for photometric measure- ments with microscope, monochromator, etc., and polarization measurements. ILLUMINATION METER for lowest to highest light intensities (up to 100,000 lux). PHOTO-ELECTRIC REFLECTION METER. Dircct reading of white and color con- tent of powders, papers, and solids. PFALTZ & BAUER, Inc. 300 PEARL STREET NEW YORK V eeneneenaneece bil 234 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 88 Dr. G. Gruebler & Co. (J. & A. Schmid) Founded 1880 Microscopical Stains--- Staining Solutions Physiological Preparations @ Highest Quality-Accurate Results IMPORTED BY A > KATos, ING,, NEW YORK | : Se Sole Distributors AKATOS, Inc. 55 VAN DAM STREET NEW YORK CITY Cambridge Heavy Water Analyzer In THIS instrument for analysing heavy water, use is made of the difference in in the liquid. Two small electrolytic cells, each holding about 1 cc. of liquid are ar- thermal conductivity of hydrogen and deu- terium. The hydrogen deuterium mixture is produced by electrolysis of the heavy and ordinary water mixture; the concentra- tion of deuterium in the gas being propor- tional to the concentration of heavy water ranged so that the gas from the negative electrode of each cell passes through one of the two chambers of a differential ther- mal conductivity meter. If one chamber contains hydrogen and the other a hydro- gen deuterium mixture, the bridge will not be in balance, the out-of-balance current being a measure of the concentration of the deuterium in the mixture. This con- centration is proportional to the concentra- tion of heavy water, which may be either indicated or recorded. SEND FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CAMBRIDGE 3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York, N. Y. Aucust 17, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 235 — ——————<—<—_—_—— m - \ | LOW POWER BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE XII ® Large field of view ® Great depth of focus ® Long working distance A variety of stands suitable for many purposes is illustrated in catalogue Micro 464. | 485 FIFTH AVENUE ARL ZEISS jf 728 S. HILL STREET | | NEW YORK 9 nec. LOS ANGELES | | ADAPTABILITY --- feature of the INTERNATIONAL LINE For many years the makers of International Centrifuges have held to the policy of designing new parts and improved accessory equipment to be, so far as possible, adaptable to old and new as well as small and large model centrifuges. This wide range of standard accessory equipment has helped to hold International leadership. Soon an announcement will be made of the streamlined head which embodies the sloping sedimentation principle. The shape of the head was chosen to carry out the streamlining effect which permits higher speeds with a greater number of tubes. The CONICAL HEAD is light in weight and strong. It is interchange- able with other International heads. SERGI ci a Ey On a, ANOTHER NEW DEVELOPMENT is the Microchemical Centrifuge Tubes and Heads for use with the “Clinical Model” Centrifuge. INTERNATIONAL Size 2 Centrifuge with Stand INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 352 WESTERN AVENUE Makers of Fine Centrifuges BOSTON, MASS. 236 foe THE COLLECTING NET _ _ [ Vor. X. No. 88 For precise research work The Spencer PRECISION Rotary Microtome This Spencer No. 820 Microtome features an accurate, reliable feed mechanism. The up-and- down stroke of the object clamp is 2 inches, which permits cutting large sections. The total excursion of the feed is 37 mm. allowing you to cut a complete series of a large object without resetting the knife and the feed mechanism. Sec- tions of any thickness from 1 to 50 microns can be cut. This precision microtome is accurately and substantially built in all its parts—it meets in every way, the demand for a microtome that cuts accurate sections of definite uniform thickness. Write for folder T-12 for complete data and prices. Address Dept. J-83. New York There is no Substitute for the’ Finer Resolution Afforded by the Spencer Optical Systems Vol. X. No. 8 SATURDAY, AUGUST 24, 1935 Annual Subseription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. THE CARBONATE EQUILIBRIUM IN SEA WATER AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE Dr. LAURENCE [RVING Professor of Experimental Biology, University of Toronto The sea forms the environment of many ani- mals and plants and is an important part of the environment of all, including man. But in spite of its extent and the distressing variability in THE ACTION OF GROWTH PROMOTING SUBSTANCES IN PLANTS Dr. ALBert E. NAVEZ Lecturer in General Physiology, Harvard University The pioneer work of Sachs on correlation in plants opened the field of vegetal hormones even before the birth of the word “hormone.” His postulation of “flower forming substance’ was to superficial behaviour observed by mariners and travellers, its composition as a whole is re- markably uniform. In all of the oceans, the variation in WM. B. UW. Calendar | his mind, a substance whose directive action was due to its presence in small quantities, | far below any concentration where nutritional action could . . i} principal | proportion of the dissolved components of sea water is barely sufficient for detection. Typical sea water from any ocean contains just over 3% of sodium chloride as its principal dissolved in- gredient. In addition, there are present smaller quantities of Mg, Ca, K and sulphates, with others in even smaller concentration, and possibly there are traces of all the ele- ments. The dissolved components of sea water were originally TUESDAY, August 27. 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. H. Burr Steinbach: Diffusion potentials in biological systems. Dr. W. J. V. Osterhout: The role of ions in Valonia and Nitella. Dr. M. H. Jacobs and Dr. Dorothy R. Stewart: The manner of en- trance of ammonium salts into cells. Dr. E. Torsten Teorell: Some as- pects of electrolyte diffusion. FRIDAY, August 30. 3:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. Hugh Smith: Zoologi- cal observations and experiences during twelve years in Siam. derived from erosion of the be assumed. Later the work of von Paal opened anew the field of plant hormones by deseribing the regulatory action of the tip of the coleoptile of Avena, on its rate of elongation and of cury- ature. Iurthermore, the tech- nique which he used, involving decapitation and replacement of the tip either symmetrically or asymmetrically, opened also the road to such work as Seubert’s who conceived the idea of collecting some sub- stances which might come from the tip, into gels of agar igneous rocks. The average composition of these rocks, which are the source of marine salts, 1s strikingly in contrast (Continued on page 242) The Action of Growth Promoting Substances, MPEP ORE e881.) AN AVCZ ic. fan-n2sssscextsanensssnnearcmenaeteer« 237 The Carbonate Equilibrium in Sea Water and its Significance, Prof. Laurence Irving 237 Program of the Genetics Society Meeting at the Marine Biological Laboratory... Editorial Page or gelatin. This method was then quantitized by F. W. Went who was able to show and analyze a number of manifestations of action of growth TABLE OF CONTENTS | Items of Interest Woods Hole Log is Dacryorrhetin: Demonstration of its Action by a Kodachrome Film, Prof. S. Tashiro....253 News from other Biological Stations.. Book Review = Student Work in Invertebrate Zoology............ 256 246 PROFESSOR FRANK RATTRAY LILLIE Dr. Frank R, Lillie, president of the corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory and dean of the division of biolog ences at the University of Chicago who w elected president of the National Academy of nees for a term of four years at its annual meeting in April. He was also elected chairman of the National Research Council. The two positions have not hitherto been held simultaneously by the same individual. Dr. Lillie’s sixty-fifth birthday occurred this year on June 27. —— Aucust 24, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 239 substances and bring about a definite advance in our knowledge of growth phenomena in general. Essentially all work on growth substance in- volves extraction of the substance by diffusion in an agar gel and testing out this gel for presence and quantity by the curvature (expressed in de- grees) imparted to a decapitated coleoptile of Avena, on which the block of agar has been placed to cover one half of the cut section. Another technique (due to Boysen-Jensen) has been to determine the difference in the rate of growth of both flanks of the coleoptile on asym- metrical stimulation. More recently the author has developed a method involving a measure of the rate of elongation of standardized pieces of Lupine hypocotyle which dispenses with the necessity of measuring angles (at best, a difficult procedure). Recently, too, a step in another direction, name- ly chemical nature of the substance, has been achieved by Kogl, Haagen-Smit and their collab- orators. They have recovered, isolated and iden- tified chemically, growth promoting substances not only from plant tissues but also from culture media on which different organisms have grown and from urine (pregnancy and normal). This work led to the views that at least 3 lipoid and water soluble substances are to be found in nature, namely the two auxins (a and b) very closely related in chemical composition and struc- ture, and a third compound apparently not related to the first two (hetero-auxin) (indolacetic acid ) with a simple constitution leading to a fairly easy synthesis. Once when structural constitution and general chemical characteristics have been cleared up, some of the previous work may become more thoroughly grounded. Nevertheless, it should be remembered that most of the physiological char- acteristics of the auxins were already well estab- lished previous to their chemical characterization and that in the long run it is still by its physio- logical action that any growth promoting sub- stance is defined. A large number of concrete data on the mode of action of the auxins have now been accumu- lated in the literature. One knows fairly well the rates at which one finds them travelling in tissues, their general distribution, their non-spe- cificity as to sources of origin, their particularities as to uni-directional transport in tissues (polar- ity), their antagonistic action on root and shoot, ete. Nevertheless, the intrinsic basis of action of the substances on the cell is still very much debated. In all likelihood, the auxins affect the plasticity of the tissues which by the drop in resistance coupled with the turgescence of the cells are then in con- dition to elongate. Such a view had been indi- cated qualitatively by Heyn and by Van der Wey, and in a recent study of Mr. Miljevic collaborat- ing with the author, some quantitative bases have been found concerning the transportation of the substances within the tissues with concomittant changes occurring in plasticity. By means of a simple treatment, one can prepare hypocotyles of Lupine having any type of distribution of the auxins within the tissues from a highly marked gradient of concentration to an even distribution. The same experiment enables one further to determine in a new way concentration of auxins and to follow at very short intervals (5 minutes ) any changes occurring in their action, without being obliged to stop the experiment. On the basis of auxin distribution a great deal of work has been done to bring a clearer knowl- edge of some tropistic reactions in plants. Geo- tropism and phototropism are the two which have been mostly dealt with and to which the main contributions have been made. One of the re- markable properties assigned in the literature to the auxins is their stability to light and heat. In a study of the effect of light on auxin, the author has been struck by the decided changes occurring in auxin when all processes of purification have been carried out in the dark (under very dim red light). Auxins prepared under these conditions show, in the presence of photodynamic substances very marked sensitivity to light. And photody- namic solutions can be obtained from nearly all tissues investigated. One should add that this effect of light takes place only in presence of oxygen. On these bases some interesting aspects of the phototropic re- sponse of roots have been established in collabora- tion with Miss Frances Wallace. By photody- namic activation one can transform negatively reacting roots into strongly positive organs. A simple tentative explanation fitting nevertheless all the cases known can then be built on the pre- ceding premises. In any case it is one more step in the possible explanation of a very complex THE COLLECTING NET has been entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. marine biological laboratories. It is devoted to the scientific work at It is published weekly for ten weeks between June 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole and printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford. the third floor of the Woods Hole station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. Its editorial offices are situated on Between June 1 and October 1 communications should be addressed to Woods Hole, Massachusetts; at other times they should be directed to THE COLLECTING NET, Garrison, N. Y. Single copies cost 30c; a subscription (containing not less than 280 pages) costs $2.00. 240 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 89 chain of reactions involved in apparently simple processes; elongation of a coleoptile or bending of a root toward a light. DISCUSSION OF DR. NAVEZ’ PAPER AT M. B. L. JULY 23 Question: JI was wondering whether your ex- periments would indicate anything with regard to mitogenetic rays. Dr. Navez: It is a subject which I have never approached and which I would not approach. It is taboo, almost. It is something which | would like to see done, but not by myself. Results so far obtained are far from convincing, some of the errors of determination are so large, and the amount of effect so small that it falls within the range of probable error. Question: On injury to tissues is it not true that there are substances present which are in the nature of hormones ? Dr. Navez: Yes, according to some of the ex- periments of Haberlandt. Furthermore, on in- jury, volatile substances may be given off, acting at a distance by this fact. Question: Do you think that mitogenetic radi- ation has something to do with cell structures ? Dr. Navez: 1 don’t know. Question: To go back to the auxins—have you any theory why you do not get elongation of the root growth zone—why don't the root cells elongate ? Dr. Navez: 1 don’t know for certain although two different lines of explanation should be kept in mind. Question: Aren't the root cells stimulated by the auxins to widen instead of lengthen? Dr. Navez: No, I haven't observed that. Someone suggested that in the roots, the transfer may take place crosswise rather than lengthwise as usual in the coleoptile. But in the roots of the Lupines, which unfortunately have very small cells with very small nuclei, I did not see this. Question: Isn't the width of the cell in- creased ? Dr. Navez: If so it is by an amount which is well within the probable error of measurement. Perhaps you remember the experiments with oat roots grown for two or three days and immersed in solutions containing auxin. Development of the coleoptile is not hindered, but root develop- ment (as measured by their length) is decidedly reduced. At high concentrations it produces nearly complete inhibition of growth. Question: Yes, the stopping of lengthwise growth—what about width? Dr. Naves: Under those conditions (high concentrations) there is a_ slight increase in width. But the concentrations required to bring about such effects are so much higher than the one normally occurring in normal tissues. It has been reported by one of Went’s students, that in the Lupine hypocotyl there is a general distribu- tion of the auxin. With the strain of Lupine used by us I could not find such a distribution, but a rather steep gradient from the terminal end (where concentration is maximum) down to the root. Question: Does only the apical part grow? Dr. Navez: In the intact hypocotyl most of the development in length takes place in the api- cal part. In our experimental set-up for deter- mining the concentration of auxin, with the treat- ment applied to the hypocotyl, the basal parts do not show any growth at all, which has been taken as indicative of the absence of auxin. Question: What is the influence of the dis- tribution of the growth substance? Dr. Navez: It may be fairly general and I think it is even very general. I have been using oats and corn as a source, besides frequency urine and Rhizopus culture medium and transferring it to Lupine, oats and corn and it works equally well everywhere. I can determine the concentration of the auxin from the hypocotyles of Lupine by means of oats and vice versa and everywhere the same units can be found back. So the auxin must be of about equal activity in all cases. Question: You have also mentioned the or- — gans from plants and animals from which you — can extract growth substances. That seems to in- — dicate that it is very widely distributed. But do — you know anything really about the substance that acts on the growth of animal organs? Every- body thinks that its action on growth will also be in orgats where it is found—yet where it is pres- — ent in the greatest amounts we find that growth is stopped. Is there no relation between amount of growth and amount of substance found in a tissue? You have often worked on growth sub- stance extracted from fungi, and I should like to know how far you have been able to relate growth and growth substance, for example in Avena cole- opules. Dr. Navez: Up to the present there has been very little work done on the relation of growth substance to growth of the organ from which it is extracted. In the case of Rhizopus, the maximal production occurs after the inflection point of the fungus growth curve, which is more or less to be expected as one thinks of the substance induced as a result of the fungus metabolism. 4 In the case of Avena, one has a maximum pro- - duction at about the moment where the coleoptile of the etiolated seedling gives rise to the first leaves. Question: Would it not be likely that you~ have antagonism there. You put it on your plant and stimulate growth but when the fungus stops Se ee j Aueust 24, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 241 growing antagonism could be built up. Otherwise you just get indefinite growth all the time. Dr, Navez: Either antagonism or the growth substance are active only at one particular mo- ment of the life of the organ. The thing that seems to bear out this second case is the fact that after having stopped the elongation of a coleop- tile of oats for 3-5 days by low temperatures (low enough to stop growth but not enough to cut out all respiratory metabolism) the auxin is virtually without action. There is one case I know of where you can get a definite effect on growth of lower organisms—in yeast. When you add some of the growth substance of the B class it increases the population by as much as 40 to 60% of the normal yield. But, not all yeasts are affected similarly. There is a small yeast which I have isolated from a culture coming from the Fleischmann laboratory which is not giving the same results. Auxin on the other hand had ap- parently no effect whatsoever on the yeast multi- plication. Apparently some of the B substances also affect the development of Aspergillis. Question: So it seems that only in a certain state of development is any effect produced. What do you think of the comparison with Gold- schmidt’s theory of development independent of the genes? When the environment has acted on the genes in a certain stage you will find black Lymantria dispar and when you have interaction earlier or later there is no effect at all. It seems to me that growth substance is involved, and the action of these substances you are talking about is like everything else in development. Dr. Navez: It does not have any effect on the elongation of coleoptiles. Question: Wasn't the formula as first given identical with one of the sex hormones and then later corrected ? Dr. Navez: Yes, I think so. The difference is not very great—e.g., the position of the double bonds, etc. Hetero-auxin was considered at first as having two atoms of N, but it has since been divided into two. The first time hetero-auxin was described by Kogl it was reported as being optically active and it has since taken a tremend- ous amount of purification to find out that it is not active at all. Question: Have they managed in any way to get auxin A or B from living tissues? Dr. Navez: Yes, by taking the physiological response of coleoptile to indicate the presence or absence of the substances. Question: Has it been possible to prepare auxin A and B in crystalline form? Dr. Navez: Oh, yes. Question: Has the crystalline form been ob- tained from plant tissue? Dr. Navez: You must realize that one is deal- ing with extremely minute quantities of sub- stances to be extracted from each tip of the plant. So in order to obtain large amounts of this sub- stance the sheer physical difficulty has been so great as to make it impossible. Auxins are defi- nitely acted upon by acids and alkalies, and so you can separate them. You can get them in a block of agar from simple contact with a solution, then treat the block of agar by means of acid and al- kalies and see the separation. Question: There have been described thus far three substances—perhaps there are many more. For instance, Needham is attempting to inject some substance into very young embryos to form a secondary neural tube and I understand you can get the same effect merely by means of a piece of glass or cellophane. I am just wondering how much of this effect is really due to a certain ac- tion or to stimulation of the tissues which are very sensitive at that moment. Is it absolutely necessary that we must have a definite substance to stimulate the reaction ? Comment: It is not true that you can get an effect through glass or cellophane. These sub- stances are specific. They must belong to a cer- tain group and there is something common to all of them. Dr. Navez: From what I have heard recently, carcinogentic substances have been widely sur- veyed and the effective substances fall in a very small number of classes. The substances with which we are dealing, are decidedly monobasic acids. Apparently other acids would have definite effects too, even good old HCl may, in some instances, have marked ef- fects. We have begun to wonder whether it is the acid function or the “auxin” which is effec- tive. The pH of auxin is about 4.5 which makes it acid also. But in any case, the chemical struc- ture and nature of the substance is very impor- tant. Question: Is there any effect of auxin on pol- len tube growth? Dr. Navez: We did not get a clear cut effect with the pollen of Nicotiana. On the other hand some pollen from some orchids is probably the best source of supply of auxin in the higher plants. But in all cases the problem is still a dif- ficult one and not completely solved, and one of the difficulties remains is to obtain the auxins from the plants in large quantities. The identifi- cation of the extracted substances has been based mostly on their behavior in presence of acids and alkalies. ; Question: It is the interaction, then, of two things and one of these is very labile. When the organism is too young it is not formed. And when the organism is a little older it has broken down. Dr. Navez: Unless it is a substance which is occurring there by sheer accident as an accom- 242 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 89 paniment of metabolism. Very likely it is a meta- bolic product; it may have no effect whatsoever on the organism itself. Question: You said in your lecture that you thought the movement of auxin in these tissues was too rapid to be accounted for by mere diffu- sion. Diffusion itself can, under special condi- tions, be very rapid. Dr. Navez: ‘This is diffusion, not through gases, but in aqueous solutions. Question: That's what I am referring to. You can take a protein with a large molecule and add a little acid and it can move very rapidly. Dr. Navez: If it is pure diffusion you would expect that it would take place in any direction in the tissues. Far from it, in coleoptiles it will go one way and not in the opposite direction. In other words it moves from the apex toward the base and not in the reverse direction. This is referred to as polarity of these tissues. Another point makes it difficult, too: in order to measure the substance you take a coleoptile cylinder and put it on the block of agar. The top of the cylinder corresponds to the apex, the bottom section cor- responds to the base. The substance goes down and straight into the agar block. You can turn the cylinder upside down and it will not transport THE CARBONATE EQUILIBRIUM IN the growth substance. The rate at which the sub- stance is transported is very high, in the order of millimeters—per hour (it may be as much as 30 mm. per hour) which is quite a high rate of dif- fusion. Question: It depends only on the gradient? Dr. Naves: It is one Avena unit at the top and no auxin at the bottom. But at the same time, a small quantity of auxin will be transported against a gradient of concentration of auxin (one unit at the top, several units at the bottom). Question: Do dye stuffs go as fast as auxin? Dr. Navez: It depends on the dye. Some can go nearly as fast. There are also further diffi- culties involving transportation. Question: Is there a potential difference exist- ing between top and bottom; if so, how much? Dr. Navez: A few millivolts from tip to base. Comment: That is a very weak field. Question: Hasn’t it been possible in a few cases to establish a higher difference of potential between top and bottom and effect transportation ? Dr. Navez: This has been tried and said to result in either acceleration or deceleration of transport but I have not been able to obtain the same results, on taking care to avoid polarization products in the tissues. SEA WATER AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE y (Continued from page 237) with the composition of the present marine salts, most particularly in the proportion of NaCl which they contain (Clarke 1924). For the NaCl which is dissolved from the land by erosion passes almost without loss through the rivers to the sea, where it accumulates. All of the other components of the rocks which are de- composed are being constantly removed by na- tural precipitation. Sodium chloride, however, travels as an outcast, unwelcome to the organism for fixation in its structure and it is only spar- ingly received for inclusion in the sedimentary rocks. The principal dissolved ingredient of the sea, sodium chloride, stands relatively unchanged in the aqueous environment, in sharp contrast to many of the other elements, which are avidly taken by organisms for inclusion in their sub- stance. Among the other elements beside NaCl, not all are utilized in the same degree by organ- isms, but a sort of discriminating preference is indicated. Carbon is one of the rarer elements in the sea, composing less than 1% of the total solid matter. Nevertheless it enters the composition of proto- plasm as the principal non-aqueous element. In sea water carbon exists in oxidized form in the various derivatives of carbonic acid, Both the quantity of oxidized carbon and the chemical and physical characteristics of its solutions bear a pe- culiar relation to vital processes. The relation can be described in part by a detailed examination — of the nature of solutions of carbonic acid, and in ~ part by the determination of the effect of meta- bolism upon these solutions. The latter effect, the — relation of organisms to the carbonic acid system, is the source of its interest to biologists, and so — it will first be briefly outlined. , The oxidation of carbon is the main source of — energy for organisms. On the other side, the principal accession of energy to the system of life i is through the reversal of the oxidative reaction by photosynthesis. The elimination of COz produced by metabol- ism is of course subject to the ability of the pro- ducing organism to develop it at sufficient pres- sure to accomplish elimination. So the COs ca- pacity of the environment determines the work — required for respiratory elimination. In the op- posite reaction of photosynthesis, the COs capa-— city of the environment determines the work in-— volved in securing COy. For some organisms like mammals these considerations are practically insignificant. For others, and particularly in 1 tain marine habitats, the pressure of COs in the Aucust 24, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 243 environment is decisive, and by and large is an important condition for life. Incidental properties of dissolved carbon diox- ide are even more conspicuously of vital signifi- cance. These depend first upon the acid nature imparted to solutions by carbon dioxide and the sensitivity of protoplasm toward acidity. A second relation exists in the peculiar solvent effect of carbonic acid upon minerals. Carbonic acid is the active atmospheric agent in the chem- ical erosion of rocks, and, among other sub- stances, brings calcium into solution. These carbonic acid solutions of calcium in natural waters are relatively unstable and calcium car- bonate is easily precipitated by loss of COs and redissolved by the addition of CO,. These reactions are largely utilized in the formation of skeletal parts of animals and plants. Through the medium of the carbon dioxide of sea water are related the processes of metabolism and photosynthesis, the acidity of the environ- ment, and the formation of calcareous skele- tal parts. It is obvious that the life reactions communicate through the narrow channels of the carbonate system with the marine environment. It is worth while to examine this restricted sys- tem carefully, since its chemical and physical be- haviour is an obvious determinant of the extent and nature of life reactions. THE PROGRAM OF THE GENETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA MEETING AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, AUGUST 22-24 Thursday Evening, August 22, 8:00 P. M. Auditorium Marine Biological Laboratory Evening Lecture. Prof, Ralph E. Cleland, Goucher College, Bal- timore, Md. The Evening Primrose (Oenothera ) a cytogenetic non-conformist. Friday Morning Session, August 23, 9:30 a. m.; Auditorium Round table conference: How far genetics can explain ontogeny. Leader, Prof. A. H. Stur- tevant, California Institute of Technology, Pasa- dena, Cal. Introducers, Prof. Curt Stern, University of Rochester, Rochester, N. Y., and Dr. J. L. Cart- ledge, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Friday Afternoon Session, August 23, 2:00 P. M. Demonstrations and Exhibits (1) Bostian, C. H., North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C. Breeding tests of diploid males and triploid females in Habrobracon. (2) Bridges, C. B., Carnegie Institution of Washington at California Institute of Technolo- gy, Pasadena, Cal. Demonstration (1) of the first translocation in Drosophila melanogaster (2) of normal repeats in chromosomes. (3) Davenport, C. B., Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Theory of gene action. (4) Demerec, M. and Margaret E. Hoover, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Deficiencies in the forked region of the X-chromosome of Drosophila melanogas- -liamstown, Mass. ter. (5) Goodale, H. D., Mount Hope Farm, Wil- Has selection creative power? (6) Lunch, Clara, J. Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, New York, N. Y. Mouse tumors and susceptibility to tumors induced by 1:2:5:6 dibenzanthracene. (7) Smith, T. H., College of the Ozarks, Clarksville, Ark. Synopsis of work on biology culture and genetics of Galleria mellonella, Linn. (8) Spencer, Warren P., College of Wooster, Wooster, O. A teaching model of crossing-over in the X-chromosome of Drosophila hydei. (9) Willier, B. H., T. F. Gallagher and F. C. Koch, Universities of Rochester and Chicago. The action of male and female hormones upon the reproductive glands and ducts of the chick embryo. (10) Plough, H. H., Amherst College, Am- herst, Mass. Incompatability of gametes in self sterile individuals of Styela. Friday Evening, August 23, 5:00 P. M. Excursion on the Steamer Cayadetta and Clam Bake at Tarpaulin Cove. Swimming for those who desire. Saturday Morning Session, August 24, 9:00 A. M., Auditorium Round table conference: Chromosomes and their relation to genes. Leader, Prof. E. M. East, Harvard University, Boston, Mass. Introducers, Dr. C. B. Bridges, Carnegie In- stitution of Washington at California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Cal., and Dr. Barbara MeClintock, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Note: Half a dozen pages of an early issue of THE CoLLectinG Net will be devoted to a report of the physical arrangements and scien- tific aspects of the genetics symposium. 244 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 89 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Cattell, Margaret Mast, Annaleida Snyder Cattell. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Betty Chase. Woods Hole Log: Marjorie Huxley, Boris Gorokhoff, Manton Copeland, Dave Bradley. Scholarship Fund: Anne Janney. Entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. THE COLLECTING NET SCHOLARSHIPS Owing to limitations of time and space no an- nouncements have been made this summer con- cerning Tie CottectinG Ner scholarships. Last September the staff of the five courses at the Marine Biological Laboratory made the following assignments in awarding the six one-hundred- dollar scholarships: Edith Jacobson, invertebrate zoology; Joseph Jailor, invertebrate zoology; W. R. Spofford, embryology; J. B. Stanbury, physi- ology; A. A. Cohen, botany; Arlene Johnson, protozoology. With the exception of the awardee from proto- zoology all are carrying out their special research program this summer. The primary factor in their selection was their demonstrated ability to conduct independent research; secondary factors are character and financial need. Owing to the difficulty in obtaining funds* the scholarships to be awarded at the end of the sea- son for next summer’s work will probably be limited to $50.00 each; it may still be possible, however, to accumulate six hundred dollars, and in that event the sum can be doubled. It is appropriate to here express our deep ap- preciation to Dr. Roy W. Miner for his interest- ing lecture and to the Woods Hole Choral Club for their two unusual concerts which enriched the Fund to the extent of over $250.00. Dr. H. B. Goopricu, who for some time has directed the course in embryology at the Marine Biological Laboratory will not be here next sum- mer; Dr. Packard will be the new director of the course. Dr. Leigh Hoadley of Harvard Univer- sity will give a series of lectures next summer. Dr. Whiting, in charge of the Genetics Confer- ence last week, reports that over ninety genetic- ists and others attended the clambake at Tarpau- lin Cove Friday night. * Partly, we regret to report, due to the unavaila- bility of the auditorium of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Introducing Dr. A. C. Burton who is a United States Rocke- feller Training Fellow of University of Roches- ter. Dr. Burton was born in England. He re- ceived his degree of bachelor of science from London in 1925, In 1927 he came to Canada to the University of Toronto. He remained there for five years receiving his degree of doctor of philosophy there in 1930. In 1932 Dr. Burton went to the University of Rochester working with Professor J. R. Murlin in the department of vital economics. After two- years at the University of Rochester he obtained a Rockefeller Training Fellowship and worked last year at the University of Pennsylvania. This year his fellowship has been extended and Dr. Burton expects to work with Dr. Detlev W. Bronk at the Johnston Foundation of Biophysics. The Rockefeller Training Fellowships are prim- arily intended to train men in a field of work closely allied to their special work. Dr. Burton obtained his doctor of philosophy degree in phys- ics, but since 1932 has been engaged in physiolog- ical work. The training fellowship is enabling him to become thoroughly acquainted with the problems of the physiologist. FROM THE BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE NORTH DAKOTA UNIVERSITY Dr. Neal Weber, formerly graduate assistant in zoology, is studying the biology of the fungus- growing ants in Trinidad. He has a National Research Council Fellowship. His master’s thesis “The Biology of the Thatching Ant, For- mica rufa obscuripes Forel, in North Dakota” has just been published in Ecological Mono- graphs. Dr. E. A. Baird is away on leave of absence. He is temporarily associated with the Chicago Apparatus Company. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date A.M. P.M. August 25 wns.) 2olCmeeeall August 26 3:09) sez August 27 ... 3:48 3:59 August 28 ... 4:31 4:39 August 29 ... 5:08 5:19 August 30 ... 9:44) 557, August 31 6:22 6:40 In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. Aucust 24, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET ITEMS OF INTEREST WiLtiAmM BALAMUTH, a graduate of the Col- lege of the City of New York, has left Woods Hole to take up his new work as assistant in zoology at the University of California. Mr. Balamuth was a student in the protozoology course at Woods Hole this summer. D. E. Copetanp, from the University of Roch- ester, N. Y., has received an appointment of as- sistant in biology at Amherst College for 1935-36. At present, he is visiting in Toledo, Ohio. JoserH JAILER formerly assistant at the Col- lege of the City of New York has accepted an assistantship at New York University. Dr. SvEN CaArtson left Woods Hole on July 31. He sailed on August 1 for Sweden to re- turn to the Medical School of the Karolinska Institutet at Stockholm, where he will do research during the coming year. Dr. JANNIK ByeRRuM of the University of Copenhagen who is a Rockefeller Foundation Fellow this year in biological chemistry, has gone to New York. He has been working with Dr. Michaelis and may return for the week-end. Mr. Amapa T. FeticiAno, who has been in- vestigating the methods of hatching in the Bureau of Fisheries went to Cambridge this week. He will later visit Cold Spring Harbor. Miss LoursE Ormspy of New York City has arrived in Woods Hole. She will spend the next four weeks studying the Protozoa of this region. Dr. Emit Wirscul, professor of zoology at the State University of Iowa, who is working this summer at Cold Spring Harbor, spent a few days at Woods Hole. DEAN FrANnK RistiINeE of Hamilton College visited Dr. Walter N. Hess at his home on Bar Neck Road over the week-end of the sixteenth. Mr. Ben De Boer, from the University of Missouri, spent a week-end in Boston. He re- turned here for another week before going west. Joun Buck of Johns Hopkins University was in Woods Hole for a few days. He recently published in Science an article on the synchronous flash in fireflies. Dr. and Mrs. ALLAN Scort recently returned from a week’s trip through the White Mountains in New Hampshire. Danny LINEHAN, from Harvard University, worked on the collecting crew for two weeks. He will continue collecting for the rest of the sum- mer. Dr. AND Mrs. C. W. FINLEY from Park Col- lege, Parkville, Missouri, visited their daughter, Martha, here at Woods Hole. They were guests at a beach party on Saturday evening. Mr. anv Mrs. A. N. Sorserc, from Columbia University, recently took a drive to Provincetown, Mass. A number of the collecting crew have returned to their respective homes during the past week. Those leaving are: Margery Poole, Robert Ber- son, George Lefevre Jr., Kieth Nobel, William Spinnier, and Carl Schwartz. The Invertebrate class finally made the field trip to Lagoon Pond August 26th after post- poning it two days. On the return trip the stud- ents experienced a little of the fury of the At- lantic. The Nereis’ rudder broke and the Caya- detta was requested to remain near in case of trouble. Schwartz the deck hand, spent part of the time in the water in an attempt to repair it. The Cayadetta also had trouble trying to ride the waves with a large number of students on the super structure and everyone was finally asked to remain down on the deck. The Tennis Club has brought to a close a suc- cessful season. The tournaments have been com- pleted; the following are the winners of the trophies offered: Women's singles, Miss Betty Knight; men’s singles, Dr. D. E. Lancefield; women's doubles, Mrs. Lancefield and Mrs. [d- ward A. Norman; men’s doubles, Dr. C. C. Spei- del and Mr. R. Piercy; mixed doubles, Miss K. M. Robertson and Mr. R. Piersy. The last meeting of the Camera Club will be held on Wednesday, August 28. Mr. Strong from Penzance Point will demonstrate, by use of motion pictures, a new type of lens. The Cam- era Club Exhibit is to be found in the foyer of the main building of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory. FROM THE ISLE OF SHOALS LABORATORY Shoals of Euphausia have appeared about the islands during the past few weeks. Almost daily fin-back whales have appeared in close to shore and on several occasions even ventured into Gos- port Harbor. Monk fish, horse mackerel and a porpoise have been procured for the comparative anatomists. On Londoner’s Island the roseate terns nested in comparatively large numbers and the Artic terns visit there. A single specimen of the seaside sparrow, an accidental visitant to New Hampshire, has been taken. Recent visitors at the laboratory include Prof. W. Byers Unger of Dartmouth College, Prof and Mrs. H. V. Neal of Tufts College, Mr. and Mrs. H. C. Dreyer of the Emercon School of Saint Louis and Miss Francis Foster, Mr. Bost- wick Ketchum, Mr. Eric Rudd and Mr. Edward Boediger all of the Harvard Graduate School. 246 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 89 Ol 0 a a 0) 0 OO 2 Re THE Woeebs HOLE 9L@e | [00 a0 a0 a) 0 OE) 90>) a Oe OOO SUMMER COLONY NEWS MANTON COPELAND JR. The New York Yacht Club Cruise Sunday, August 18th, the New York Yacht Club spent the day in the harbor of Vineyard Haven, leaving the following day for Mattapoi- sett, returning to Newport on Monday. Each year this cruise passes through Buzzards Bay, afford- ing much enjoyment and pleasure to those of us who are interested in beautiful boats of all classes. This year there were not so many boats, and the sight of the Vanity, Rainbow, and Yan- kee, was greatly missed. We were very fortunate to be able to see them start off from Mattapoisett last Tuesday morning. The start had to be post- poned for an hour or two due to the lack of breeze. Miss Phyllis Brown of Lewiston, rived Monday to visit Mrs. G. G. house, Little Harbor Farm. Burgess Meredith of Chicago has arrived to spend two weeks at /hitcrest, the home of Mrs. Frances A. Crane. A track meet for the Cubs, and for the other boys of the village under 12 years of age, was held at the Woods Hole Ball Park on Thursday, August 15, and continued on August 22. The cup which was presented by Dr. and Mrs. Robert P. Bigelow to the Cub who made the highest score in all events, was won by Stanley Grabier, with the highest score of 9. Events included 30 and 50 yard dashes, high and broad jumps, baseball throw, a physical feature contest, a balancing con- test, and a tug of war. Miss Compton entertained friends at contract on Wednesday afternoon. Mrs. Edward Malone entertained at her Gan- sett home on Tuesday. Mr. and Mrs. Duffus have been house guests of Mr. and Mrs. Persinger at their home on Pen- zance Point. Mrs. A. C. Bent and Miss Peggy Bent of Taunton were guests of Dr. and Mrs. Copeland. Miss Bessie Rudd is teaching at the Cobb Camp this summer at Maine. Mr. and Mrs, D. Edwards are spending a few days in Maine. Mr. and Mrs. Charles P. Adams are spending a week at Seal Harbor, Maine, and are expected home shortly. Mr. L. Foot of Syracuse, New York, has been the house guest of Dr. and Mrs. Frank Knowlten. Miss Vera Warbasse has just recently returned from Harvard Summer School and will spend the Maine, ar- Whitney at her remainder of the summer with her parents on Penzance Point. The Quisset Yacht Club Swimming Meet took place last Saturday in front of the Quisset Har- bor House. The Bradley boys of Woods Hole were outstanding. Steve, Dave, and Joe took first, second, and third, in the diving for boys over 17. The sculling was won by Joe Bradley, who also took second place in swimming for boys 14 and over. Bill Bradley won first place in the diving for boys 14 and under. Mr. Walter O. Luscombe celebrated his 84th birthday Monday, August 19th. Friends and relatives were received in the afternoon. In the evening Mr. Luscombe attended the Chamber of Commerce dinner at the Gables Casino where he again received many congratulations. THE RACES ON THE WATER A moderate sou'westerly breeze, that only slightly ruffled the surface of the Bay as it swept down along the Elizabeth Islands, provided light weather racing conditions for the large fleet of yachts that milled around off Quisset harbor, Saturday afternoon. Thirteen S’s were first to start on a reaching leg out to racing mark. There was quite a jam up at the windward end of the starting line as about eight of these speedy birds tried to wedge themselves into a small section of water that nature had intended for one boat alone. Collisions were miraculously avoided, and the yachts strung out in three parallel lines that converged again in sardine style at the racing mark. Here they all swayed in on their sheets and hauled as high on the wind as possible, split- ting tacks as they worked up to the red nun off the Wee Pecketts. Under the lee of Naushon, the wind became uncertain and amused itself by shifting around and laying calm slicks that seri- ously strained the mental stability of the never too calm skippers, as each seemed to feel that his relative position in the fleet was changing—for the worse. During the spinnaker leg to the finish, the Bradley’s Mischief maintained an early but short — and precarious lead, while just behind, the — Clowes’Aeolus and Mr. Peck’s Meg were lunging and parrying in an exciting duel. The endless chain of blanketing and luffing was climaxed by two quick jibes within fifty feet of the finish that barely brought the MZeg’s bow over the line ahead of the Aeolus. Aucust 24, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET _ MICROSCOPES AND SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Second Hand and New — For Sale —Repairs Made— ALLAN UHLER OPTICAL WORKS 200 B. E. 22nd Street, Baltimore, Md. SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your Sets, or an Important Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, Inc. Street New York City etc. 29 East 21 EAT AT THE GULF HILL PARLORS 596 PLEASANT STREET, New Bedford (Opposite Library) ALWAYS COOL AND COMFORTABLE THE ONLY AIR CONDITIONED RESTAURANT IN NEW BEDFORD oo a New Catalo of Biological Supplies 672 pages describing and illustrating up-to-date bi- ological equipment and supplies exclusively. Write for your copy. Ready September 1st. GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE (Incorporated) 761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO * The Standard of Excellence for 95 Years No. 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSAY—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION HENRY TROEMNER SINCE 1840 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. CATALOG NO. 1929-N | THE WISTAR INSTITUTE | STYLE BRIEF Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the codper- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. Due attention has been given to the relative costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the subject as is possible within reasonable limits. It will save authors much time and expense in preparing papers for publication and tend to expedite the publication of research. Address Price $2.00 The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. 248 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 89 Shortly after, the Markwald’s Roma and Joe Russell’s 0 > 0 0-SED Dr. G. Gruebler & Co. (J. & A. Schmid) Founded 1880 Microscopical Stains--- Staining Solutions Physiological Preparations Highest Quality-Accurate Results Ma PORTED BY : AKATGS;INC., NEW YORK = NY, Sole Distributors AKATOS, Inc. 55 VAN DAM STREET NEW YORK CITY “GRAND PRIX” Avcust 31, 1935 ] ____ THE COLLECTING NET 271 SMALL MICRO-PROJECTOR Though small and com- pact, the illumination is very brilliant. Price, including reversing prism, 100 pairs of carbons, | but without microscope, for TOivaeAs Ce Sie 25: A Copy of Catalog Micro 451/34 Will Be Sent on Request 485 FIFTH AVENUE C A RL 7, ISS I 728 S. HILL STREET NEW YORK H 9 nec. LOS ANGELES —— = ————— : —— —— ee = = = = = — = : be : pemcemcemcemremlerren cam lemrenrae em emrenre emcee rem cance cameraman oan .amcaiamamcemcemcemcemoamoan 1% PROMAR (Patent Applied For) Microscopic Projection and Drawing Apparatus For all table and wall projection work except large lecture rooms Excellent for Laboratory demonstrations Small lecture groups Research workers Scientific drawings Wax reconstructions The apparatus can readily be shifted from one research office or classroom to another and can be supplied with built-in mechanical stage for 3x1 or 3x2 Slides. PROSPECTUS AND OTHER CATALOGS SENT ON REQUEST CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Ine. 25 EAST 26th STREET NEW YORK >) 0D) ED i 036 0 ee 0 0 0 0D 0D 0 0 ED OED 0D ODDO bo N iss) tHE COLLECTING NET [ Vo. X. No. 90 Kewaunee Furniture REFRIGERATED Pedagogically Correct CONSTANT TEMPERATURE BATHS May be set at any temperature between — 10°C. and 200°C. Maintain bath tem- perature constant and Instructor's uniform to + 0.02°C. Tables No-sR—Uts6 Kewaunee builds the largest and most complete line Have open, unob- of Biology Furniture in the industry. It is substantial, structed working earefully designed furniture, pedagogically correct in space. every detail. It provides every convenience to increase the interest and efficiency of the student and lighten Come to the user the ee of the aan ie en : . . you are injterestec in new p1OLOBRy turnmiture of complete with built- any kind, be sure to write for the Kewaunee Catalog. in refrigerator, ready It also gives full details on Kewaunee Library Furniture, to use. Everhold Stools and Master-Keyed Combination Padlocks. Sent to buyers, on request. Write today. Ask for New Bulletin 1200 Keune Mfg. Co: LABORATORY FURNITURE EXPERTS C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer, \ AMERICAN INSTRUMENT COF Inc. 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wis. 4 Eastern Branch: 220 E. 42nd St., New York, N. Y. Mid-West Office: 1614 Monroe St., Evanston, Ill. Representatives in Principal Cities 774-776 GIRARD ST., N.W. WASHINGTON, D. C. ADAPTABILITY --- feature of the INTERNATIONAL LINE For many years the makers of International Centrifuges have held to the policy of designing new parts and improved accessory equipment to be, so far as possible, adaptable to old and new as well as small and large model centrifuges. This wide range of standard accessory equipment has helped to hold International leadership. (| url loa ll f { Soon an announcement will be made of the streamlined head which embodies the sloping sedimentation principle. The shape of the head was chosen to carry out the streamlining effect which permits higher speeds with a greater number of tubes. The CONICAL HEAD is light in weight and strong. It is interchange- able with other International heads. ANOTHER NEW DEVELOPMENT is the Microchemical Centrifuge Tubes and Heads for use with the “Clinical Model” Centrifuge. INTERNATIONAL Size 2 Centrifuge with Stand INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 352 WESTERN AVENUE Makers of Fine Centrifuges BOSTON, MASS. ey oe SN Eee gre ae 8 6 ee —— —————— AREA ee Er TS ln ae Aveusr 31, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET ‘ 273 NEWS OF OTHER BIOLOGICAL STATIONS SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY (August 20, 1935) Several of the summer workers at the Scripps Institution have returned to their work in other places. Among them are Miss Helen Mathews to the University of British Columbia, Prof. Leonard Loeb and Messrs. Nello Pace and Wie- dow to the University of California at Berkeley, and Mr. J. Rae Schwenck to Sacramento Junior ‘College. Among visitors at the Scripps Institution dur- ing the past week are Dr. James E. Lynch, of the Department of Fisheries, University of Washington, and Dr. George Thomas, President of the University of Utah. Dr. W. M. Fuchs, professor of organic chemis- try at Rutgers University, and associated with the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, was a visitor at Scripps Institution on Thursday of last week. Dr. Fuchs spent most of his time in consultation with Messrs. ZoBell and Anderson of the bacteriological laboratory on problems of decomposition of organic matter by marine micro- organisms. Mr. L. F. Brady of the Northern Arizona Museum spent the day at Scripps Institution on Tuesday of last week. Miss Clara G. Alexander, Dean of Women and Director of Dramatics at Albion (Idaho) State College, visited the Scripps Institution last Tues- day, while a house guest of Dr. and Mrs. ZoBell. (August 27, 1935) Dr. Kurt Buch, professor of chemistry in the Oniversity of Abo, formerly chemist of the Oceanographic Institute at Helsingfors, arrived at the Scripps Institution on Friday of last week and will leave on Thursday of this week. Dr. Buch is one of the leading authorities in the world on the chemistry of sea-water. He has been spending the summer at the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution and, in response to a special invitation from the University of Califor- nia, has come to the Scripps Institution to confer with members of the staff on their work on the chemistry of sea-water. While here he will give lectures and conduct seminars. Enroute to La Jolla Dr. Buch attended the meeting of the American Chemical Society in San Francisco. Dr. S. Petterssen of the Meteorological Insti- tute of Bergen, Norway, who is in charge of the Weather Service of Western Norway, was a visi- tor at the Scripps Institution Monday with Mr. Dean Blake of the San Diego Weather Bureau. Dr. Petterssen has come to the United States to give lectures on modern methods of meteorology at the Naval Airport in San Diego and will be a visiting professor in meteorolgy for the autumn semester at the California Institute of Technol- ogy. Dr. Petterssen was especially interested in the long-range weather forecasting studies by Professor McEwen at the Scripps Institution. Mr. A. B. Gradwohl, of the Gradwohl School of Laboratory Technique, St. Louis, and Mrs. Gradwohl were visitors at the Scripps Institution on Thursday of last week. Mr. Gradwohl’s school is a training school for bacteriological technicians, and he has several hundred students, among whom is Miss Esther Allen, daughter of Profes- sor W. E. Allen of the Scripps Institution. Miss Allen won her master’s degree in chemical ocean- ography at the Institution, and later worked in the bacteriological laboratories with Dr. ZoBell. Dr. Karl F. Meyer, director of the Hooper Foundation and head of its department of bac- teriology of the University of California, was a visitor at the Institution on Saturday. He was a guest of Dr. and Mrs. ZoBell, both of whom worked in the laboratories at Hooper Foundation. Dr. ZoBell worked for his doctor’s degree in bac- teriology under the supervision of Dr. Meyer. Dr. Ernest Linwood Walker, professor of tropical medicine and bacteriologist at Hooper Founda- tion, was also a visitor at the Scripps Institution on Saturday. TROUT LAKE LIMNOLOGICAL LABORATORY The lake waters of northeastern Wisconsin show a wide range in their hardness, ranging from very soft to moderately hard. One of the problems under investigation is the effect of this difference in mineral content upon the quality and quantity of the large aquatic plants, This study was begun in the summer of 1932 by Pro- fessor L. R. Wilson of Coe College and it is being continued by him during the present sea- son. The first part of the work consisted of a de- tailed quantitative survey of the flora of nine lakes which represent progressive stages in their development and the present summer is being de- voted to a qualitative survey of a hundred other lakes which likewise illustrate the evolution of the lakes in the Trout Lake region. The results show that there is a definite succes- sion of the larger aquatic plants which accom- panies a lake throughout its entire history. This succession differs markedly in those lakes which are permanently provided with a drainage sys- tem and in those that are known as seepage lakes which have to depend upon meteoric water for their existence. Quantitative studies have also shown a marked difference in the plant abundance in these two classes of lakes; the crop is generally much larger in the drainage than in the seepage lakes. There is a much greater variety of large aquatics in the former than in the latter. Some of the drainage lakes have three to four times as many species and varieties as the seepage lakes. 274 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 90 DEPARTMENT OF BOOKS PACEMAKERS IN RELATION TO ASPECTS OF BEHAVIOR. Hudson Hoagland. x + 138 pp. Il- lustrated. The MacMillan Company. 1935. $3.00. This is the first volume of a new series of Ex- perimental Biology Monographs. Several mono- graphs have already been announced and many of these deal with some very fascinating fields of biological research. I’m glad to know that the subject “Bioelectric Phenomena in Plants” is being monographed. Specialists have an oppor- tunity of performing a worthwhile service to all biologists by synthesizing and correlating the data and ideas now being published in so many papers. Instead of considering behavior as a result of learning or a_ stimulus-response relationship, Hoagland prefers a physico-chemical interpreta- tion. Thus behavior may be considered as the re- sult of certain chemical reactions occurring in protoplasm. It is possible to show that in a large series of reactions, a single reaction may actually be the controlling factor. In pure physico-chemical systems we find many completely reversible reactions. Equilibria- in such reactions are possible and we may treat these conditions thermodynamically. Nearly all reac- tions occurring in biological systems are irrevers- ible. True equilibria do not exist and thermo- dynamic methods cannot be applied. A mathe- matical approach to chains of irreversible mono- molecular reactions has been made possible by the derivation of certain kinetic equations. A simple example of a steady state involves two successive and irreversible monomolecular reactions. Thus A produces B and B forms C. If the velocity constants of the disappearance of A, the formation of C and the initial amount of A are known, it is possible to calculate for any time the amounts present of A, B or C. A dy- namic steady state results when the amounts of A and B and the two velocity constants are equal. The amount of B remains constant since it will be decomposed as rapidly as it is formed. In the appendix, Hoagland develops an equation for the steady state. “Master reactions” according to Hoagland are those which are the slowest in a chain of reac- tions. For example, we may have a chain con- sisting of any number of successive irreversible monomolecular reactions. Each reaction main- tains a definite velocity. The formation of the ultimate substance in this series will be controlled by the lowest velocity constant. We speak of a chain as being no stronger than its weakest link. Likewise a series of successive reactions will pro- ceed no faster than the slowest reaction. These slow reactions in a series are the “pacemakers.” Hoagland discusses, iter alia the kinetics of the steady state, the effects of temperature on pacemaking “master reactions,” lateral-line recep- tion in fishes and the chemical basis of our sense of time. The psychologist will find many things which may worry him. The physico-chemical ap- proach should indeed appeal to the plant and ani- mal physiologist. M. J. Kopac. PHYSIOLOGY IN HEALTH AND DISEASE, Wig- gers, C. J., xxvii-1156 pp., 182 illustrations. 1934. $9.00. Lea and Febiger, Philadephia. Dr. Wiggers has written a comprehensive treatise on physiology. It contains many ex- amples from both normal and abnormal physiol- ogy which are presented with the authority of his own wide experience. He often presents a suc- cint discussion of complicated conditions with rare common sense. This ability to present things concisely and to show their physiological signih- cance is conspicuous in his treatment of the ac- tion of muscles. In the analysis of the nervous system hé has made a keen survey of modern work. Respiration and blood, however, are treat- ed rather diffusely. It is agreeable to see Dr. Wiggers’ statement that it is the perpheral part of the circulation in- which exchange occurs and where the most sig- nificant reactions occur. Unfortunately it is more difficult to investigate the peripherel circu- lation, while it is rather easy to examine the heart and its operation. The result is that an undue proportion of space is applied to the phenomena of the action of the heart which are used in diag- nosis. Diagnostic significance is always a delicate criterion for determining the significance of ob- servations, even when they are developed for clinical use. We know that by and large, man provides the most satisfactory material for phys- ological experiment and that human health is a matter for immediate individual and social inter- est. But that does not necessarily give greater value to observations on the physiology of man unless the peculiar advantages offered by the fa- miliar and cooperative human subject actually make the observations more reliable. In Dr. Wiggers book there are many references to abnoemelities which are recognized in un- healthy people. The desipiation of these abnor- malities has led to an elaborate test of descrip- tions of signs and names. These references to conditions of disease are so numerous that they dilute and confuse the physiology considerably. As a result the book extends over 1119 pages. None of it is easy reading. Length is dangerous in a book, for the difficulty of real comprehension increases exponentially with the time utilized for exposition. I Aueust 31, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 275 WORK IN THE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY COURSE In his lectures on Monday and Tuesday, Dr. Matthews discussed the Mollusca as to nervous system, sense organs, reproduction and emben- jology, and thus completed a survey of the phy- lum. In addition to our laboratory studies of Chaetopleura and Busycon, many of us observed the effect of an electrical stimulus on the protrac- tor and retractor muscles. Tuesday will be remembered for its beach par- ty on Devil’s Foot Island. Here many members of the class enjoyed the usual swim, hamburgers and coffee and in addition heard the new Inverte- brate song for the first time. To the tune of “Ruben, Ruben, I’ve been thinking.” When the Invertebrates go on field trips They get food fit for the Ritz Jelly bread and peanut butter, Put digestion on the Fritz. King Cole leads them to the water, Hadley says, “Quick, what is this?” Matthews says, “Get me that Mollusk.” Arenicola for Biss. Soon the sun is getting lower, And they all are homeward bound. All the forms they cannot key out From the “ark” fall to the ground. “Phylogeny of the Invertebrates” or “The rela- tionship of the phyla’ was the title of Dr. Matt- hews Wednesday morning lecture. In it, he pointed out that even though the phylogenetic connections are really hypothetical, they serve a valuable purpose in stimulating further research and in acting as a framework to hold together the Invertebrates as a group. The idea of a species relationship begun by Darwin’s “Origin of the Species” in 1859 has continued to be a subject of wide and varied in- terest backed by such evidence as fossils, com- parative anatomy of adult forms and similar em- bryonic structures. Dr. Matthews gave us sev- eral examples of evolution among the Inverte- brates and suggested developments of the higher phyla from lower phyla which were at some time probably closely related to the Protozoa. The next day, Dr. Cole began the work on the Arthropoda, mentioned the vast numbers of ani- mals in the phylum and offered the following topics as a basis for a rapid survey of a large group containing many varied forms, study of at- tached, commensal and parasitic forms, theoreti- cal considerations and Limulus and the Arachni- da. After giving us the above outline, he pro- ceded to describe the body parts, appendages, and structure, composition and pigmentation of the exoskeleton of various crustacean types. In lab- oratory that day we were given lobsters and crabs and allowed to study them very much according to our individual and special interests. As a re- sult, students could be seen observing a statocyst, a section of a green gland or the chromatophores in the hypodermis. All through the week, we had looked forward to Friday for it meant another interesting field trip—this time to Lagoon Pond Bridge where we anticipated several new forms. Even though a cloudy sky and strong northeast breeze made us feel a bit dubious we optimistically appeared at breakfast warmly dressed in collecting togs. And great was the disappointment when Dr. Cole an- nounced that it would be necessary to postpone the trip. The wind was blowing directly into Vineyard Haven and this would keep the water level high, so we began the day with a morning’s work in the laboratory on a comparative study of Malacostraca and earnestly endeavored to count the gills of Palaemonetes, Idothea and Talorches- tia. In his afternoon lecture, Dr. Cole discussed the physiology of the Arthropoda and the color changes in the exoskeleton of the Crustacea. Saturday morning dawned clear and crisp as an October day but with the same prevailing wind that had prevented yesterday’s trip. This time we would surely start, for the sky and water were clear and blue, so again we donned our warmest collecting clothes and appeared hopefully at the laboratory. But again the high wind necessitated a change in plan and thus we settled grimly down to another day in the laboratory. Dr. Cole con- tinued the work on the Arthropoda with a general plan of their very varied embryology and a de- scription of the fascinating and seemingly un- believable process of ecdipes. At the end of the lecture we joyously received his announcement that there would be no formal laboratory that af- ternoon! With this to spur us on the remaining two hours seemed as one, while we made a compara- tive study of the adult Heteronupis and the mysis stage of the lobster. Saturday afternoon found the class much scattered in search of relaxation. Several members sunned themselves at the Beach others were enroute to Boston, Provincetown and Nantucket. Monday morning though a bit cool gave prom- ise of a good day for the wind was less in evi- dence than on the preceeding days. At ten o'clock the class embarked on the Cayadetta and the Nereis on the long looked for collecting trip to Lagoon Pond Bridge. Several new, and most of the usual former types were found and carefully “arked.” During the day the wind and incoming tide whipped up a fairly heavy surf which made the homeward journey moist, billowing and ex- citing. ELizaABETH HUMMELL. 276 THE COLLECTING NEL [ Vor. X. No. 90 R2 SS ED ED SS) Od < le) THE WOORs HOLE sla > OS 0 0D) ED 0 ED) RD <>) 0-0: SUMMER COLONY NEWS 3ETSEY LUSCOMBE Miss Elizabeth Barr of Boston and Mr. Har- old Pierce of Brookline, Massachusetts, are visit- ing Mrs. Geoffrey G. Whitney at her home, Lit- tle Harbor Farm. , Miss Betty Simeon of Providence, Rhode Is- land, spent Labor Day week-end with Mrs. G. H. A. Clowes at her home on Nobska Road. Charles Rodgers of Dublin, New Hampshire, is visiting at the home of Mrs. M. C. Draper in Quisset. Mrs. John A. Gifford and her sisters, Mrs. McCalley and Mrs. Calkins gave a “shipwreck party” at the Prosser’s garage on Penzance Point, Friday night. Everybody was costumed appropri- ately and Harry Marshard and his orchestra add- ed gaiety to the occasion. Jack Huntress of Washington and Boston, is spending Labor Day week-end at the home of Mrs. C. P. Cooper on Nobska Road. The last Woods Hole Golf Club subscription dance was held at the Club Saturday night. Ex- cellent music was supplied by Harry Marshard’s orchestra from the Barclay in West Falmouth. Benjamin Goodale was chairman of the dance committee which included Miss Doris Draper, Gene Keith, and Preston Copeland. Among other people there were: Manton and Betty Cope- land, George Bright, Austin Osgood, the Misses Mary, Yvonne and Roberta Johnstone, Mr. and Mrs. Harold Walker, Thomas G, Radcliffe Jr., Miss Alice Cooper, Mr. and Mrs. Philip Bartow, Frank Bartow, Miss Josephine Kip, the four Janney girls, Marian, Priscilla, Peggy and Anne were also there with their brothers Walter and Wistar Janney. Others were Mr. and Mrs. John Gifford, Mr. and Mrs. W. O. Luscombe, Jr., Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Fay Jr., Miss Anne Fay, Bob Mcllvaine, G. G. Whitney Jr., William T. Whit- ney, the Misses Anita and Betsey Luscombe, Al- bert G. Borden Jr., Miss Vera Warbasse, Mr. and Mrs. Francis Bartow, George and Allan Clowes, Miss Betty Simeon, the Misses Isabella and Louise Markwell, Miss Mary Draper, Donald and George Woodruff. Mr. Merrill Stuart of Woods Hole, has sold his Friendship sloop to a Mr. Greene from Au- burn, Rhode Island. Mr. Stuart expects to pur- chase a schooner yacht within a year to replace the sloop. tibet neeedied o Od o TOR) WOODS HOLE NEWS MaAryjyorigE Hux tery The Woods Hole Fire Department was called out Friday morning at 2 o'clock by a false alarm. Someone pulled the box at Quisset Four Corners, which called for both pieces of apparatus. When the firemen got there, not a spark of fire could be found, although a small crowd quickly col- lected. Captain Ferris lost his fireman's hat somewhere on the road. If it is found, kindly return it to the Woods Hole Station. Sugar Radil of the Bureau of Fisheries came to the rescue of Howard Kumin and red Rep- pun, stranded off Nobska Point in a sailboat last Tuesday evening at 7 o'clock. Mark Kryston, apprentice fish culturist at the Woods Hole Bureau of Fisheries, left for the Boston Navy Yard, where he plans to visit a friend of his, Peter Hoogan, who was carpenter's mate aboard the dlgonguin. He will drive on from there to New York with his family and spend a week at his home in Brooklyn. Some mischievous boys tied some sort of a fire cracker to the wires in the engine of Mr. Dolin- sky’s automobile, which was parked in front of Community Hall. Dolinsky came out after work and got into the car. As he put his foot on the self-starter, there was a hissing noise and a small explosion. Mrs. Wayne Senate of Millfield Street, cele- brated her birthday on September 3; she received many choice gifts. Miss Marion Huxley, who has lived in Woods Hole during the past year, has returned to Wey- mouth, her former home-town, where she will stay indefinitely. Miss Margaret McGrath from Dorchester, who has been spending the summer with her aunts, the Misses Brodericks, left Friday morn- ing. Captain Ferris of the Woods Hole Fire Sta- tion, has just completed a cement fish pool of his own construction at his home on Glendon Road. It is 3 feet deep and 4 by 6 around. Among his collection are frogs, turtles, goldfish and silver- fish. He has put stepping stones around the sides of the pool, and has planted cat-o'-nine tails and oxygen weed. He plans to have the water treated so that tropical fish may be kept in the pool. Private Fisher is also collecting specimens for the same pool, and Captain Ferris says that any pos- sible donations will be greatly appreciated. am NF Aucust 31, 1935 ]} THE COLLECTING NET TWIN DOOR WE SOLICIT YOUR PATRONAGE Take Advantage of the Special Weekly Rates Lobsters and Steaks Home Made Pastries W. T. Grabiec, Prop. TEXACO - MARFAX SERVICE GASOLINE —::— OILS WOODS HOLE GARAGE NED GIFFORD DISTINGUISHED AUTOMOBILE SERVICE FALMOUTH COAL CO. EAST MAIN ST. and DEPOT AVE. GULF Falmouth A COMPLETE DRUG STORE SERVICE 3—ROWE’S PHARMACY—3 FALMOUTH NORTH FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE TENNIS COURT CONSTRUCTION CONSULT US FOR ESTIMATES ON NEW INSTALLATIONS OR FOR RE- SURFACING YOUR PRESENT COURT. Specify “ACME TENNIS COURT CLAY” for Best Results ARNOLD I. ANDERSON Tel. Fal. 600 or 131-M FALMOUTH, MASS. REAL ESTATE Woods Hole and Falmouth Summer and year-round properties embracing large estates as well as modest cottages of particular charm for sale and rental—several with private beach. KATHRYN SWIFT GREENE Phone 17 Falmouth, Mass. EDWARD E. SWIFT HARDWARE, PAINTS, GLASS, CORDAGE THE SCHICK DRY SHAVER No Blades — No Lather Ask for Demonstration WOODS HOLE SCHOOL STREET Falmouth, Mass. Northampton, Mass. THE FLYING DRAGON UNUSUAL GIFTS FROM MANY LANDS Come in and “Browse Around” MME. CURE Beauty Salon in the New Malchman Block, Falmouth Permanent Waving Expert SCALP TREATMENTS Parker — Herbex Method Marie formerly with Antoines is now assistant to Mme. Curé Park Tailoring & Cleansing Shop WEEKS BUILDING FALMOUTH Phone 907-M WE PRESS WHILE YOU WAIT Woods Hole Agency at Rowes Pharmacy Free Delivery LORD PEPPERELL BROADCLOTH SHIRTS $1.75 WITH THE NEW “STA-FIRM” COLLAR Lady PEPPERELL Shop FALMOUTH—Next to Post Office LET THE BAND BOX Keep You in Readiness for All the Summer Parties It'll add a lot of enjoyment to your summer to always have your wardrobe spic-and-span—fresh- ly cleaned and ready to go anywhere at a mo- ment’s notice! Our prices are reasonable—and the quality of our cleaning the most satisfactory you can find. Send your cleaning with your laundry; it will be returned at the same time, or call Falmouth 137. Again we emphasize the fact that our laundry and cleansing work is done in our own plants by skilled local operators. THE BAND BOX CLEANSERS A Division of Robbins Laundry i) NI wo THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 90 es THE WISTAR INSTITUTE The Standard of Excellence STYLE BRIEF ) for 95 Years Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the cooper- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. Due attention has been given to the relative costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the No. 10 Analytical Balance subject as is possible within reasonable limits. CHEMICAL—ASSAY—ANALYTICAL— It will save authors much time and expense PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS in preparing papers for publication and tend OF PRECISION to expedite the publication of research. address Price $2.00 HENRY TROEMNER The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology SINCE 1840 ; Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. ; PHILADELPHIA, PA. CATALOG NO. 1929-N | oemoemoemo Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology Volume III, Now in Press Is an Outstanding Contribution to the Literature in Photobiology and Photochemistry. Oriented Movement of Animals in Light Chemistry of Photosynthesis Vields Kinetics of Photosynthesis Intensity Discrimination Absorption Spectra in Relation to Photo- Discharge of Nerve Impulses from the chemistry Visual Sense Cell Quantum Theory of Activation Fluorescence and Photodecomposition of Multiple Nature of Vitamin D the Chlorophylls Photosensitization of Living Systems Photosynthesis of Bacteria Photochemistry in Medicine these are one third of the titles which the volume contains, contributed by thirty-two special- ists and discussed by them and by forty-five others here and abroad. Sold below cost to permit anyone interested in the field to have it continually at hand, the prepublication price is only $2.90. After publication, the price will be at least 33% more. Men who appreciate the fine quality of, and important subjects presented in, these vol- umes place standing orders for all volumes as they appear, and are thus assured of the prepub- lication price. ~ Volume I, Surface Phenomena; Volume II, Growth; each $3.35 bound and delivered. Persons ordering all three volumes may have Volumes I and II at $3.00 each. Volume IV (1936) will probably be concerned with certain reaction phenomena. The Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y. * a eT AUGUST 31, 1935 | } THE COLLECTING NET The SPENCER No. 33 Affording an optical system of exacting precision—and a perfection of mechanical adjustments that assures their smooth, positive opera- tion—the Spencer Medical Microscope No. 33 has nine distinct advan- tages for medical work. Write for Folder M-71 for complete descrip- tion and prices of the Spencer Medical Microscopes. Address Dept. J-85. | Company New York Spencer | Buffalo There is no Substitute for the Finer Resolution Afforded by the Spencer Optical Systems 7 ( af ) 280 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 90 | Use Your Present Microscope for MICRO-PROJECTION Equipped with an eyepiece prism and a new Model B Micro-Projector, your present Microscope can be used to project magnified images, includ- ing living organisms on a screen for classroom instruction. This new method of projection furnishes an economical means of Micro- Projection hecause the optical system of the microscope is utilized— thereby eliminating the need for a costly special system. Complete information on this time saving device, which will prove a valuable aid in keeping the interested attention of the entire class, will be sent on request. Write for leaflet 2235 to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. WE: MAKE OUR OWN GLASS TO INSURE STANDARDIZED PRODUCTION FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST ON B &L ORTHOGON. LENSES AND B & L FRAMES Vol. X. No. 10 SATURDAY, SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 (Published November 16, 1935) Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. THE SO-CALLED RESONANCE PRINCI- PAL OF NERVOUS CONTROL Dr. PAaut WeErIss Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Chicago The so-called Resonance Principle of Nervous Control developed by the author since 1922, states that the communication between the spinal cen- ters and the muscles is based on a specific rapport between the two, rather than THE OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORIES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON Dr. THomas G. THompson, Director Professor of Chemistry, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington The activities of the staff of the Oceanographic Laboratories of the University of Washington center around three integral parts of the organi- zation, namely, the main laboratories on the University campus located on on definite nervous connec- tions, either sterotyped SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS the shore of Lake Union, the field laboratories at Friday (switchboard scheme) or con- ditioned (learning). The specific rapport between a spi- nal impulse and the particular muscle for which it is destined persists under conditions in which both the nervous con- nections and the functional effects are abnormal. This rule was derived from a great variety of experiments on the so-called phenomenon of “ho- mologous function.” If, in adult toads, a supernumerary muscle is transplanted to an abnormal place and innervated by an abnormal limb nerve, it always functions at the same time and with the same degree of intensity as the corresponding muscle of the same name (homologous muscle) in the normal (Continued on page 288) limb. If, in salaman- The following students at the Marine Biological Laboratory have been selected by the staff of the courses concerned as recipients of “The Collecting Net’ Scholarships for 1936: Physiology John R. Pappenheimer, Harvard University Protozoology Daniel McQ. Lilly Columbia University Embryology Jay Smith DePauw University The two awards to students in the invertebrate zoology course were announced in the last issue of “The Collecting Net.” Harbor in the San Juan Ar- chipelago, and the research motor vessel Catalyst. The staff is composed of Professor George B. Rigg (plant physi- ology), Professor John E. Guberlet (zoology), Professor Clinton L. Utterback (phys- ics), Dr. Robert C. Miller (zoology), Dr. Earl R. Nor- ris (biochemistry), Dr. Rex J. Robinson (chemistry), Dr. B. S. Henry (bacteriology), Dr. Lyman D. Phifer (phy- toplankton), and Professor Thomas G. Thompson (chem- istry). The Seattle laboratory was erected in 1931 and equipped from funds provid- ed by the Rockefeller Foundation and the State of Washington. Ready (Continued on page 285) The So-Called Resonance Principal of Nerv- ous Control, Dr. Paul Weiss The Oceanographic Laboratories of the Uni- versity of Washington, Dr. T. G. Thompson 281 Cornelia Maria Clapp, Prof. Frank R. Lillie....283 Genetics Society Discussion ..... Phylogenetic Significance of Structural Con- ditions in the Orthoptera, Dr. C. E. McClung 294 Sex-Modification in Chick Embryo, Drs. B. H. Willier, T. F. Gallagher and F. C. Koch 295 TABLE OF CONTENTS Some Surface Phenomena in Centrifuged Sea Urchin Eggs, Dr. Ethel Browne Harvey......296 Permeability of the Nuclear Membrane to Vital Stains, Dr. Ludwik Monné.................... Zoology at Chicago, Dr. Carl R. Moore.. Items of Interest Biological Laboratories, Drs. N. M. Carter, BR 'C.Osborn and FM. Baldwint...si...c..- The Oceanographic Seminars, Donald Zinn Some Books in Biology Woods Hole in October CORNELIA MARIA CLAPP, PH.D., SC.D. SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 | THE COLLECTING NET 283 CORNELIA MARIA CLAPP: 1849-1934 RESOLUTION ADOPTED BY THE FACULTY OF MOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE Many of the present faculty have lived with Dr. Clapp through the rounds of college days. Many others and a few recent classes of students have had glimpses of her when she came back to the campus on occasional visits and was radiant with interest in everybody and everything about her. Then as in June when she was a leading spirit in the Alumnae College, one realized how soon she saw new horizons of learning, how quickly she voyaged into them. Here again was the adventuring spirit of the earlier days which had made her bring research to Mount Holyoke, at a time when research was little known or en- couraged. Mount Holyoke was in the very fiber of her being but she was also a citizen of the human world and she brought it with her to her College. Students and teachers she took to her heart and the gifts of her life are for them,—her perennial interest in the next turn of the road and her journeys into it unswerved by convention and op- posing arguments; her zest and flavor and the saltiness of her wit; her understanding and sym- pathy never hidden by all her gaiety. Dr. Clapp’s doing and thinking will make a difference at Mount Holyoke in the future as it has in the past. Her influence will fall upon many who will not dream of its origin. But feel- ing it they will do as she did, look ahead and tackle the task at hand. ANN Morcan, Assy H. TURNER, AND Mary E. WOoo.LLey. DR. CLAPP AND THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Doctor Cornelia M. Clapp was always a bene- ficent presence at the Marine Biological Labora- tory from the day of its opening in 1888. In the first annual report her name appears as investi- gator. From that time until 1934, the year of her death, very few indeed were the sessions not graced by her presence. Enthusiasm and loyal devotion, humor, modesty and wisdom combined to make her a unique personality, respected and beloved by all her associates. Miss Clapp served as librarian from 1904 to 1908, was elected trustee in 1910 and served for the remainder of her life. For many years be- fore her election there had been no woman on the Board although the Woman's Education Society of Boston had maintained a seaside laboratory at Annisquam in cooperation with the Boston Soci- ety of Natural History from 1880 to 1886, and it was largely through their influence that the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory was established at Woods Hole to take its place. Accordingly there were two women, Miss Susan Minns and Miss Anna D. Phillips, on the first Board of Trustees consisting of nine members only; a third woman, Miss Florence M. Cushing, was shortly after- wards elected to fill a vacancy. But, as these women retired, their places were taken by men, until Miss Clapp’s election. The Laboratory should always remember with gratitude the prom- inent part played by women in the early develop- ment of the institution. Later the Laboratory came to rely predomi- nantly for a long time on the cooperative support of universities and colleges, among which the women’s colleges were prominent. Miss Clapp ably represented their interests on the Board of Trustees. As endowments were received, and support of research grew in universities and in- stitutes, there was a strong trend of opinion in favor of making the Laboratory a purely research institution. Miss Clapp’s influence was, however, always on the side of those who supported the traditional policy of combining instruction with research and maintaining a close connection with the colleges, a policy that has happily prevailed, due in no small part to her steady, quiet influence. FRANK RATTRAY LILLIE AT WOODS HOLE IN 18971 as she wished Dr. Clapp went down as early in June could so as to get toadfish eggs. She to repeat an experiment on the relation of the first plane of cleavage to the final axis of the embryo. She generously shared her research room with me, to save me expense, and so while I did the work of the course in embryology I had the oppor- tunity to see her with all those good Woods Hole friends, the foremost of America’s zodlogists, who came to her room so often and so cheerfully, to hear the jokes and the serious talk, to know her Scientific zest and her humanity. Also I saw her studying those toadfish eggs day by day. She used a mirror, for their position was such that they must be seen from below. They and other work were so "From the ‘Mount Holyoke Alumnae Quarterly"’ absorbing that frequently she forgot to go to lunch! That wonder at the growing toadfish, how much a part of her it was. We prepared the little fish sum- mer after summer and to generations of Mount Holyoke students they led the way to histology. Nobody else taught histology by means of the toad- fish, but what of that? Was it not much more im- portant to have a sense of those different kinds of cells all living there together and making a whole animal which the students could see all but alive, than to classify the various epithelia, squamous, columnar, stratified, ciliated, all neatly shown on separate slides, and all very dead? Her teaching, as I think of it, was never detailed in content, but it was wonderful in its vividness and in its choice of what was lasting and significant. Assy H. TURNER 204 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 91 Photograph by V. Scheffer Photograph by C. Barnes M. S. CATALYST IN LYNN CANAL, ALASKA VIEW OF LABORATORY ON CATALYST ee LF! Oe ny oop wiki tit init SIS Photograph by V. Scheffer UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORIES AT SEATTLE SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 | _ THE COLLECTING NET 285 THE OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORIES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON (Continued from page 281) access to the sea is had by the canal system con- necting Lakes Washington and Union with Puget Sound. A circulating sea water system handling 45,000 gallons is installed in the building. As all the marine life studied is native to the region, the sea water circulating through the aquaria is maintained at the average temperature of Puget Sound, which is about 9° C. This is accom- plished by means of a refrigeration unit in a 1000-gallon, rubber lined tank on top of the building. In order to prevent condensation of the water vapor in the air into the cold sea water, with subsequent dilution, all air is partially de- humidified. The sea water, after leaving the aquaria, passes through sand filters before recir- culation. The piping of the sea water system is of hard rubber, while the large storage tanks are made of a high alumina cement. Considerable financial saving was effected in construction by placing all piping, electrical con- duits, ventilators, and flues of fume hoods through the middle of the building in the space generally allotted to the conventional hallways. Such an arrangement necessitated the placing of the halls alongside the outer walls and thus re- sulted in a number of laboratories that required artificial illumination. ‘The latter are of marked advantage because of the constant temperatures that may be maintained and the excellent control of light for certain experiments. The design also gave rise to a unique placement of fume hoods, which are practically in separate small rooms, in- suring each laboratory greater freedom from ob- noxious vapors. The field laboratories at Friday Harbor, Wash- ington, are situated on a 480-acre tract having over two miles of shore line. They comprise seven one-story buildings approximating 65 feet by 30 feet, of hollow tile construction. Two buildings house the work in zoology and one each is allotted to chemistry, plant physiology, general oceanography, and scientific supplies and equip- ment. The seventh and largest building is shared by physics and bacteriology. All of the buildings are equipped with running fresh and salt water and with gas and electricity. Accommodations are provided for about 150 workers. Friday Harbor is located on San Juan Island, one of the two largest of the 172 islands com- prising the San Juan Archipelago. Besides being a region of marked scenic beauty, it is world- famous for the great abundance and diversifica- tion of the marine flora and fauna. The summers are cool and free from disagreeable humid days, while in the winter months, freezing temperatures are seldom reported. In residence at Friday Har- bor throughout the year are the curator of build- ings and grounds, and the assistant director. The latter has charge of a number of daily scientific observations, the tending of biological experi- ments being carried over a long period by mem- bers of the staff, and the promotion of a pro- gram in his charge on the study of marine flora. The Catalyst, especially constructed and de- signed, is double planked with Alaska yellow cedar and reinforced with a strip two feet wide and one inch thick of Australian iron bark at the water line. It is 75 feet in length, has a beam of 18 feet and a draft of 9 feet and is powered with a Washington Estep 120 H P full diesel engine. A 3 K W generator operates from the main eneine, and a 5 K W auxiliary driven by a small full diesel Lister engine supplies addi- tional power. All winches and equipment are electrically operated. The boat has a cruising range of 3500 miles, a speed of eight knots, costs slightly less than five cents a mile to operate, ex- clusive of salary and wages, and since being placed in operation in June, 1932, has covered over 27,000 miles. The boat is remarkably free from vibration, it being possible to carry out quantitative microscope counts while under way in quiet sea. The water bottle sampling winch carries 3 miles of quarter-inch stainless steel cable used for water and bottom sampling and for lighter net operations, while the dredging winch is equipped with about 2000 feet of half- inch galvanized steel cable. The boat's laboratory has desk space for seven investigators, each desk being equipped with gas, direct and alternating current outlets, and a small duriron sink. Ample shelving space is provided for numerous reagent bottles and the stowage of special equipment. The laboratory also contains a fume hood, distilled water and fresh water outlets, and running sea water. Besides the main laboratory, there is a small one provided with gas, electricity, and hot and cold water for bacteriological purposes. On THE COLLECTING NET has been entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. It is published weekly tor ten weeks between June 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole and printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford. the third floor of the Woods Hole station of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. marine biological laboratories. It is devoted to the scientific work at Its editorial offices are situated on Between June 1 and October 1 communications should be addressed to Woods Hole, Massachusetts; at other times they should be directed to THE COLLECTING NET, Garrison, N. Y. Single copies cost 30c; a subscription (containing not less than 280 pages) costs $2.00. THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL X. No. 91 WATER STORAGE SrogkLeoom 134'- 99" = Fiesr Froore PLan ox Scale f'=a/-0" pote es OFFice Lason = SECOND MICMOCHEMIC AL is Lemp micrewrex ear, ano ssonsroey| LasonsToay CHEMICAL Ayouy Lssozaroay - Floor - PLAN = SeaLe §-1-0" orrice | RESEARCH rooL.oer LABORATORY LABORATORY eatancy iH sdaconaromas ‘ dweimsned ' ’ Zoooer 4AaonAroar / MESEATICH LABORATORIES UNFINISHED THIRD FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLANS OF THE NEW OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORIES SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 | HEE COREP CRIN Geni 287 the boat there are accommodations available for sixteen people, including the captain, engineer, cook and deckhand. Members of the statf and their students are assigned various minor duties in connection with the operation of the boat dur- ing extended cruises. Much of the research is carried on in the Seattle laboratories during the regular academic year, supplemented by occasional week-end cruises of the Catalyst. The students of the laboratories are graduate majors and minors in the funda- mental sciences with their researches dealing with problems relating to the sea. In the summer months, the activities of the laboratories center about the field laboratories at Friday Harbor. Cruises of the Catalyst extend into the Pacific Ocean and throughout the three thousand miles of inland passages and almost unnumbered es- tuaries that stretch from Puget Sound into Alas- ka. Formal specialized courses and seminars in various fields are offered to qualified students at Friday Harbor, and a number of persons from different regions of the country avail themselves of the opportunities. Many professors from other institutions take advantage of the private labora- tories and the facilities offered for advanced in- dependent investigators. A course, Introduction to the Science of the Sea, is offered for teachers of science in elementary and secondary schools. For furthering the summer work, especially in marine biology, a 60-foot gas boat, equipped with dredging and sampling winches, is chartered for the summer. The Laboratories have enjoyed excellent coop- eration from various branches of the Federal Government. A standard tide gauge of the Coast and Geodetic Survey is maintained at Friday Harbor, while daily observations on solar radia- tion are made for the United States Weather Bureau. A representative of the Laboratories accompanied the first Aleutian Island Expedition of the United States Navy, and detailed studies of the currents and chemical nature of the waters were made on both the Bering Sea side and the Pacific Ocean side of the Aleutian ridge. Two members of the Laboratories accompanied the Coast Guard Cutter Chelan on its northern cruise in 1934. A number of sections were run in vari- ous parts of Bering Sea, over a hundred stations being established. The first measurements of the subsurface currents were made with an Ekman current meter in portions of Bering Strait. Sev- eral stations were established in the Arctic. A detailed study of the diatom flora was made of the waters of these areas. The members of the Oceanographic Labora- tories enjoy contacts with the staffs of the In- ternational Fisheries Commission and the United States Bureau of Fisheries whose laboratories are situated a few blocks from the University campus, and have cooperated with these agencies in several investigations. One of the main events of the summer sessions is the exchange of visits with the scientists working in the laboratories of the Biological Board of Canada at Nanaimo, Brit- ish Columbia. The physical and chemical researches of the Laboratories have included refined measurements of the electrical conductivities and the refractive indices of sea water with varying chlorinities and different temperatures. At the suggestion of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea, careful determinations of density of sea water were made to check the data published in 1901 in the Hydrographical Tables. Samples at various depths for this purpose were collected by a number of expeditions in different parts of the world. A study of the radioactivity of sea water has been made, and the work is being continued with considerably refined apparatus. Researches on the penetration of various wave lengths of light into the sea have been in progress for some four years, a special apparatus having been de- vised for the purpose. ‘Lhe ionic ratios of a num- ber of the predominating ions of sea water have been determined, together with quantitative meas- urements of some of the minor constituents of sea water such as iron, manganese, fluoride, strontium, and boron. A study of the distribu- tion of heavy water in the Pacific has just been completed. Special attention has been given to the study of methods for the determination of buffer capacity, carbon dioxide, boron, ammonia, organic nitrogen, and phosphorus, and their dis- tribution in the sea. Numerous observations on temperatures of the waters of Washington, Brit- ish Columbia, Alaska, and the Pacific Ocean have been made, as well as on the distribution of the nutrient salts. The effects of upwelling off the continental shelf of waters of the Strait of Juan de Fuca and the turbulent conditions encountered in the Strait, the San Juan Archipelago, and Pu- get Sound, have been studied. Due to upwelling, the waters of these regions are colder and far richer in nutrient salts than the waters at the same depths in the ocean beyond the continental shelf. They are also colder and richer than the waters off the western, eastern, and northern coasts of Vancouver Island and also the Queen Charlotte Islands and portions of southeastern Alaska. These varying physical and chemical conditions are of marked ecological importance. A zone containing just a trace of oxygen at depths from 800 to 1200 meters has been found to exist in the Northeast Pacific and Bering Sea, but evidently such a zone does not occur in the Gulf of Alaska, where the oxygen steadily de- creases with depth. The biological investigations of the Labora- tories cover a rather wide and varied field. The 288 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 91 plankton work has included studies of the life history of copepods and quantitative analyses of plankton of the inshore waters of the Pacific Coast and in the open sea down to a depth of fifteen hundred meters and to points as far afield as the Gulf of Alaska and Bering Strait. Botan- ical investigations have included depth studies of photosynthesis and other aspects of the physiolo- gy of marine plants. Work in the bacteriological field has included investigations of the distribu- tion of marine bacteria, their relation to physical and chemical conditions in the sea, and the role of bacteria in the food of certain marine organ- isms. Zoological researches have included studies of parasites of marine fishes, the embryology of annalids, the morphology and physiology of ship- worms, the seasonal distribution of various wharf-pile organisms in the Puget Sound area, and the distribution of marine invertebrates in re- lation to temperature, chlorinity, light, and other physical and chemical conditions of the environ- ment; and experimental studies are in progress on the effect of certain types of radiant energy on bacteria and protozoa. An effort is constantly made to interweave these various lines of investigation and to tie in the work of the biologist with that of the chemist and the physicist, in order to build up a coherent picture of life in the sea and the conditions under which it exists. THE SO-CALLED RESONANCE PRINCIPAL OF NERVOUS CONTROL (Continued from page 281) ders, a whole supernumerary limb is transplanted next toa normal limb, each one of its muscles con- tracts in synchronism with the homologous muscle of the near-by normal limb. The same holds for a transplanted limb fragment. In other words, the central orders for the muscles of the normal limb are received and obeyed by the corresponding muscles of the supernumerary limb, as if they were specific receivers or resonators included in a common sending system. The fact that this phenomenon of “homologous function” is due to the identical response to a common pattern of im- pulses of the two identical peripheral systems rather than to a direct functional association be- tween the two sets, is clearly demonstrated by re- cent experiments in which the normal set had been suppressed entirely, as was done by substi- tuting for the normal right leg a left leg, and vice versa. Every order discharged by the spinal cord for the normal leg was then turned into the op- posite effect by being picked up from the muscles in the inverted legs, thereby forcing the animals to creep backward whenever they intend to creep forward. The possibility that the strict and unmodifiable rapport between each muscle and its central im- pulses may be based on some selectivity in the es- tablishment of the new nervous connections, could be ruled out definitely. Additional evidence proy- ing non-specificity in the establishment of neuro- muscular connections during nerve regeneration, was obtained from a recent re-investigation of the innervation of transplanted limbs. The use of well defined sources for the innervation of extra limbs and the later tracing of the fiber connec- tions by means of electrical stimulation has cor- roborated the earlier statements. The theory that secondary adjustments (condi- tioning, learning) under the guidance of sensory clues from the transplanted legs might explain the phenomenon, is disproved by the lack of func- tional significance and adaptability of the move- ments of the extra limbs. The most direct evi- dence against the learning theory has come re- cently from experiments in which the sensory control had been eliminated. Upon removing the spinal ganglia and transplanting a leg to the de- afferented area, homologous function was ob- served as well as it had been formerly in the presence of proprioceptive control. One has therefore to resort to some sort of a “resonance” theory, assuming specific relations between a central sending system and a peripheral receiving system. It must be specifically stated, however, that the apparent “resonance” is cer- tainly not a manner of specific frequencies of the nervous impulses and that we are still completely ignorant as to its nature. The sending system for a limb seems to be confined to the limb area of the spinal cord and to consist of two symmet- rical half centers, each one discharging into its respective periphery. The peripheral receiving system is determined in its specificity by the con- stitution of the individual muscles, each muscle being differently constituted from every other muscle. By virtue of this specificity the muscles seem to exert a specifying effect upon their nerves, modulating the nerves in accordance with their muscular constitution. Thereby the motor neurones are turned from an indifferent state into a state of selective receptivity, enabling them to pick up from the central emitting system im- pulses adequate for their particular muscles and to refuse strange impulses. The specification of the nerves by the muscles may tentatively be vis- ualized as comparable to specific serological ef- fects. Some biochemical substance in the nerve end instrumental in the process of propogation’ would be specifically modified by an effect ex- tending centripetally from the muscle over the nerve fiber. After disconnection from its muscle a nerve would lose its specificity, and upon re- , ons SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] tHE COLLECTING NET 289 connection with another muscle it would acquire the new specificity. Attempts to trace this pro- cess by means of action current methods are un- der way. As the morphological substrate of the central sending system we may postulate the central neuropil, while the peripheral nerve fibers, speci- fied by their respective peripheries, constitute the receiving system. It is possible that specification extends from the peripheral nerve fibers into the central fiber tracts. Similar conditions as outlined here for the motor field have been found to exist in the sen- sory field but the experimental evidence thus far pertains only to the proprioceptive type of sen- sory excitations. The main addition of the ‘resonance principle’ to our notion of the relations between the nervous system and the non-neryous periphery is that it emphasizes very specific influences which are im- posed by the periphery upon the nervous elements and which are instrumental in establishing the central-peripheral relations. Literature concerning the resonance principle can be found computed in a recent review by De- Silva and Ellis, Journal General Psychology vol. 11, page 145, 1934-—Also P. Weiss Journal Comp. Neurol. vol. 61, page 135, 1935. NOTE: This article is based upon a lecture pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 9. INFORMAL DISCUSSION OF DR. WEISS’ LECTURE AT THE M. B. L. CLUB Dr. Weiss: 1 am afraid that pure morpho- logical studies of the nervous system will not lead us to the end. You cannot understand the func- tioning of the hormone system from the pattern of the blood vessels. Question: How does this highly developed in- terrelation of specificities differ from that of de- velopment, for instance ? Dr. Weiss: Well, if we compared this speci- fication to embryological phenomena it would most resemble the process of induction, the action of one part upon another. In fact there is good evidence that such an influence is really exerted by the periphery on the nerve fiber. If you con- nect a sensory nerve fiber with the muscle, the sensory fiber forms an end plate on the muscle. Vice versa you will have formed some sort of sensory nerve ending formed by a motor fiber made to end in a sensory periphery. Where we have already such crude morphological features entirely dependent on the periphery, it is not en- tirely surprising that the finer functional detail will also be so dependent. That corresponds to the process of induction. Question: Are you able to do with glands what you have done with muscles ? Dr. Weiss: 1 haven't tried it; and I want to emphasize that what I have been talking about does not deal with the autonomic system. Its ac- tivity is much more generalized than that of the somatic system. You cannot translate directly from one to the other. In the sympathetic system you have a more diffuse activity and so I would not venture to make any prediction. You would get, of course, a gland working even though it is in a different locality. Question: Do you think it would be possible to test such specificity as you mentioned directly ? Dr. Weiss: It is possible that it is expressed somehow in specific proteins. We haven't gotten very far yet with showing organ specificities by serological methods. I hope some day the speci- fic differential of each muscle will be shown that way. As yet it is mere speculation. Question: Have you tried implanting muscles in places where they did not belong but where they could function ? Dr. Weiss: Yes, | have replaced in toads the tibialis anticus by the gastrocnemius; so that the experimental animal had two gastrocnemii, one a flexor and the other an extensor. Both con- tracted simultaneously. If you transplant a right leg in the place of a left leg and vice versa the animal creeps backward. Question: In the case of the toad with the two gastrocnemii, the particular limb would not be bent? Dr. Weiss: The animal could not swim, since it always innervated both muscles at the same time. Question: Should not one make a distinction between the effect of such a transplantation in Amphibia and mammals ? Dr. Weiss: Of course I am talking only of Amphibia. But I did experiments with monkeys myself. It takes months, sometimes years. Af- ter awhile in such a case the individual will learn to adjust its coordination in such a way that it will use the limb in the right way. But to what extent this is really due to a change in the spinal mechanism, that is a different question. Some change occurs, yes; but it has never been proven, to my knowledge, whether this change in coor- dination takes place in the spinal centers or whether it is simply an affair involving the activ- ity of the brain. I am not sure that in case you decerebrated these animals the old original pat- tern would not come out again. Until we have proven the contrary, I regard the case of mammals in the same light as the frog. If you refuse to accept the frog, you have to strike out two-thirds of our physiology text books.1 1In the meantime a clear case of homologous func- tion of supernumerary muscles has been observed in man. 290 DEE COLEECRINGENEM [ Vor. X. No. 91 Question; But you can assume that you have Dr. Weiss: Surely. Otherwise the whole one problem in one and something else in the other. Dr. Weiss: We can, but without some proof of it, it is unprofitable. It is very unlikely. We call it readjustment or change in the mammal, but the Amphibia offer no such case because they haven't brain enough. The ultimate mechanism by means of which the spinal cord plays upon the periphery is probably the same. It is much more likely that something has been superimposed than that something new has come in. In the case of the rat, there is just a quantitative difference. The same thing with the proprioceptive control which is becoming more and more significant the higher up we get. These experiments have to be repeated with mammals, and again with decere- brated mammals; and I am willing to predict that you will find the old pattern coming out. But I wouldn’t be too rigid in that. Here I am con- cerned only with Amphibia. Question: I am not sure a higher center is involved. In dogs you get almost no change. Dr. Weiss: Ill give you an example: you will find that most orthopedic surgeons who have placed such a muscle in a new position will tell you that although the patient has learned to use the leg properly, in moments of emotion, even years afterwards, he will come in with the old wrong innervation. Question: Suppose you have a “blue” muscle spindle; do you suppose that that impels the af- ferent nerve fiber to send “blue” messages out? Dr. Weiss: I have no idea. The spindle would have a certain specificity and the sensory nerve fiber would have a certain specificity. The muscle may have a different specificity. Whether the afferent and efferent specificities are the same I do not know. I have isolated a dorsal root from the spinal cord and put it into a muscle, leaving the sensory neurone, still in connection with the skin and its muscles. The central branch leads into a new muscle. Now what I wanted to know was whether any sensory excitation would stimulate this muscle. I have not found any na- tural sensory excitation that could excite a muscle directly, i.e., without being transformed into motor excitation centrally. Question: Would such a dorsal root fiber re- generate new motor and organs? Dr. Weiss: There is no typical end plate in the Amphibia. Experimentally, just any sort of close contact between a nerve fiber and a muscle will give a transmission. Question: Do you get such a close contact from the peripheral end? Dr. Weiss: Absolutely. Question: Would such a fiber have a_ cell body ? fiber would disintergrate. The spinal ganglion cell is included in the mononeuronal connection between receptor and effector. Question: Have you examined it microscopic- ally? Dr. Weiss: Yes. That has all been described. Question: What have you found? Dr. Weiss: End organs are very irregular. They look very much like the type of nerve or- gans you find in the sympathetic system—just a few ramifications, accumulations of muscle nu- clei. It is very atypical, yet it functions perfect- ly well. If you innervate an Amphibian muscle with a motor nerve you actually find a few typi- cal end organs, but that is the exception. Most of these fibers simply coil up around a muscle fiber and it is perfectly well innervated. Mr. Moser: Could you transplant these limbs so that the innervation would be other than from the third to fifth nerves? Dr. Weiss: Detwiler has. Invariably it has been found that it would not function ; only when you come to the hind limb region does it function again. Homologous limbs work together—you ‘could really use this for the study of homologies. For instance, the biceps of the fore limb will function with the biceps of the leg. Question: There is a distinction between the right and left sides, isn’t there? Dr. Weiss: No. There is a left sending sys- tem and a right sending system, but neither plays directly upon the other’s periphery. When the left part of the spinal cord discharges something for the left leg, it does not reach the right leg di- rectly. There is a mechanism which takes some- thing down from the brain which will elicit a par- ticular pattern. The pathways run separate, but this does not seem to be instrumental in the evo- cation of activation of local spinal centers. Question: \Vhy do our limbs not function symmetrically ? Dr, Weiss: Because we have one sending sys- tem in the right side and one in the left. We are talking of the emitting system. There is one in the right half, the other in the left half, of the limb segments. They have to be intact if you want to get coordinated movement. Question: How many muscle specificities do you have to imagine? Dr. Weiss: It is in the order of magnitude of about thirty for a limb. Question: For a whole animal it would be a vast number,—much worse than the hormone sit- uation. Dr. Weiss: If it’s much worse, that is too bad. I don’t know, I haven't tested it. I have tested only the limb region. Certainly there would not be such a number as we used to think. But the whole problem becomes more complicated f : t SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 291 when you take into account the intensity of this reaction. Question: The peripheral part of the nervous system seems to be more unalterably fixed than the central part. Dr. Weiss: Quite. If you change a nerve from one muscle to another muscle, the nerve may acquire a new specificity. But I am not so sure that this works in older animals. Question: Have you any idea of the time it takes for a muscle to modulate its nerves? Dr. Weiss: No, but I have experiments under way with action currents to test the opposite thing. When you sever a nerve from its peri- phery you would expect this nerve to become less specific, and that the effects of action currents will be different from that on the nerve that is still in connection with the muscle. Two weeks after severing a nerve from its muscle in a toad, I found that the nerve was still specific. That means action currents in that nerve were found only when a nerve from which the muscle had not been detached would have been in action. Nothing had changed within two weeks. Wher you transplant a nerve into a new muscle, it takes only about four or five weeks, depending on the size, until the muscle functions again. So in the meantime the nerve must have been de-specified and re-specified. At first, whenever anything is going out into the limb this transplanted muscle works. Later, specific function develops. I based my later experiments on this experience, which is something similar to that of Coghill. We have this generalized reaction of the periphery not only because the excitations are spreading over the whole field, but because the peripheral field has not yet assumed the power to refuse the ones that are not intended for it. Therefore it reacts at any time. Later the peripheral specification may come in. Gradually individuation would come in, but it would not be due to an elaboration of the central system, but to an elaboration of the re- ceiving system. DISCUSSION FROM THE ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE OF THE GENETICS SOCIETY? HOW FAR CAN GENETICS EXPLAIN ONTOGENY? Dr. Cartledge: In tracing a genotype to a phenotype, we call the process the physiology of the gene. This term physiology of the gene is an unfortunate one. Some people think that the gene doesn’t have a deep seated fundamental ef- fect on characters in development. Rather, they give it the job of polishing things off at the end. We wouldn't have anything to talk about if the gene didn’t have some effect on development : there wouldn’t be any genetics. Genes are found to affect development during long periods. Cer- tain genes affect the gametes and seedlings in plants. Another series of genes is called habit type genes. Then there are genes acting late in time series, Can we work out the relation between the presence of a single gene and the final result? This has been done in part. It is more or less possible if the gene acts late, during a limited time, and affects simple structures. Thirty years ago only a few genes were known, governing a few traits in a few organisms. Then we could ask whether all characters were mende- lian. Now we know that the cooperative effect of a number of genes is required to cause the final development of a plant. If one of a series is missing the wild type is not formed. Dr. Curt Stern: Our problem is how is it possible for pieces of individuals to become whole individuals? The nucleus divides, and each daughter nucleus contains the whole group of 1 Based on short hand notes edited by Drs. Whiting and Bridges. determiners. Therefore, how does differentiation occur? Genes are the agents, and the reagent is the surrounding plasma. It is necessary to as- sume differentiation in the plasma of the egg. We have various sources of differentiation, for ex- ample the amphibian organizer, which is causing so many people so much trouble. Genes are organic molecules or small groups of them. They are the basis of the chemico- physical order. Gene action is a chain action. We can’t analyze the chain because we don’t know the composition of the gene. We find the “position effect” of the gene which further puz- zles us and there is no interpretation available for this. In no analysis has the understanding gone backward from the finished product all the way to the gene. We are convinced of the chemical nature, but we can’t prove it. In studying differentiation, we have the prob- lem of the origin of egg regions. Are they due to polarity, symmetry, or position of the egg in the ovary? The role of protoplasm in develop- ment is to serve as plasmatic surroundings for the gene to act upon during the whole of develop- ment. The gene probably is interacting during the whole of development, and if it is a chemical unit, it is interacting with side chains at the same time. ‘ Another interesting point, is the time of action of genes from mitosis to mitosis. This probably occurs during telophase, resting phase and _ pro- phase. At this time, the chromosomes are in closer contact with the nucleus and are not in- volved in the mechanism of movement. 292 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 91 The constitution of genes changes at different a filterable virus reproduce? I know a little about times. This is reversible in some and not in genes which act late, as on the enamel of teeth in others. This may be used to help explain differ- entiation. Genetics has furnished the gene concept, and this is its contribution to ontogeny. Dr. Sturtevant: Our problem is the mechan- ism of differentiation. Dr. Willier: In the process of differentiation, we have four classes of factors: eeeiliiiewsene: 2. Background conditioning. 3. Correlative factors. 4. External environment. Dr. Davenport: 1 wish to emphasize the ve- locity of the ontogenetic process, as seen in the development of the mouse especially. The chem- ists call on catalysts. Organic catalysts are en- zymes. They have characters of enzymes which would help them if they were genes, namely, 1. enormous velocity and 2. specificity. How many kinds of enzymes are there in or- ganisms? The genes of Drosophila are estimated to be around 5,000 although we do not know what kind they are. If genes are enzymes, there are 5,000 different enzymes. If these are divided up with different amounts of plasm, think of the different results one could get. Then again, if there are 5,000 genes in Drosophila, how many more genes are there in an organism which is much more complicated, a mouse for example? Genes have a directive influence on the cyto- plasm. They are enzymes acting upon a sub- strate (cytoplasm). These processes go on while the nucleus is at rest. Dr. Weiss: The difficulty of the embryolo- gists, is that they proceeded with the idea that development is simple. We need emancipation of parts to study them. In development, they are linked together. It is a chain of reactions. But we shouldn't look at it like this because the chain doesn't hold the whole development together. And calling it “regulation” doesn’t help. There are so many individual processes which we can’t grasp. Our whole problem lies in organization of the system. Dr. Demerec: ods of attack: 1. The chemical study of change in the gene and nature of effect on the organism. Trace the course of appearance of character as far down in ontogeny as possible. This has been done in squashes by Sinnot. 3. Study the action of the gene by studying the effect of its deficiency. 4. Transplants. Dr. Stockard: J can’t agree that the organism is ever finished, because a finished organism is dead. Why does an enzyme stop acting? We have four different meth- bo How does dogs. Here genes act on the base, and if the base is modified, I get a different reaction. I believe it is better to study the action of a gene during late developmental stages and senility. Genes call forth certain elements at certain times and then become inactive. Dr. Sturtevant: Discussion of transplants as important method of attack. Dr. Graubard: The biochemical method is known at the beginning and end, but the stages between are unknown. The melanin production in animals isn’t due to an enzyme, because we can find the enzyme in albinos. Ascorbic acid, which contains vitamin C, breaks the chain of pigment production and prevents melanin formation. Dr. Margolis: The time of action of genes can be studied by temperature effective periods. Plunkett separates temperature effective period and time of action of genes. In the literature, I find references to the fact that the gene acts at all times. I think this should be modified to state that throughout the course of development different genes come into play. The primary ef- fect is at some time in development, and the sec- ondary effect is later on a different substrate. The same gene may produce a different effect by act- ing on a different substrate. Dr. Weiss: We can find isolated chemical processes which make a pattern, for example nerves and bones. Mitotic activity is correlated with dehydration of a colloid, that is a local shrinkage. Between two such centers, we find a pattern of a colloid set up. Dr. Anderson: We find multiple effects of single factors. In plants, the foliar organs are best for study. They show time effect on char- acters. I think the advantage of being a geneti- cist is that a geneticist knows what is going on in both botany and zoology. I highly recommend that embryologists should learn a little botany, and then they will know some of the problems of botanical embryology which can be worked out. THE GENE AND ITS RELATION TO THE CHROMOSOME Dr. Bridges: 1 wish to emphasize first the general correspondence in the behaviours of genes and of chromosomes. This correspondence was the first step in the localization of the genes in the chromosomes. The second step was find- ing that the peculiar distribution of the sex chro- mosomes matches the peculiar distribution of the “sex-linked” genes. The results of linkage stud- ies showed that genes are located in a linear order and that the relative distance between genes is constant. Later discoveries were that the num- ber of groups of genes is equal to the number of pairs of chromosomes. The third step was find- ing that when non-disjunction occurs, genes fol- EE ————— SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 293 low the abnormal distribution of the chromo- somes. By translocation, chromosomes were found not to be sacred units, but packages in which the genes were carried about. The fourth step is the present investigation of how particular genes and particular regions of the chromosome are related. In the salivary chromo- somes of Drosophila, which are 100-150 x the length of normal chromosomes, we are able to count some 5000 distinct structural details or bands. These salivary chromosomes had _ been known for about 50 years, but disregarded as ab- normalities. A camera lucida drawing about 10 feet in length is needed to show all the bands which can be seen. I think the salivary chromo- somes are composed of multiple strands, 16, and even 32, so that they are thickened, as well as lengthened. In Diptera, there is somatic pairing, and in the salivary chromosomes the somatic pairing is so intimate that it is usually hard to see that there are two separate chromosomes. They can be seen nicely when there is an inversion or translo- cation, where the chromosomes throw circles and unite again beyond the rearranged part. What is the relation of the detailed chromo- some structure to the genes? Painter found a re- lation between chromosomes, sections and genes by studying translocations and deficiencies. Then there is the relation of the crossbandings to genes. Some crossbands are thick while others are faint. Band to band pairing shows the great attraction of homologous parts of the chromo- somes. I consider that the faint lines show by their structure that the site of the gene is within the chromatic band which is a double structure with a deposit of chromatin on each side of the gene proper, and with a fibrous outgrowth which links the gene to its neighbor along the chromo- some. New evidence suggests that the increase in the number of genes in chromosomes has come about through repetition of sections of those al- ready present. Dr. McClintock: I want to raise several prob- lems for your consideration and discussion. First, what are the general features which chromosomes have in common? A good time to study chromo- somes is in the pachytene, because they are 25 times larger than the metaphase chromosomes. In maize, we have the chromomere type, in Drosophila, the band type and in sorghum, the ghost type. This type shows a spindle fiber attachment, then dense chromatic material, and at the end, a fine outline with no chromatic material. Is there any com- mon structure ? Another question is the meaning of size dif- ference in chromosomes. In Lilium the chromo- somes are large, they are medium in maize, and Does the size show any re- Is the difference due small in the fungi. lation to genetic content? to expression of growth? What is the evolutionary importance of poly- ploidy? Why do polyploid individuals retain a multiple of the original number? Why does this multiple stay relatively low? What is the harmony of genic activity within a cell? In fungi, there was recently reported a case of two nuclei within one cell, one of which showed dominance over the other. What would be the effect of two nuclei, one n+1 and one n—1? In maize, it would be easy to try the ef- fect of two nuclei, because at certain divisions chromosomes frequently lag and form separate nuclei. What are other functions of chromosomes in the cell besides being carriers of genes? Dr. East: Why don’t chromomeres show up in our modern techniques ? Dr. McClintock: With old fixatives, we got globes of chromatin. By the modern methods, we get definite chromomeres. Dr. McClung: In Orthoptera, it is possible to identify the species by the definite size and ar- rangement of chromomeres. Dr, Demerec: What determines the size of chromosomes especially inert ones like the Y? Dr, McClintock: Cell factors determine the size in maize. Prophase and metaphase chromo- somes are different. The pycnotic region deter- mines the length of satellite chromosomes. Dr. Demerec: There is no Y chromosome in the salivary glands. It is thought that the chro- mocenter may represent the Y. Dr. Bridges: The chromocenter also shows bands but they are swollen to greater size. I be- lieve the structure of the large chromosomes is tubular, with chromosomal sap somehow contin- uous with the nucleolus material. Dr. Margolis: What is the effect of inver- sion ? Dr. Bridges: The two chromosomes synapse up to the region where there is an inversion and then they throw a ring and continue to synapse normally. I think the two poles of a gene are identical. Dr. Conklin: In studying the size of chromo- somes, I found in the cleaving egg of Crepidula, that at an early cleavage, when it is unequal, the chromosomes at the time of division are identical and then the chromosomes of the larger cell grow larger, while the chromosomes in the smaller cell remain the same. The volume of chromosomes is largely determined by the volume of the sub- stance of the cell which can enter the chromosome and contribute to its growth. The size of the chromosome doesn’t have any- thing to do with genic content. The sperm with 30 chromosomes, isn’t as large as a single chro- 294 THE COLLECTING NET mosome of 30 contributed by the egg. It is pos- sible to scatter the chromosomes by slightly in- creasing the heat and get separate nuclei in telo- phase. Dr. Stern: ing genes. Dr. Bridges: The genes in the Y are distri- buted throughout the length of the Y. In the scute locus there is one band only; does not sup- port step allelomorph view. There are certain regions in the salivary chromosomes which are not susceptible to crossing over, and also regions which are very susceptible. Genes come only from pre-exist- Dr. McClintock: What is the present concen- sus of opinion regarding the “position effect?” Dr. Sturtevant: I don’t want to say anything about it because Dr. Demerec doesn’t believe in it. Dr. Demerec: I think you have a good case in Bar, but I don’t agree with Muller. Dr. Cleland: Are the chromioles of Belling chromomeres ? Dr. McClintock: No. They are not the same. Dr. McClung: There are no large chromo- somes in the salivary glands of Orthoptera. How did genes come together in bodies of chromo- somes ? PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF SOME STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS IN THE ORTHOPTERA Dr. C. E. McCiune Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania In recent years biology has greatly benefited by the close cooperation between cytology, on the one hand, and genetics and physiology on the other. By this means we have learned much more about the nature and operation of individual organisms and of the relations between their suc- cessive generations. The hope for greatly in- creased knowledge of phylogenetic processes, however, has not been realized and it is apparent that it will be necessary to gain this by studying the time effect directly in organic groups. As a contribution toward this end, over a period of 35 years, there has been accumulated a collection of 18,000 specimens of shorthorned Saltatorial Or- thoptera from all of the continents and most of the large islands of the world. In each case the body of the animal and its gonads have been ap- propriately treated and representatives of all the species are in the collection of slides prepared for cytological study. The general plan of the investigation is, on the one hand, to determine the character of body or- ganization and the range of its variation, and on the other to associate variations in the chromo- some mechanism with those of the body. It is hoped that, with a large enough accumulation of such correspondences, some idea of the principle underlying these can be gained. Obviously only those changes in the germinal system that have survival value will be present, so only construc- tive changes will be recorded. That there is the possibility of finding relations between chromo- some structure and body characters has been dem- onstrated in modern genetical studies, but there, unfortunately, most of the changes are not constructive and so do not serve materially to ad- vance our knowledge of phylogenetic develop- ment. Since in such a form of study one must largely wait upon the chance discovery of some unusual condition—an experiment in nature which has perpetuated itseli—progress must be slow and uncertain. It will probably take long continued investigation before any basic relations appear. Meanwhile many common facts have been discovered and some departures from the prevailing conditions observed. As examples, the following may be noted: Prevailing through the species of the group there is one type of chromosome—a rod with terminal fiber attach- ment; one of the chromosomes in the male—the sex chromosome—is always unpaired and recog- nizable by its structure and behavior; the number of chromosomes is an almost invariable constant for each subfamily; a similar seriation of chrom- osome sizes prevails; in some cases a particular chromosome may be identified and traced through the cells of an individual, species and genus, and recently Dr. Carlson has succeeded in extending such an identification through several closely re- lated genera; this same generic group is also marked by a constant association between certain of the largest non-homologous members, so as to form multiples; in other species a similar behay- ior is purely individual and not specific or gen- eric; some groups have chromosomes of charac- teristic shape; others have non-terminal and vari- able fiber attachment; the inner structure of chromosomes is constant in the number and char- acter of their parts and in their linear arrange- ment; the behavior of recognizable chromosomes corresponds precisely to that of a mechanism re- quired to explain Mendelian inheritance ; in num- erous cases it has been possible to indicate taxo- nomic relationships by means of chromosome characters which have escaped the attention of entomologists studying external body characters ; a few deviations from this constant picture are, as yet, unexplainable. From the study so far pur- sued it is apparent that there is a close corres- pondence between chromosome conditions and body characters in this group, but the nature of the causal relation is not yet obvious. ; wars SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET No | Oo (oun SEX-MODIFICATION IN THE CHICK EMBRYO RESULTING FROM INJECTIONS OF MALE AND FEMALE HORMONES Dr. B. H. Witrirr, Dr. T. F. GALLAGHER AND Dr. F. C. Kocu Professor of Zoology, University of Rochester, Research Associate and Professor of Physiological Chemistry, University of Chicago The object of this paper is to study the effects upon the development of sex organs which result from injections of male and female sex-hormone solutions into the hen’s egg at a stage prior to the beginning of sex-differentiation. Stated more specifically, the object is to ascertain whether these hormones which have been demonstrated to control the differentiation of many sex char- acters in birds after hatching (and in mammals after birth) would have a similar action upon em- bryonic sex characters; and if so, whether sex characters in the embryo are more or less rever- sible by action of hormones of the opposite sex, such as occurs in cattle twins in utero. Here, you will recall, the female twin is modified in the male direction into a free-martin by the action of sex hormones from the male twin partner. The initial experiments in the analysis of these problems were carried out and reported in 1934 by Kozelka and Gallagher (see Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med. 31, p. 1143; also Jour. Biol. Chem. 109, p. 99; Anat. Rec. 61, Sup. p. 50). A single injection of 0.1 cc. sex-hormone solu- tion (aqueous or ethylene glycol) of varying po- tencies was made into the albumen of eggs of twenty-four hours incubation, and development continued until the nineteenth day. The eggs came from single comb brown leghorns and from a cross, the embryos of which are distinguishable as to sex by sex-linked plumage. Over 350 em- bryos, including both experimental and normal controls, have been examined. Theelin and theelol, in dosages ranging from 0.05 to 2.0 mg., do not affect the size, form or histology of the left and right ovaries of genetic females, or the right testis of genetic males. The left testis, however, becomes changed in form to a flattened ovary-like structure, consisting of both cortical and testicular tissues (ovo-testis). In cases of extreme modification (2.0 mg.) the tes- ticular cords have been replaced largely by medul- lary cords (the female form of the primary sex cord). In such cases the right testis likewise tends to flatten a little and portions of it are found to contain medullary cords. The difference in response of the two testes is attributed to the presence, during early development, of a germinal epithelium (incipient cortex) on the left testis only. In both sexes the Wolffian ducts appear un- affected. The oviducts persist in the males, and the length of the right oviduct in females is in- creased; with larger dosages they become enor- mously swollen throughout their lengths in both sexes. Male hormone from bull testis extracts, in dos- ages of 10 and 200 standard bird units, produces no obvious effect on the gonads or oviducts of either sex; the Wolffian ducts may undergo hy- pertrophy. Male urine extracts of similar hor- mone concentration, while ineffective in produc- ing changes in the female gonads, apparently bring about the formation of cortex on the left testis, in which case it assumes a flattened form. This is the result regardless of whether or not female hormone is present in the urine extract tested. The Wolffian ducts of both sexes are consistently and tremendously swollen. The ovi- ducts of the female are rudimentary or absent al- together, indicating an inhibitory effect. Summary of conclusions: (1) The female hor- mones, theelin and theelol, are capable of bring- ing about the development of ovarian cortex on the left but not on the right testis. The asymmetrical difference in response is at- tributed to the presence of an incipient cortex on the left testis at an early stage in its development, whereas the right testis never has such a struc- ture. The left testis is potentially bisexual ; the right testis is unisexual. (2) If the activation of the incipient cortex is great enough the original male determination may be overcome and an ovary is formed. Under such conditions the right testis begins to trans- form into a right ovary. Activation at least is due to female hormones; whether the transformation of testicular cords into medullary cords is the result of the mere presence of ovarian cortex or to the positive ac- tion of female hormones, is somewhat problema- tical. The intersexual condition of the left gonad appears to be due to an intensification of the fe- male factors of the male zygote by the female hormones. (3) A specificity of action of the hormones upon sex ducts is seen since male and female hor- mones stimulate respectively potentially male (Wolffian) and female (Millerian) ducts. The specific nature or potency of the duct determines whether or not it responds. An inhibiting action of the male hormone from urine upon oviducts is seen. (4) The fact that incipient cortex is activated by male urine extract (although free from female hormone) but not by bull testis extract is a puz- zling problem. This remains for further eluci- dation. (This article is based on a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 30). 296 DHE COLLECIING NET [ Vou. X. No. 91 SOME SURFACE PHENOMENA IN CENTRIFUGED SEA URCHIN EGGS Dr. Eruet Browne Harvey, /nvestigator in Physiology, Princeton University During the streak stage (20-45 minutes after fertilization at 19°, cleavage being at 60 minutes ) of the normal egg of Parechinus microtubercula- tus, the surface becomes crenate. As soon as the nuclear wall breaks, the egg becomes spherical. If eggs are centrifuged at the streak stage, with fertilization membranes intact, the centrifugal pole of the eggs is thrown into folds, the centri- petal pole remains smooth. The folding disap- pears as soon as the nuclear membrane breaks. If centrifuged during the late monaster stage, the folding does not occur at the time but occurs later on, at the streak stage. If centrifuged after the nuclear membrane has broken, no folding takes place. When the eggs are centrifuged without fertilization membranes at the streak stage, the elongate tails are crinkled, the centripetal zone being smooth. When placed in hypotonic sea water, the crenation or crinkling of any of these eggs disappears and the surface becomes smooth. Another surface change occurs in the unfer- tilized Sphaerechinus egg which has been centri- fuged and put in hypertonic sea water. The sur- face at the centripetal pole where lies the clear layer, becomes crumpled; but many eggs soon throw off a fertilization membrane and when this occurs, the surface immediately becomes smooth. Fertilized sea urchin eggs differ markedly from unfertilized in the presence of an_ ectoplasmic layer and in their method of pulling apart with centrifugal force. There may be some correla- tion between these observable surface changes and changes in permeability. Another surface change is caused by treatment of unfertilized Arbacia eggs with 0.2 ethyl ure- thane. The eggs, both normal and centrifuged, become amoeboid. Though of a very bizarre shape these eggs can be fertilized, cleave and give swimming blastulae. When the eggs of Parechinus microtubercula- tus are centrifuged in the 2-cell stage, each of the two cells stratifies in the same way as the single cell. The ectoplasmic layer is, as described in a space by the centrifugal force. This causes the cells to separate since the binding material is lack- ing. After a little while, however, the two cells may approach each other and come again into contact. One can often see papillae form on the adjacent surfaces of the two cells and later threads stretch between, pulling the two cells close together. These cells then divide and later form a single normal blastula. The knitting process is doubtless due to the regeneration of the ectoplasmic layer. Frequently the first two blastomeres which have been separated by centrifuging, remain apart owing probably to the failure of the ecto- plasmic layer to regenerate. Often the first cleay- age is not synchronous in the two cells. They develop separately into twin blastulae. If the fertilization membrane has not been removed, the twins develop into blastulae inside the membrane, and frequently one swims out much in advance of the other. There are all gradations between the development of twin blastulae from the first two blastomeres, and the development of one perfect blastula, all degrees of fusion occurring. (This summary is based upon a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 16). PERMEABILITY OF THE NUCLEAR MEMBRANE TO VITAL STAINS Dr. Lupwik Mownne, Washington Square College, New York University In the literature we find a few reliable data in- dicating that vital staining of the nucleus may oc- cur. It has been accomplished both by immersing living cells in solutions of various dyes and by micro-injection. However, it was of interest to note whether the nucleus is stainable by any dye or by certain groups of dyestuffs, that is to say, the question was: whether the nuclear membrane is selective or freely permeable. Amoeba dubia and A. proteus were selected for the experiments. Aqueous solutions of various dyes were blown by means of a micro-pipette into the cytoplasm directly against the nucleus without injuring its wall. Vital staining of the nucleus was obtained by more than forty different dyes. These dyes were basic or acid, used in neutral, basic or acid solutions, lipoid soluble or lipoid in- soluble, crystalloidal or colloidal, organic or inor- ganic compounds. In all these cases the vital staining of the nucleus was transitory, fading away within a few seconds to at least fifteen minutes. The coloration with acid dyes progress- es and disappears quickly. In general basic dyes penetrate the nucleus in an advancing wave and the color disappears slowly. By immersing amoe- bae into the dye solutions no staining of the nu- cleus occurred even when the dye was able to penetrate the cell. It was found that some dyes were toxic. Such dyes stained the nucleus permanently, injuring it irreversibly. An irreversibly injured nucleus was always eliminated or pinched off. The author concludes that the nuclear mem- brane is freely permeable to a great variety of substances both crystalloidal and fine colloidal. How far this may be generalized further investi- gation will show. (This summary is based on a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 16). SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 297 THE RESEARCH PROGRAM OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO Professor Frank R. Lillie has developed his personal research interests and that of his stu- dents through several successive phases. Of an earlier date, problems on the protoplasmic con- stitution of the cell and its development, cell line- age and cell organization were followed by studies on descriptive embryology, now so well known from his book “The Development of the Chick.” The third phase may be characterized merely as problems on fertilization pursued mainly on marine invertebrates at Woods Hole. More recently his study on the role of hormones during embryonic development was a great stim- ulant to furtherance of investigations on hor- mone problems in general. These studies on the “free-martin” and that of the general sexual de- velopment in the embryo of cattle lead quite naturally into his present research interests de- noted generally as the Biology of Sex. In this development he has been aided by the work of Drs. L. V. Domm and Mary Juhn. Such prob- lems as the role of the right ovary of birds, the effect of hormones on the internal and external sex characters and upon plumage control, and a detailed study of the physiology of feather devel- opment and control are merely a few of the spe- cial problems constituting a part of this program of investigation. The old problem of Gynandro- morphism in birds has been seen in a new light. Professor C. M. Child has been concerned, perhaps more than others in this country, with the general problems of piiysiological zoology. Ex- perimental analyses of agamic reproduction, re- constitution, regeneration, physiological integra- tion and embryonic development have all con- tributed to a general conception of development and regulation with respect to major physiologi- cal axes within the organism. The general meta- bolic activities of the organism, the effects of changing environments, of anaesthetics, vital dyes, etc., have all received attention. This work has been centered primarily upon the inverte- brates but with some application to vertebrates particularly during development. Professor H. H. Newman has investigated the mode of development occurring in polyembryony, such as occurs in the armadillo: has followed the hereditary relations existing between quadruplets, involving certain well defined physical characters, and has more recently interested himself in the study of inheritance in human twins. In this work fraternal twins and identical twins in man have been compared in many respects, with par- ticular emphasis on the influences that may have been registered upon the two members of identi- cal twins reared apart and under different envi- ronmental conditions. ‘This has lead to consider- ations of the relative merits of heredity and en- vironment, or the old problem of “nature” versus “nurture.” Professor Sewall Wright has developed the genetic aspects of zoology, both from the bio- metrical and the experimental approach. Work- ing mainly with mammalian forms he has investi- gated the inheritance of coat colors, the interre- lations of genetics and embryology, the mode of inheritance and character of many defective traits. The relation of heredity to development, as well as the influence of heredity on evolution have received major emphasis. Professor W. C. Allee has developed the gen- eral phases of ecology and animal behavior; dur- ing the last decade he has concentrated upon the integrating factors and physiological effects of primitive animal societies. This development has involved studies of mass physiology especially among lower invertebrates, crustaceans, fishes and birds. Problems of the effect of certain elements of the environment as it may effect the community have lead to reinvestigations of the problem of crowding. The resulting studies of animal ag- gregations have resulted in a development of ex- perimental population studies and to an experi- mental approach to the field of general sociology. Professor Carl R. Moore has been engaged primarily in studies in the biology of sex and the physiclogy of reproduction. Such problems are involved as gonad transplantation and their ef- fects upon the organism, somatic and psychic: factors influencing gametogenesis: the role of hormones on the structure and function of the reproductive system: and the interrelations that exist among the various endocrine glands in mammals. The direction is towards an extension of knowledge of the physiology of reproduction and the biology of the endocrine organs. Professor Alfred E, Emerson has. confined his major interests to the arthropods and especially the termites. In this work problems receiving at- tention have been the integrating factors of insect societies: the factors influencing polymorphism: the ecological, taxonomic and evolutionary as- pects of animal social life in general. Dr. Paul Weiss has given his attention particu- larly to problems of protoplasmic conduction especially that involving a differentiated nervous system. This has been approached through mor- phological studies, experimental manipulations (involving transplantation of various tissues or organs to foreign environments), embryonic de- velopment and tissue culture. In general, the inte- grative action of the nervous system, especially in vertebrates, has been his major interest. (Continued on page 301) 298 DHE COLEECEINGINED [ Vor. X. No. 91 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories Editorial: Ware Cattell, Margaret Mast, Annaleida Snyder Cattell. Business: Arthur C. Stirling, Betty Chase. Scholarship Fund: Anne Janney. Entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post Office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879. RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT This issue of THE Cottectinc Net completes the tenth number of the tenth volume. Limita- tions of time and money prevented us from fully putting into effect this summer our rather ela- borate plans for reviewing books and apparatus and certain other things that we want to do. The innovation of printing discussions after the semi- nar papers and lectures proved in general to be a popular one; we hope to extend its scope next summer. We are especially anxious to include more material from outside of Woods Hole, and next summer hope to inaugurate a department devoted to foreign biological stations. Tue Cottectinc Net had an exceptionally “good” summer; its income from both advertis- ing and subscriptions was far higher than it has ever been. Except for its outlay in the interests of its Scholarship Fund, the income of the jour- nal equalled its expenses. Next summer, we hope that a further increase in advertising and in sub- scriptions will make it possible to enlarge the journal to include a greater proportion of the available worthwhile material. For several years, THE CottectinG NET served as a sort of “house organ” for the biolo- gists of Woods Hole. As an experiment this summer, we sent out a number of sample copies and circular letters to biologists who do not fre- quent Woods Hole. The results were rather startling—even to us. Sometimes as many as half a dozen new subscriptions were received in a single day. On October 30—when THE CoL- LECTING NET is usually hibernating for the win- ter—three new subscriptions were received. The fact that so many individuals are subscribing for 1935, when nine out of the ten issues have al- ready been published, is indeed a compliment to the journal. Another indication that THe Ner is “spreading its wings” is that in October, three widely scattered institutions—one in New York, one in California, and one in London—not only subscribed but purchased as well all the back numbers. which have been published since THE CottectinG Net was launched somewhat hesita- tingly in 1926. THE SCHOLARSHIP FUND ASSOCIATION Since it began publication in 1926, THE CoL- LECTING Net has accumulated the sum of ap- proximately $2,700 which has been awarded to students at Woods Hole to assist them in return- ing for further work the following summer. The money has been collected by various means; in “pre-depression days,” most of it was made up from actual profits accruing from the publication of the magazine; but lately it has come from gifts and from the proceeds of various lectures and plays sponsored by the journal. On more than one occasion, the work involved in sponsoring one of our “benefit performances” practically resulted in the suspension of editorial activities and delaying the publication of the jour- nal. It is for this reason that we have been busy drawing up plans for an organization to be known as THE CoLLectinG Net Scholarship Fund As- sociation, the annual membership fee of which will be $5.00. Like other organizations of its kind, it will have other classes of memberships for individuals who would like to contribute more than this sum to the Scholarship Fund. THE Cotrtectine Net will undertake to fi- nance the whole cost of the Association including that of supplying the journal free to members. For this reason an individual who joins as a reg- ular member can rest assured that his full mem- bership fee of five dollars will be placed in the hands of a deserving student of biology. Pre- sumably it will still be necessary for the journal to present an occasional lecture or play for the general support of the Association. This will prob- ably be necessary until THe CoLttectinG NET is a bit more than self-supporting. Possibly, in any case, THE CoLtLectinGc Net should use any fu- ture profits in enlarging and improving the jour- nal, serving simply as a tool for collecting any funds that may be needed for its Scholarship Fund. The American Society of Zoologists together with the Genetics Society of America will con- vene at Princeton University on December 30, 31 and January 1. One of the features of the pro- gram is a joint symposium on “The Species Problem” on the first afternoon when Drs. Al- fred C. Redfield, Edward M. East, W. H. Long- ly and Kurt Stern will talk. The Biologist’s Smoker will be held that evening in Proctor Hall. The dinner will take place the following evening when Dr. Robert Hegner will address the socie- ties on “Multum Ex Parvo.” Professor H. B. Goodrich, a trustee of the Marine Biological Laboratory, is secretary of the American Society of Zoologists, and Dr. M. .Demerec is secretary- treasurer of the Genetics Society. h é r : SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 299 ITEMS OF INTEREST Dr. Braptey M. Patren until this Fall assis- tant director of the Medical Sciences of Rockefel- ler Foundation is now professor of anatomy and director of the anatomical laboratories of the Uni- versity of Michigan. He will take up his duties at Michigan at the beginning of the second semes- ter. At one time Dr. Patten was oceanographer for the United States Bureau of Fisheries and worked at the Marine Biological Laboratory. Dr. F. L. Htsaw, until recently a member of the zoology department, University of Wisconsin, is now at the biological laboratory of Harvard University. Dr. Atrrep M. Lucas, assistant professor of cytology at the Washington University Medical School has been appointed associate professor of zoology at the Iowa State College. Dr. Lucas and his wife, the former Miriam Scott, visited Woods Hole this summer. Both of them had pre- viously spent the summers in 1928 and 1931 at the Marine Biological Laboratory. Dr. Z. P. Metcatr, professor of zoology at North Carolina State College of Agriculture has been appointed visiting professor of zoology at Duke University for one year. Dr. Ernst Fiscuer, formerly of Frankfort, Germany, has left his position with the Depart- ment of Physiology at the University of Roches- ter to accept a position in the similar department at the Medical College of Virginia, Richmond. Dr. JAMES Harrison, until recently instructor of bacteriology at the University of Chicago, has been appointed assistant professor of biology at Temple University, where Professor A. A. Schaeffer is chairman of the department. Dr. CHARLES EASTERDAY RENN who has been a research fellow in marine bacteriology for a couple of years at the Woods Hole Oceanogra- phic Institution has been appointed instructor in biology at Harvard University. Mr. Epwarp Harris Kemp of the department of physiology at Clark University has been ap- pointed research fellow in physiology at Harvard University. Dr. Eart H. Myers, who has been research associate at the Scripps Institution for Ocean- ography, has been appointed professor of zoology at the Compton Junior College. Dr. L. C. Dunn, professor of zoology at Co- lumbia University has recently succeeded Dr. D. L. Jones as managing editor of Genetics. Dr. JAmMeEs P. Pinkston who has been a teach- ing fellow in physiology at Harvard Medical School has been appointed research associate in pharmacology at the Vanderbilt University School of Medicine. Dr. Curester W. Hampet, teaching fellow in physiology at Harvard University, has been ap- pointed professor of physiology at the American University of Beirut, Syria. The Bermuda Biological Station has elected Dr. Harotp L. Bascock, curator of reptiles and amphibians of the Boston Society of Natural History, as a member of its corporation. Dr. Ropert CHAMBERS, professor of biology at the Washington Square College of New York University has received a grant of $1500 from the International Cancer Research Foundation to assist him in investigating certain problems in cellular physiology which may throw light on the cancer problem. Dr. HANs SPEMANN, professor of zoology and director of the Zoological Institute at the Univer- sity of Freiburg, has been awarded the Noble Prize in physiology and medicine for his work in experimental embryology. Dr. Spemann spent the summer of 1931 at Woods Hole and the lec- ture on “Experiments on the Amphibian Egg” which he gave at the Marine Biological Labora- tory was recorded in shorthand and printed in THe CoLiectine Ner for August, 1931. It is of interest, here, to quote the last para- graph of his contribution: That is all that I wish to tell you about my own experiments. But perhaps you will allow me as a foreign guest to add a few personal words in con- clusion. You will realize that a German who loves his country could not leave it light heartedly just at the present moment. I would not have done it simply for my own pleasure. But I knew I was going to friends, and the welcome you have given my wife and myself has shown me that I was not mistaken. But I was welcomed by America even before I came to her shores, in a most wonderful way. In the reading room of our steamer, the ‘“Eu- ropa,”’ I saw in the four corners, four heroes of spirit, two German and two American, placed fra- ternally together: Kant and Goethe; Emerson and Walt Whitman. Few of us have studied Kant, but his spirit still pervades our life. Goethe is not dead amongst us; many of his works I know by heart. But besides Goethe, no authors of world literature have influenced me as much as Emerson and Whit- man. If you were to look in my library, you would see that there are no books so well-thumbed as Emerson’s “Essays” and the good grey poet’s “Leaves of Grass.” When I think of them, I see two stars shining over your country; their names are freedom and comradeship. I wish to say to you that I feel happy under your stars. 300 TH COOLER CRIN GENET [ Vor. X. No. 91 Dr. T. WaAyLtanpd VAUGHAN, director of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, has been elected president of a new organization which has been named the Oceanographic Society of the Pacific. Dr. C. McLean Fraser of the University of British Columbia was named Vice President ; and Dr. C. L. Utterback, of the Oceanographic Laboratories of the University of Washington, Secretary-Treasurer. Dr. R. Ruactes Gates, professor of botany at King’s College, University of London, has just completed a month collecting Oenothera seeds for a genetical survey of Eastern Canada, and in taking the blood-groups of various Indian tribes in that territory. Dr. Epwin G. ConkKLIN, emeritus professor of biology at Princeton University presented a series of five lectures, three of which were popular discourses, at the end of October at Ohio Uni- versity. The subject of his lectures were: Biol- ogy and Society; Principles and Possibility of Human Progress; Biology of Democracy; The Nuclear Basis of Heredity; The Cytoplasmic Ba- sis of Development. Dr. Bertrtt Hanstrom of the University of Lund, who worked during the summer at the Marine Biological Laboratory, is now at the Bass iological Laboratory, Englewood, Florida, where he is continuing his research prior to returning to Sweden. Dr. Heten L. DAwson, who was a student in the embryology course at the Marine Biological Laboratory in 1930, received a National Research Fellowship for the current year, in the field of anthropology. Dr. Dawson sailed in September on the S. S. Washington for Ireland, where she will spend a year of research, studying the Irish people. Dr. Georce R. LaRue, professor of zoology at the University of Michigan is chairman of the Section of Zoology of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, which meets in St. Louis during the Christmas Holidays. The 16th International Physiological Congress will convene at Zurick, Switzerland in 1938. Professor W. B. Cannon of Harvard University was elected to the International Committee of seven to fill the vacancy left by the retirement of Dr. William H. Howell of Johns Hopkins Uni- versity. The autumn meeting of the National Academy of Sciences convenes in Charlottesville, Virginia, on November 18, under the presidency of Profes- sor Frank R. Lillie, who is president of the cor- poration of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Dr. P. W. Wuitrnc has returned to the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania as lecturer in zoology. He will have charge of the work in genetics and plans to continue researches with Habrobracon, especially in connection with the influence of var- ious physical reagents on differential maturation. Dr. Whiting is assisted by Miss Thelma Stocker, Pennsylvania College for Women 1934, under a grant from the Committee on Effects of Radia- tion on Living Organisms, National Research Council. Dr. and Mrs. FRANK Rattray LILLIE have announced the marriage of their daughter Emily Ann to Mr. William Edwin Walton of the Asso- ciated Press on September 9. Mr. and Mrs. Wal- ton are living at 338 East Fifty-eighth Street, New York City. Dr. anp Mrs. CHARLES D. SNypER have an- nounced the marriage on September 20 of their daughter Francina Elizabeth van’t Hoff to Mr. Burridge Jennings, the only son of Dr. and Mrs. Herbert S. Jennings. Dr. Snyder and Dr. Jen- nings are respectively professors of physiology and zoology at the Johns Hopkins University. THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY The Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory, near Crested Butte, Colorado, reports that its eighth (1935) annual session of six weeks was a very successful one, with over a twenty per- cent. increase in attendance. A new research laboratory was almost com- pleted, to accommodate some fourteen additional investigators with individual rooms, and a new log home was constructed by one of the members of the Field Botany Staff, Dr. B. D. Barclay, of the University of Tulsa. The Board of Trustees also authorized the de- velopment next summer, of a High Alpine Labor- atory at an altitude of 12,000 feet in truly virgin territory in the Gunnison National Forest. This is some four miles from the main laboratory buildings which are located at an altitude of 9,500 feet. The first year there will probably be room for only ten or twelve investigators and advanced students at this High Alpine Laboratory. Since about half of the tables are already assigned for next summer, those who are seriously interested in securing a table for investigation or study at this altitude, should write to the Director, Dr. John C. Johnson, West Chester, Pennsylvania, as early as possible. It is thought by the Board of Trustees, that there is a very considerable demand for such a laboratory. —Joun C. JoHNSON SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] DHE COLLECIING NED ZOOLOGY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO (Continued from page 297) Dr. H. H. Strandskov has been primarily in- terested in the modification of development in mammals through possible injuries to the genes by experimental treatments. The effects of X- rays on germ cells and subsequent development, the effects of lead, etc., have been studied on mammals and the effects of X-rays on reconsti- tution in some invertebrates have all received at- tention at his hands. Dr. Ralph M. Buchsbaum has studied the ef- fects of crowding on the rate of growth in tissue culture. The problems of artificial symbiosis have also been attacked by tissue culture methods. Dr. Victor Hamburger has given. attention to the “Organizator’” problem in amphibian devel- opment and to the influence of limb growth on the development of the nervous system in the chick. The study of abnormal limb development in hybrid crosses in amphibia has also received his attention. Cart R. Moore, University of Chicago. THE PACIFIC FISHERIES EXPERIMENTAL STATION Dr. Neat M. Carter, Director The Pacific Fisheries Experimental Station, situated at Prince Rupert, B. C., lies in the centre of a considerable fishing industry and was insti- tuted in 1926 as one of the four stations operat- ing under the Biological Board of Canada. Its function is to appreciate the problems of the fish- ing industry, particularly those relating to the developments of new and better methods of treating fish products, investigation of new out- lets for fisheries by-products, and research on preservation of fresh fish and storage and re- frigeration of frozen fish. Biological, zoological, oceanographical and conservational problems are studied at the Biological Stations of the Board. The Biological Board of Canada operates di- rectly under the Dominion Minister of Fisheries and consists of seventeen members appointed from the universities of Canada and principals of the fishing industries of the east and west coasts. Each Station is in charge of a Director, responsible to the Board, and consists of a scien- tific and technical staff. Investigations carried out at the Stations are embodied in three forms of publication—scientific articles contributed to the Journal of the Biological Board of Canada; semi-technical articles contributed to a series known as Bulletins of the Biological Board of Canada; and non-technical articles published in a series of Progress Reports which appear quarter- ly from the Stations on the east and west coasts. The first two of these forms of publication are in charge of the Editor and Consulting Director of the Board. (1) The Biological Board as a whole meets annually during the first week of each year at Ot- tawa, Ontario; an Executive Committee meets from time to time as occasion warrants and two Sub-Executive Committees dealing with problems peculiar to the work of the Stations on each coast meet with the Directors of those Stations twice during the year, in addition to the Annual Meet- ing. The annual budget, past work, and trend of suggested programs, as well as a review of the Annual Report for the previous year, are con- sidered at each Annual Meeting. The Executive Committee Meetings deal with matters concern- ing the four Stations which arise during the year and prepare their recommendations to the Board. The Sub-Executive Committees deal with matters of policy concerning the individual Stations with which they are concerned. (2) The staff of this Station consists of seven scientific investigators, one part-time scientific investigator and two assistants; one additional seasonal investigator has been employed during the summer months. The names of this staff and the principal lines of investigation followed dur- ing the past year are as follows: Dr. Neal M. Carter (Director), Salt penetration during the salting of herring. Mr. H. N. Brocklesby (Associate Chemist in charge of chemical investigation), Nature of the polymerization of fish oils and investiga- tion of the unsaturated fatty acids and esters from fish oils, soap making qualities of fish oils, natural hydrolysis of the body oil of the salmon. Dr. R. H. Bedford (Associate Bacteriologist), The discoloration and “rusting” of fresh and refrigerated fish, the disinfection of halibut vessels and railway refrigeration cars, the glazing of frozen fish. Mr. O. C. Young (Assistant Research Engineer), Refrigeration and insulation problems concern- ing railway refrigeration cars, heat transfer in the feeezing of fish, physical study of glazes for frozen fish. Mr. F. Charnley (Scientific Assistant in Chem- istry), Determination of carbon content and unsaturation in mixed fatty acids from fish oils by means of. selective hydrogenation, hydro- genation of fish oils for soaps and shortenings. Mr. B. E. Bailey (Scientific Assistant in Bio- chemistry), Investigation of vitamins A and D in various fish oils, the mineral and oil content of canned salmon. Mr. P. A. Sunderland (Laboratory Assistant in Chemistry ). 302 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 91 Mr. O. F. Denstedt (Scientific Assistant in Chemistry for three months), The utilization of fish oils in paint manufacture. (3) The trend of the work during the past year has been to carry out such fundamental re- searches as are necessary for a proper apprecia- tion of the principles underlying the various prob- lems submitted by the fishing industry and those which arise as a natural cor ollary to investigations under way. Various problems submitted from time to time require immediate attention and a considerable proportion of the time of the staff is devoted to answering requests for information and undertaking minor analyses, particularly in the field of vitamin assays of fish oils. The bio- logical phases of fisheries research are largely left to the Biological Stations of the Board and no im- mediate change in the nature of future programs is contemplated. (4) This Station’s portion of the annual grant from the Government to the Biological Board of Canada was $29,000 for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1935. Curtailment of Govern- ment grants in various departments have been reflected in a decrease of the grant to the Board, but, although each Station has been forced to carry on for the last two or three years with a reduced budget, an appreciation of the work of the Board is felt to be shown by the fact that the reduction in Government grant has not been as sweeping as might have been. In operating under a reduced, stationary budget for the last two or three years, it has been felt desirable to econo- mise in the scope of program expansion; work already under way has been continued with little change of plan and as each investigation 1s com- pleted, new investigations are taken up in such a way that the total expenditures for the year are not increased. Fortunately the staff has been held intact which will make for more rapid expansion of work when finances permit. (5) No specific teaching program has been followed in the past nor does the nature of the work being carried out at this Station call for such a program. Occasionally upon the comple- tion of an investigation involving improvement in the practice of preservation of fresh fish while at sea or after being landed, illustrated public lec- tures are sometimes given by various members of the staff, illustrating the advantages of the new procedures. THE FRANZ THEODORE STONE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Dr. RaymMonpd C. OsBorn, Director Professor and Head of the Department of Zoology, Ohio State University This Institution for the study of freshwater biology is located on Gibraltar Island, near Put- in-Bay, Ohio, in the midst of the Lake Erie Ar- chipelago. It is a further development of the “Lake Laboratory’ of Ohio State University which was first established at Sandusky in 1890. Later (1903) it was moved to Cedar Pomt and again (1918) to Put-in-Bay. In 1926 it was permanently located on historic Gibraltar Island which was purchased and presented as a perma- nent site by Mr. Julius F. Stone. In its present location the Laboratory has the advantages of being in the midst of one of the richest regions in the world for the study of freshwater biology; of being in the midst of one of the Great Lakes with its attendant broad hy- drobiological problems; of being in the center of the richest freshwater fishing region in the world, and, at the same time, of being situated perhaps on the most accessible of the islands of the Great Lakes. The Laboratory, which is limited in its attend- ance to investigators and graduate students, can accommodate a maximum of about fifty. The laboratory building contains 5 general labora- tories, 17 private laboratories, chemical, dark room and photographic rooms and a large library and reading room, all of these with water and electricity. Equipment is available for all ordinary work; microscopes, microtomes and ovens, aquaria, glass ware, modern limnological apparatus, chemical supplies and boats. The collecting grounds are anywhere in the western end of Lake Erie and the adjoining main- land, the depths of the lake, its surface waters, shores and extensive marshes, with exceedingly varied environments. The management of the Laboratory, which ranks as a department of the University, is of necessity under the control of the University au- thorities. The finances are provided by the Trustees from University funds and the director is a member of the University faculty. There is an advisory committee of five, viz., Dr. Chancey Juday, Dr. Henry S. Houghton, Dr. W. © O’Kane, Dr. J. P. Visscher and Mr. Julius F. Stone, the latter representing the University Trustees. This committee cooperates with the di- rector in formulating the plans and policies of the Laboratory. It has not been the policy of our Laboratory to limit the work to any special fields of research and it is open on equal terms to any sort of bio- logical investigation that can be pursued there. ———— — wok SIE EE SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 | DHE COLLECTING NET 303 The lines of work that have attracted most at- tention to date are ecology, limnology, the taxo- nomy of certain groups, the growth, distribution, food, parasites and habits of fishes, the distribu- tion and life histories of various insect groups, the pulses of various plankton organisms, etc. Cooperative work has been done for several years with the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries and the Ohio Division of Conservation on the fishes and fish- eries of the region, together with studies on the food, parasites, breeding rates, growth rates, size- age ratio, etc. In connection with this work a very careful limnological survey has amassed an enormous amount of data on the chemical and physical conditions of the water and the kinds, number and distribution of the aquatic organisms in relation to the various ecological factors. This material has been well organized, but under pres- ent financial conditions it seems improbable that it can be published at any early date. The general financial depression has naturally limited our work to some extent. The salaries of the staff have been reduced about 20%, but this has not prevented us from obtaining competent instruction. Equipment and library purchases have been reduced to a minimum, but we have been helped out by temporary loans from the li- brary and department of zoology at the Univer- sity. The fact that we have not been in the least dependent upon fees paid by students and_ in- vestigators has aided us thus far in meeting the conditions imposed by the depression. Course work for graduate students is regularly offered during the first six weeks. At the end of this period students desiring graduate credit are expected to continue on some selected problem under direction. scheduled are: 1. Animal Ecology, in which the student is familiarized with the methods and apparatus used in limnological work, with the commoner aquatic invertebrates, and the factors concerned with their distribution. 2. Invertebrate Zoology, an advanced study of the animal types of the region—chiefly morpho- logical. 3. Ichthyology, a general study of the fishes, morphology, development, classification, foods, parasites, etc. using as a basis the abundant fish fauna of the lake-—more than 60 species ranging from marsipobranchs and ganoids to specialized teleostean types. 4. [ntomology, an advanced general course on the insects of the reeion, rich in both aquatic and terrestrial species. 5. Algology, a study of the algae of the re- gion, which is one of the richest in the world. A recent paper by Dr. L. H. Tiffany lists 380 species of the plankton algae, exclusive of dia- toms and desmids. 6. An alternating course is provided on some other phase of biological work. In 1934 Dr. S. O. Mast presented such a course on the general physiology of the lower organisms. The policy of the Laboratory may be stated very briefly: (1) to provide opportunity for re- search workers in various fields of biology; (2) to enable beginners in research to undertake problems under competent supervision, and (3) to provide certain courses of instruction for graduate credit, in which the field work is em- phasized as it cannot be in the usual university course. The courses of study regularly MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Dr. Francis MarsH Batpwin, Director Chairman of the Department of Zoology, University of Southern California The Marine Biological Station of the Univer- sity of Southern California is maintained in con- nection with the Department of Zoology activities and the personnel consists of the full-time mem- bers of the staff with the writer as its director. The station was established in 1911, being housed at that time in a building which was located on the pier at Venice, California. The work has gone forward continuously from that time with one or two serious interruptions. In 1921 it was necessary to salvage what equipment and material could be reclaimed from a fire which destroyed the building in December of that year. Since that time the work has been carried forward on the campus of the University at University Park with a base of operation for the marine station launch, Anton Dohrn, at the Yacht Club docks in Wilmington, California. The facilities for marine investigation are at present located on the fourth floor of the new Science Hall at University Park and consist of the usual glass and chemical supplies and other technical pieces of apparatus suited for investi- gational work. There are facilities included in this equipment for running sea-water of the closed type of aquaria, as well as fresh water aquaria. During the past years besides the staff members who have been personally interested in their own problems, we have had several inves- tigators proceeding along various lines in the di- rection of their own interests. Certain of these investigations have yielded results so that they have been incorporated in reports by the investi- gators at the Pacific Division meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. For the most part, the trend of these 304 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 91 papers have been along the lines of inter-physiol- ogy and behavior of certain fish in homogeneous and heterogeneous groupings. This work has been carried forward during the year with the emphasis upon investigational factors, such as pH, temperature, abundance of food, etc. Certain phases of this work fall in line with that which is under way with the work of Dr. Allee of Chicago University and elsewhere. Since there is no instruction given in the Ma- St9 REPORT ON THE rine Station as such, students anticipating com- ing to Los Angeles for credit work in this and other lines of work enroll in the regular courses within the Department of Zoology of the Univer- sity. From time to time, of course, it is possible to extend the courtesy of the laboratory facilities to properly prepared independent investigators, and those who would care to avail themselves of this courtesy should direct their communications to the director. kesenings INARS OF THE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION Donatp Z1nn, Harvard University On August 22nd Mr. S. Edward Roos, ex- plorer, adventurer, and expert sailor of The Oceanographic Institution gave an interesting Paper on “Antarctica and Economic and _Geo- graphical Entity.’ A brief summary of his re- marks follows: : The barren outposts of Antarctica present a challenge to the scientist to unravel its varied mysteries. Numerous expeditions have ventured south and voluminous reports have been the fruit of the gamble of men against nature in its ugliest aspect. In the past decade, however, the voyages of exploration have increased, but, not all of these expeditions have been wholly scientific. There exists in the seas surrounding this cir- cumpolar continent a source of wealth, the whales. The whaling industry of Antarctica comprises a huge investment and hence every year whaling factory fleets proceed southward, chiefly from Norway, to bring back valuable cargoes of oil. The pelagic whaling in the southern seas is carried out chiefly from South America to South Africa and into the Indian Antarctic sectors. Up to 1932 the Ross Sea yielded a good harvest but the factories became too numerous and the whales migrated into new waters. And now the Ross Sea is no longer fished. The factory ships are from 15,000 to 25,000 ton vessels equipped with ma- chinery, boilers, digesters and tanks to render down and store the catch. Each factory is tended by a fleet of six or seven small whale catchers or “chasers;” the chaser is a powerfully propelled 100-foot vessel equipped with a harpoon gun in the bow. In their) search for whales these small vessels may recon- ' noiter hundreds of miles from the mother ship. The whale is killed by a harpoon, equipped with an explosive shell in its point, which automatical- ly explodes as the four prongs open, killing the whale instantly. The whale is then hauled close to the chaser, and in order to keep it afloat a hol-! low lance forces compressed air into its body. Ifi many whales are in the vicinity a marking flag is stuck in the catch and the chaser continues its search, When a sufficiently large tow has been caught the chaser returns to the mother ship where the whale (90 to 120 feet in length and weighing on an average a ton per foot) is hauled up through an aperture in the ship’s stern to the first deck. First the whale is stripped of its 12 to 18 inch layer of “blubber” (layer of fat under its skin). Then it is hauled to another deck where huge steam saws and cutters cut the flesh and bones for the boilers. The boilers filled, the pressure is let on, and the whale is reduced to oil and fish meat. The oil is separated into quality fractions and stored in tanks below decks to be transported to the factories ashore where it is ultimately con- verted into soap and other toilet preparations as well as oleomargarine. Few homes are without some product of the whaling industry. During the 1929-30 Antarctic 3-month whaling season, the fleet, consisting of 37 floating factories tended by 190 whale catchers, captured 37,000 whales producing 2,532,445 barrels of oil. The Norwegian share was estimated at about $35,- 000,000. During this season approximately 10,- 000 men were employed. However, with a de- cline in the market during the last world crisis the fleet had to be reduced, and in 1932-33 with only 17 factories and 115 catchers operating the over production caused a surplus of 1,800,000 barrels of whale oil. This, together with the ap- parent scarcity of whales, has caused the govern- ments concerned to set a quota as well as to reg- ulate the size of the whales caught. Since the ships operate only three months on the whaling grounds and spend about six months en route the life of a whaler is not an enviable one, particularly when the operations are in seas menaced by ice and where the mean temperature is below freezing. Nevertheless, whaling is “her- editary”’ and the whalemen themselves will not let their profession die. Pride is taken in their catch but they do not hesitate to take steps to pre- vent the extinction of the whale. The British government, claiming the largest whaling grounds (Falkland and Ross dependen- cies) maintains a research ship for the study of the whale in its environment as well as its migra- OO es SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 305 tion. This work is financed by the revenues im- posed on the whaling industry (2 shilling six pence on every barrel over twenty thousand caught by a ship). The Norwegians maintain a ship to survey the seas in search of new grounds by airplane. The question of sovereignty over the Antarc- tic inspires the whaling companies to activity since only by discovery and occupation of new lands can this question be settled. In the past few years considerable parts of the Antarctic ' coastlines have been surveyed -and claimed by Norway. However, great wastes of unknown seas remain from which the whalers may obtain a livelihood. Mr. Roos concluded his paper with a few re- marks on the geography and the living conditions in Antartica enlivening them at the same time with amusing anecdotes and illustrating them with slides which he had himself prepared. Dr. George Clarke, instructor and tutor in biol- ogy at Harvard University addressed the staff meeting on August first on some aspects of “The Food Cycle in the Sea,” dwelling mostly on the results of his experiments at The Oceanographic Institution during the past two years. It was a paper at once unusual both because of its broad scope and because as he expressed it, it was “a combination of a bedtime story and a mystery story.” Some of his remarks follow: “The importance of copepods in the economy of the sea and the inconclusive and contradictory nature of previous observations on their food make it desirable to investigate the nutrition of these animals in a thorough manner. This has been carried out in our laboratory, starting with the fundamental problems of culture and feeding. To this end Dr. John Fuller of Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology and Dr. Wilson Powell of Connecticut College at New London have been of great as- sistance. We have finally developed a satisfac- tory method of culturing copepods in the labora- tory so that their physiology might be studied under carefully controlled conditions. Experi- mentation has been entirely with Calanus finin- archicus, our commonest and best-known cope- pod. Experiments were carried out on a sterili- zation basis, and indicated first that bacteria and their constituents of the Nannoplankton previous- ly thought to be an important food for copepods are not necessary for their existence, and second, that the larger elements of the Nannoplankton are quite essential for the living copepods. Diatoms and other larger organisms may pos- sibly serve as a source of nourishment indirectly through their faecal pellets, as the filtering ap- paratus of a copepod is an unusually efficient straining mechanism. Analyses of Diatoms and Dinoflagellates taken from the same locations and at the same times as the copepod towings have been carried out by Miss Lois Lillick of the Uni- versity of Cincinnati, and some quite interesting correllation charts are being worked out by Mr. Sidney Cobb of Harvard University. An unusually long and lengthy discussion fol- lowed Dr. Clarke’s paper, the meeting closing with refreshments. Dr. John Watson of Queens College, London, who haS heen working at the Institution all sum- mer delivered an interesting discussion on Ocean Currents at the meeting of August 8th. Dealing mostly with movements of the waters of Passa- maquoddy Bay, Dr. Watson illustrated, by means of various charts and graphs, the influences of temperature, tidal movements, depth, pressure, bottom surface, and shore reflection on the course aid flow of water around the Bay. Dr. Watson concluded by reviewing the practicality of apply- ing his methods to the plotting of currents in larger areas of water. On August 15th Dr, O. Settee of the U. S. Bu- reau of Fisheries presented an interesting paper entitled “The Fisheries Biology.” After giving a brief history of the Bureau of Fisheries, dwelling mostly on its Woods Hole Station, Dr. Settee discussed its more recent work on the mackeral, cod, and haddock populations in Atlantic Waters. He connected this work up with some of the problems being undertaken at the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution at the present time, namely, the work on copepods, the problem of currents, and the work on the chemical analysis of sea-water. He described various methods of control and fish tagging both successful and un- successful. The most satisfactory method devel- oped thus far is one by Mr. Frank Nesbit of the Bureau of Fisheries office at Harvard Uni- versity known as the “belly tag.” This tag is in- serted inside the body wall of the fish instead of being attached to the outside—it hence removes all danger of being rubbed off and lost. Dr. Set- tee concluded by briefly comparing the fisheries predictions in this country with those in Europe —especially those in the Scandinavian countries, the latter possessing methods more efficient than ours. The meeting closed with a lively discussion amid a bountiful round of refreshments to all hands. On August 30th, Dr. Alfred C. Redfield of the Biological Institute, Harvard University, de- livered a paper on ‘‘Factors Controlling the Dis- tribution of Oxygen in the Gulf of Maine.” Dr. Redfield dealt for the greater part of his paper on the derivation and practicability of a new for- mula involving both the oxygen content and the Austauch coefficient. The purpose of the formu- la was to make easier the plotting of isotherms 306 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 91 and currents in the waters of the Gulf. When applying this method to the waters of Passama- quoddy Bay he was met with objections by Dr. I. Watson who argued that not enough factors were taken into consideration by Dr. Redfield and that, therefore, his formula was not appli- cable to the latter region. A lively discussion fol- lowed. In addition Dr. Redfield stated that he believed a further study of the chemical compo- sition of the water at different regions and at different times of the year may afford a method whereby the rate of circulation of the water in the Gulf of Maine can be determined. The last staff meeting of the year was held on September 5th. Various short papers were given, each man presenting his problem and then dis- cussing the results obtained so far. A general discussion followed the formal presentations ; af- terwards refreshments were served. During the meeting: Bostwick H. KetcHum of Harvard spoke on the effects on Diatoms of Phosphorus and Nitro- gen in sea water, especially Nitsschia closterium. RayMmonpb B. Montcomery of Massachusetts In- stitute of Technology described the various prob- lems with which he was faced in determining the evaporation of sea water. He illustrated his paper with descriptions of the methods and formulas used in his work. Cuarces E, Renn of the New Jersey Agricul- tural Experiment Station reported on the many bacteriological problems being carried out in the Institute. He touched both on the work of his own laboratory concerning the wasting disease of Zostera marina and on the work of Dr. M. Hotchkiss of Flower Hospital, New York City, who is describing and counting the bacteria from samples from Vineyard Sound stations. Dr. Joun H. Wetsu of Harvard University pre- sented his report on the various experiments he has been carrying out with the eye pigments of the lobster and various species of shrimp collected in Bermuda. He has been ably assisted in his research by Mrs. Welsh who exhibited some of her figures in the chart room after the meeting. BENJAMIN B. Leavitt of Berkshire School de- cribed the various gear, tow nets, and samplers that he uses on his collecting trips in the Atlantis, relating some of the difficulties he has had to overcome. In addition, Mr. Leavitt reported on the progress of his investigations and identifica- tions of bathypelagic zooplankton collected with closing nets. Dr. Henry B. BicLow raised two interesting questions in connection with the distribution of a species of Siphonophore collected on a Mediter- ranean cruise of the Thor. CRUISES OF THE “ATLANTIS” DURING SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER AND ITS PROGRAM FOR THE WINTER The Atlantis sailed from Woods Hole on Sep- tember 7 with H. R. Seiwell, A. H. Woodcock and A. B. White on board, covering over 3700 miles before it returned on October 14, with the object of studying the Gulf Stream after it left the Grand Banks. A hydrographic section was made from the tip of the Grand Banks south across the Gulf Stream. A second one was made by following longitude 40° west as far north as 50° 30’ north latitude. Temperatures were taken and salinity, phosphorus and oxygen determina- tions made at various points. By October 17 another expedition was under way and the Atlantis is expected to return from this trip early in November. This expedition is being made under the joint auspices of the Amer- ican Geophysical Union and the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, the former organiza- tion providing the funds for the construction of the apparatus being used and the latter contribut- ing the use of the Atlantis. Dr. Maurice Ewing of Lehigh University is in charge and is being as- sisted by H. Rutherford and A. P. Crary, also from Lehigh. Dr. Ewing is determining the thickness of the reconsolidated sediments over- lying the ocean floor from Woods Hole to the edge of the continental shelf. To accomplish this a charge is exploded on the bottom of the ocean and it is possible to estimate the distance to the granite base by picking up the echo created by the explosion and noting the time taken for the echo to return. Just off Woods Hole the thickness of the sediment is about 220 ft. while 30 miles south of the Vineyard its thickness is about 2800 ft. At New Bedford there is an outcropping of the granite. Another series of explosions is to be carried out en route to Norfolk. During November the Atlantis will be loaned to the United States Bureau of Fisheries for a couple of weeks, in order to trowl for young haddock in George’s Banks. The work will be car- ried out under the direction of William C. Her- rington. Following this, the Atlantis will be docked at Woods Hole until the 15th of January, at which time Captain Iselin plans a month’s trip to the Grand Banks in order to investigate the slope water, a strip of water about 150 miles wide occurring between the Gulf Stream and the con- tinental shelf, which seems to keep the Gulf Stream away from the shore. —R. B. a, SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 307 SOME BOOKS IN BIOLOGY PUBLISHED BETWEEN SEPT. 1, 1934 - SEPT. 1, 1935 Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease. Biology of the Individual (Sept. 1934) Williams and Wilkins. Barrows, H. R. General Biology (1935) Farrar. Berry, C. T. Miocene and Recent Ophiuroidea (1934) Johns Hopkins. Bessey, Ernst A. Textbook of Mycology 1935) Blakiston. Bigelow, Robert P. Directions for the Dissection of the Cat (Mar. 1935) Macmillan. Bogert, L. J. Nutrition and Physical Fitness (1935) Saunders. Bose, J. C. Transactions of the Bose Research In- stitute Vol. 9 (July 1935) Longmans, Green. Brown, W. H. Plant Kingdom (1935) Ginn. Buller, A. H. R. Researches on Fungi Vol. 6 (Oct. 1935) Longmans, Green. Cameron, A. T. and C. R. Gilmour. of Medicine (1935) Wood. Cameron, G. Essentials of Tissue Culture (1935) Farrar. Chamberlain, C. J. Gymnosperms; Their Structure and Evolution (Mar. 1935) Chicago. Colwell, Hector A. The Method of Action of Radi- um and X-rays on Living Tissues (1935) Oxford. Conklin, Edwin Grant. Freedom and Responsibili- ty (Apr. 1935) Houghton Mifflin. Cowdry, E. V. A Textbook of Histology (Sept. 1934) Lea and Febiger. Craig, C. F. Amebiasis and Amebic Dysentery (Oct. 1934) Thomas. Crowder, W. Dweller of the Sea and Shore (1935) Macmillan. Cutter, D. W. and L. M. Crump. Problems in Soil Microbiology (July 1935) Longmans, Green. Davis, D. D. The Collared Lizard (1935) Macmil- lan. DeBeer, G. R. An Introduction to Experimental Embryology (Oct. 1934) Oxford. Dunbar, H. F. Emotions and Bodily (1935) Columbia. Fasten, Nathan. Principles of Genetics and Eu- genics (Feb. 1935) Ginn. Fink, Bruce. The Lichen Flora of the United States; completed by Joyce Hedrick (1935) Univ. of Mich. Fitzpatrick, Frederick L. and Ralph Horton. Biology (Jan. 1935) Houghton Mifflin. Francis, Eric T. B. The Anatomy of the Sala- mander (Oct. 1934) Oxford. Fraser, J. G. Creation and Evolution in Primitive Cosmogonies and Other Pieces (1935) Macmillan. Fritsch, F. E. ‘Structure and Reproduction of ‘the Algae; Vol. I, (1935) Macmillan. Furneaux, W. Human Physiology Rev. Ed. (May 1935) Longmans, Green. Gay, F. P. and others. Agents of Disease and Host Resistance (1935) Thomas. Gause, G. F. The Struggle for Existence (Dec. 1934) Williams and Wilkins. Gradwohl, R. B. H. Clinical and Laboratory Meth- ods and Diagnosis (1935) Mosby. Haldane, J. S. and J. G. Priestly. (1935) Oxford. Halliburton, W. D. and R. S. McDowall. Handbook of Physiology 34th Ed. (1935) Blakiston. Herre, Albert W. New Fishes Obtained by the Crane Pacific Expedition (Feb. 1935) Field Mu- seum of Natural History. Hess, J. H., G. J. Mohr and P. H. Bartelme. The Physical and Mental Growth of Premaiturely Born Children (Dec. 1934) Chicago. (Apr. Biochemistry Changes Respiration Hitchcock, D. Physical Chemistry for Students of Biology and Medicine (1935) Thomas. Hoagland, Hudson, Pacemakers in Relation to As- pects of Behavior (Mar. 1935) Macmillan. Hodgson, W. C. The Natural History of the Her- ring in the Southern North Sea (Jan. 1935) Long- mans, Green. Howard, E. The Nature of a Bird’s World (1935) Cambridge. Hunter, G. W. Problems in Biology (June 1935) American Book. Hunter, R. H. Aids to Embryology (1935) Wood. Hurst, C. C. Heredity and the Ascent of Man (1935) Macmillan. Inman, F. W. Biological Politics (Mar. 1935) Wil- liams and Wilkins. Jennings, H. S. Genetics (1935) Norton. Keep, Josiah. West Coast Shells (Jul. 1935) Stan- ford. Kolle, W. and Hetsch, H. Experimental Bacteriol- ogy (1935) Macmillan. Kraus, A. C. Biochemistry of the Eye (1935) Johns Hopkins. Liddell, H. S. and others. Comparative Physiology of the Conditioned Motor Reflex (1935) Johns Hopkins. Lipman, Jacob G. The Stuff of Life (Apr. 1935) Columbia. Livingston, W. K. Clinical Aspects of Visceral Neurology (Jan. 1935) Thomas. Lutz, F. E. Fieldbook of Insects (1935) Putnam. Macleod, J. Physiology in Modern Medicine 7th Ed. (Jan. 1935) Mosby. Mcllhenny, E. A. The Alligator’s Life History (1935) Christopher. Monnig, Veterinary Helminthology and Entomolo- gy (Oct. 1934) Reinhold. Morgan, T. H. Scientific Basis of Evolution (1935) Norton. Needham, J. millan. Peacock, H. Alan. Elementary (May 1935) Longmans, Green. Pope, Clifford H. The Reptiles of China Vol. X Na- tural History of Central Asia (Mar. 1935) Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist. Pratt, H. S. Manual of the Common Invertebrate Animals 2nd Ed. (Jul. 1935) Blakiston. Pratt, H. S. Manual of the Common Vertebrate Animals (Aug. 1935) Lyons and Carnahan, Rice, E. L. An Introduction to Biology (June 1935) Ginn, Rockley, A. M. Wild Flowers of the Great Domin- ions of the British Empire (1935) Macmillan. Roule, Louis. Fishes and Their Ways of Life (Mar. 1935) Norton. Savory, T. H. The Arachnida (June 1935) Long- mans, Green. Sharpey, Schafer E. A. Essentials of Histology (1934) Longmans, Green. Shumway, Waldo. Introduction to Vertebrate Em- bryology 3rd Ed. (June 1935) Wiley. Sinnott, W. E. Botany (1935) McGraw-Hill. Smith, G. M. and others. A Textbook of General Botany (Mar. 1935) Macmillan. Snodgrass, R. E. Principles of Insect Morphology (July 1935) McGraw-Hill. Snyder, Laurence A. Principles of Heredity (Mar. 1935) Heath. Swingle, D. B. Plant Life (1935) Van Nostrand. Thompson, J. A. Biology for Everyman (1935) Dutton. History of Embryology (1935) Mac- Micro-technique 308 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 91 Weiner, A. S. Blood Groups and Blood Transfusion (Feb. 1935) Thomas. Williams, J. F. Textbook of Anatomy and Physiol- ogy 5th Ed. Rev. (1935) Saunders. Whitefield and Wood. Introduction to Comparative Zoology (June 1935) Blakiston. Wiggers, Carl J. Physiology in Health and Disease (Sept. 1934) Lea & Febiger. Wilson, C. L. and J. M. Haber. Plant Life (1935) Holt. Winton, F. R. and L. E. Bayliss. ogy (1935) Blakiston. Zinsser, Hans. Rats, Lice and History (1935) Lit- tle, Brown. Zoethout, Wm. Douwes. 5th Ed. (1935) Mosby. Introduction to Human Physiol- Textbook of Physiology WGODS HOLE IN OCTOBER Biologists who frequent Woods Hole only dur- ing the crowded summer months probably do not realize how deserted are the buildings and the streets. One still meets a few lingering individ- uals even at the end of October. There come to mind Dr. and Mrs. Navez and their baby boy who will live in the Kahler house of the Labora- tory this winter. Night after night “Brick 116” sends forth a beacon of light into the lonely dark- ness indicating that Mrs. Harvey spends more time at her laboratory than in her cottage on the wave-beaten shore. The Indianapolis group stayed late; Dr. Clowes and his family, Dr. and Mrs. Krail and the Misses Clark and Keltch have been absent only a few days. Dr. Pond is here, there and everywhere—overseeing the physical side of the institution which is getting “spruced up” in diverse spots. The Kahler house at the moment ts porchless and new beams are being tucked under it; two trees there have been cut, the one which was pushing into the old porch and the larger one, standing between the Kahler cottage and the Brick Dormitory, which shaded the middle group of the south windows. The interior of the Old Main Building has received a coat of grey paint and some rooms in the Brick Dormitory are being replastered. Mr. MacNaught has recently re- turned from his vacation; the Library and the Supply Department are on their winter schedules. At the Bureau of Fisheries Dr. Rice and his two assistants—Fletcher and Weber—are indus- triously carrying out certain phases of Dr. Galt- soff’s oyster pest control project. Mr. Goffin is happy for a week or two ago he received his “papers” and he is now full-fledged superinten- dent of the Woods Hole Station. Dr. Moses is spending her last weeks at the Laboratory before resuming her work in Cambridge. Dr. Sette’s mackerel work brings him down from Cambridge for a day or two now and then. Dr. and Mrs. Rice are going to stick to their bungalow in Gan- sett Woods until winter weather forces them to take up their winter quarters in the Residence where Mr. and Mrs. are already living. Fletcher and Mr. Weber With its bright blue sky, its tingling breezes and sparkling water, its hillsides and shoresides ablaze with color, the place is at its best. The villagers blossom out, reveling in thei village; Woods Hole can now be itself again—the wheels of science must whir elsewhere. ITEMS OF INTEREST The aerial survey of Northern Labrador, un- dertaken in 1931, and sponsored by the American Geographical Society, has resulted in the success- ful development of a map, which will serve to demonstrate the efficacy of Mr. O. M. Miller’s method of making a contoured map from oblique aerial photographs. This map is nearing com- pletion, but examination of the original series of photographs has revealed several small, but im- portant gaps where the shore line or terrain was not adequately covered. To fill in these gaps, C. J. Hubbard and Dr. Alexander Forbes, professor of physiology at Harvard University left in Au- gust to go north in the same Fairchild seaplane, which was used before, to take the necessary pictures. On a beach party at Tarpaulin Cove on August 25, led by Dr. F. W. Appel of St. Johns College the members explored the rock pools, and dis- covered a rich growth on the Fucus attached to the boulders. The parasite turned out to be an almost pure gathering of Rhizosolenia, an inter- esting diatom. Mr. Cartes P. Tirus has renewed his lease for the front room of the Thompson house ( Main Street, Woods Hole) for 1936, where he again plans to hold an exhibit of microscopes and ap- paratus. Dr. C. B. Crampton, who has been working for a number of summers with Professor H. B. Goodrich is the co-author with Dr. Edward C. Schneider of a paper entitled “Physical Activity and the Blood of Albino Rats’’ in the October number of the American Journal of Physiology. Dr. C. Jupay, Director of the Trout Lake Limnological Laboratory reviewed in the Novem- ber 1 issue of Science Dr. Welch’s new book en- titled “Limnology.” Dr. G. W. Martin, professor of botany at the University of Iowa, with Dr. Rosert E. .Woop- son of the Missouri Botanical Garden has been collecting Myxomycetes and Basidiomycetes in the mountain areas of Panama, the Canal Zone and Colombia. SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] al Look Thru This List~The aoment You Need May Be Here THE COLLECTING NET __ 309 REICHERT MICROSCOPES AND MICROTOMES OF ALL TYPES Apparatus for Fluorescence Microscopy. ANALYTICAL BALANCES —by Sartorius. All types—world’s most accurate balances. Air-damped — Oil-damped Projection Reader — Optical Reader Automatic Weighing—Series Weighing Semi-Micro and Micro Models FIXANAL METHOD —for preparing standard solutions. All the usual solutions, as well as others for special work. KOLTHOFF BUFFER TABLETS One tablet dissolved in 20 cc. of distilled water gives a buffer solution ready for use. Range pH 3.0 to 11.0. IDYEYORUICOATESONE Nes c eeayenceere eRe Ro ese Deere rn Se aee eee a Sod Know bout May we send you descriptive material? If what you want is not listed—inquire PFALTZ & BAUER, Inc., 300 PEARL STREET, NEW YORK Please send literature as indicated here......... DN Valine meee eee a ot een Se eee ene ive <3 TsanQiaie Ga AAR hee einen cet tenel ace eee Ree STAINS The famous Original Gruebler - Hollborn Stains and Preparations. Combinations for Multiple Staining. I. G. F. Standardized Stains. an i a OO ao nome an ee 0 = oo" S —_ eo —_ ee FILTER MEMBRANES Membranes made of cellulose esters, grad- For filtrations Differ- uated according to porosity. of bacteria, proteins, colloids, ete. ential ultra-filtration. pH Testing by Indicator Strip Method A method for testing highly colored turbid, viscous solutions, containing suspended matter such as colloids, soil, semi-solids, milk, etc. PHOTO-ELECTRIC Meters, Colorimeters, Light Meters designed by Dr. B. Lange. Photo- electric cells of greater sensitivity than any Reflection now commercially available. Address........ _ AN EPEC) CRESS SS i 31 0 THE COLLECIING NED [ Vor. X. No. 91 ee SQUARE LABORATORY JARS Lore rerr errr ier cy USES Museum Jars | Storage Jars Culture Jars Collecting Jars Aquaria Capacity ONE GALLON SIZE 53%4,x534x914 inches Construction is of clear flint glass, having an extra wide mouth. Screw- caps to satisfy most laboratory pur- poses are also available. Price 2.50 Doz., 25.00 Gross Gold-laquered Caps .50 Doz., 5.00 Gross Aluminum Caps .90 Doz., 9.00 Gross Solid Hard-rubber Caps 3.60 Doz., 36.00 Gross All prices F. O. B. Cleveland CHARLES OTTO MASTERS Materials for the Biological Sciences bil 3155 WEST 11 ST., CLEVELAND, OHIO AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH Showing the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute and the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Station and Surrounding Territory PHOTOGRAPH 11 x 14 inches... .$2.00 Other Views of Cape Cod Available HOWARD M. WOOD 122 BEDFORD ST. New Bedford, Mass. 4. Barcroft-Warburg Glassware and Accessory Equipment We specialize in the construction of all types of respirometer vessels and manome- ters, guaranteeing uniform capacities and g highest quality work- manship. Special glass apparatus of any design blown to order E. MACHLETT & SON Est. 1897 220 EAST 23rd STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. oa Scientific Periodicals BIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL, ZOOLOGICAL, BOTANICAL, Etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your Sets, or an Important Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, Ine. 29 EAST 21 STREET NEW YORK CITY MICROSCOPES AND SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS Second Hand and New — For Sale —Repairs Made— ALLAN UHLER OPTICAL WORKS 200 B. E. 22nd Street, Baltimore, Md. KEWAUNEE Builds the Kind of CASES You Need! Kewaunee offers you any kind of a storage or display case you may need, built of metal or wood, at very reasonable prices. If you need a specially designed case, our engineering depart- ment will be pleased to design it for you, without charge. Storage and Display Case No, G-1358 Write today for the Kewaunee Catalog. It is the most comprehensive of its kind in the industry. Shows full line of Kewaunee Biology Furniture, Library Furniture, Everhold Stools and Master- Keyed Combination Padlocks. Sent free to buyers who write for it on their institution’s letterhead. LABORATORY FURNITURE EXPERTS C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wis. Eastern Branch: 220 E. 42nd St., New York, N. Y. Mid-West Offiicle: 1614 Monroe St., Evanston, Ill. Representatives in Principal Cities SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET ANNOUNCING The New Spencer Junior Low Power Binocular THIS Spencer No. 57 Junior Low Power Binocular is the an- swet to the demand, from departments where the work is more or less elementary, for a simpler and less expensive low power binocular. This No. 57 has a simpler stand and a new, less expensive revolv- THE OBJECTIVES ARE OPTICALLY THE ing nosepiece. SAME AS THOSE USED ON OUR HIGHER PRICED IN- STRUMENTS. No.57 The principal feature of all Spencer Low Power Binoculars is retained in the No. 57. This feature is the one that allows the axes of the objectives to sub- tend an angle of 16°—and then bends the beam of light from the objective 4° toward normal in the prism boxes. This means that the observer looks into the microscope at the normal natural angle of 8° convergence for his eyes ... it decreases eyestrain and eliminates any harm that might result from using the eyes at an unnatural angle of con- vergence for continued observa- tion. A new catalog M-67 gives complete description and prices of the Spencer No. 57 Junior Low Power Binocular. Write for it today. Please address Dept. J-91. BUFFALO Lins NEW YORK There is no Substitute for the Finer Resolution Afforded by the Spencer Optical Systems 312 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 91 THE WISTAR INSTITUTE STYLE BRIEF Containing 170 pages, 23 text figures and 37 plates, published January, 1934 This guide for authors, in preparing manu- scripts and drawings for the most effective and economical method of publishing biologi- cal research, has been prepared by the Staff of The Wistar Institute Press and the codper- ative efforts of more than fifty editors con- cerned in the editing of journals published by The Wistar Institute, and presents the con- sensus of opinion on many points relating to the mechanical preparation of manuscripts and drawings for the printer and engraver. || Due attention has been given to the relative costs of various methods of reproducing tables and illustrations with a view to reducing the costs of publishing papers. The work has been revised, rewritten and enlarged since the first copy was prepared and submitted to editors, in order to offer as much information and illustrative material on the subject as is possible within reasonable limits. It will save authors much time and expense in preparing papers for publication and tend to expedite the publication of research. Address Price $2.00 The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue PHILADELPHIA, PA. Aminco-Yoe Photoelectric Colorimeter As described by Yoe and Crumpler, § Ind. & Eng..\Chem. Analytical Edition, 7, 4, p. 281 (July § 15, 1935) For Accurate Uses as low as Colorimetric Analysis 5 ml. of fluid Color measurements by photoelectric methods not only eliminate eye fatigue and uncertainty, but pro- vide means for more accurate determinations than were possible by eye. The colorimeter presented here has been designed very carefully for accuracy and ease of observation, yet costs little more than a good optical colorimeter. Complete information will be sent on request. American Instrument Co., Inc. 774-776 Girard St., N.W. Washington, D. C. CA a The Standard of Excellence for 95 Years No. 10 Analytical Balance CHEMICAL—ASSA Y—ANALYTICAL— PULP—BALANCES—WEIGHTS OF PRECISION HENRY TROEMNER SINCE 1840 911 Arch St. Philadelphia, Pa. CATALOG NO. 1929-N | Leiboff Urea Apparatus FOR DETERMINATION OF UREA IN BLOOD Ref.: Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. LXXXIII, No. 2, August, 1929. “A Rapid and Accurate Method for the Determination of Urea in Blood.” By S. L. Leiboff and Bernard S. Kahn. Our reprint forwarded on request. DESCRIPTION—Consists of Leiboff Pres- sure Tubes and a Compact Oil Bath for | heating the tubes. The urea is hydrolized in the presence of sulfuric acid, without the use of urease, under the pressure gen- erated in the Leiboff Tubes at 150 de- grees C. Direct Nesslerization is possible and the process of distillation or aeration is elimi- nated. Determination requires only 10 minutes. Write for Bulletin No. 452. | EIMER & AMEND Est. 1851 Inc. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents Third Avenue, 18th to 19th Street NEW YORK, N. Y. a SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 | THE COLLECTING NET 3 313 S (em cece came cam cemoemeo. cece — ee ¢ Photo Supplies Since 1897 IE 38 consecutive years Burke & James, Inc., have catered to the photographic pro- bi] fession. We have anticipated the needs of the photographer. Our tremendous stocks of equipment, supplies and sundries is one of the largest in the country—maintained to give you service—to have on hand what you want when you want it, FREE BARGAIN SALES BULLETIN Write for your copy of our great sixty-four page sales bulletin. It lists hundreds of BURKE &3 JAMES I money-saving values in fine lenses, cameras, 9 nc. studio equipment and sundries of all kinds. Everything for the Photographer See for yourself the remarkable values we offer in your photographic requirements. 221 W. Madison St. CHICAGO, ILLINOIS Write jor a Copy now —today Best Results SOLD’ Non-Corrosive MN iE /1, Microsco ic ZB SLIDES and_¢ ‘OVER GLASSES if ==—=——Do Not Fog ——— —_ Nous Dealer, or write (giving dealer's name) 43 ‘Za CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY: : 25 EAST 26th SiT/RIEEd, NEW™Y YORK : Re 314 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. X. No. 91 Cmmoemoemoess Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology Volume III, Now in Press Is an Outstanding Contribution to the Literature in Photobiology and Photochemistry. i ! Oriented Movement of Animals in Light Chemistry of Photosynthesis | Fields Kinetics of Photosynthesis | Intensity Discrimination Absorption Spectra in Relation to Photo- Discharge of Nerve Impulses from the chemistry Visual Sense Cell Quantum Theory of Activation Fluorescence and Photodecomposition of Multiple Nature of Vitamin D the Chlorophylls Photosensitization of Living Systems Photosynthesis of Bacteria Photochemistry in Medicine | these are one third of the titles which the volume contains, contributed by thirty-two special- ists and discussed by them and by forty-five others here and abroad. Sold below cost to permit anyone interested in the field to have it continually at hand, the prepublication price is only $2.90. After publication, the price will be at least 33% more. Men who appreciate the fine quality of, and important subjects presented in, these vol- umes place standing orders for all volumes as they appear, and are thus assured of the prepub- lication price. Volume I, Surface Phenomena; Volume II, Growth; each $3.35 bound and delivered. Persons ordering all three volumes may have Volumes I and II at $3.00 each. Volume IV (1936) will probably be concerned with certain reaction phenomena. The Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y. ee ee ee ee Voland #1008A Standard Analytical Balance A very finely constructed analytical balance made in the United States, and used exten- sively where a superior balance is required. 200 grams capacity sensitive to 0.05 mg. under full load, are movement releasing mechanism with three-point beam arrest. MANUFACTURED BY VOLAND & SONS, Inc. (Established 1888) NEW ROCHELLE, N. Y. Send for our complete Catalog K. Repairing Balances and Weights of All Makes a Specialty SEPTEMBER 7, 1935 ] THE COLLECTING NET 315 sf 4 f DISSECTING SETS o This is set No. A-195, one of the ten dissecting sets illustrated in our catalog No. 37, from the simplest to the most com- plete. Also largest variety of dissecting instruments, as well as laboratory materials such as Micro Slides and Cover Glasses Slide Boxes---Magnifiers--Centrifuges Insect Pins--Riker Mounts Museum Jars--Petri Dishes---Rubber Tubing Hemacytometers and Hemometers We have separate catalogs, gladly sent on request, of Charts, Models, Specimens and Preparations in the following fields: Human and Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Neurology, Zoology, Botany, Embryology, Entomology, Ecology, etc. CLAY-ADAMS COMPANY, Inc. Po BAST 26th STREET NEW YOR K \ = i 316 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. X. No. 91 Instead of a plane image, you get length, width and depth with the Ortho StereoCam- era as with the AKW Microscope (below). NEW! A permanent photomicrographic record in TRUE perspective is now possible with the B & L Ortho Stereo Camera. This instrument produces, photographically, magni- fied, stereoscopic views in true perspective—identi- cal with view which would be seen with the naked eye were it possible for the eyes alone to produce a magnified image. Think of the untold value this new instrument will have in preserving lifelike, magnified images of per- ishable specimens ; in providing numberless duplicate images of rare objects; in providing easily handled records of objects which are difficult or impossible to file or preserve in their original condition; in pre- paring a classified file of stereoscopic pictures for reference and instruction. The outfit consists of a newly designed camera and stereoscope for viewing stereograms taken with it. Write now for complete details. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. Bausch s Lomb FOR YOUR GLASSES, INSIST ON Ba&L ORTHOGON LENSES AND B & L FRAMES ——